Royal Bank of Canada
Annual Report 2013

Plain-text annual report

CBR Always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice ROYAL BANK OF CANADA ANNUAL REPORT 2013 Royal Bank of Canada (RY on TSX and NYSE) is Canada’s largest bank as measured by assets and market capitalization, and is among the largest banks in the world, based on market capitalization. We are one of North America’s leading diversified financial services companies, and provide personal and commercial banking, wealth management services, insurance, investor services and capital markets products and services on a global basis. We employ approximately 79,000 full- and part-time employees who serve more than 15 million personal, business, public sector and institutional clients through offices in Canada, the U.S. and 44 other countries. For more information, please visit rbc.com. CONTENTS 1 RBC at a Glance 2 Strong Results 3 Proven Strengths 4 Focused Strategy 5 Leading Citizenship 6 CEO Message 9 Chair Message 10 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Financial Statements 99 Reports and Consolidated 181 Ten-year Statistical Review 183 Glossary 186 Directors and Executive Officers 187 Principal Subsidiaries 188 Shareholder Information See our Glossary for definitions of terms used throughout this document. For more information, please visit: rbc.com To view our online annual report, please visit: rbc.com/ar2013 (also available for mobile devices). RBC AT A GLANCE Diversified and strong. We’re Canada’s biggest bank and have grown to become one of the largest banks in the world by market capitalization. We continue to extend our lead in Canada and are selectively growing globally. Our diversification – by business, geography and client segment – supports our consistent performance and provides opportunities for growth. 2013 EARNINGS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT(1), (2) Š 56% Personal & Commercial Banking Š 11% Wealth Management Š 8% Insurance Š 4% Investor & Treasury Services Š 21% Capital Markets 2013 REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHY(1) Š 18% U.S. Š 18% International Š 64% Canada NO.1 IN CANADA and winning market share(3) FOCUSED GROWTH in U.S. and select international markets DIVERSIFIED across five leading businesses STRONG & STABLE financial position 46 19.4% COUNTRIES ROE $8.4 billion IN EARNINGS AMONG THE LARGEST BANKS IN THE WORLD ~79,000 EMPLOYEES 15 million+ CLIENTS SERVING OUR CLIENTS IN 200 LANGUAGES All information as at October 31, 2013 $100 million+ IN SPONSORSHIPS, DONATIONS AND COMMUNITY INVESTMENTS VISION Always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice. VALUES Service Excellent service to clients and each other. Teamwork Working together to succeed. Responsibility Personal responsibility for high performance. Diversity Diversity for growth and innovation. Integrity Trust through integrity in everything we do. This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of certain securities laws, including the “safe harbour” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and applicable Canadian securities legislation. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these statements as a number of risk factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. Additional information about our forward-looking statements and risk factors can be found under the Caution regarding forward-looking statements section of our Management’s Discussion and Analysis. (1) Amounts exclude Corporate Support. (2) These are non-GAAP measures. For additional information see the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section of our 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis. (3) Based on total volumes in Canadian Banking adjusted for major acquisitions; and high net worth market share in client assets in Canadian Banking and Wealth Management in Canada (Investor Economics Report, October 2013). Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 1 STRONG RESULTS Record performance. We provide expert advice and innovative products and services to help our clients succeed. That means we are well-positioned to deliver business growth, industry-leading efficiency, consistent profitability and strong, long-term returns to shareholders. STRONG EARNINGS Net Income (C$ billion) $8.4 $7.5 $6.4 PROFITABLE GROWTH Return on Equity (ROE) FINANCIAL STRENGTH Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) Capital Ratio(1) DELIVERING RETURNS TO SHAREHOLDERS Dividends Declared per Share 18.7% 19.3% 19.4% 8.9% (pro forma) 9.6% $2.53 $0.86 11 12 13 11 12 13 12 13 03 13 Presented on a consolidated basis and prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES Our focus is to maximize Total Shareholder Returns (TSR) through the achievement of top quartile performance over the medium term (3-5 years), which we believe reflects a longer term view of strong and consistent financial performance. Diluted EPS Growth of 7%+ ROE of 18%+ Strong capital ratios (CET 1)(1) Dividend payout ratio 40% – 50% Measuring progress against our medium-term TSR objective TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURNS(2) RBC Peer Group Average 2013 RESULTS 12.4% ACHIEVED ✔ 19.4% 9.6% 45% ✔ ✔ ✔ Three-year TSR 13% Second quartile 11% Five-year TSR 13% Second quartile 9% (1) Effective the first quarter of 2013, we calculate capital ratios using the Basel III framework. (2) The peer group average excludes RBC; for more information on the list of 20 financial institutions in the peer group, refer to the Financial performance objectives section of our 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 2 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 PROVEN STRENGTHS Building on our competitive advantages and proven strengths. Our leading market positions, diversified businesses and financial strength remain clear competitive advantages in today’s environment. We’re constantly building the right culture, people and capabilities to deliver superior value to our clients, shareholders, employees and communities. DIVERSIFIED BUSINESS MIX LEADING MARKET POSITIONS DIVERSIFIED BY BUSINESS, GEOGRAPHY AND CLIENT SEGMENT NO.1 OR NO.2 MARKET SHARE IN ALL PRODUCT CATEGORIES IN CANADIAN BANKING Sixth-largest(2) GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGER ONE OF THE LARGEST BANK-OWNED INSURANCE COMPANIES IN CANADA MAINTAINED THE RIGHT MIX between retail and wholesale businesses TOP 10 GLOBAL CUSTODIAN(1) WITH AN INTEGRATED CLIENT OFFERING LEADING GLOBAL investment bank Largest Canadian MUTUAL FUND PROVIDER(3) HIGH PERFORMANCE CULTURE BROAD OFFERING AND STRONG DISTRIBUTION NETWORK Consistently recognized as an EMPLOYER OF CHOICE in Canada and increasingly attracting top talent globally LEADING EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT SCORES STRONG COLLABORATION WITH PROVEN CROSS-SELL ABILITY LARGEST distribution network in Canada with targeted global reach RECOGNIZED AS ONE OF THE MOST VALUABLE BRANDS IN CANADA AND RANKED IN THE TOP 25 AMONG GLOBAL BANKING BRANDS 2ND FASTEST GROWING ASSET MANAGER IN THE WORLD(4) EXPERT ADVICE AND LEADING INNOVATION $1 TRILLION IN WEALTH MANAGEMENT CLIENT ASSETS Won significant number of AWARDS for client service, including Best Retail Bank in North America and Innovation in Customer Service awards LAUNCHED RBC SECURE CLOUD™ the first cloud-based mobile payments solution in Canada FIRST IN CANADA TO ENABLE DIGITAL SIGNATURES in branch and through mobile sales force PATENTED THOR® TECHNOLOGY to level the playing field in equity trading FINANCIAL AND CAPITAL STRENGTH UNDERPINNED BY STRONG RISK CULTURE ENSURED STRATEGIES, INITIATIVES AND INVESTMENTS ARE WITHIN RISK APPETITE DELIVERED HIGH QUALITY AND SUSTAINABLE EARNINGS GROWTH with ongoing focus on efficiency PRUDENTLY DEPLOYED CAPITAL TO MAXIMIZE LONG-TERM RETURNS (1) By Assets Under Administration. (2) Scorpio Partnership Private Banking Benchmark 2013. (3) Investment Funds Institute of Canada as of September 2013. (4) Towers Watson 2013 Global Asset Manager Ranking Report. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 3 FOCUSED STRATEGY Consistent and balanced growth. Our strategic goals have guided us in delivering consistent and sustainable profitability, year after year. We have clear priorities within each business to gain profitable market share and drive efficiencies in line with our goals and risk appetite. OUR STRATEGIC GOALS IN CANADA to be the undisputed leader in financial services GLOBALLY to be a leading provider of capital markets, investor and wealth management solutions IN TARGETED MARKETS to be a leading provider of select financial services complementary to our core strengths OUR PRIORITIES PERSONAL & COMMERCIAL BANKING • Offering a differentiated experience: value for money, advice, access and service • Making it easier to do business with us and be the lower cost producer • Converging into an integrated multi- channel network • Enhancing client experience and improving efficiency in the Caribbean and U.S. WEALTH MANAGEMENT INSURANCE INVESTOR & TREASURY SERVICES CAPITAL MARKETS • Building a • Improving • Providing excellence • Maintaining our high-performing global asset management business • Focusing on high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients to build global leadership • Leveraging RBC and RBC Wealth Management strengths and capabilities distribution efficiency and deepening client relationships • Making it easier for clients to do business with us • Pursuing select international opportunities to grow our reinsurance business in custody and asset servicing, with an integrated funding and liquidity management business • Focusing on organic growth through client relationships, cross-selling and promoting the RBC brand • Leveraging I&TS as a driver of enterprise growth strategies leadership position in Canada • Expanding and strengthening client relationships in the U.S. • Building on core strengths and capabilities in Europe and Asia • Optimizing capital use to earn high risk-adjusted returns on assets and equity 4 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 LEADING CITIZENSHIP Leading Corporate Citizen. We contribute to economic prosperity by being a top employer, supporting the marketplace with responsible products and services, and purchasing from suppliers of all sizes. We’re committed to delivering the right strategy, business mix, culture and people to drive continued growth and take advantage of changes in the marketplace. COMMUNITY ENVIRONMENT WORKPLACE 3,000+ grants in support of employee volunteers 21% REDUCTION IN GREEN HOUSE GAS EMISSIONS SINCE 2009(1) 3,500 INCREASE IN FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES IN CANADA SINCE 2011 $100 MILLION+ IN SPONSORSHIPS, DONATIONS AND COMMUNITY INVESTMENTS 1,200+ environmental credit risk assessments in Canada and the U.S. 31% of middle management and above are visible minorities(2) 46% of middle management and above are women(2) ECONOMIC IMPACT $54 billion in loans to businesses in Canada(3) $3.2 billion in taxes in 2013(4) CORPORATE INTEGRITY 100% OF EMPLOYEES MUST AGREE TO ABIDE BY OUR CODE OF CONDUCT MARKETPLACE $3.3 BILLION IN SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENTS(5) Serving our clients in 200 LANGUAGES RBC Believe in Kids Pledge $100 million. Five Years. Helping over one million kids and youth RBC Blue Water Project® TO HELP PROVIDE ACCESS TO DRINKABLE, SWIMMABLE, FISHABLE WATER, NOW AND FOR FUTURE GENERATIONS. For more information, visit: RBC Corporate Responsibility Review available in March 2014 at RBC.com/community-sustainability (1) Data reflects 2009 and 2012 reporting and includes GHG emissions from energy use and employee travel in our Canada, U.S. and British Isles operations. (2) Based on 2013 Federally regulated RBC businesses in Canada which include Personal & Commercial Banking, Technology & Operations and Functions. (3) Average loans and acceptances – includes wholesale and small business in Canadian Banking. (4) Total income and other taxes. (5) AUM in Canada and the U.S. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 5 CEO MESSAGE Every day, we ask ourselves how we can help our clients succeed. It’s at the heart of what we do. United in our vision of earning the right to be our clients’ first choice, we once again delivered strong results for our shareholders and strengthened our position for future growth. RBC delivered record earnings in 2013, building on our financial strength, diversified business mix and ability to serve clients across many products, markets and geographies. Our domestic leadership and focus on global growth position us to deliver sustainable earnings growth and build long-term value. Delivered Record Financial Results Our record earnings of $8.4 billion were up 12 per cent from the prior year, driven by record earnings in Personal & Commercial Banking, Wealth Management and Capital Markets, as well as higher earnings in Investor & Treasury Services. Diluted earnings per share (EPS) were $5.54, return on common equity (ROE) was up to 19.4 per cent, and our Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 9.6 per cent. Our results were underpinned by the strength and diversity of our businesses. We achieved our financial performance objectives of diluted EPS growth, ROE, strong capital ratios and dividend payout ratio. These objectives measure our progress toward our medium-term objective of maximizing Total Shareholder Returns (TSR). We delivered TSR of 13 per cent over both three years and five years. During 2013, we delivered a one-year TSR of 28 per cent and our market capitalization exceeded $100 billion by the end of the fiscal year. In addition to investing in our businesses, we raised our dividend twice during 2013 for a combined increase of 12 per cent, consistent with our earnings and EPS growth. We also repurchased shares during the year and renewed our share buyback program for 2014. We launched innovative new products and partnerships, won new clients and gained market share in key businesses in Canada and globally during the year while also increasing efficiency. We completed the acquisition of the Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial Inc. and fully integrated the business to add scale and extend our leadership position in auto finance. Executing on a Focused & Consistent Strategy Our strategy is focused and consistent. It is built to deliver high- quality, sustainable earnings growth. This means pursuing not just growth — but profitable growth. It also means we will pursue opportunities that are aligned to our view of global trends, build on our strengths and deliver strong returns to shareholders. In Canada, we are the market leader and the largest bank by both assets and market capitalization. We are focused on extending our lead through our size, scale, breadth and cross-selling ability. Outside of Canada, we are leveraging our domestic strength and expertise to grow our businesses in the largest global markets, where we serve the evolving needs of institutional, corporate and high net worth individuals. These clients place tremendous value on our strength and stability and we are well positioned to serve them through Capital Markets, Wealth Management and Investor & Treasury Services. Our strategy takes advantage of our competitive strengths, including our diversified business mix, financial and capital strength, unmatched Canadian distribution network with select global reach, industry and financial markets expertise, talented workforce and high performance culture, and risk management expertise. RBC IS CANADA’S LARGEST(1) & MOST PROFITABLE BANK(2) (1) Measured by assets and market capitalization. (2) Most profitable for the nine months ended July 31, 2013. 6 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 34% Total increase to quarterly dividends in less than 3 years “We launched innovative new products and partnerships, won new clients and gained market share in key businesses in Canada and globally during the year, while also increasing efficiency.” Gordon M. Nixon, President and Chief Executive Officer One of the questions I’m often asked by investors is how we will deploy our capital. We have options — unlike many global competitors who have had to make difficult decisions — thanks to our strong business growth and prudent approach to managing capital and risk through various market and economic cycles. Our answer is consistent. Our priorities are: investing in our businesses, which is proven to generate strong returns; returning capital to shareholders through dividends and share buybacks; and making targeted acquisitions that fit our strategy and risk appetite when we find opportunities at the right price. We will evaluate our businesses and environment to ensure we find the right balance among these priorities to continue to deliver long- term value. Offering the Best to our Clients The needs of our more than 15 million clients are constantly evolving, and they look to us to help them achieve their financial goals. Whether it’s helping people start their own business, buy their first house, invest for their kids’ education, protect what they care about or save for retirement, it’s up to RBC to make sure they get the advice they need, when they need it. We also play a critical role in helping businesses by providing expert advice and capital. We are always looking for ways to innovate so we can make sure that when our clients have emerging needs, we’re there to meet them. Being an Employer of Choice Being an employer of choice is a key to our success. Banking is a people business, and our employees are our greatest asset. By attracting and retaining talent, offering employees meaningful careers and helping them succeed, we can deliver the best for our clients each day. I strongly believe that diversity and inclusion play a central role in driving productivity, innovation and growth. Embedding diversity in what we do allows RBC to better reflect the clients and communities we serve, and also drives employee engagement, which is critical to our continued success. It’s both the right thing and the smart thing to do. Investing in Social Good Our culture of integrity and doing what’s right guides how we do business. We are always working to make sure we live our values of service, teamwork, responsibility, diversity and integrity. RBC is committed to supporting the economy and creating positive change. In 2013, we contributed more than $100 million in donations, sponsorships and community investments to support the arts, sports, diversity, the environment and our communities. CANADIAN BANKING GROWING VOLUMES AT 25% PREMIUM TO MARKET NO.1 IN HIGH NET WORTH MARKET SHARE IN CANADA(1) (1) Investor Economics Report, October 2013. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 7 “We’re committed to delivering the right strategy, business mix, culture and people to drive continued growth and take advantage of changes in the marketplace.” I’m always very proud when I see how much RBC employees give back, and we’re honoured to support them. They offer their expertise to worthy causes, support community activities, participate in fundraising events and donate generously. From the new RBC Career Launch Program™, which will give first career experience to young Canadians, to our historic $100-million pledge to improve the well-being of one million Canadian kids and youth, we are committed to making a difference. Looking Ahead While regulatory changes, prolonged low interest rates, market volatility and increasing competition will pose some challenges, we also see opportunities. We’re committed to delivering the right strategy, business mix, culture and people to drive continued growth and take advantage of changes in the marketplace. We continue to win business and deliver strong results thanks to the tireless commitment of our approximately 79,000 employees to always earn the right to be our clients’ first choice. Thank you to our clients for the trust you place in us – we will work hard to keep earning it every day. To our Board of Directors, our gratitude for your insight and guidance, with particular thanks to retiring Chair David O’Brien for his exemplary leadership over the past 10 years as RBC navigated the financial crisis and an era of enormous change. And to our shareholders, we appreciate your confidence and look forward to building value for you in 2014 and beyond. Gordon M. Nixon President and Chief Executive Officer ~85% Our key markets of Canada, the U.S., the U.K. and Asia-Pacific represent approximately 85 per cent of the global investment banking fee pool(2) More than 40% market share of custody assets in Canada(1) (1) Canadian Institutional Investment Network, February 2013 (Based on 2012 data). (2) Thomson Reuters Global Investment Banking Review (First nine months 2013). 8 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 CHAIR MESSAGE “As a board, we are focused on our role as management’s key strategic advisor in its pursuit of long-term shareholder value” David P. O’Brien, Chair of the Board On December 31, I will retire as Chair of the RBC board. With the support of an engaged Board of Directors and an outstanding management team, it has been my honour to serve shareholders as independent Chair for 10 years and as a director since 1996. Through those years I have witnessed tremendous progress in the market leadership of RBC and this organization’s role as a trusted source of expert advice for clients, an employer of choice, a leading supporter of communities, a driver of economic growth, and a reliable source of returns for investors. In 2013 RBC delivered record performance, the result of approximately 79,000 talented and engaged employees successfully executing the right strategy. RBC gained market share in Canada and key global markets, found better ways to serve clients, improved efficiencies and invested in people. As a board, we are focused on our role as management’s key strategic advisor in its pursuit of long-term shareholder value. We dedicated a portion of every board meeting to discussing aspects of strategy, informed by management’s assessment of the health of the business portfolio. Throughout the year we continued to monitor the implementation of strategic initiatives and our risk profile relative to risk appetite. We remain committed to the strategic goals that positioned RBC for profitable growth in 2013: to be the undisputed leader in financial services in Canada; globally, to be a leading provider of capital markets, investor and wealth management solutions; and in targeted markets, to be a leading provider of select financial services complementary to our core strengths. Following our annual strategic planning session, we approved the 2014 strategic plan, which is aligned to our risk appetite and based on our beliefs about emerging trends in financial services, the markets in which we operate and the competitive advantages that will enable our success. During the last year, we remained focused on the strong capital base of RBC, supervising prudent use of that capital to support the creation of value and continued growth. We reinvested capital in our businesses through acquisitions that were aligned with our business strategy, including our purchase of the Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial Inc. And we continued to return value to shareholders through dividend increases – five in just over two years for a total increase of 34 per cent. For more information on our governance policies, please visit: RBC.COM/governance Over the past few years, the Board of Directors turned its attention to its own renewal. The board strategically increased its size, adding directors with specific expertise in anticipation of planned retirements at the 2014 Annual Meeting of four long-serving directors, Paule Gauthier, Brandt Louie, Jacques Lamarre and myself. On behalf of the board, I would like to thank Paule, Brandt and Jacques for their strong contributions. We are pleased to welcome Tom Renyi to the board. Having served 10 years as Chairman and CEO of a major North American financial institution, and almost 40 years in roles spanning credit policy, securities servicing, capital markets and banking, he brings to our board strong insight into risk governance and exceptional experience in the financial services industry. I am delighted with the board’s selection of Katie Taylor, who will succeed me as Chair of the Board. Katie has been a member of the RBC board since 2001. She has served on the Audit, Risk and Human Resources Committees, and has been Chair of the Human Resources Committee since 2010. Katie has made important contributions to the board’s strong governance culture during her tenure and is well qualified to take on the important role of leading the board, bringing valuable experience in driving the growth strategy of a complex global enterprise and deep understanding of the international marketplace. The board extends thanks to the management team at RBC and to our talented employees around the world for their dedication to strengthening our communities and to the continued growth and success of RBC. I am confident that the Board of Directors, management and employees will continue their focus on creating long-term value for our shareholders and our clients. Finally, I owe gratitude to RBC shareholders for giving me the opportunity to serve their interests. Thank you. David P. O’Brien Chair of the Board Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 9 MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is provided to enable a reader to assess our results of operations and financial condition for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2013, compared to the preceding two years. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and is dated December 4, 2013. All amounts are in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise specified, and are based on financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), unless otherwise noted. Additional information about us, including our 2013 Annual Information Form, is available free of charge on our website at rbc.com/investorrelations, on the Canadian Securities Administrators’ website at sedar.com and on the EDGAR section of the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) website at sec.gov. Table of contents Overview and outlook Selected financial and other highlights About Royal Bank of Canada Vision and strategic goals Economic and market review and outlook Key corporate events of 2013 Financial performance Overview 11 11 12 12 12 14 14 14 Business segment results 18 Results by business segments 18 How we measure and report our business segments 18 19 Key performance and non-GAAP measures 21 Personal & Commercial Banking 26 Wealth Management 29 Insurance 32 Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Corporate Support Quarterly financial information Fourth quarter 2013 performance Quarterly results and trend analysis Results by geographic segment Financial condition Condensed balance sheets Off-balance sheet arrangements Risk management Overview Enhanced Disclosure Task Force Top and emerging risks Enterprise risk management Credit risk Credit quality performance See our Glossary for definitions of terms used throughout this document 33 36 37 37 38 39 40 40 41 44 44 44 44 46 50 58 Market risk Liquidity and funding management Insurance risk Regulatory compliance risk Operational risk Strategic risk Reputation risk Competitive risk Overview of other risks Capital management Additional financial information Exposures to selected financial instruments Accounting and control matters Related party transactions Supplementary information 60 64 73 73 74 74 74 74 74 76 84 84 85 90 91 Caution regarding forward-looking statements From time to time, we make written or oral forward-looking statements within the meaning of certain securities laws, including the “safe harbour” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and any applicable Canadian securities legislation. We may make forward-looking statements in this 2013 Annual Report, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the SEC, in other reports to shareholders and in other communications. Forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals, the economic and market review and outlook for Canadian, U.S., European and global economies, the regulatory environment in which we operate, the outlook and priorities for each of our business segments, and the risk environment including our liquidity and funding management. The forward-looking information contained in this document is presented for the purpose of assisting the holders of our securities and financial analysts in understanding our financial position and results of operations as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented and our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe”, “expect”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “goal”, “plan” and “project” and similar expressions of future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “may”, “should”, “could” or “would”. By their very nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, which give rise to the possibility that our predictions, forecasts, projections, expectations or conclusions will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct and that our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals will not be achieved. We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these statements as a number of risk factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. These factors – many of which are beyond our control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – include: credit, market, liquidity and funding, insurance, regulatory compliance, operational, strategic, reputation and competitive risks and other risks discussed in the Risk management and Overview of other risks sections; the impact of regulatory reforms, including relating to the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (BCBS) global standards for capital and liquidity reform, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations issued and to be issued thereunder, over-the-counter derivatives reform, the payments system in Canada, the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA), and regulatory reforms in the United Kingdom (U.K.) and Europe; the high levels of Canadian household debt; cybersecurity; the business and economic conditions in Canada, the U.S. and certain other countries in which we operate; the effects of changes in government fiscal, monetary and other policies; our ability to attract and retain employees; the accuracy and completeness of information concerning our clients and counterparties; the development and integration of our distribution networks; model, information technology and social media risk; and the impact of environmental issues. We caution that the foregoing list of risk factors is not exhaustive and other factors could also adversely affect our results. When relying on our forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to us, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Material economic assumptions underlying the forward looking statements contained in this 2013 Annual Report are set out in the Overview and outlook section and for each business segment under the heading Outlook and priorities. Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by us or on our behalf. Additional information about these and other factors can be found in the Risk management and Overview of other risks sections. Information contained in or otherwise accessible through the websites mentioned does not form part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are for your information only. 10 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Overview and outlook Selected financial and other highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share, number of and percentage amounts) Continuing operations 2013 2012 2011 $ 30,867 $ 29,772 $ 1,239 1,301 Total revenue Provision for credit losses (PCL) Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense (PBCAE) Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net income Segments – net income from continuing operations Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Corporate Support Net income from continuing operations Selected information Earnings per share (EPS) – basic Return on common equity (ROE) (1), (2) – diluted Selected information from continuing operations EPS – basic – diluted ROE (1), (2) PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances Gross impaired loans (GIL) as a % of loans and acceptances Capital ratios and multiples (3) Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio (3) Tier 1 capital ratio (3) Total capital ratio (3) Assets-to-capital multiple (3), (4) Selected balance sheet and other information Total assets Securities Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) Derivative related assets Deposits Common equity Average common equity (1) Risk-weighted assets (RWA) (3) Assets under management (AUM) Assets under administration (AUA) (5) Common share information Shares outstanding (000s) – average basic – average diluted – end of period Dividends declared per common share Dividend yield (6) Common share price (RY on TSX) Market capitalization (TSX) Business information from continuing operations (number of) Employees (full-time equivalent) (FTE) Bank branches Automated teller machines (ATMs) Period average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 (7) Period-end US$ equivalent of C$1.00 27,638 1,133 3,358 14,167 8,980 6,970 (526) 6,444 3,740 811 600 230 1,292 297 6,970 4.25 4.19 18.7% 4.62 4.55 20.3% 0.33% 0.65% 3,621 15,160 9,690 7,590 (51) 7,539 $ 4,088 $ 763 714 85 1,581 359 7,590 $ 4.98 $ 4.93 19.3% 5.01 $ 4.96 19.5% 0.35% 0.58% n.a. (3) n.a. (3) 13.1% 15.1% 16.7X 13.3% 15.3% 16.1X 2,784 16,227 10,617 8,429 – 8,429 $ 4,438 $ 899 597 343 1,710 442 8,429 $ 5.60 $ 5.54 19.4% 5.60 $ 5.54 19.4% 0.31% 0.52% 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X 860,819 $ 182,718 408,666 74,822 558,480 43,939 41,650 318,981 391,100 4,050,900 825,100 $ 793,833 167,022 161,611 347,530 378,244 99,650 91,293 479,102 508,219 34,889 39,453 32,600 37,150 267,780 280,609 308,700 343,000 3,446,400 3,653,300 1,443,735 1,466,529 1,441,056 1,442,167 1,468,287 1,445,303 2.53 $ 4.0% 70.02 $ 100,903 74,247 1,372 4,973 0.977 $ 0.959 $ 2.28 $ 4.5% 56.94 $ 82,296 74,377 1,361 5,065 0.997 $ 1.001 $ 1,430,722 1,471,493 1,438,376 2.08 3.9% 48.62 69,934 68,480 1,338 4,626 1.015 1.003 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Table 1 2013 vs. 2012 Increase (decrease) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,095 (62) (837) 1,067 927 839 51 890 350 136 (117) 258 129 83 839 0.62 0.61 n.m. 0.59 0.58 n.m. n.m. n.m. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 35,719 21,107 30,422 (16,471) 50,261 4,486 4,500 n.a. 48,100 397,600 1,568 (1,758) (4,247) 0.25 n.m. 13.08 18,607 (130) 11 (92) (0.020) (0.042) 3.7% (4.8)% (23.1)% 7.0% 9.6% 11.1% n.m. 11.8% 8.6% 17.8% (16.4)% 303.5% 8.2% 23.1% 11.1% 12.4% 12.4% 10 bps 11.8% 11.7% (10) bps (4) bps (6) bps n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 4.3% 13.1% 8.0% (18.0)% 9.9% 11.4% 12.1% n.a. 14.0% 10.9% 0.1% (0.1)% (0.3)% 11.0% (50) bps 23.0% 22.6% (0.2)% 0.8% (1.8)% (2.0)% (4.2)% (1) (2) (3) (4) Average amounts are calculated using methods intended to approximate the average of the daily balances for the period. This includes ROE and Average common equity. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. These measures may not have a standardized meaning under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other financial institutions. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Effective the first quarter of 2013, we calculate capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple using the Basel III framework. The capital ratios are calculated on the “all-in” basis. The prior periods’ capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple were calculated using the Basel II framework. Basel III and Basel II are not directly comparable. Capital ratios and multiples for 2011 comparative amounts in the MD&A were determined under Canadian GAAP. The CET1 ratio is a new regulatory measure under the Basel III framework. The CET1 ratio is not applicable (n.a.) for prior periods as Basel III was adopted prospectively, effective the first quarter of 2013. For further details, refer to the Capital management section. Effective the first quarter of 2013, Assets-to-capital multiple is calculated on a transitional basis as per the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) Guideline. Includes AUA from Investor Services and $32.6 billion (2012 – $38.4 billion, 2011 – $36.0 billion) of securitized mortgages and credit card loans. Defined as dividends per common share divided by the average of the high and low share price in the relevant period. Average amounts are calculated using month-end spot rates for the period. (5) (6) (7) n.m. not meaningful Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 11 About Royal Bank of Canada Royal Bank of Canada (RY on TSX and NYSE) is Canada’s largest bank as measured by assets and market capitalization, and is among the largest banks in the world, based on market capitalization. We are one of North America’s leading diversified financial services companies, and provide personal and commercial banking, wealth management services, insurance, investor services and capital markets products and services on a global basis. We employ approximately 79,000 full- and part-time employees who serve more than 15 million personal, business, public sector and institutional clients through offices in Canada, the U.S. and 44 other countries. For more information, please visit rbc.com. Our business segments are described below. Personal & Commercial Banking comprises our personal and business banking operations, as well as certain investment businesses in Canada, the Caribbean and the U.S. Wealth Management serves affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients from our offices in key financial centres mainly in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., continental Europe, and Asia with a comprehensive suite of investment, trust, banking, credit and other wealth management solutions. We also provide asset management products and services directly to institutional and individual clients as well as through RBC distribution channels and third-party distributors. Insurance offers insurance products and services through our proprietary distribution channels, comprised of the field sales force which includes retail insurance branches, our field sales representatives, call centres and online, as well as through independent insurance advisors and affinity relationships in Canada. Outside North America, we operate in reinsurance markets globally. Investor & Treasury Services serves the needs of institutional investing clients by providing custodial asset servicing, advisory, financing and other services to safeguard assets, maximize liquidity and manage risk in multiple jurisdictions around the world. We also provide funding and liquidity management for the enterprise. Capital Markets provides public and private companies, institutional investors, governments and central banks with a wide range of products and services. In North America, we offer a full suite of products and services which include corporate and investment banking, equity and debt origination and distribution, and structuring and trading. Outside North America, we offer a diversified set of capabilities in our key sectors of expertise such as energy, mining and infrastructure. Our business segments are supported by Corporate Support, which consists of Technology & Operations and Functions. Technology & Operations provides the technological and operational foundation required to effectively deliver products and services to our clients, while Functions includes our finance, human resources, risk management, internal audit and other functional groups. The following chart presents our business segments and respective lines of business: Personal & Commercial Banking O Canadian Banking O Caribbean & U.S. Banking Wealth Management O Canadian Wealth Management O U.S. & International Wealth Management O Global Asset Management ROYAL BANK OF CANADA Insurance O Canadian Insurance O International Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets O Corporate and Investment Banking O Global Markets O Other O Technology & Operations O Functions Corporate Support Vision and strategic goals Our business strategies and actions are guided by our vision of “Always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice.” Our strategic goals are: • • • In Canada, to be the undisputed leader in financial services; Globally, to be a leading provider of capital markets, investor, and wealth management solutions; and In targeted markets, to be a leading provider of select financial services complementary to our core strengths. For our progress in 2013 against our business strategies and strategic goals, refer to the Business segment results section. Overview and outlook Economic and market review and outlook – data as at December 4, 2013 Canada The Canadian economy is expected to grow at an estimated rate of 1.7% during calendar 2013, which is below our estimate of 2.4% as at November 28, 2012. Growth continues to be driven by consumer spending and business investment, moderated by weak net exports. The unemployment rate decreased to 6.9% in October 2013, supported by improvement during the year in labour markets. Housing market activity continues to benefit from these positive employment trends and the continuing low interest rate environment. Although the Canadian economy is growing at a moderate pace, concerns about the export outlook and continued low inflation led the Bank of Canada (BoC) to maintain its overnight rate at 1% in October 2013. In calendar 2014, we expect the Canadian economy to grow at a rate of 2.6%, driven by solid consumer and investment spending and an improvement in global demand for exports. Given the ongoing low inflation environment and the factors restraining the growth of global demand for Canadian exports, we do not expect the BoC to change its overnight rate from the current 1% until at least the second quarter of 2015. 12 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis U.S. We expect the U.S. economy to grow at an estimated rate of 1.7% during calendar 2013, below our estimate of 2.3% as at November 28, 2012. Moderate consumer spending and the improvement in the housing market more than offset a decline in government spending, and continue to drive moderate economic growth. The impact of the October 2013 federal government partial shutdown on the economy is not expected to be significant. Business investment continues to recover, and the unemployment rate improved to 7.3% in October 2013. In order to provide stimulus to the economy, the Federal Reserve (Fed) is maintaining interest rates at low levels, and maintained the size of its monthly asset purchases, despite market expectations of a reduction in the program in 2013. In calendar 2014, we expect the U.S. economy to grow at a rate of 2.7%, driven by solid consumer spending and housing market activity as well as stronger business investment. The impact on consumer confidence of a failure by the government to complete debt negotiations could reduce spending activity in the near term. We expect the Fed to reduce its monthly asset purchases starting in March 2014 and cease making purchases by the end of 2014 as labour market conditions and the inflation rate approach the Fed’s targeted levels. Europe The Eurozone economy is expected to contract at an estimated rate of (0.4%) during calendar 2013, below our estimate of growth of 0.1% as at November 28, 2012. The economy emerged from recession in the second quarter of 2013, but continues to show the effects of fiscal austerity measures and limited access to funding. The unemployment rate stabilized at 12.1% in October, reflecting limited improvement in labour markets. The European Central Bank (ECB) is continuing to provide stimulus to the Eurozone economy and decreased interest rates by 25 bps in May 2013 to 0.50% and by a further 25 bps in November 2013 to 0.25%. We expect the Eurozone economy to grow at a rate of 1.0% in calendar 2014 as the ECB’s policy actions continue to take effect. We expect the ECB to maintain its current low interest rates throughout 2014 in order to mitigate the impact of continuing fiscal austerity measures and encourage demand for credit. Financial markets Capital markets in Canada and the U.S. gradually improved during 2013, resulting from modest economic growth in both countries as well as the maintenance of stimulative monetary policy by the BoC and the Fed. Yields on long-term Canadian and U.S. government bonds rose from May to September 2013, following a period of historical lows as markets anticipated a reduction in the Fed’s monthly asset purchase program. Credit spreads on corporate bonds started to widen in the U.S. in the latter half of 2013 after remaining low for most of the year. Equity markets improved throughout the year, despite some uncertainty regarding the outcome of the U.S. government’s efforts to avoid hitting the debt ceiling. Despite continued uncertainty in global financial markets, there were slight signs of overall improvement in 2013. The predictions and forecasts in this section are based on information and assumptions from sources we consider reliable. If this information or these assumptions are not accurate, actual economic outcomes may differ materially from the outlook presented in this section. For details on risk factors from general business and economic conditions that may affect our business and financial results, refer to the Overview of other risks section. Regulatory environment We continue to monitor and prepare for regulatory developments by identifying and working to mitigate any potential negative business or economic impact resulting from the global proliferation of regulatory reform initiatives. These developments include prohibitions on proprietary trading and certain investment in hedge and other investment funds (the Volcker Rule) under the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), the Fed’s proposal for Enhanced Supervision of Foreign Banking Organizations, and other Dodd-Frank initiatives; changes to capital and liquidity rules under the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s global standards (Basel III); over-the- counter derivatives reform; the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA); enhanced risk disclosures recommended by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) of the Financial Stability Board; and other reforms. For a discussion on risk factors resulting from these and other regulatory developments which may affect our business and financial results, refer to the Risk management – Top and emerging risks section. For further details on our framework and activities to manage risks, refer to the Risk management and Capital management sections. Defining and measuring success through Total Shareholder Returns (TSR) Our focus is to maximize total shareholder returns through the achievement of top quartile performance over the medium term (3-5 years) which we believe reflects a longer term view of strong and consistent financial performance. Maximizing TSR is aligned with our three strategic goals and we believe represents the most appropriate measure of shareholder value creation. TSR is a concept used to compare the performance of our common shares over a period of time, reflecting share price appreciation and dividends paid to common shareholders. The absolute size of the TSR will vary depending on market conditions, and the relative position reflects the market’s perception of our overall performance relative to our peers over a period of time. Financial performance objectives are used to measure progress against our medium-term TSR objectives. We review and revise these financial performance objectives as economic, market and regulatory environments change. By focusing on our medium-term objectives in our decision-making, we believe we will be well positioned to provide sustainable earnings growth and solid returns to our common shareholders. We compared favourably to all our performance objectives in 2013. The following table provides a summary of our performance against our financial performance objectives in 2013: Financial performance objectives Diluted EPS growth of 7% + ROE of 18% + Strong capital ratios (CET1) (1) Dividend payout ratio 40% – 50% (1) For further details on the CET1 ratio, refer to the Capital management section. For 2014, our financial performance objectives will remain unchanged. 2013 results 12.4% 19.4% 9.6% 45% Table 2 Achieved ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 13 Medium-term objectives – three and five year TSR vs. peer group average Table 3 Royal Bank of Canada Peer group average (excluding RBC) (2) three year TSR (1) five year TSR (1) 13% Second quartile 13% Second quartile 11% 9% (1) (2) The three and the five year average annual TSR are calculated based on our common share price appreciation plus reinvested dividends for the period October 31, 2010 to October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2008 to October 31, 2013 respectively, based on information as disclosed by Bloomberg L.P. We compare our TSR to that of a global peer group approved by our Board of Directors and consisting of the following 20 financial institutions: seven large Canadian financial institutions in addition to us (Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Manulife Financial Corporation, National Bank of Canada, Power Financial Corporation, The Bank of Nova Scotia and The Toronto-Dominion Bank), five U.S. financial institutions (Bank of America Corporation, JPMorgan Chase & Co., The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, U.S. Bancorp and Wells Fargo & Company), five European financial institutions (Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (BBVA), Barclays PLC, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse Group AG and Deutsche Bank Group) and two Australian financial institutions (National Australia Bank and Westpac Banking Corporation). Our three and five year average annual TSR of 13% ranked us in the second quartile for both periods within our global peer group. The three year and five year average annual TSR for our global peer group was 11% and 9% respectively. Common share and dividend information For the year ended October 31 Common share price (RY on TSX) – close, end of period Dividends paid per share Increase (decrease) in share price Total shareholder return $ $ 2013 70.02 2.46 23.0% 28.0% $ 2012 56.94 2.22 17.1% 22.0% $ 2011 48.62 2.04 (10.6)% (6.7)% $ 2010 54.39 2.00 (0.7)% 2.9% Table 4 2009 54.80 2.00 17.0% 22.7% Key corporate events of 2013 Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial Inc. (Ally Canada) On February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Ally Canada for total cash consideration of $3.7 billion. Ally Canada’s operations provide financial services, including floor plan financing, directly to auto dealers and also offer financing for consumers through dealerships. The acquisition adds scale to our existing consumer and commercial auto financing businesses. For further details, refer to Note 11 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Financial performance Overview 2013 vs. 2012 Net income of $8,429 million was up $890 million or 12% from a year ago. Diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $5.54 was up $0.61 and return on common equity (ROE) of 19.4% increased from 19.3% in 2012. At October 31, 2013, our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 9.6%. Our results reflected strong earnings growth across most of our business segments and were driven by solid volume growth across all our Canadian Banking businesses, partially offset by spread compression, strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses, and higher average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management. Favourable income tax adjustments in 2013 of $214 million related to prior years, lower provision for credit losses (PCL) reflecting improved credit quality, improved business performance in Investor Services, and continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower trading revenue in Capital Markets and a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) in Insurance as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. In addition, our prior year results were impacted by net favourable adjustments of $60 million after-tax including a release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) related to a refund of taxes paid due to the settlement of several tax matters with the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), an adjustment related to a change in estimate of mortgage prepayment interest of $125 million ($92 million after-tax), and a loss of $224 million ($213 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia Investor Services Limited (RBC Dexia). Our ROE was up 10 basis points (bps) despite holding higher common equity as a result of Basel lll capital requirements effective the first quarter of 2013, reflecting our solid earnings growth. For further details on our results and CET1 ratio, refer to the Business segment results and Capital management sections, respectively. Summary of 2012 vs. 2011 In 2012, net income of $7,539 million was up $1,095 million or 17% from 2011. Diluted EPS of $4.93 was up $0.74 and ROE of 19.3% was up 60 bps. Effective the third quarter of 2012, we no longer have discontinued operations, as the sale of our U.S. regional retail banking operations closed in the second quarter of 2012. Net loss from discontinued operations in 2012 was $51 million due to operating losses related to our U.S. regional retail banking operations. Continuing operations In 2012, net income from continuing operations of $7,590 million was up $620 million or 9% from 2011. The increase in net income was driven by higher fixed income trading and corporate and investment banking results as well as strong volume growth across most of our domestic banking businesses. Lower claims costs in Insurance, higher funding and liquidity trading in Investor & Treasury Services, increased average fee- based client assets in Wealth Management, and continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities also contributed to the increase. In addition, net income in 2012 was favourably impacted by the release of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income and the adjustment related to a change in estimate of mortgage prepayment interest, as described above. These factors were partially offset by higher costs in support of business growth, increased PCL in Capital Markets and our Caribbean portfolio, and lower transaction 14 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis volumes in Wealth Management. The loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia also negatively impacted net income in 2012. Discontinued operations In 2012, net loss from discontinued operations was $51 million as compared to a net loss of $526 million in 2011, primarily reflecting a loss on sale of our U.S. regional retail banking operations in 2011. Net loss from discontinued operations in 2012 included only four months of operating losses related to our U.S. regional retail banking operations compared to a full year of results in 2011. Estimated impact of foreign currency translation on our consolidated financial results Our foreign currency-denominated results are impacted by exchange rate fluctuations. Revenue, PCL, insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense (PBCAE), non-interest expense and net income denominated in foreign currency are translated at the average rate of exchange for the year. The estimated impact of foreign currency translation on our results was not significant in 2013 as compared to 2012. Changes in the relevant average exchange rates that impact our business are shown in the following table: (Average foreign currency equivalent of C$1.00) (1) U.S. dollar British pound Euro (1) Average amounts are calculated using month-end spot rates for the period. Total revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest income Interest expense Net interest income Investments (1) Insurance (2) Trading Banking (3) Underwriting and other advisory Other (4) Non-interest income Total revenue Additional trading information Total trading revenue Net interest income Non-interest income Total trading revenue Total trading revenue by product Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities Total trading revenue Trading revenue (teb) by product Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities Total trading revenue (teb) Trading revenue (teb) by product – Capital Markets Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities Total Capital Markets trading revenue (teb) 2013 0.977 0.626 0.740 2012 0.997 0.630 0.771 Table 5 2011 1.015 0.631 0.727 Table 6 2012 2011 $ 20,852 8,354 $ 20,813 9,456 $ 12,498 $ 11,357 $ 5,375 4,897 1,298 3,799 1,434 471 $ 5,305 4,474 655 3,596 1,485 766 2013 21,150 7,899 13,251 6,408 3,911 867 4,244 1,569 617 17,616 30,867 $ 17,274 $ 16,281 $ 29,772 $ 27,638 1,661 867 2,528 1,611 594 323 2,528 1,611 972 323 2,906 1,350 942 286 2,578 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,532 1,298 2,830 1,923 516 391 2,830 1,923 945 391 3,259 1,584 925 323 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,377 655 2,032 1,218 463 351 2,032 1,218 920 351 2,489 968 906 289 $ 2,832 $ 2,163 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) (3) (4) Includes securities brokerage commissions, investment management and custodial fees, and mutual fund revenue. Includes premiums and investment and fee income. Investment income includes the change in fair value of investments backing policyholder liabilities and is largely offset in PBCAE. Includes service charges, foreign exchange revenue other than trading, card service revenue and credit fees. Includes other non-interest income, net gain (loss) on available-for-sale (AFS) securities and share of profit in associates. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 15 2013 vs. 2012 Total revenue increased $1,095 million or 4% from last year. Net interest income increased $753 million or 6%, mainly due to solid volume growth across all businesses in Canadian Banking. The inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada and strong growth in our lending portfolio in Capital Markets also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by spread compression. In addition, the prior year was favourably impacted by a mortgage prepayment interest adjustment (prepayment adjustment) of $125 million resulting from a change in methodology with respect to the timing of recognition of mortgage prepayment interest, and interest income of $72 million related to a refund of taxes paid of $128 million due to the settlement of several tax matters with the CRA. Investments revenue increased $1,033 million or 19%, mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets across all businesses in Wealth Management resulting from net sales and capital appreciation, and incremental revenue related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services. Insurance revenue decreased $986 million or 20%, mainly due to a change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from an increase in long-term interest rates, largely offset in PBCAE. Trading revenue in Non-interest income decreased $431 million or 33%. Total trading revenue of $2,528 million, which comprises trading- related revenue recorded in Net interest income and Non-interest income, decreased $302 million, or 11%, mainly due to lower fixed income trading revenue, largely in Europe, as a result of challenging market conditions. Banking revenue increased $445 million or 12%, mainly due to strong growth in our loan syndication business primarily in the U.S. Higher service fee revenue and higher credit card transaction volumes in Personal & Commercial Banking, and increased foreign exchange revenue in Investor Services primarily driven by higher transaction volumes also contributed to the increase. Underwriting and other advisory revenue increased $135 million or 9%, mainly due to higher debt origination reflecting solid issuance activity. Higher mergers and acquisitions (M&A) activity reflecting increased mandates mainly in Canada and the U.S. also contributed to the increase. Other revenue increased $146 million or 31%, mainly due to gains on the disposition of our London Metal Exchange (LME) shares. In addition, the prior year was unfavourably impacted by our proportionate share of a securities exchange and trading loss of $36 million ($26 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of RBC Dexia. 2012 vs. 2011 Total revenue increased $2,134 million or 8% from 2011, mainly due to strong trading revenue reflecting improved market conditions compared to the unfavourable conditions in 2011 and strong growth in lending and increased loan syndication activity in our corporate and investment banking businesses. Strong volume growth across most of our Canadian banking businesses, higher average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, and incremental revenue related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services also contributed to the increase. Volume growth across most insurance products, and the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in PBCAE, also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by losses compared to gains in 2011 in Other revenue and lower transaction volumes mainly in Wealth Management. Provision for credit losses 2013 vs. 2012 Total PCL decreased $62 million or 5% from a year ago, mainly reflecting improved credit quality in our Canadian Banking and Caribbean portfolios, partially offset by higher provisions in Capital Markets and Wealth Management. 2012 vs. 2011 Total PCL increased $168 million or 15% as compared to 2011, mainly due to higher provisions related to Capital Markets and our Caribbean portfolios. Higher average loan balances reflecting volume growth in Canadian home equity products also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower PCL in our Canadian credit card portfolio. For further details on PCL, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense 2013 vs. 2012 PBCAE decreased $837 million or 23% from a year ago, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in insurance revenue. Favourable actuarial adjustments reflecting management actions and assumption changes also contributed to the decrease. These factors were partially offset by the charge of $160 million as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. 2012 vs. 2011 PBCAE increased $263 million or 8% as compared to 2011, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, largely offset in insurance revenue, and volume growth across most products. These factors were partially offset by lower claims costs in Canadian insurance products and a reduction of policy acquisition cost-related liabilities reflecting changes to our proprietary distribution channel. 16 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Non-interest expense (Millions of Canadian dollars) Salaries Variable compensation Benefits and retention compensation Share-based compensation Human resources Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles Equipment Occupancy Communications Professional and other external services Other expenses $ $ 2013 4,665 3,924 1,345 256 10,190 10 1,135 1,246 742 1,003 1,901 2012 $ 4,313 3,650 1,185 139 $ 9,287 168 1,020 1,170 764 949 1,802 Non-interest expense $ 16,227 $ 15,160 Table 7 2011 $ 4,074 3,300 1,099 188 $ 8,661 – 960 1,076 746 958 1,766 $ 14,167 2013 vs. 2012 Non-interest expense increased $1,067 million or 7%, primarily reflecting incremental costs related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services and higher variable compensation mainly driven by higher revenue in Wealth Management. The inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, higher costs in support of business growth, and higher litigation provisions and related legal costs in Capital Markets also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by continued benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities, and lower variable compensation in Capital Markets reflecting a lower compensation to revenue ratio. In addition, the prior year was unfavourably impacted by an impairment loss and other costs of $188 million related to the acquisition of RBC Dexia. 2012 vs. 2011 Non-interest expense increased $993 million or 7% as compared to 2011, primarily due to higher variable compensation, largely driven by improved results in Capital Markets and higher revenue in Wealth Management. Higher costs in support of business and volume growth and the impact of a full quarter of non-interest expense related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services also contributed to the increase. In addition, our non-interest expense was negatively impacted by the loss relating to the acquisition of RBC Dexia noted above. The increase in non-interest expense was partially offset by continuing benefits from our efficiency management activities. Income and other taxes (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Income taxes Other taxes Goods and services sales taxes Payroll taxes Capital taxes Property taxes Insurance premium taxes Business taxes Total income and other taxes Net income before income taxes Effective income tax rate Effective total tax rate (1) Table 8 2013 2,188 2012 2011 $ 2,100 $ 2,010 370 384 85 119 50 25 1,033 3,221 343 371 80 124 50 21 989 $ $ 338 349 75 107 49 18 936 $ 3,089 $ 2,946 10,617 $ 9,690 $ 8,980 20.6% 27.6% 21.7% 28.9% 22.4% 29.7% $ $ $ $ $ (1) Total income and other taxes as a percentage of net income before income taxes and other taxes. 2013 vs. 2012 Income tax expense increased $88 million or 4% from the prior year, mainly due to higher earnings before income tax. The effective income tax rate of 20.6% decreased 110 bps from 21.7% in the prior year, mainly due to favourable income tax adjustments in 2013 related to prior years. Our prior year results were favourably impacted by the release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) related to a refund of taxes paid due to the settlement of several tax matters with the CRA in 2012. Other taxes increased $44 million or 4%, mainly due to higher sales taxes and payroll taxes. In addition to the income and other taxes reported in our Consolidated Statements of Income, we recorded income tax recoveries of $352 million, as compared to income taxes of $72 million in 2012, in shareholders’ equity, primarily reflecting foreign currency translation losses from hedging activities. 2012 vs. 2011 Income tax expense increased $90 million or 4% from 2011, mainly due to higher earnings before income taxes. The effective income tax rate of 21.7% decreased 70 bps from 22.4% in 2011, mainly due to a reduction in statutory Canadian corporate income tax rates and the release of the tax uncertainty provisions noted above. These factors were partially offset by a loss related to our acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia, which was not deductible for tax purposes. Other taxes increased $53 million or 6% from 2011, mainly due to higher payroll and property taxes. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 17 Business segment results Results by business segment (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Net interest income Non-interest income Personal & Commercial Banking 9,435 $ 3,788 $ Wealth Management Total revenue $ 13,223 $ PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense 997 – 6,240 2013 Investor & Treasury Services Insurance Capital Markets (1) Corporate Support (1) 396 $ – $ 671 $ 5,091 3,928 1,133 5,487 $ 51 – 4,201 3,928 $ – 2,784 549 1,804 $ – – 1,343 2,872 $ 3,708 6,580 $ 188 – 3,844 (123) $ (32) (155) $ 3 – 50 Table 9 2012 2011 Total Total 13,251 $ 12,498 17,274 17,616 30,867 $ 29,772 1,301 3,621 15,160 1,239 2,784 16,227 Total $ 11,357 16,281 $ 27,638 1,133 3,358 14,167 Net income before income taxes Income tax Net income from continuing operations Loss from discontinued operations Net income ROE from continuing operations ROE Average assets $ 5,986 $ 1,548 1,235 $ 336 595 $ (2) 461 $ 118 2,548 $ 838 (208) $ (650) 10,617 $ 2,188 9,690 2,100 $ 8,980 2,010 $ 4,438 $ 899 $ 597 $ 343 $ 1,710 $ 442 $ 8,429 $ 7,590 $ 6,970 – – – – – – $ 4,438 $ 899 $ 597 $ 343 $ 1,710 $ 442 $ – 8,429 $ (51) (526) 7,539 $ 6,444 16.1% 31.0% 19.5% 19.3% $ 356,000 $ 21,600 $ 11,900 $ 83,100 $ 368,300 $ 12,300 $ 853,200 $ 810,600 19.4% 19.4% 41.6% 16.7% 14.2% n.m. 20.3% 18.7% $ 778,900 (1) Net interest income, total revenue and net income before income taxes are presented in Capital Markets on a taxable equivalent basis (tab). The taxable equivalent basis adjustment is eliminated in the Corporate Support segment. For a further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. How we measure and report our business segments Our management reporting framework is intended to measure the performance of each business segment as if it were a stand-alone business and reflect the way that the business segment is managed. This approach is intended to ensure that our business segments’ results include all applicable revenue and expenses associated with the conduct of their business and depicts how management views those results. The following highlights the key aspects of how our business segments are managed and reported: • Personal & Commercial Banking reported results include securitized Canadian residential mortgage and credit card loans and related amounts for income and provisions for credit losses on impaired loans. • Wealth Management reported results also include disclosure in U.S. dollars as we review and manage the results of certain businesses • • • largely in this currency. Insurance reported results include the change in fair value of investments mainly backing our Canadian life policyholder liabilities recorded as revenue, which is largely offset in PBCAE. Capital Markets results are reported on a taxable equivalent basis (teb), which grosses up net interest income from certain tax-advantaged sources (Canadian taxable corporate dividends) to their effective taxable equivalent value with a corresponding offset recorded in the provision for income taxes. We record the elimination of the teb adjustments in Corporate Support. We believe these adjustments are useful and reflect how Capital Markets manages its business, since it enhances the comparability of revenue and related ratios across taxable revenue and our principal tax-advantaged source of revenue. The use of teb adjustments and measures may not be comparable to similar GAAP measures or similarly adjusted amounts disclosed by other financial institutions. Corporate Support results include all enterprise-level activities that are undertaken for the benefit of the organization that are not allocated to our five business segments, including residual asset/liability management results, impact from income tax adjustments, net charges associated with unattributed capital and PCL on loans not yet identified as impaired. Key methodologies The following outlines the key methodologies and assumptions used in our management reporting framework. These are periodically reviewed by management to ensure they remain valid. Expense allocation To ensure that our business segments’ results include expenses associated with the conduct of their business, we allocate costs incurred or services provided by Technology & Operations and Functions, which were directly undertaken or provided on the business segments’ behalf. For other costs not directly attributable to our business segments, including overhead costs and other indirect expenses, we use our management reporting framework for allocating these costs to each business segment in a manner that is intended to reflect the underlying benefits. Capital attribution Our framework also determines the attribution of capital to our business segments in a manner that is intended to consistently measure and align economic costs with the underlying benefits and risks associated with the activities of each business segment. The amount of capital assigned to each business segment is referred to as attributed capital. Unattributed capital and associated net charges are reported in Corporate Support. For further information, refer to the Capital management section. Funds transfer pricing A funds transfer pricing methodology is used to allocate interest income and expense by product to each business segment. This allocation considers the interest rate risk, liquidity and funding risk and regulatory requirements of each of our business segments. We base transfer pricing on external market costs and each business segment fully absorbs the costs of running its business. Our business segments may retain certain interest rate exposures subject to management approval that would be expected in the normal course of operations. 18 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Net interest margin We report net interest margin (NIM) for Personal & Commercial Banking and our Canadian banking businesses based on average earning assets which includes only those assets that give rise to net interest income including deposits with other banks, certain securities and loans. PCL PCL are recorded to recognize estimated losses on impaired loans, as well as losses that have been incurred but are not yet identified in our loans portfolio. This portfolio includes on-balance sheet exposures, such as loans and acceptances, and off-balance sheet items such as letters of credit, guarantees and unfunded commitments. PCL on impaired loans are included in the results of each business segment to fully reflect the appropriate expenses related to the conduct of each business segment. PCL on loans not yet identified as impaired are included in Corporate Support, as Group Risk Management effectively controls this through its monitoring and oversight of various lending portfolios throughout the enterprise. For details on our accounting policy on Allowance for credit losses, refer to Note 2 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Key performance and non-GAAP measures Performance measures Return on common equity We measure and evaluate the performance of our consolidated operations and each business segment using a number of financial metrics such as net income and ROE. We use ROE, at both the consolidated and business segment levels, as a measure of return on total capital invested in our business. Management views the business segment ROE measure as a useful measure for supporting investment and resource allocation decisions because it adjusts for certain items that may affect comparability between business segments and certain competitors. Our consolidated ROE calculation is based on net income available to common shareholders divided by total average common equity for the period. Business segment ROE calculations are based on net income available to common shareholders divided by average attributed capital for the period. For each segment, average attributed capital includes the capital required to underpin various risks as described in the Capital Management section and amounts invested in goodwill and intangibles. The attribution of capital and risk capital involves the use of assumptions, judgments and methodologies that are regularly reviewed and revised by management as necessary. Changes to such assumptions, judgments and methodologies can have a material effect on the segment ROE information that we report. Other companies that disclose information on similar attributions and related return measures may use different assumptions, judgments and methodologies. The following table provides a summary of our ROE calculations: Calculation of ROE Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance 2013 Investor & Treasury Services Table 10 2012 2011 Capital Markets Corporate Support Total Total Total $ 4,349 $ 866 $ 589 $ 330 $ 1,640 $ 304 $ 8,078 $ 7,235 $ 6,611 – (51) (526) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations Loss to common shareholders from discontinued operations Net income available to common shareholders $ 4,349 Average common equity from continuing operations (1), (2) $ 14,050 Average common equity from discontinued operations (1) $ $ 866 $ 589 $ 330 $ 1,640 $ 304 $ 8,078 $ 7,184 5,400 $ 1,400 $ 2,000 $ 11,500 $ 7,300 $ 41,650 $ 36,750 $ $ 6,085 29,800 – 400 2,800 Total average common equity (1), (2) ROE (3) $ 14,050 $ 5,400 $ 1,400 $ 2,000 $ 11,500 $ 7,300 $ 41,650 $ 37,150 $ 32,600 31.0% 16.1% 41.6% 16.7% 14.2% n.m. 19.4% 19.3% 18.7% Average common equity represent rounded figures. The amounts for the segments are referred to as attributed capital or economic capital. Calculated under Basel lll, including comparative periods. ROE is based on actual balances of average common equity before rounding. (1) (2) (3) n.m. not meaningful Embedded value for Insurance operations Embedded value is a measure of shareholder value embedded in the balance sheet of our Insurance segment, excluding any value from future new sales. We use the change in embedded value between reporting periods as a measure of the value created by the insurance operations during the period. We define embedded value as the value of equity held in our Insurance segment and the value of in-force business (existing policies). The value of in-force business is calculated as the present value of future expected earnings on in-force business less the present value of capital required to support in-force business. We use discount rates that are consistent with those used by other insurance companies. Required capital uses the capital frameworks in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Key drivers affecting the change in embedded value from period to period are new sales, investment performance, claims and policyholder experience, change in actuarial assumptions, changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in shareholder equity arising from transfers in capital. Embedded value does not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may not be directly comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies. Given that this measure is specifically used for our Insurance segment and involves the use of discount rates to present value the future expected earnings and capital required for the in-force business, reconciliation to financial statements information is not applicable. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 19 Non-GAAP measures Economic profit Economic profit is net income excluding the after-tax effect of amortization of other intangibles less a capital charge for use of attributed capital. It measures the return generated by our businesses in excess of our cost of capital, thus enabling users to identify relative contributions to shareholder value. Economic profit is a non-GAAP measure, does not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other financial institutions. The capital charge includes a charge for common equity and preferred shares. We prospectively revised our cost of equity in the first quarter of 2013 to 8.5% from 9.5% in 2012, largely as a result of the continuing low interest rate environment. Effective Q1 2014, our cost of equity will increase to 9.0% due to higher long-term interest rates. The following table provides a summary of our Economic profit on a continuing basis: Economic profit from continuing operations Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance 2013 Investor & Treasury Services Table 11 2012 2011 Capital Markets Corporate Support Total Total Total (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net income from continuing operations add: Non-controlling interests After-tax effect of amortization of other intangibles Goodwill and intangibles writedown Adjusted net income less: Capital charge Economic profit from $ 4,438 $ 899 $ 597 $ 343 $ 1,710 $ 442 $ 8,429 $ 7,590 $ 6,970 (4) 26 $ – 4,460 1,285 $ – 67 – 966 492 – – $ – 597 129 $ (1) 21 – 363 180 – 1 – $ 1,711 1,053 $ (93) (98) (97) (101) 2 – 351 653 117 112 – $ 8,448 3,792 168 $ 7,773 3,744 $ 123 – 6,992 3,213 continuing operations $ 3,175 $ 474 $ 468 $ 183 $ 658 $ (302) $ 4,656 $ 4,029 $ 3,779 Results excluding specified items Our results include specified items as described below. We believe excluding these specified items from our results is more indicative of our ongoing operating results, which will provide readers with a better understanding of management’s perspective on our performance, and should enhance the comparability of our financial performance for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2013 with the fiscal year ended October 31, 2012. These measures are non-GAAP, do not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other financial institutions. A charge related to proposed legislation in Canada relating to certain individual life insurance policies in Insurance Our Insurance results were impacted by a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) recorded in the current year, as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. The following table provides calculations of our Insurance results excluding this charge: Insurance (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) As reported 2013 Charge related to certain individual life insurance policies Revenue PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Selected balance and other information Net income available to common shareholders Average common equity ROE $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,928 2,784 549 595 597 589 1,400 41.6% – (160) – 160 118 118 – – Table 12 $ $ $ $ Adjusted 3,928 2,624 549 755 715 707 1,400 49.9% Acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia included in Investor & Treasury Services Our Investor & Treasury Services results were impacted in the prior year by a loss of $224 million ($213 million after-tax) related to our acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia. 20 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The following table provides calculations of our Investor & Treasury Services results and measures excluding this specified item: Investor & Treasury Services Table 13 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) As reported 2012 Loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia (1) Net interest income Non-interest income Total Revenue Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Selected balances and other information Net income available to common shareholders Average common equity ROE (2) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 668 657 1,325 1,134 191 85 85 1,700 4.3% – 36 36 (188) 224 213 213 $ $ $ $ $ Adjusted 668 693 1,361 946 415 298 298 1,700 16.9% (1) (2) Consisted of an impairment loss of $168 million (before- and after-tax), comprised of a writedown of goodwill and other intangibles, other costs relating to the acquisition of $20 million ($19 million after-tax), and a loss of $36 million ($26 million after-tax), which was our proportionate share of the loss recorded by RBC Dexia from the securities exchange with Dexia Group and trading losses on the sale of a majority of the securities received in the exchange. Based on actual balances before rounding. Personal & Commercial Banking Personal & Commercial Banking is comprised of our personal and business banking operations, as well as our expanded auto financing and certain retail investment businesses, including our online discount brokerage channel, and operates through two business lines: Canadian Banking, and Caribbean & U.S. Banking. We provide services to 13 million individual, business and institutional clients across Canada, the Caribbean and the U.S. In Canada, we provide a broad suite of financial products and services through our extensive branch, automated teller machine (ATM), online and telephone banking networks, as well as through a large number of proprietary sales professionals. In the Caribbean, we offer a broad range of financial products and services to individuals, business clients and public institutions in various markets. In the U.S., we serve the cross-border banking needs of Canadian clients within the U.S. through online channels, as well as the banking product needs of our U.S. wealth management clients. Our banking-related operations compete in the Canadian financial services industry, which consists of other Schedule I banks, independent trust companies, foreign banks, credit unions, caisses populaires, and auto financing companies. We maintain top rankings in market share in this competitive environment for most retail and business financial product categories, and have the largest branch network, the most ATMs and the largest mobile sales network across Canada. In the Caribbean, our competition includes banks, trust companies and investment management companies serving retail and corporate customers and public institutions. We are the second largest bank as measured by assets in the English Caribbean, with 116 branches in 19 countries and territories. In the U.S., we compete primarily with other Canadian banking institutions with operations in the U.S. Economic and market review We continued to see solid volume growth across most of our Canadian banking businesses, reflecting gradual improvements in the Canadian economy and the continuing low interest rate environment. Improved credit loss rates across our portfolios reflected stable and improving labour markets. Our businesses continued to be impacted by spread compression and certain regulatory measures which scaled back the pace of borrowing. In the Caribbean, unfavourable economic conditions continued to negatively impact our results through spread compression and lower loan volumes. Highlights • We completed the acquisition of Ally Canada on February 1, 2013 and fully integrated it in 2013, adding scale to our existing consumer and commercial auto financing businesses and extending our leadership position in Canadian auto financing. • We were named “Best Retail Bank in North America” by Retail Banker International for the second consecutive year and we took the top spot in the highly competitive “Innovation in Customer Service” category by Retail Banker International. • We were named “Best Commercial Bank in Canada” in World Finance’s 2013 Banking Awards with strong leadership position and overall financial strength and stability in Canada. • We launched a co-branded Target‡ RBC MasterCard‡ to provide clients instant savings at Target stores or earnings towards Target‡ GiftCard Rewards based on purchases made everywhere else. • We continued to innovate by introducing RBC Secure Cloud, a mobile payments service that allows clients to more safely and securely pay • for purchases using their mobile devices. In the Caribbean, we continued to focus on improving and sustaining performance through strategic growth, client care, market focus, and sound banking practices across the region in a difficult operating environment. Outlook and priorities Financial conditions in Canada are expected to remain favourable, supported by the continuing low rate environment. We expect continued volume growth across most of our products. However, due to moderating housing activity resulting from regulatory changes and elevated consumer debt levels, growth in our home equity products and personal loans is expected to slow. We anticipate our business lending will remain strong as business investment is expected to improve further, reflecting favourable credit conditions and the continuing low interest rate environment. Spread compression related to low interest rates and the highly competitive environment is expected to continue to put pressure on our net interest margins. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 21 In the Caribbean, challenging market conditions and a slow economic recovery continue to constrain our outlook. Net interest margins will likely remain challenged by strong competition and spread compression. However, efficiency is expected to improve and result in volume growth as well as a reduction in expenses as we leverage our common operating model in our Caribbean platforms. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2014 In Canada, our priorities are to continue to: • • Provide a superior client experience through relevant and tailored advice in order to achieve industry leading volume growth. Leverage our sales capabilities, strategic partnerships and innovative distribution channels to help broaden our client base and strengthen our distribution channels. Enhance our services and products in the emerging payments market. Streamline our business processes to improve the customer experience and maintain our industry-leading efficiency. In the Caribbean and the U.S., we are focused on: • Continuing to integrate our businesses in the Caribbean to reduce costs and enhancing the client experience by simplifying the way we do business, and improving productivity in our banking network. Strengthening the cross-border business in the U.S. and continuing to assess the market and our strategic business development options. • • • Personal & Commercial Banking (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Canadian Banking Caribbean & U.S. Banking Key ratios ROE NIM (1) Efficiency ratio (2) Operating leverage Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Total earning assets (3) Loans and acceptances (3) Deposits Attributed capital Other information AUA (4) AUM Number of employees (FTE) Effective income tax rate Credit information Gross impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances $ $ $ $ $ 2013 9,435 3,788 13,223 997 6,240 5,986 4,438 12,422 801 31.0% 2.78% 47.2% (0.6)% 356,000 338,900 337,700 262,300 14,050 192,200 3,400 37,997 25.9% 0.55% 0.30% $ $ $ $ $ 2012 9,061 3,582 12,643 1,167 5,932 5,544 4,088 11,815 828 31.5% 2.86% 46.9% 0.7% 331,500 316,400 315,400 243,900 12,700 179,200 3,100 38,231 26.3% 0.58% 0.37% $ $ $ $ $ Table 14 2011 8,515 3,510 12,025 1,142 5,682 5,201 3,740 11,199 826 30.9% 2.86% 47.3% n.a. 310,700 297,200 294,800 221,200 11,800 165,900 2,700 38,216 28.1% 0.70% 0.39% (1) (2) (3) (4) n.a. NIM is calculated as Net interest income divided by Average total earning assets. Efficiency ratio is calculated as Non-interest expense divided by Total revenue. Average total earning assets and average loans and acceptances include average securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans for the year of $53.9 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively (2012 – $44.9 billion and $7.3 billion; 2011 – $42.0 billion and $4.0 billion). AUA includes securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans as at October 31, 2013 of $25.4 billion and $7.2 billion respectively (October 31, 2012 – $31.0 billion and $7.4 billion; October 31, 2011 – $32.1 billion and $3.9 billion). not applicable Financial performance 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $350 million or 9% compared to the prior year, reflecting solid volume growth across all our domestic businesses, improved credit quality in our Canadian and Caribbean portfolios, and the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada. These factors were partially offset by spread compression, and a provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean of $40 million ($31 million after-tax). The prior year was favourably impacted by a mortgage prepayment interest adjustment (prepayment adjustment) of $125 million ($92 million after-tax) resulting from a change in methodology with respect to the timing of recognition of mortgage prepayment interest. Total revenue increased $580 million or 5% from the previous year, mainly due to solid volume growth across all businesses in Canada, and the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, partially offset by spread compression. The prior year was favourably impacted by the prepayment adjustment as noted above. Net interest margin decreased 8 bps as the prior year was favourably impacted by 4 bps due to the prepayment adjustment noted above. The continuing low interest rate environment and competitive pricing pressures also contributed to the decrease. PCL decreased $170 million, and the PCL ratio decreased 7 bps, mainly due to lower PCL in both our Canadian and Caribbean portfolios, reflecting improved credit quality. For further details, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Non-interest expense increased $308 million or 5%, mainly due to the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, higher costs in support of business growth, including higher staff costs, and higher pension expense. The provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Average loans and acceptances increased $22 billion or 7%, mainly due to growth in Canadian home equity products, personal loans, and business loans. Average deposits increased $18 billion or 8%, reflecting solid growth in both business and personal deposits. 22 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2012 vs. 2011 Net income was up $348 million or 9% from 2011, reflecting strong volume growth across most of our domestic businesses, a lower effective tax rate in Canada and the favourable prepayment adjustment as noted above. These factors were partially offset by continued spread compression in Canada as well as higher PCL in the Caribbean. Total revenue was up $618 million or 5% from 2011, reflecting strong volume growth in Canada in personal deposits, residential mortgages, business deposits and loans and personal loans. The favourable impact of the prepayment adjustment as well as higher credit card transaction volumes also contributed to the increase. Net interest margin remained flat as the favourable impact of the prepayment adjustment was largely offset by spread compression reflecting the continuing low interest rate environment. PCL was up $25 million or 2% from 2011, mainly due to higher provisions in our Caribbean portfolio and higher PCL in our Canadian secured retail and business lending portfolios. These factors were partially offset by lower write-offs related to our Canadian credit card portfolio. Non-interest expense was up $250 million or 4% from 2011, mainly due to higher costs in support of business growth in Canada. Higher staff costs in the Caribbean and set-up costs in our U.S. cross border banking business also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. In addition, our results in 2011 included net stamp tax and accounting adjustments in Caribbean banking, which favourably impacted our results in that year. Average loans and acceptances increased $21 billion or 7% from 2011, mainly due to continued growth in Canadian home equity and business and personal lending products. Average deposits were up $23 billion or 10% from 2011, primarily in Canada, reflecting solid growth in personal and business deposits. In Canada, we operate through three business lines: Personal Financial Services, Business Financial Services and Cards and Payments Solutions. The following provides a discussion of our consolidated Canadian Banking results. Canadian Banking financial highlights Table 15 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Personal Financial Services Business Financial Services Cards and Payment Solutions Key ratios ROE NIM (1) Efficiency ratio (2) Operating leverage Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Total earning assets (3) Loans and acceptances (3) Deposits Attributed capital Other information AUA (4) Number of employees (FTE) Effective income tax rate Credit information $ $ $ $ 2013 8,874 $ 3,548 12,422 910 5,530 5,982 4,414 $ 2012 8,483 3,332 11,815 1,017 5,258 5,540 4,085 6,948 $ 2,990 2,484 6,591 2,894 2,330 38.1% 2.72% 44.5% 0.0% 39.3% 2.78% 44.5% 2.0% $ $ $ 2011 7,960 3,239 11,199 1,033 5,082 5,084 3,664 6,192 2,750 2,257 38.0% 2.77% 45.4% n.a. 338,600 $ 315,400 305,300 326,600 307,900 330,400 230,300 248,100 10,200 11,400 $ 296,100 287,200 287,300 208,600 9,450 183,600 31,956 26.2% 171,100 31,787 26.3% 158,000 31,607 27.9% Gross impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances 0.36% 0.37% 0.44% 0.28% 0.33% 0.36% (1) (2) (3) (4) n.a. NIM is calculated as Net interest income divided by Average total earning assets. Efficiency ratio is calculated as Non-interest expense divided by Total revenue. Average total earning assets and average loans and acceptances include average securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans for the year of $53.9 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively (2012 – $44.9 billion and $7.3 billion; 2011 – $42.0 billion and $4.0 billion). AUA includes securitized residential mortgages and credit card loans as at October 31, 2013 of $25.4 billion and $7.2 billion respectively (October 31, 2012 – $31.0 billion and $7.4 billion; October 31, 2011 – $32.1 billion and $3.9 billion). not applicable Financial performance 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $329 million or 8%, compared to the prior year, reflecting solid volume growth across all businesses, improved credit quality, and the contribution of our acquisition of Ally Canada of $65 million, net of integration and intangible amortization costs of $58 million ($43 million after-tax). These factors were partially offset by spread compression. The prior year was favourably impacted by a mortgage prepayment adjustment (prepayment adjustment) of $125 million ($92 million after-tax) resulting from a change in methodology with respect to the timing of recognition of mortgage prepayment interest. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 23 Total revenue increased $607 million or 5%, from the previous year, primarily due to solid volume growth across all businesses, including higher credit card transaction volumes and higher mutual fund assets. The inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada contributed $222 million during the year. These factors were partially offset by spread compression. The prior year results were favourably impacted by the prepayment adjustment as noted above. Net interest margin decreased 6 bps from the previous year as the prior year was favourably impacted by 4 bps due to the prepayment adjustment noted above. The continuing low interest rate environment and competitive pricing pressures also contributed to the decrease. PCL decreased $107 million, and the PCL ratio decreased 5 bps, mainly due to improved credit quality in our business, credit card and personal loans portfolios. Non-interest expense increased $272 million or 5%, largely reflecting the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada which contributed $119 million, including integration and intangible amortization costs of $58 million. Higher costs in support of business growth, including higher staff costs, and higher pension expense also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Average loans and acceptances increased $23 billion or 7%, mainly due to growth in home equity products, personal loans, and business loans, as well as the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada. Average deposits increased $18 billion or 8%, primarily reflecting growth in business and personal deposits. 2012 vs. 2011 Net income increased $421 million or 11% from 2011, reflecting strong volume growth across most of our businesses, a lower effective tax rate and the favourable prepayment adjustment noted above. These factors were partially offset by spread compression. Total revenue increased $616 million or 6% from 2011, reflecting strong volume growth in personal deposits, residential mortgages, business deposits and loans and personal loans. The favourable prepayment adjustment and higher credit card transaction volumes also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by spread compression. Net interest margin increased 1 bp mainly due to the prepayment adjustment and a favourable change in product mix, largely offset by spread compression reflecting the low interest rate environment. PCL decreased $16 million or 2% from 2011, mainly due to lower write-offs related to our credit card portfolio, partially offset by higher provisions in our secured retail and business lending portfolios. Non-interest expense increased $176 million or 3% from 2011, mainly due to higher costs in support of business growth, partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Business line review Personal Financial Services Personal Financial Services focuses on meeting the needs of our individual Canadian clients at every stage of their lives through a wide range of financing and investment products and services, including home equity financing, personal lending, deposit accounts, Canadian private banking, indirect lending (including auto financing), mutual funds and self-directed brokerage accounts, and Guaranteed Investment Certificates (GICs). We rank first or second in market share for most personal banking products in Canada and our retail banking network is the largest in Canada with 1,255 branches and 4,622 ATMs. Financial performance Total revenue increased $357 million or 5% compared to the prior year, reflecting solid volume growth across all businesses, and the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada. These factors were partially offset by lower spreads. The prior year results were favourably impacted by the prepayment adjustment as noted above. Average residential mortgages increased by 5% compared to 2012, resulting from the ongoing low interest rate environment and improving housing market activity. Average personal loans grew by 10% from last year largely due to the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, and solid growth in indirect lending and home equity products. Average personal deposits grew by 7% from last year, as new and existing clients continued to use savings and other deposit products. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of) Total revenue Other information (average) Residential mortgages Personal loans Personal deposits Personal GICs Branch mutual fund balances (1) AUA – Self-directed brokerage (1) Number of: New deposit accounts opened (thousands) Branches ATM (1) Represents year-end spot balances. Table 16 Average residential mortgages, personal loans and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) Residential mortgages Personal loans Personal deposits 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 0 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 180,000 144,000 108,000 72,000 36,000 0 2013 2012 2011 $ 6,948 $ 6,591 $ 6,192 178,700 83,800 93,700 63,100 170,400 76,300 87,300 59,100 159,700 70,500 75,200 56,900 95,300 82,300 74,500 53,300 48,900 45,500 1,285 1,255 4,622 1,204 1,239 4,724 1,158 1,214 4,293 24 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Business Financial Services Business Financial Services offers a wide range of lending, leasing, deposit, investment, foreign exchange, cash management, auto dealer financing (floorplan), and trade products and services to small, medium-sized and commercial businesses and agriculture and agribusiness clients across Canada. Our business banking network has the largest team of relationship managers and specialists in the industry. Our strong commitment to our clients has resulted in our leading market share in business loans and deposits. Financial performance Total revenue increased $96 million or 3% compared to the prior year, primarily due to solid volume growth in business deposits and business loans, and the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, partially offset by lower spreads. Average loans and acceptances were up 12% and average business deposits were up 9%, due to the acquisition of new clients, along with increased activity from existing clients. Table 17 Average business loans and acceptances and business deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information (average) 2013 2012 2011 $ 2,990 $ 2,894 $ 2,750 Business loans and acceptances Business deposits (1) 54,300 91,300 48,300 83,900 44,200 76,500 (1) Includes GIC balances. 63,000 54,000 45,000 36,000 27,000 18,000 9,000 0 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 Business loans and acceptances Business deposits 98,000 84,000 70,000 56,000 42,000 28,000 14,000 0 Card and Payment Solutions Cards and Payment Solutions provides a wide array of convenient credit cards with loyalty and reward benefits, and payment products and solutions within Canada. We have over 6.5 million credit card accounts and have approximately 22% market share of Canada’s credit card purchase volume. In addition, this business line includes our 50% interest in Moneris Solutions, Inc., our merchant card processing joint venture with the Bank of Montreal. Financial performance Total revenue increased $154 million or 7%, compared to the prior year, driven by higher credit card transaction volumes, higher balances, and higher spreads, partially offset by higher points costs. Average credit card balances increased 5% and net purchase volumes increased 8% due to strength in new account acquisitions, driving higher active account growth. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information 2013 2012 2011 $ 2,484 $ 2,330 $ 2,257 Average credit card balances Net purchase volumes 13,600 76,200 12,900 70,500 12,900 64,300 Table 18 Average credit card balances and net purchase volumes (Millions of Canadian dollars) 18,000 15,000 12,000 9,000 6,000 3,000 0 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 Average credit card balances Net purchase volumes 78,000 65,000 52,000 39,000 26,000 13,000 0 Caribbean & U.S. Banking Our Caribbean banking business offers a comprehensive suite of banking products and services, as well as international financing and trade promotion services through an extensive branch and ATM network, and online banking. Our U.S. cross-border banking business serves the needs of our Canadian clients within the U.S. through online channels, and offers a broad range of financial products and services to individuals across all 50 states. As well, we serve the banking product needs of our U.S. wealth management clients. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 25 Financial performance Total revenue decreased $27 million or 3% from the prior year, due to lower loan balances reflecting continuing unfavourable economic conditions, as well as spread compression in the Caribbean resulting from the low interest rate environment and a change in product mix, partially offset by the favourable impact of the weaker Canadian dollar. Average loans and acceptances decreased by $200 million or 3%, primarily due to lower loan balances driven by weak economic conditions in the Caribbean. Average deposits increased by $600 million or 4%, mostly due to increased liquidity in the Caribbean leading to higher savings and current account balances. Selected highlights Table 19 Average loans and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts) Total revenue Other information 2013 2012 $ 801 $ 828 $ Net interest margin Average loans and acceptances Average deposits AUA AUM Average AUA Average AUM 4.57% 7,300 14,200 8,600 3,400 8,300 3,300 5.21% 7,500 13,600 8,100 3,100 8,000 2,800 2011 826 5.52% 7,500 12,600 7,900 2,700 7,500 2,600 10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 Number of: Branches ATM Wealth Management 116 351 121 341 123 333 Loans and Acceptances Deposits 15,000 12,000 9,000 6,000 3,000 0 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 Wealth Management comprises Canadian Wealth Management, U.S. & International Wealth Management and Global Asset Management (GAM). We serve affluent, high net worth (HNW) and ultra-high net worth (UHNW) clients in over 180 countries from our offices in key financial centres mainly in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., continental Europe, and Asia with a comprehensive suite of investment, trust, banking, credit and other wealth management solutions. We also provide asset management products and services directly to institutional and individual clients as well as through RBC distribution channels and third-party distributors. Our competitive environment is discussed below in each business. Economic and market review Economic and financial market conditions in Canada and the U.S. gradually improved during the year, although market conditions remained uncertain in some European countries, driving higher average fee-based client assets reflecting net sales and capital appreciation and higher transactions volumes. The continuing low interest rate environment resulted in spread compression and money market fee waivers. Highlights • • Client assets have surpassed $1 trillion, a 12% increase from last year largely reflecting capital appreciation and net sales. We realized strong growth in our credit and deposit-taking businesses, with loans up 22% and deposits up 9% compared to last year. In connection with growing our high-performing global asset management business, we maintained our leadership position in retail asset management with a 14.5% market share, continued to leverage BlueBay Asset Management’s (BlueBay) leading fixed income and alter- natives expertise to expand our product offering in Canada and the U.S. and deepened our relationships with HNW and UHNW clients globally. • We continued to execute on our growth strategies to deliver integrated global wealth management advice, solutions and services to HNW and UHNW clients. In 2013 we were recognized as a top 10 global wealth manager, ranking sixth globally by client assets for the third consecutive year in Scorpio Partnership’s 2013 Global Private Banking KPI Benchmark. We received numerous significant industry awards from around the world during the year, reflecting the strength of our global capabilities and commitment to client service. In Canada, our full service wealth management business continued to extend its industry lead in HNW share. Outside Canada, we have grown client assets by 14% through our continued focus on improving advisor productivity and efficiency in the U.S., and the execution of our long-term growth strategy outside North America. • • Outlook and priorities We expect that as global market conditions continue to improve, our revenues will grow driven by higher client assets and transaction volumes. The low interest rate environment is expected to continue, and we anticipate ongoing interest rate spread compression and continuing money market fund fee waivers in the U.S. We will continue to leverage our reputation, brand and financial strength to increase our market share of HNW and UHNW globally. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2014 • • • Leverage and grow our high-performing asset management business. Focus growth on the HNW and UHNW client segment in our geographic wealth businesses. Leverage the RBC brand and competitive strengths to seamlessly bring the full value of RBC to our clients around the world. 26 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Wealth Management (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of and percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Fee-based revenue Transactional and other revenue Total revenue PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Canadian Wealth Management U.S. & International Wealth Management U.S. & International Wealth Management (US$ millions) Global Asset Management Key ratios ROE Pre-tax margin (1) Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Loans and acceptances Deposits Attributed capital Other information Revenue per advisor (000s) (2) AUA AUM Average AUA Average AUM Number of employees (FTE) (3) Number of advisors (4) $ $ $ $ $ 2013 396 $ 2012 393 $ 3,463 1,628 5,487 51 4,201 1,235 2,964 1,478 4,835 (1) 3,796 1,040 899 $ 763 $ 1,889 $ 2,225 2,174 1,373 1,741 $ 1,977 1,973 1,117 16.1% 22.5% 14.1% 21.5% 21,600 $ 12,100 31,900 5,400 20,900 $ 9,900 29,200 5,150 862 $ 793 $ 639,200 387,200 609,500 367,600 12,462 4,366 577,800 339,600 554,800 322,500 12,139 4,388 Table 20 2011 365 2,821 1,522 4,708 – 3,586 1,122 811 1,724 1,948 1,980 1,036 15.9% 23.8% 20,900 8,200 28,200 4,850 784 527,200 305,700 532,300 302,800 12,063 4,281 (1) (2) (3) (4) Pre-tax margin is defined as net income before income taxes divided by Total revenue. Represents investment advisors and financial consultants of our Canadian and U.S. full-service wealth businesses. FTE numbers have been restated to account for the transfer of Wealth Management Operations from Corporate Support into Wealth Management during 2013. Represents client-facing advisors across all our wealth management businesses. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $136 million or 18% from a year ago, mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets and higher transaction volumes, partially offset by higher PCL. Total revenue increased $652 million or 13%, mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets across all business lines resulting from net sales and capital appreciation and higher transaction volumes reflecting improved market conditions. PCL increased $52 million mainly reflecting provisions on a few accounts. For further details, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Non-interest expense increased $405 million or 11%, mainly due to higher variable compensation driven by higher revenue and increased staff levels and infrastructure investments in support of business growth. 2012 vs. 2011 Net income decreased $48 million or 6% from 2011, mainly due to lower transaction volumes partially offset by higher average fee-based client assets and a lower effective tax rate. In addition, our 2012 results included the unfavourable impact of certain regulatory and legal matters of $29 million ($21 million after-tax) and our 2011 results included favourable accounting and tax adjustments of $39 million after-tax. Total revenue increased $127 million or 3%, mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets across all business lines resulting from capital appreciation and net sales, and volume growth in loans and deposits. The increase in fair value of our U.S. share-based compensation plan and the favourable impact of the weaker Canadian dollar also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower transaction volumes. Non-interest expense increased $210 million or 6% mainly due to higher staff levels and infrastructure investments in support of business growth. The unfavourable impact of certain regulatory and legal matters noted above and the unfavourable impact of the weaker Canadian dollar also contributed to the increase. In addition, our 2011 results included favourable accounting adjustments of $42 million related to our deferred compensation plan. Business line review Canadian Wealth Management Canadian Wealth Management includes our full-service Canadian wealth advisory business, which is the largest as measured by AUA, with over 1,500 investment advisors providing comprehensive advice-based financial solutions to affluent, HNW and UHNW clients. Additionally, we provide discretionary investment management and estate and trust services to our clients through approximately 60 investment counsellors and 110 trust professionals in locations across Canada. We also serve international clients through a team of over 35 private bankers in key centres across Canada. We compete with domestic banks and trust companies, investment counselling firms, bank-owned full service brokerages and boutique brokerages, mutual fund companies and global private banks. In Canada, bank-owned wealth managers continue to be the major players. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 27 Financial performance Revenue increased $148 million or 9%. The 9% increase in AUA from a year ago was mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets resulting from net sales and capital appreciation, and higher transaction volumes reflecting improved market conditions. Table 21 Average AUA and AUM (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information $ 2013 1,889 $ 1,741 $ 1,724 2012 2011 Total loans and acceptances (1) Total deposits (1) AUA AUM Average AUA Average AUM Total assets under fee-based 2,500 13,400 251,400 43,600 239,100 40,000 2,300 11,900 230,400 36,100 222,100 34,400 1,900 11,000 209,700 31,700 210,900 31,500 programs 139,400 120,700 109,000 (1) Represents an average amount, which is calculated using methods intended to approximate the average of the daily balances for the period. U.S. & International Wealth Management 250,000 200,000 150,000 100,000 50,000 0 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 AUA AUM 40,000 32,000 24,000 16,000 8,000 0 (1) Represents average balances, which are more representative of the impact client balances have upon our revenue. U.S. Wealth Management includes our private client group, which is the seventh largest full-service wealth advisory firm in the U.S., as measured by number of advisors, with over 1,900 financial advisors. It also serves international clients through a team of more than 80 financial advisors and private bankers in key centres across the U.S. Additionally, our correspondent and advisor services businesses deliver clearing and execution services for small to mid-sized independent broker-dealers and registered investment advisor firms. In the U.S., we operate in a fragmented and extremely competitive industry. There are approximately 4,500 registered broker-dealers in the U.S., comprising independent, regional and global players. International Wealth Management includes Wealth Management – British Isles & Caribbean, and Wealth Management – Emerging Markets. We provide customized and integrated trust, banking, credit, and investment solutions to HNW and UHNW clients and corporate clients with over 1,500 employees located in 18 countries around the world. Competitors in International Wealth Management comprise global wealth managers, traditional offshore private banks, domestic wealth managers and U.S. investment-led private client operations. Financial performance Revenue increased $248 million or 13% from a year ago. In U.S. dollars, revenue increased $201 million or 10%, mainly due to a 7% increase in AUA reflecting capital appreciation and net sales and higher transaction volumes reflecting improved market conditions. Selected highlights Table 22 Average AUA and AUM (1) (Millions of U.S. dollars) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information (US $ millions) Total revenue Total loans, guarantees and letters of credit (1) Total deposits (1) AUA AUM Average AUA Average AUM Total assets under fee-based programs (2) 2013 2,225 $ 2012 2011 1,977 $ 1,948 $ 2,174 1,973 1,980 12,100 18,000 371,900 35,600 361,800 34,700 10,200 17,200 347,800 31,300 331,700 29,000 8,800 17,400 318,600 26,900 326,500 24,900 83,200 71,700 66,900 (1) (2) Represents an average amount, which is calculated using methods intended to approximate the average of the daily balances for the period. Represents amounts related to our U.S. wealth management businesses. Global Asset Management 390,000 325,000 260,000 195,000 130,000 65,000 0 2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 AUA AUM 39,000 32,500 26,000 19,500 13,000 6,500 0 (1) Represents average balances, which are more representative of the impact client balances have upon our revenue. Global Asset Management provides global investment management services and solutions for individual and institutional investors in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., Europe and emerging markets. We provide a broad range of investment management services through mutual, pooled and hedge funds, fee-based accounts and separately managed portfolios. We distribute our investment solutions through a broad network of bank branches, our self-directed and full-service wealth advisory businesses, independent third party advisors and private bank, and directly to individual clients. We also provide investment solutions directly to institutional clients, including pension plans, endowments and foundations. We are the largest retail fund company in Canada as well as a leading institutional asset manager. We face competition in Canada from major banks, insurance companies, asset management organizations and boutique firms. The Canadian fund management industry is large and mature, but still a relatively fragmented industry. In the U.S., our asset management business offers investment management solutions and services primarily to institutional investors and competes with independent asset management firms, as well as those that are part of national and international banks, insurance companies and boutique asset managers. 28 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Internationally, through our leading global capabilities of BlueBay and RBC Global Asset Management, we offer investment management solutions for institutions and, through private banks including RBC Wealth Management, to HNW and UHNW investors. We face competition from asset managers that are part of international banks as well as national, regional and boutique asset managers in the geographies where we serve clients. Financial performance Revenue increased $256 million or 23% from a year ago, mainly due to a 13% increase in AUM reflecting net sales and capital appreciation and higher semi-annual performance fees. Table 23 Average AUM (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue (1) Other information 2013 1,373 $ 2012 2011 1,117 $ 1,036 $ Canadian net long-term mutual fund sales Canadian net money market mutual fund (redemptions) sales AUM Average AUM 8,064 7,906 7,300 (1,348) 306,500 292,100 (1,981) 272,200 259,100 (3,400) 247,200 246,700 (1) Includes BlueBay results which are reported on a one-month lag. 300,000 250,000 200,000 150,000 100,000 50,000 0 2013 2012 2011 (1) Represents average balances, which are more representative of the impact client balances have upon our revenue. Insurance Insurance comprises our insurance operations in Canada and globally and operates under two business lines: Canadian Insurance and Interna- tional Insurance. In Canada, we offer our products and services through our proprietary distribution channels, comprised of the field sales force which includes retail insurance branches, our field sales representatives, call centres as well as online, through independent insurance advisors and affinity relationships. Outside North America, we operate in reinsurance markets globally. Our competitive environment is discussed below in each business. Economic and market review Continued low interest rates, uncertain global market conditions and changes in the regulatory environment continued to impact the insurance marketplace resulting in price increases, product refinements and competitors exiting certain lines of business. These factors have impacted our businesses; however, product and pricing actions taken in recent years, conservative investment practices and diversified product lines have mitigated this challenging environment. Highlights • In Canada, we continued to focus on our newly integrated field sales channel, providing tools, processes and products to further enable the delivery of advice-based solutions, enhance the overall client experience and increase cross-sell opportunities. • We signed an agreement to transition the sales and distribution support of our travel agency insurance business to Manulife Financial. We remain committed to the direct travel insurance business and continue to look for ways to grow the business by offering our travel insurance solutions through proprietary channels. In the fourth quarter, we expanded our products and services based on the unique needs of our clients by launching our new Group Benefit solutions which include health and dental coverage for small and medium businesses. Internationally, we continued to work successfully with our existing partners and added new counterparties in order to grow our diversified business, reflecting our strong credit rating and our expertise. • • • We were ranked highest overall in customer satisfaction for auto insurance claims experience among insurance companies in Canada, • according to the inaugural J.D. Power 2013 Canadian Auto Claims Satisfaction Study. On October 22, 2013, the federal government’s Bill C-4 received first reading in the House of Commons. The second reading for Bill C-4 was on October 29, 2013. Bill C-4 affects the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. As a result of this substantially enacted legislation, we recognized a charge in PBCAE of $160 million ($118 million after-tax). The charge is based on our current assumptions and will be updated, if necessary, to reflect any changes in policyholder experience or regulations. Outlook and priorities Financial conditions are expected to remain stable and we expect continued growth. We anticipate the product and pricing actions taken during the last few years, including increasing volumes through our growing proprietary channels and the execution of efficiency management initiatives will mitigate economic and regulatory challenges. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2014 • Leverage the field sales force through streamlined processes, tools and products, and continue to deliver a variety of insurance products and services to our clients through advice-based cross-sell strategies. Deepen client relationships by continuing to provide our customers with a comprehensive suite of insurance products and services based on their unique family needs. Grow our new Group Benefit solutions launched in the latter part of 2013 that include health and dental coverage. Continue to simplify the way we do business by streamlining all business processes to ensure that clients find it easy to do business with us, while diligently managing our expenses. Pursue select international niche opportunities, within our risk appetite, with the aim of continuing to grow our core reinsurance business. • • • • Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 29 Insurance (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) 2013 2012 Non-interest income Net earned premiums Investment income (1) Fee income Total revenue Insurance policyholder benefits and claims (1) Insurance policyholder acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Canadian Insurance International Insurance Key ratios ROE Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Attributed capital Other information Premiums and deposits (2) Canadian Insurance International Insurance Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities Fair value changes on investments backing policyholder liabilities (1) Embedded value (3) AUM Number of employees (FTE) $ $ $ $ $ Table 24 2011 3,533 703 239 4,475 2,757 601 498 619 600 2,676 1,799 3,674 $ (17) 271 3,928 2,326 458 549 595 597 $ 1,962 $ 1,966 3,705 $ 929 263 4,897 3,055 566 515 761 714 $ 2,992 $ 1,905 41.6% 46.8% 37.6% 11,900 $ 1,400 11,500 $ 1,500 10,500 1,550 4,924 $ 2,344 2,580 8,034 (491) 6,302 500 2,965 4,849 $ 2,362 2,487 7,921 410 5,861 300 2,744 4,701 2,355 2,346 7,119 214 5,327 300 2,859 (1) (2) (3) Investment income can experience volatility arising from fluctuation in the fair value of fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) assets. The investments which support actuarial liabilities are predominantly fixed income assets designated as at FVTPL. Consequently changes in the fair values of these assets are recorded in investment income in the consolidated statement of income and are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the actuarial liabilities, the impact of which is reflected in insurance policyholder benefits and claims. Premiums and deposits include premiums on risk-based insurance and annuity products, and individual and group segregated fund deposits, consistent with insurance industry practices. Embedded value is defined as the sum of value of equity held in our Insurance segment and the value of in-force business (existing policies). For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Financial performance 2013 vs. 2012 Net income decreased $117 million or 16%, mainly due to a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. Excluding this charge, net income of $715 million was relatively flat compared to the prior year as favourable actuarial adjustments and the continuing benefit from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities were mostly offset by higher net claims costs. Total revenue decreased $969 million or 20%, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from an increase in long-term interest rates, largely offset in PBCAE. PBCAE decreased $837 million or 23%, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in revenue. Favourable actuarial adjustments reflecting management actions and assumption changes also contributed to the decrease. These factors were partially offset by the charge related to certain individual life insurance policies as noted above. Non-interest expense increased $34 million or 7%, mainly due to the reclassification of certain acquisition expenses from PBCAE and higher costs in support of business growth, partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Premiums and deposits were up $75 million or 2%, mainly reflecting volume growth in International Insurance. Embedded value increased $441 million or 8%, mainly reflecting growth from operations partially offset by the impact of increased discount rates and the transfer of capital for our insurance businesses through dividend payments. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Results excluding the charge related to certain individual life insurance policies are non-GAAP measures. For further details, including a reconcili- ation, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. 2012 vs. 2011 Net income increased $114 million or 19% from 2011, mainly due to lower claims costs in disability, home and auto products and the favourable impact of a $33 million ($24 million after-tax) reduction of policy acquisition cost-related liabilities reflecting changes to our proprietary distribution channel. Higher net investment gains and volume growth in our reinsurance products also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher claims costs in our reinsurance products. Total revenue increased $422 million or 9%, mainly due to volume growth across reinsurance, life and home and auto products and the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, which was largely offset in PBCAE. 30 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis PBCAE increased $263 million or 8%, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, largely offset in revenue, and volume growth across reinsurance, life, home and auto products. These factors were partially offset by lower claims costs in disability, home and auto products and the reduction of policy acquisition cost-related liabilities as noted above. Non-interest expense increased $17 million or 3%, mainly due to higher costs in support of business growth, partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Business line review Canadian Insurance We offer life, health, property and casualty insurance products as well as wealth accumulation solutions, to individual and group clients across Canada. Our life and health portfolio includes universal life, term life, critical illness, disability, long-term care insurance and group benefits. We offer a wide range of property and casualty products including home, auto and travel insurance. Our travel products include out of province/ country medical coverage, trip cancellation insurance and interruption insurance. In Canada, we compete against over 200 insurance companies, with the majority of the organizations specializing in either life and health, or property and casualty products. We hold a leading market position in disability insurance products, have a significant presence in life and travel products, and have a growing presence in the home, auto and wealth markets. Financial performance Total revenue decreased $1,030 million or 34% from last year, mainly due to the change in fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities resulting from the increase in long-term interest rates, which was largely offset in PBCAE. Premiums and deposits decreased $18 million or 1% due to lower volumes in both life and health and travel product lines. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information Premiums and deposits Life and health Property and casualty Annuity and segregated fund deposits Fair value changes on investments backing policyholder liabilities International Insurance Table 25 Premiums and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2013 1,962 $ 2012 2011 2,992 $ 2,676 $ 1,245 942 1,280 965 1,274 962 157 117 119 (510) 408 209 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 0 2013 2012 2011 International Insurance is primarily comprised of our reinsurance businesses which insure risks of other insurance and reinsurance companies. We offer life and health, accident and annuity reinsurance products. The global reinsurance market is dominated by a few large players, with significant presence in the U.S., U.K. and Eurozone. The reinsurance industry is competitive but barriers to entry remain high. Financial performance Total revenue increased $61 million or 3%, mainly due to volume growth in our U.K. annuity and European life products. Premiums and deposits increased $93 million, or 4% driven by the growth mentioned above. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue Other information Premiums and deposits Life and health Property and casualty Annuity Table 26 Premiums and deposits (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2013 1,966 $ 2012 2011 1,905 $ 1,799 $ 2,069 50 461 1,980 56 451 1,969 38 339 2,700 2,250 1,800 1,350 900 450 0 2013 2012 2011 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 31 Investor & Treasury Services Investor & Treasury Services is a specialist provider of asset servicing, custody, payments, and treasury services for financial institutions and other institutional investors worldwide. We deliver custodial, advisory, financing and other services to safeguard client assets, maximize liquidity, and manage risk across multiple jurisdictions. We also provide funding and liquidity management for RBC. We are a top 10 global custodian by assets under administration with a network of 18 offices across North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. While we compete against the world’s largest global custodians, we remain a specialist provider and our transaction banking business competes primarily with major Canadian banks. Economic and market review The highly competitive environment in the global custody industry continued to pressure our margins. Overall, investor confidence increased as market conditions in Canada and the U.S. gradually improved during 2013, driving higher transaction volumes. Nonetheless, European market conditions in select markets remained uncertain reflecting continued concerns about the European sovereign debt crisis. Highlights • Our earnings improved with the reorganization and integration efforts over the past year, driven by new client and business mandates and our ongoing focus on cost management activities. Following the RBC Dexia acquisition, we continued to integrate our investor services business and implemented key organizational changes that focused on deepening client relationships and cross-selling opportunities. In 2013, we were ranked best custodian overall (Global Investor), fund administrator of the year in Canada (Custody Risk Americas Awards) and top overall for customer service (R&M Fund Services.net). Outlook and priorities In 2014, as a result of the integration of our investor services business, we expect to further leverage our integrated capabilities to deliver a specialised service offering to our institutional clients while continuing to focus on their asset servicing needs. We expect that the global economy will improve gradually as ongoing concerns around the European sovereign debt crisis continue to subside. We believe there are strong long-term prospects for our business, largely underpinned by our operating model as a specialist provider, which will position us competitively in a rapidly-changing operating environment. For further details on our general economic review and outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2014 • • Focus on maintaining our superior customer service for custody and asset servicing amidst the competitive industry environment. Grow our Treasury & Market Services businesses as part of our full-service offering and to support our enterprise funding and liquidity management objectives. Maintain our highly disciplined approach to risk management in support of all client activities. Align our technological capabilities, to support our business activities and meet our clients’ rapidly evolving needs. • • • • Investor & Treasury Services (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Key Ratios ROE ROE adjusted (1) Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Deposits Client deposits Wholesale funding deposits Attributed capital Other Information Economic profit (2) AUA (3) Average AUA (3) Number of employees (FTE) (4) $ $ $ $ 2013 671 1,133 1,804 1,343 461 343 16.7% n.a. 83,100 104,300 36,100 68,200 2,000 183 3,208,800 3,052,600 5,208 $ $ $ $ 2012 668 657 1,325 1,134 191 85 4.3% 16.9% 73,600 102,200 23,400 78,800 1,700 107 2,886,900 2,781,800 6,084 $ $ $ $ Table 27 2011 573 569 1,142 821 321 230 18.4% n.a. 70,000 103,200 19,300 83,900 1,200 133 2,744,400 2,825,100 112 (1) (2) (3) (4) n.a. Measure has been adjusted for the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. Economic profit is a non-GAAP measure. For further details, refer to the Key performance and non-GAAP measures section. AUA and average AUA represented the total AUA of Investor Services, formerly RBC Dexia, of which we had a 50% ownership interest prior to July 27, 2012. On July 27, 2012, we completed our acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia. Prior to this acquisition, FTE numbers do not include our RBC Dexia joint venture. not applicable 32 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Financial performance 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $258 million from the prior year. Excluding a prior year loss of $224 million ($213 million after-tax) related to the acquis- ition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia, net income increased $45 million or 15%, primarily reflecting improved business performance in Investor Services including higher revenue and continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Incremental earnings related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by lower funding and liquidity revenue and a restructuring charge of $44 million ($31 million after-tax) in the current year related to the integration of Investor Services, primarily in Europe. Total revenue increased $479 million or 36% from the prior year. Excluding our proportionate share of the securities exchange and trading loss in the prior year of $36 million ($26 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of RBC Dexia, total revenue increased $443 million or 33%, largely reflecting incremental revenue related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services. Higher custodial fees, mainly driven by growth in average fee-based client assets, and increased foreign exchange revenue in Investor Services, primarily driven by higher transaction volumes, also positively impacted our revenue. These factors were partially offset by lower funding and liquidity revenue across most geographies as the prior year benefited from tightening credit spreads. Non-interest expense increased $209 million or 18% from the prior year. Excluding an impairment loss and other costs in the prior year of $188 million ($187 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of RBC Dexia, non-interest expense increased $397 million as continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities was more than offset by incremental costs related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services, the restructuring charge related to the integration of Investor Services noted above and higher infrastructure costs. 2012 vs. 2011 Net income was down $145 million or 63% from 2011. Excluding the loss in 2012 related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia, net income increased $68 million or 30%. The increase was mainly due to higher funding and liquidity trading results, partially offset by lower foreign exchange revenue and decreased custodial fees. Total revenue was up $183 million or 16% from 2011. Excluding our proportionate share of the securities exchange and trading loss in 2012 related to the acquisition of RBC Dexia, total revenue increased $219 million or 19%, largely related to higher funding and liquidity trading revenue across all geographies. Higher interest income on assets held for liquidity purposes and a full quarter of revenue related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services, partially offset by lower foreign exchange revenue and decreased custodial fees, also contributed to the increase. The increase in revenue was partially offset by the unfavourable impact of the depreciation of the Euro against the Canadian dollar. Non-interest expense was up $313 million or 38% from 2011. Excluding the impairment loss and other costs in 2012 related to the acquis- ition of RBC Dexia, non-interest expense increased $125 million or 15%, mainly due to a full quarter of costs related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services. Higher staff costs, including increased variable compensation on improved results also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by the depreciation of the Euro against the Canadian dollar. Results excluding the loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2012 are non- GAAP measures. For further details on this specified item impacting our results, including a reconciliation, refer to the Key performance and non- GAAP measures section. Capital Markets Capital Markets provides public and private companies, institutional investors, governments and central banks globally with a wide range of capital markets products and services across our two main business lines, Corporate and Investment Banking and Global Markets. Our legacy portfolio is grouped under Other. In North America, we offer a full suite of products and services which include corporate and investment banking, equity and debt origination and distribution, and structuring and trading. Outside North America, we have a select presence in the U.K. and Europe, and Asia-Pacific, where we offer a diversified set of capabilities in our key sectors of expertise such as energy, mining and infrastructure. In Canada, we compete mainly with Canadian banks where we are the premier global investment bank and market leader with a strategic presence in all lines of capital markets businesses. In the U.S., we have full industry sector coverage and investment banking product range and compete with large U.S. and global investment banks as well as smaller regional firms. In the U.K. and Europe, we compete in our key sectors of expertise with global and regional investment banks. In Asia-Pacific, we compete with global and regional investment banks in select products, consisting of our fixed income distribution and currencies trading in Asia and our corporate and investment banking in Australia. Economic and market review Capital markets in Canada and the U.S. gradually improved during 2013 resulting from modest economic growth in both countries and ongoing stimulative monetary policy. European market conditions in select markets, remained uncertain as sovereign debt issues continued. Higher client activity driven by improvements in the global economy and the low interest rate environment led to strong issuance activity throughout most of the year, with our corporate and investment banking businesses performing well, driven by higher lending, loan syndication, debt origination, and M&A. This was despite a continued challenging trading environment with yields on long-term government and corporate bonds at historically low levels in the first half of the year and yields and volatility in credit spreads increasing in the latter half of 2013 as a result of market concerns related to uncertainty about the direction of U.S. fiscal and monetary policies. As a result of these market conditions, our fixed income trading businesses were unfavourably impacted. Highlights • We continued to focus on growing our corporate and investment banking businesses, particularly in the U.S. and Europe, while rebalancing • • our global markets businesses by leveraging our investments that were made in prior years, redeploying capital from trading to corporate and investment banking businesses and managing risks by narrowing our focus of trading products. In Canada, we maintained our market leadership by deepening our existing client relationships, gaining new clients, and offering a full suite of global capabilities. We were named Best Investment Bank in Canada by Euromoney Magazine for the sixth consecutive year and we continued to win significant mandates including acting as financial advisor to Nexen Inc. on its $15.1 billion acquisition by CNOOC Limited. In the U.S., we leveraged our key strategic investments made in recent years to expand our corporate and investment banking businesses, developed new lending relationships and increased focus on our origination and client flow businesses. We had a record year in U.S. corporate and investment banking and were ranked 10th largest investment bank in the Americas by fees for the first nine months of 2013 (Thomson Reuters). We attained this by gaining market share, growing our businesses and winning several significant mandates including acting as a joint bookrunner on the $49 billion of senior unsecured notes offerings by Verizon Communications Inc, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner on the $24.9 billion leveraged buyout of Dell Inc., and joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner on the acquisition financing of the $6 billion acquisition of Neiman Marcus Group. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 33 • • In the U.K. and Europe, we continued to expand our corporate and investment banking businesses. We accomplished this by selectively growing in our key sectors of expertise, focused on gaining new clients through our continued focus on increasing lending activity and market positions. We won new mandates including leading an offer for the U.K.’s Debt Management Office for $2 billion. Due to the challenging trading environment, we refocused our efforts on improving returns in our core global markets businesses and exited non- performing businesses such as our European government bond business. In Asia, we continued to focus on our fixed income trading distribution and foreign exchange trading capabilities, while in Australia, we continued to selectively grow our corporate and investment banking business in mining, energy and infrastructure. Outlook and priorities In 2014, we anticipate continuing growth in our equity and debt origination, M&A advisory services, and lending businesses as a result of expected continuing improvement in economic and market environments, and strategic investments in our U.S. corporate and investment banking businesses in recent years. Overall we anticipate net improvements in our global markets businesses driven by growth in our fixed income, currencies and commodities businesses reflecting stabilizing market conditions particularly in the U.S., as compared to the challenging market conditions in 2013. However improvements in the global economy and stabilizing market conditions will be dependent on market responses to resolutions surrounding uncertainty about the direction of U.S. fiscal and monetary policies particularly in the first half of 2014, and further resolutions of European sovereign debt concerns. We also anticipate that regulatory reforms, in particular related to over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives reform, the Volcker Rule and Basel III will unfavourably impact growth in our trading businesses. For further details, refer to our Risk management – Top and emerging risks section. For further details on our general economic outlook, refer to the Economic and market review and outlook section. Key strategic priorities for 2014 • Maintain our clear leadership position in Canada by focusing on execution and long-term client relationships, increasing our market share with small- and medium-sized companies and leveraging our global capabilities. Expand and strengthen client relationships in the U.S. by leveraging industry sector coverage and our lending relationships to increase market share and drive fee-based revenues, while improving margins. Build on our core strengths in Europe and Asia in both Corporate and Investment Banking and Global Markets by improving profitability, selectively growing Corporate and Investment Banking in our sectors of expertise and focusing on the sustainability of trading through origination and sales. Deepen client relationships and optimize capital employed to earn high risk-adjusted returns on assets and equity, effectively manage risk by maintaining discipline within our risk tolerance framework and drive efficiency in our business model. Manage through the significant changes to the regulatory environment specifically related to OTC derivatives reform, the Volcker Rule, and Basel III changes related to credit valuation adjustments (CVA), Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and revised leverage framework. • • • • Capital Markets financial highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of percentage amounts and as otherwise noted) Net interest income (1) Non-interest income Total revenue (1) PCL Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Net income Revenue by business Corporate and Investment Banking Global Markets Other Key ratios ROE Selected average balance sheet information Total assets Trading securities Loans and acceptances Deposits Attributed capital Other information Number of employees (FTE) Credit information Gross impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances $ $ $ $ 2013 2,872 3,708 6,580 188 3,844 2,548 1,710 3,014 3,492 74 $ $ $ 2012 2,559 3,629 6,188 135 3,746 2,307 1,581 2,533 3,635 20 Table 28 $ $ $ 2011 2,197 3,127 5,324 (14) 3,487 1,851 1,292 2,371 3,143 (190) 14.2% 13.5% 15.2% 368,300 100,800 54,700 35,300 11,500 $ 349,200 90,400 47,000 30,900 11,150 $ 322,000 112,300 35,300 26,500 8,000 3,644 3,560 3,537 0.42% 0.34% 0.83% 0.29% 0.65% (0.04)% (1) The teb adjustment for 2013 was $380 million (2012 – $431 million, 2011 – $459 million). For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. 34 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Revenue by geography (Millions of Canadian dollars) 7,500 5,000 2,500 0 2013 2012 2011 Asia and other U.K. and Europe U.S. Canada Financial performance 2013 vs. 2012 Net income increased $129 million or 8%, driven primarily by strong growth in Corporate and Investment Banking mainly in the U.S. and lower variable compensation. These factors were partially offset by lower trading revenue and higher PCL. Total revenue increased $392 million or 6%, largely due to strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses driven by higher lending, loan syndication and debt origination mainly in the U.S. and increased volumes from our cash equities business across most geographies. These factors were partially offset by lower revenue in our fixed income trading businesses largely in Europe, as a result of challenging market conditions in the current year. PCL increased $53 million or 39%, mainly reflecting provisions on a few accounts. For further details, refer to the Credit quality performance section. Non-interest expense increased $98 million or 3%, mainly due to higher litigation provisions and related legal costs, and higher support costs related to infrastructure, control initiatives and increased regulation. These factors were partially offset by lower variable compensation reflecting a lower compensation to revenue ratio and continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. 2012 vs. 2011 Net income increased $289 million or 22% from 2011, driven primarily by our global markets businesses due to higher fixed income trading results reflecting improved market conditions as compared to the challenging market conditions in the latter half of 2011. Strong growth in our corporate and investment banking results driven by higher lending and increased loan syndication activity primarily in the U.S. also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher PCL, as compared to recoveries in 2011 and a higher effective tax rate reflecting increased earnings in higher tax jurisdictions. Total revenue increased $864 million or 16%, largely due to higher fixed income trading primarily driven by improved market conditions mainly in the U.S. as compared to the challenging market conditions in the latter half of 2011, resulting in increased client activity, greater market liquidity and tightening credit spreads. In our corporate and investment banking businesses, strong client growth in lending and increased loan syndication activity also contributed to the increase. PCL of $135 million compared to a recovery of $14 million in 2011, largely reflecting provisions on a few accounts in 2012. Non-interest expense increased $259 million or 7%, mainly due to higher variable compensation on improved results. Higher costs in support of business growth, primarily in our corporate and investment banking businesses in the U.S. and U.K., also contributed to the increase. This increase was partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Business line review Corporate and Investment Banking Corporate and Investment Banking comprises our corporate lending, loan syndications, debt and equity origination, M&A advisory services, private equity, research, client securitization and the global credit businesses. For debt and equity origination, revenues are allocated between Corporate and Investment Banking and Global Markets based on the contribution of each group in accordance with an established agreement. Financial performance Corporate and Investment Banking revenue of $3,014 million increased $481 million or 19%, as compared to the prior year. Investment banking revenue increased $236 million or 18%, mainly driven by strong growth in our loan syndication business primarily in the U.S. Higher debt origination reflecting solid issuance activity primarily in the U.S. and Europe and higher M&A activity reflecting increased mandates mainly in Canada and the U.S. also contributed to the increase. Lending and other revenue increased $245 million or 21%, primarily due to strong growth in our lending portfolio largely in the U.S. Table 29 Breakdown of total revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars) Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total revenue (1) Breakdown of revenue (1) Investment banking Lending and other (2) Other information Average assets 2013 2012 2011 $ 3,014 $ 2,533 $ 2,371 1,574 1,440 1,338 1,195 1,306 1,065 40,000 33,800 21,300 (1) (2) The teb adjustment for 2013 was $2 million (2012 – $10 million, 2011 – $20 million). For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Comprises our corporate lending, client securitization, and global credit businesses. Investment banking Lending and other 3,200 2,400 1,600 800 0 2013 2012 2011 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 35 Global Markets Global Markets comprises our fixed income, foreign exchange, equity sales and trading, repos and secured financing and commodities businesses. Financial performance Total revenue of $3,492 million decreased $143 million or 4% as compared to the prior year. Revenue in our Fixed income, currencies and commodities business decreased $218 million or 11%, largely due to significantly lower fixed income trading revenue driven by challenging market conditions reflecting uncertainty about the direction of U.S. fiscal and monetary policy, and lower client volumes and narrower bid/ask spreads in the first half of the year. These factors were partially offset by strong growth in debt origination primarily in the U.S. and Europe driven by increased client activity. Revenue in our Equities business increased $62 million or 7%, largely reflecting improved trading results and volume growth in our cash equities business. Higher equity origination mainly in the U.S. reflecting stronger issuance activity also contributed to the increase. Selected highlights (Millions of Canadian dollars ) Total revenue (1) Breakdown of revenue (1) Fixed income, currencies and commodities Equities Repo and secured financing (2) Other information Average assets Table 30 Breakdown of total revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2013 2012 2011 $ 3,492 $ 3,635 $ 3,143 1,834 989 669 2,052 927 656 1,584 1,033 526 351,100 311,700 278,500 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 2013 2012 2011 Repo and secured financing Global equities Fixed income, currencies and commodities (1) (2) The teb adjustment for 2013 was $378 million (2012 – $421 million, 2011 – $439 million). For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Comprises our secured funding businesses for internal businesses and external clients. Other Other comprises our legacy portfolio which consists of our bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) stable value products, U.S. commercial mortgage- backed securities and U.S. auction rate securities (ARS). In recent years, in order to optimize our capital employed to improve our risk-adjusted returns and reduce our liquidity risk on various products, we have significantly reduced several of our legacy portfolios. Financial performance Revenue of $74 million increased $54 million as compared to the prior year, mainly due to higher gains on our U.S. student loan auction rate securities legacy portfolios. Corporate Support Corporate Support comprises Technology & Operations which provide the technological and operational foundation required to effectively deliver products and services to our clients, and Functions which includes our finance, human resources, risk management, internal audit and other functional groups. Reported results for Corporate Support mainly reflect certain activities related to monitoring and oversight of enterprise activities which are not allocated to business segments. Corporate Support also includes our Corporate Treasury function. For further details, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Corporate Support (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of) Net interest income (loss) (1) Non-interest income (loss) Total revenue (1) PCL Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes (1) Income taxes (recoveries) (1) Net income (2) Other information Number of employees (FTE) 2013 (123) $ (32) (155) 3 50 (208) (650) 442 $ $ $ Table 31 2012 2011 (183) $ 67 (116) – 37 (153) (512) 359 $ (293) 257 (36) 5 93 (134) (431) 297 11,971 11,618 11,694 (1) (2) Teb adjusted. Net income reflects income attributable to both shareholders and Non-Controlling Interests (NCI). Net income attributable to NCI for the year ended October 31, 2013 was $93 million (October 31, 2012 – $92 million; October 31, 2011 – $92 million). 36 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Due to the nature of activities and consolidated adjustments reported in this segment, we believe that a comparative period analysis is not relevant. The following identifies material items affecting the reported results in each period. Net interest income (loss) and income taxes (recoveries) in each period in Corporate Support include the deduction of the teb adjustments related to the gross-up of income from Canadian taxable corporate dividends recorded in Capital Markets. The amount deducted from net interest income (loss) was offset by an equivalent increase in income taxes (recoveries). The teb amount for the year ended October 31, 2013 was $380 million as compared to $431 million in the prior year and $459 million for the year ended October 31, 2011. For further discussion, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. In addition to the teb impacts noted above, the following identifies the other material items affecting the reported results in each period. 2013 Net income was $442 million largely reflecting net favourable tax adjustments, including $214 million of income tax adjustments related to prior years, and asset/liability management activities. 2012 Net income was $359 million largely reflecting the settlement of several tax matters with the CRA which resulted in the release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) related to a refund of taxes paid and asset/liability management activities. 2011 Net income was $297 million largely due to asset/liability management activities and gains related to the change in fair value of certain derivatives used to economically hedge our funding activities. Quarterly financial information Fourth quarter 2013 performance Q4 2013 vs. Q4 2012 Fourth quarter net income was $2,119 million, up $208 million or 11% from the prior year. Diluted EPS of $1.40 was up $0.15 and ROE of 18.6% was down 10 bps. Our fourth quarter earnings reflected strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses and solid volume growth across all our Canadian Banking businesses. Higher average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management and improved business performance in Investor Services also contributed to the increase. In addition, our results were positively impacted by a lower effective tax rate, largely reflecting favourable income tax adjustments of $124 million related to prior years and lower PCL. These factors were partially offset by a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. Total revenue increased $452 million or 6%, mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, higher loan syndication activity in Capital Markets, as well as the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, and solid volume growth across all our Canadian Banking businesses. Higher trading revenue and improved business performance in Investor Services also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by spread compression due to the continuing low rate environment and competitive pricing pressures in Canadian Banking, and lower equity origination in Capital Markets. Total PCL decreased $27 million or 7% from a year ago, mainly reflecting a provision taken in the prior year on a single account in Capital Markets and lower provisions in our Canadian Banking business lending portfolios. These factors were partially offset by higher PCL on a few accounts in Wealth Management. PBCAE increased $108 million or 14%, mainly due to the charge related to certain individual life insurance policies as noted above and higher net claims costs. These factors were partially offset by favourable actuarial adjustments reflecting management actions and assumption changes. Non-interest expense increased $291 million or 8%, primarily reflecting higher variable compensation driven by higher revenue in Wealth Management and a provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean of $40 million. Higher litigation provisions and related legal costs in Capital Markets, the inclusion of our acquisition of Ally Canada, and higher costs in support of business growth also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by the continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 37 Quarterly results and trend analysis Our quarterly results are impacted by a number of trends and recurring factors, which include seasonality of certain businesses, general economic and market conditions, and fluctuations in the Canadian dollar relative to other foreign currencies. The following table summarizes our results for the last eight quarters (the period): Quarterly results (1) Table 32 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and percentage amounts) Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 2013 2012 Continuing operations Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense Net income before income taxes Income taxes Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net income EPS – basic – diluted EPS from continuing operations – basic – diluted Segments – net income (loss) from continuing operations Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Corporate Support Net income from continuing operations Net income – total Effective income tax rate from continuing operations Period average US$ equivalent of C$1.00 $ 3,350 $ 3,393 $ 3,223 $ 3,285 $ 3,175 $ 3,289 $ 3,031 $ 3,003 4,571 4,343 4,467 3,893 3,825 4,620 4,546 4,625 $ 7,970 $ 7,218 $ 7,769 $ 7,910 $ 7,518 $ 7,756 $ 6,924 $ 7,574 267 1,211 3,671 362 770 3,873 324 1,000 3,759 348 640 3,857 267 263 4,001 288 938 4,011 335 878 4,164 349 705 4,051 $ 2,593 $ 2,687 $ 2,532 $ 2,805 $ 2,513 $ 2,673 $ 2,079 $ 2,425 549 602 433 516 735 474 383 596 – – – $ 2,119 $ 2,304 $ 1,936 $ 2,070 $ 1,911 $ 2,240 $ 1,563 $ 1,876 (21) – $ 2,119 $ 2,304 $ 1,936 $ 2,070 $ 1,911 $ 2,240 $ 1,533 $ 1,855 1.41 $ 1.54 $ 1.28 $ 1.37 $ 1.26 $ 1.49 $ 1.00 $ 1.23 1.22 1.40 1.41 $ 1.54 $ 1.28 $ 1.37 $ 1.26 $ 1.49 $ 1.02 $ 1.24 1.23 1.40 1.52 1.36 1.27 1.52 1.36 1.27 1.25 1.47 1.25 1.47 0.99 1.01 (30) – – $ $ $ 1,081 $ 1,180 $ 1,057 $ 1,120 $ 1,034 $ 1,102 $ 205 107 92 472 162 236 160 104 388 236 233 164 80 464 9 $ 2,119 $ 2,304 $ 1,936 $ 2,070 $ 1,911 $ 2,240 $ 1,563 $ 1,876 $ 2,119 $ 2,304 $ 1,936 $ 2,070 $ 1,911 $ 2,240 $ 1,533 $ 1,855 207 194 72 410 (6) 225 166 67 386 35 156 179 51 429 323 940 $ 1,012 188 212 190 151 (121) 83 371 371 32 10 18.3% 22.6% $ 0.960 $ 0.963 $ 0.982 $ 1.005 $ 1.011 $ 0.982 $ 1.008 $ 0.987 24.0% 16.2% 24.8% 14.3% 23.5% 26.2% (1) Fluctuations in the Canadian dollar relative to other foreign currencies have affected our consolidated results over the period. Seasonality Seasonal factors impact our results in most quarters. The first quarter is seasonally stronger for our capital markets businesses. The second quarter has fewer days than the other quarters, generally resulting in a decrease in net interest income and certain expense items. The third quarter results for Investor Services are generally favourably impacted by higher securities lending as a result of the European dividend season. The third and fourth quarters include the summer months during which market activity generally tends to slow, negatively impacting the results of our capital markets, brokerage and investment management businesses. Notable items affecting our consolidated results • In the fourth quarter of 2013, our results included a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies, as well as net favourable income tax adjustments including a $124 million income tax adjustment related to prior years. In the third quarter of 2013, our results included net favourable income tax adjustments including a $90 million income tax adjustment related to the prior year. In the second quarter of 2013, our results included a restructuring charge of $44 million ($31 million after-tax) related to the integration of Investor Services, primarily in Europe. In the third quarter of 2012, our results included a release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) related to a refund of taxes paid due to the settlement of several tax matters with the CRA, as well as a favourable adjustment of $125 million ($92 million after-tax) resulting from a change in methodology with respect to the timing of recognition of mortgage prepayment interest, and an additional loss of $12 million ($11 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia. In the second quarter of 2012, our results included a loss of $212 million ($202 million after-tax) related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia. • • • • Trend analysis Economic conditions in Canada and the U.S. gradually improved over the period, with capital markets in Canada and the U.S. generally showing improvement in 2013. Conditions in global financial markets remained generally uncertain during the period due to ongoing European sovereign debt issues. Earnings have been generally robust over the period, driven largely by solid volume growth in our Canadian Banking businesses and generally solid results in Capital Markets including a strong fourth quarter of 2013. Wealth Management results have generally trended upwards since the third quarter of 2012 due to higher average fee-based client assets and higher transaction volumes, with the current quarter decline 38 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis primarily due to higher PCL. Insurance results have continued to fluctuate over the period, due to the timing of new U.K. annuity contracts and actuarial adjustments, and have been unfavourably impacted in the current quarter by a charge as a result of proposed legislation in Canada relating to certain individual life insurance policies. Investor & Treasury Services’ results in the five quarters since our acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia have fluctuated, with solid results in the latter half of fiscal 2013. Revenue continued to trend upwards with some fluctuations over the period. The general increase in revenue over the period continued to be driven by solid volume growth across most of our Canadian Banking businesses, growth in our corporate and investment banking business, and higher average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management. Our ownership of the additional 50% of Investor Services has contributed incremental revenue since the third quarter of 2012 and our acquisition of Ally Canada has contributed incremental revenue since the second quarter of 2013. Trading revenue fluctuated over the period due to challenging market conditions. Net interest income continued to trend up over the period, primarily due to solid volume growth across most of our Canadian Banking businesses, partially offset by spread compression caused by the continuing low interest rate environment and increased competitive pricing pressures. PCL generally has been stable over the period, and has generally trended downwards since the fourth quarter of 2012 due to stabilizing asset quality in the Canadian retail portfolio and the improving credit quality of our Caribbean portfolio. The current quarter increase in PCL is largely due to provisions on a few accounts in Wealth Management. Provisions in Capital Markets have fluctuated, and have trended down over the past three quarters. PBCAE has fluctuated quarterly as it reflects the changes to the fair value of investments backing our policyholder liabilities, largely offset in revenue. PBCAE has also been impacted by volume growth in our Insurance businesses as well as actuarial liability adjustments and generally lower claims costs. PBCAE in the current quarter included a charge as a result of proposed legislation in Canada relating to certain individual life insurance policies as noted above. Non-interest expense has generally trended upwards over the period, mainly driven by higher variable compensation due to increased revenue in Wealth Management, and higher costs in support of business growth. Incremental costs related to our additional 50% ownership of Investor Services since the third quarter of 2012 and our acquisition of Ally Canada in the second quarter of 2013 have also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities. Our effective income tax rate fluctuated over the period, resulting from varying levels of income being reported in jurisdictions with different tax rates, as well as fluctuating levels of income from tax-advantaged sources (Canadian taxable corporate dividends), and various tax adjustments. The reduction in statutory Canadian corporate tax rates over the period generally lowered our effective tax rate. In the third and fourth quarters of 2013, the effective tax rate was impacted by net favourable income tax adjustments related to prior years as noted above. Results by geographic segment (1) For geographic reporting, our segments are grouped into Canada, U.S. and Other International. Transactions are primarily recorded in the location that best reflects the risk due to negative changes in economic conditions and prospects for growth due to positive economic changes. The following table summarizes our financial results by geographic region. Table 33 2013 2012 2011 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Canada U.S. Other International Total Canada U.S. Other International Total Canada U.S. Other International Total Continuing operations Net interest income Non-interest income $ 10,960 $ 1,602 $ 689 $ 13,251 $ 10,413 $ 1,308 $ 777 $ 12,498 $ 9,641 $ 1,091 $ 8,855 3,834 4,927 17,616 9,378 3,564 4,332 17,274 9,270 2,815 Total revenue $ 19,815 $ 5,436 $ 5,616 $ 30,867 $ 19,791 $ 4,872 $ 5,109 $ 29,772 $ 18,911 $ 3,906 $ PCL PBCAE Non-interest expense Income taxes 898 1,425 9,345 1,754 77 10 3,677 402 264 1,349 3,205 32 1,239 2,784 16,227 2,188 1,021 2,320 8,809 1,600 90 16 3,404 519 190 1,285 2,947 (19) 1,301 3,621 15,160 2,100 1,016 2,124 8,376 1,728 (12) 21 3,159 259 625 $ 11,357 16,281 4,196 4,821 $ 27,638 1,133 3,358 14,167 2,010 129 1,213 2,632 23 Net income from continuing operations $ 6,393 $ 1,270 $ 766 $ 8,429 $ 6,041 $ 843 $ 706 $ 7,590 $ 5,667 $ 479 $ 824 $ 6,970 Net loss from discontinued operations Net income – – – – – (51) – (51) – (526) – (526) $ 6,393 $ 1,270 $ 766 $ 8,429 $ 6,041 $ 792 $ 706 $ 7,539 $ 5,667 $ (47) $ 824 $ 6,444 (1) For geographic reporting, our segments are grouped into Canada, U.S. and Other International. For further details, refer to Note 29 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. 2013 vs. 2012 Net income in Canada was up $352 million or 6% from the prior year, mainly due to solid volume growth across all businesses in Canadian Banking. Higher average fee-based client assets in Wealth Management, strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses driven by higher lending, M&A and loan syndication, improved credit quality in our Canadian Banking portfolio, and the contribution of our acquisition of Ally Canada also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by spread compression and a charge of $160 million ($118 million after-tax) in Insurance as a result of proposed legislation in Canada, which would affect the policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies. In addition, the prior year results were favourably impacted by a settlement of several tax matters with the CRA which resulted in the release of $128 million of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income of $72 million ($53 million after-tax) and a favourable adjustment related to a change in estimate of mortgage prepayment interest of $125 million ($92 million after-tax). Our results in the prior year were also unfavourably impacted by an impairment loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia of which $105 million (before- and after-tax) was recorded in our Canadian operations. U.S. net income increased $478 million or 60% from the prior year, largely due to favourable income tax adjustments of $214 million related to prior years. Strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses mainly driven by higher loan syndication and higher lending, and higher average fee-based client assets and higher transaction volumes in Wealth Management also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher variable compensation in Wealth Management and Capital Markets. Other International net income was up $60 million or 8% from the previous year, largely due to strong growth in our corporate and investment banking businesses. Improved business performance in Investor Services including higher revenue and continuing benefits from our Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 39 ongoing focus on efficiency management activities, lower variable compensation in Capital Markets, and higher average fee-based client assets and higher transaction volumes in Wealth Management also contributed to the increase. In addition, the prior year results were unfavourably impacted by the impairment loss related to our acquisition of RBC Dexia as noted above of which $63 million (before- and after-tax) was recorded in our Other International operations, and our proportionate share of the loss on the securities exchange and trading losses recorded by RBC Dexia. These factors were partially offset by lower trading revenue largely in Europe, higher PCL in Wealth Management and Capital Markets, and a provision related to post-employment benefits and restructuring charges in the Caribbean of $40 million ($31 million after-tax). 2012 vs. 2011 Continuing operations Net income in Canada was up $374 million or 7% compared to 2011, mainly due to strong volume growth across most of our Canadian banking businesses, the release of tax uncertainty provisions and interest income as noted above, a lower effective tax rate due to a reduction in statutory Canadian corporate income tax rates, and the mortgage prepayment interest adjustment as noted above. These factors were partially offset by increased costs in support of business growth partially offset by continuing benefits from our ongoing focus on efficiency management activities, and the impairment loss related to the acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia as noted above. U.S. net income increased $364 million or 76% compared to 2011, largely due to higher trading results, reflecting improved market conditions as compared to the challenging market conditions in the latter half of 2011. Strong growth in our corporate and investment banking results driven by client growth in our lending, loan syndication and origination businesses also contributed to the increase. These factors were partially offset by higher PCL in Capital Markets. Other International net income was down $118 million or 14% compared to 2011, largely due to the impairment loss related to our acquis- ition of RBC Dexia as noted above, and higher PCL in Caribbean banking. These factors were partially offset by higher fixed income trading results in Capital Markets. In addition, 2011 included a gain related to MBIA which favourably impacted results in that year. Discontinued operations For details on results for our discontinued operations, refer to the Financial performance section. Financial condition Condensed balance sheets (1) As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Allowance for loan losses Investments for account of segregated fund holders Other – Derivatives – Assets of discontinued operations – Other Total assets Liabilities Deposits Insurance and investment contracts for account of segregated fund holders Other – Derivatives – Liabilities of discontinued operations – Other Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Total liabilities Equity attributable to shareholders Non-controlling interests Total equity Total liabilities and equity Table 34 2013 2012 2011 $ 15,870 $ 12,617 $ 12,428 6,460 167,022 84,947 10,255 161,611 112,257 9,061 182,718 117,517 321,678 88,947 (1,959) 513 74,822 – 51,652 301,185 79,056 (1,997) 383 91,293 – 58,440 284,745 64,752 (1,967) 320 99,650 27,152 48,324 $ 860,819 $ 825,100 $ 793,833 $ 558,480 $ 508,219 383 96,761 – 165,194 7,615 900 513 76,745 – 166,403 7,443 900 810,484 779,072 48,540 1,795 50,335 44,267 1,761 46,028 479,102 320 100,522 20,076 142,707 8,749 894 752,370 39,702 1,761 41,463 $ 860,819 $ 825,100 $ 793,833 (1) Foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities are translated to Canadian dollars. 2013 vs. 2012 Total assets were up $36 billion or 4% from the previous year. Interest-bearing deposits with banks decreased by $1 billion or 12% largely reflecting the increased placement of our deposits internally as a result of our acquisition of the remaining 50% stake of RBC Dexia, partially offset by higher overnight deposits. Securities were up $21 billion or 13% compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in government and corporate debt securities as part of our management of liquidity and funding risk. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements (reverse repos) and securities borrowed increased by $5 billion or 5%, mainly attributable to the impact of the depreciation of the Canadian dollar against certain other currencies. Loans were up $30 billion or 8%, predominantly due to solid volume growth in Canadian home equity products reflecting the ongoing low interest rate environment and our acquisition of Ally Canada. Higher corporate lending in Capital Markets also contributed to the increase. 40 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Derivative assets were down $16 billion or 18%, mainly attributable to lower fair values of interest rate swaps due to an increase in interest rates. Other assets were down $7 billion or 12%, primarily reflecting a decrease in cash collateral requirements. Total liabilities were up $31 billion or 4% from the previous year. Deposits increased $50 billion or 10%, mainly reflecting our issuances of covered bonds and other fixed term notes for funding require- ments and growth in business deposits. Demand for our high-yield savings accounts and other product offerings in our retail business as well as the impact of the depreciation of the Canadian dollar against certain other currencies also contributed to the increase. Derivative liabilities were down $20 billion or 21%, primarily attributable to lower fair values of interest rate swaps due to an increase in interest rates. Other liabilities increased by $1 billion or 1%, mainly resulting from higher obligations related to securities sold short and the impact of the depreciation of the Canadian dollar against certain other currencies. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in repurchase agreements as a result of lower funding requirements and a decrease in cash collateral requirements. Total equity increased by $4 billion or 9%, largely reflecting earnings, net of dividends. Our consolidated balance sheet was impacted by foreign currency translation which increased our total assets and our total liabilities and equity by approximately $14 billion due to the depreciation of the Canadian dollar against certain other currencies as compared to last year. Off-balance sheet arrangements In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, for accounting purposes, are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Off-balance sheet transactions are generally undertaken for risk, capital and funding management purposes which benefit us and our clients. These include transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs) and may also include the issuance of guarantees. These transactions give rise to, among other risks, varying degrees of market, credit, liquidity and funding risk, which are discussed in the Risk management section. We use SPEs to securitize our financial assets as well as assist our clients in securitizing their financial assets. These entities are not operating entities, typically have no employees, and may or may not be recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Securitizations of our financial assets We periodically securitize our credit card receivables, residential and commercial mortgage loans and bond participation certificates primarily to diversify our funding sources, enhance our liquidity position and for capital purposes. We also securitize residential and commercial mortgage loans for sales and trading activities. Securitization can be used as a cost-effective fund raising technique compared to the relative cost of issuing unsecured wholesale debt. The majority of our securitization activities are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We securitize our credit card receivables, on a revolving basis, through a consolidated SPE. We securitize single and multiple-family residential mortgages through the NHA MBS program, which are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For details of these activities, refer to Note 6 and Note 7 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. We have also securitized residential mortgage loans through the Canadian social housing program which are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when sold to third party investors. During 2013, we did not securitize mortgages through the Canadian social housing program (2012 – $21 million). In prior years, we securitized commercial mortgages by selling them in collateral pools, which met certain diversification, leverage and debt coverage criteria, to SPEs, one of which is sponsored by us. We also participated in bond securitization activities where we purchased government, government related and corporate bonds and repackaged those bonds in participation certificates, which were sold to third party investors. Securitized commercial mortgage loans and bond participation certificates are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we have transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of ownership of the securitized assets. Our continuing involvement with the transferred assets is limited to servicing the underlying bonds and the commercial mortgages sold to our sponsored SPE. As at October 31, 2013, there were $1.3 billion of commercial mortgages (October 31, 2012 – $1.4 billion) and $624 million of bond participation certificates (October 31, 2012 – $661 million) outstanding related to these prior period securitization activities. During 2013, we did not securitized bond participation certificates, or commercial mortgages. Involvement with unconsolidated special purpose entities In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions with SPEs to support our customers’ financing and investing needs, including securitization of client financial assets, creation of investment products, and other types of structured financing. The following table summarizes SPEs in which we have significant financial interests, but have not consolidated. Special Purpose Entities Total assets by credit ratings Total assets by average maturities Total assets by geographic location of borrowers 2013 Table 35 2012 As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Unconsolidated SPEs Total assets (1) Maximum exposure (1)(2) Investment grade (3) Non- Investment grade (3) Not Rated Under year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Not applicable Canada Other International U.S. Total assets (1) Maximum exposure (1) Multi-seller conduits (4) $ 31,075 $ 31,556 $ Structured finance Investment funds 1,272 3,895 1,461 1,621 30,919 $ 3,745 584 74 15 – 156 150 – 74 $ – – 1,037 – $6,000 $24,143 $ 932 $ – $ 5,570 $22,549 $ 2,956 $ 29,582 $ – – – 3,695 584 – 1,037 200 32 3,695 656 74 – – – – 933 74 5,039 1,584 30,029 1,760 1,082 852 169 8,098 241 992 76 1,688 – 33 – 6,377 241 105 – 3,601 – 4,392 241 – 36 3,706 200 4,392 5 6,811 368 1,266 103 $ 45,004 $ 35,372 $ 36,936 $ 413 $7,655 $6,200 $24,248 $ 8,886 $ 5,670 $ 5,838 $30,806 $ 8,360 $ 44,236 $ 34,409 (1) Total assets and maximum exposure to loss correspond to disclosures provided in Note 7 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Total asset amounts may differ from those presented in Note 7 due to certain entities, primarily mutual and pooled funds, which we sponsor but where we do not hold a significant financial interest. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 41 Credit investment product Third-party securitization vehicles Other 200 – – – – (2) (3) (4) The maximum exposure to loss resulting from significant financial interests in these SPEs consists mostly of investments, loans, liquidity and credit enhancement facilities and fair value of derivatives. The maximum exposure to loss may exceed the total assets in the multi-seller conduits, as our liquidity facilities may sometimes be extended for up to 102% of the total value of the assets in the conduits. Our internal risk ratings for major counterparty types approximate those of public rating agencies. Ratings of AAA, AA, A, and BBB represent investment grade ratings and ratings of BB or lower represent non-investment grade ratings. Represents multi-seller conduits that we administer. We have the ability to use credit mitigation tools such as third party guarantees, credit default swaps, and collateral to mitigate risks assumed through securitization and re-securitization exposures. The process in place to monitor the credit quality of our securitization and re- securitization exposures involves, among other things, reviewing the performance data of the underlying assets. We affirm our ratings each quarter and formally confirm or assign a new rating at least annually. For further details on our activities to manage risks, refer to the Risk management section. Approximately 81% of assets in unconsolidated SPEs in which we have significant financial interests were internally rated A or above, compared to 79% in the prior year. For multi-seller conduits, 99% of assets were internally rated A or above, consistent with the prior year. All transactions funded by the unconsolidated multi-seller conduits are internally rated using a rating system which is largely consistent with that of the external rating agencies. The assets in unconsolidated SPEs as at October 31, 2013 have varying maturities and a remaining expected weighted average life of approximately 3.5 years. RBC-administered multi-seller conduits We administer multi-seller conduits which are used primarily for the securitization of our clients’ financial assets. We are involved in these conduit markets because our clients value these transactions. Our clients primarily use multi-seller conduits to diversify their financing sources and to reduce funding costs by leveraging the value of high-quality collateral. The conduits offer us a favourable revenue stream, risk-adjusted return and cross-selling opportunities. We provide services such as transaction structuring, administration, backstop liquidity facilities and partial credit enhancements to the multi-seller conduits. Fee revenue for all such services amounted to $158 million during the year (2012 – $146 million). We do not maintain any ownership or retained interests in these multi-seller conduits and have no rights to, or control of, their assets. Our total commitment to the conduits in the form of backstop liquidity and credit enhancement facilities is shown below. The total committed amount of these facilities exceeds the total amount of the maximum assets that may have to be purchased by the conduits under the purchase agreements. As a result, the maximum exposure to loss attributable to our backstop liquidity and credit enhancement facilities is less than the total committed amounts of these facilities. Liquidity and credit enhancement facilities 2013 2012 As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Backstop liquidity facilities Credit enhancement facilities Total (1) (2) Based on total committed financing limit. Net of allowance for loan losses and write-offs. Notional of committed amounts (1) $ 31,675 2,889 $ 34,564 Allocable notional amounts $27,875 2,785 $30,660 Outstanding loans (2) Total maximum exposure to loss 896 $ 28,771 2,785 896 $ 31,556 – $ $ Notional of committed amounts (1) $ 30,143 2,703 $ 32,846 Allocable notional amounts $25,935 $ 2,703 $28,638 $ Outstanding loans (2) 1,391 – 1,391 Table 36 Total maximum exposure to loss $ 27,326 2,703 $ 30,029 As at October 31, 2013, the notional amount of backstop liquidity facilities we provide increased by $1.5 billion or 5.1% from the prior year. Total loans extended to the multi-seller conduits under the backstop liquidity facilities decreased by $495 million from the prior year primarily due to principal repayments. The partial credit enhancement facilities we provide increased by $186 million from the prior year. The increase in the amount of backstop liquidity facilities and partial credit enhancement facilities provided to the multi-seller conduits compared to the prior year primarily reflects a fluctuation in exchange rates and an expansion of the outstanding securitized assets of the multi-seller conduits in support of our clients’ securitization needs. Maximum exposure to loss by client type Table 37 As at October 31 (Millions) Outstanding securitized assets Credit cards Auto loans and leases Student loans Trade receivables Asset-backed securities Equipment receivables Consumer loans Electricity market receivables Dealer floor plan receivables Fleet finance receivables Insurance premiums Corporate loan receivables Residential mortgages Transportation finance Total Canadian equivalent 42 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 2013 2012 (US$) (C$) Total (C$) (US$) (C$) Total (C$) $ 6,096 8,643 3,374 2,688 859 1,649 – – 765 313 87 75 – 415 $ 24,964 $ 510 2,252 – 56 – – – 173 740 265 – – 1,530 – $ 5,526 $ 6,866 11,264 3,518 2,859 896 1,720 – 173 1,538 592 90 78 1,530 432 $ 31,556 $ 7,410 7,903 2,429 2,290 1,454 1,275 1,020 – 587 310 87 101 – 272 $ 25,138 $ 510 2,193 – 112 – – – 255 561 265 – – 1,020 – $ 4,916 $ 7,912 10,087 2,427 2,400 1,453 1,274 1,019 255 1,147 575 87 101 1,020 272 $ 30,029 $ 26,030 $ 5,526 $ 31,556 $ 25,113 $ 4,916 $ 30,029 Our overall exposure increased 5.1% compared to the prior year reflecting a fluctuation in exchange rates and improved business conditions which led to an expansion of the outstanding securitized assets of the multi-seller conduits. Correspondingly, total assets of the multi-seller conduits increased by $1.5 billion or 5.0% over the prior year, primarily due to increase in the Auto loans and leases, Student loans, Trade and Equipment receivables and Residential mortgages asset classes, which was offset partially by decreases in the Credit cards, Consumer loans and Asset-backed securities asset classes. Multiple independent debt rating agencies review all of the transactions in the multi-seller conduits. Transactions financed in the U.S. multi- seller conduits are reviewed by Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s), Standard & Poor’s (S&P) and Fitch Ratings (Fitch). Transactions in the Canadian multi-seller conduits are also reviewed by Dominion Bond Rating Services (DBRS). Each applicable rating agency also reviews ongoing transaction performance on a monthly basis and may publish reports detailing portfolio and program information related to the conduits. As at October 31, 2013, the total asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) issued by the conduits amounted to $18.8 billion, an increase of $1.7 billion or 9.9% since the prior year. The increase in the amount of ABCP issued by the multi-seller conduits compared to the prior year is primarily due to increased client usage. The rating agencies that rate the ABCP rated 75% of the total amount issued within the top ratings category and the remaining amount in the second highest ratings category compared with 71% in the prior year. We sometimes purchase ABCP issued by the multi-seller conduits in our capacity as a placement agent in order to facilitate overall program liquidity. As at October 31, 2013, the fair value of our inventory was $14 million, a decrease of $13 million from the prior year. The fluctuations in inventory held reflect normal trading activity. This inventory is classified as Securities – Trading on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Structured finance SPEs We invest in ARS of entities which fund their long-term investments in student loans by issuing short-term senior and subordinated notes. As at October 31, 2013, the total assets of the unconsolidated ARS trusts in which we have significant investments were $2.8 billion (2012 – $3.9 billion). Our maximum exposure to loss in these ARS trusts as at October 31, 2013 was $680 million (2012 – $1.1 billion). The decrease in total assets and our maximum exposure to loss is primarily related to the sale, redemption or defeasement of the underlying ARS investment securities. As at October 31, 2013, approximately 89% of these investments were AAA rated. Interest income from the ARS invest- ments, which is reported in Net-interest income was $6.5 million during the year (2012 – $19 million). We also provide liquidity facilities to certain municipal bond Tender Option Bond (TOB) programs in which we have a significant interest but do not consolidate because the residual certificates are held by third parties. As at October 31, 2013, the total assets of these unconsolidated municipal bond TOB trusts were $941 million (2012 – $856 million) and our maximum exposure to loss was $572 million (2012 – $552 million). The increase in total assets of these TOB trusts and in our maximum exposure to loss relative to the prior year is primarily related to new TOB trusts and an increase in our TOB funding limits. Fee revenue from provision of liquidity facilities to these entities reported in Non-interest income was $3 million during the year (2012 – $2 million). Investment funds We enter into fee-based equity derivative transactions with third parties including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment funds. These transactions provide their investors with the desired exposure to the referenced funds, and we economically hedge our exposure from these derivatives by investing in those third party managed referenced funds. Our maximum exposure as at October 31, 2013, which is primarily related to our investments in the reference funds, was $867 million (October 31, 2012 – $1.1 billion). The total assets held in the unconsolidated reference funds as at October 31, 2013 were $1.0 billion (October 31, 2012 – $1.6 billion). The decreases in total assets and our maximum exposure compared to the prior year are primarily due to negative performance of the reference funds and redemptions of capital by us and third-party investors in the funds. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, we also provide liquidity facilities to certain third party investment funds. The funds issue unsecured variable-rate preferred shares and invest in portfolios of tax exempt bonds. As at October 31, 2013, total assets in these funds were $584 million (October 31, 2012 – $nil). Third-party securitization vehicles We hold significant interests in certain unconsolidated third-party securitization vehicles, which are SPEs. We, as well as other financial institutions, are obligated to provide funding to these SPEs up to our maximum commitment level and are exposed to credit losses on the underlying assets after various credit enhancements. As at October 31, 2013, total assets of these funds were $4.4 billion (October 31, 2012 – $3.9 billion) and our maximum exposure to loss in these entities was $774 million (October 31, 2012 – $1.1 billion). The increase in total assets compared to the prior year reflects additional securitized assets funded by other investors in one of our SPEs. The decrease in our maximum exposure compared to prior periods reflects the amortizing nature of several of these transactions. Interest income earned in respect of these investments reported in Net-interest income was $10 million (2012 – $15 million). We also invest in the securities issued by unconsolidated third-party SPEs, including government-sponsored SPEs, as part of our trading activities. These investments do not carry a funding commitment; therefore our maximum exposure to loss is limited to our investment. As at October 31, 2013, total assets of SPEs in which we have significant investments were $3.7 billion (October 31, 2012 – $2.9 billion). Our maximum exposure to loss in these entities was $218 million (October 31, 2012 – $118 million). Fluctuations in the amounts presented for these SPEs reflect normal trading activity and the extent to which our investments in certain entities are significant as at the end of the reporting period. Credit investment product SPEs and Others We use SPEs to create customized credit products to meet investors’ specific requirements and created tax credit funds. Refer to Note 7 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail on these SPEs. Guarantees, retail and commercial commitments We provide guarantees and commitments to our clients that expose us to liquidity and funding risks. Our maximum potential amount of future payments in relation to our commitments and guarantee products as at October 31, 2013 amounted to $232 billion compared to $204 billion in the prior year. The increase compared to the prior year relates primarily to business growth in wholesale commitments. Refer to Liquidity and Funding Management and Note 26 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for details regarding our guarantees and commit- ments. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 43 Risk management Overview Our diversified business activities expose us to a wide variety of risks in virtually all aspects of our operations. Our ability to manage these risks is a key competency within RBC, and is supported by a strong risk culture and an effective risk management approach. We define risk as the potential for loss or an undesirable outcome with respect to volatility of actual earnings in relation to expected earnings, capital adequacy or liquidity. We manage our risks by seeking to ensure that business activities and transactions provide an appropriate balance of return for the risks assumed and remain within our Risk Appetite, which is collectively managed throughout RBC, through adherence to our Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework. These risks include credit, market, liquidity and funding, insurance, regulatory compliance, operational, strategic, reputation and competitive risk. For further details, refer to the respective risk sections. Enhanced Disclosure Task Force On October 29, 2012, the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF), established by the Financial Stability Board, issued its report “Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks”, which included 32 recommendations aimed at improving clarity, comparability and transparency of risk disclosures. For a listing of the location of the related disclosures, refer to the Index for Enhanced Disclosure Task Force recommendations on page 98. Top and emerging risks Our view of risks is not static. An important component of our enterprise risk management approach is to ensure that top risks which are evolving or emerging risks are appropriately identified, managed, and incorporated into existing enterprise risk management assessment, measurement, monitoring and escalation processes. These practices ensure management is forward-looking in its assessment of risks to the organization. Identification of top and emerging risks occurs in the course of businesses developing and pursuing approved strategies and as part of the execution of risk oversight responsibilities by Group Risk Management (GRM), Finance, Corporate Treasury, Global Compliance and other control functions. Risk oversight activities which can lead to identification of new, evolving or emerging risks include control mechanisms (e.g. approval of new products, transactions, projects or initiatives), business strategy development, stress testing, portfolio level measurement, monitoring and reporting activities, and the ongoing assessment of industry and regulatory developments. Details of the top and emerging risks we are facing are discussed below. Regulatory environment Certain regulatory reforms will impact the way in which we operate, both in Canada and abroad. We continue to respond to these and other developments and are working to minimize any potential business or economic impact. The following regulatory reforms have potential to increase our operational, compliance, and technology costs. Basel Committee on Banking Supervision global standards for capital and liquidity reform (Basel III) The Basel Committee’s new standards for capital and liquidity establish minimum requirements for common equity, increased capital require- ments for counterparty credit exposures, a new global leverage ratio and measures to promote the build up of capital that can be drawn down in periods of stress. Banks around the world have begun to implement these new standards (commonly referred to as Basel III). On January 7, 2013, the Basel Committee released final rules for the short-term Basel III Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), including phased timelines for compliance. The Basel global timeline sets the minimum required coverage at 60% for 2015 (increasing 10% per annum until full compliance is achieved by January 2019). While the Basel III long-term liquidity standard (the Net Stable Funding Ratio, or NSFR) has not been finalized, we continue to measure our liquidity position and make adjustments that we believe are appropriate in anticipation of the Basel Committee’s final NSFR implementation schedule. In June 2013, the Basel Committee issued a revised leverage framework for industry consultation. Various jurisdictions including the U.S. have proposed or are in the process of developing national requirements for leverage. The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) has not yet published a Canadian Basel III leverage requirement. Depending on the final leverage rules, the leverage ratio may require us to hold more capital than otherwise required under our risk-based measures. In June 2013, the European Commission published the final Capital Requirements Directive (CRD 4) and the accompanying Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) which implement the Basel III requirements in the European Union (EU), effective January 1, 2014. In addition to the Basel III requirements, CRD 4 / CRR introduces improvements to the transparency of activities of banks and investment funds in different countries, adds a host of governance standards (including standards for executive compensation and bonuses, board oversight of risk and board diversity), and implements a common reporting framework for regulatory reporting. This change may also result in higher capital requirements for our European subsidiaries. Dodd-Frank – Enhanced Supervision of Foreign Banking Organizations On December 14, 2012, the U.S. Federal Reserve proposed a new oversight regime for foreign banks operating in the United States, pursuant to sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The rule is proposed to take effect in July 2015 and is intended to address the perceived systemic risk that large foreign banks could pose to the U.S. financial markets. Under the rule as proposed, we would be required to re-organize all of our U.S. bank and non-bank subsidiaries into a separately capitalized U.S. holding company, against which U.S. prudential regulations for capital, liquidity and enhanced supervision would apply. These include U.S. focused requirements for capital, liquidity, leverage, risk management, stress testing and early remediation, as well as limits on exposures to single counterparties. The majority of the proposed requirements would apply at the U.S. holding company level, while notably, the liquidity rules would extend to business activities conducted within our U.S. banking operations. We continue to assess the full implications of the proposal, and if adopted, there may be a need to develop a separate, U.S.-based infrastructure to meet these U.S.-specific requirements. Dodd-Frank – Volcker Rule The industry continues to await final implementation rules from U.S. federal financial regulators relating to the Volcker Rule. As currently drafted, the proposed rule would impact our global capital markets activities and funding activities as its extraterritorial reach extends to the bank and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates. Under the proposal, certain activities may be permitted to continue (e.g. exemptions available for 44 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis underwriting, market making, and risk mitigating/hedging activities), although under new, restrictive definitions. Trading and investment activ- ities outside of the U.S. may be permitted if conducted in accordance with certain exemptions from the regulation (e.g. activities found to be conducted solely outside of the U.S.), that may limit wholesale activities conducted in Canada or elsewhere. In anticipation of final rule issuance, we are continuing to analyze our investment, trading and funding activities across all of our businesses as part of our good faith compliance efforts to conform. This includes assessing our compliance and risk management programs as they relate to the proposed rule. Depending on the manner in which the rule is ultimately implemented, the proposed restrictions on proprietary trading and certain fund activities may have an adverse impact on our results of operations. U.S. regulators estimate final rules will be published by the end of 2013. Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives reform Reforms in the OTC derivatives markets continue on a global basis, with the governments of the G20 nations proceeding with plans to transform the capital regimes, national regulatory frameworks and infrastructures in which we and other market participants operate. We, along with other Canadian banks, will experience changes in our wholesale banking business, some of which will impact our client- and trading-related derivatives revenues in Capital Markets. As part of this, we are implementing a compliance framework to adhere to the new mandatory clearing and reporting requirements of the U.S. Dodd-Frank and European Market Infrastructure Rules (EMIR) as they come into effect. On December 31, 2012, we registered as a swaps dealer in the U.S. pursuant to the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) requirements. To avoid the imposition of duplicative prudential requirements (and mitigate some of the expected compliance and operating costs), we are working with similarly-affected Canadian banks and Canadian and U.S. authorities to encourage reliance on the Canadian framework. The deadline for concluding discussions on a substitute compliance framework is December 21, 2013. The payments system in Canada The Federal government is currently reviewing a number of aspects of the Canadian payments system, including governance, mobile payments, debit and credit cards, and the state of the regulatory framework. Potential changes arising from the review could have implications for the bank from technological, systems, operational and regulatory perspectives. While the review is still at an early stage, risks associated with the implementation of these reforms could include implications for revenues and business strategies. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) In 2010, the U.S. government passed legislation requiring non-U.S. financial institutions operating in the U.S. to provide information to U.S. tax authorities on non-U.S. persons’ financial accounts in order to identify persons evading U.S. taxes through the use of foreign (non-U.S.) accounts. Final regulations implementing FATCA were published on January 17, 2013. The rules are scheduled to take effect starting July 1, 2014. The U.S. is working to facilitate implementation with certain jurisdictions through the negotiation of Inter-Governmental Agreements (IGAs) and it is expected that Canada will ultimately sign such an agreement. Regulatory reform in the U.K. and Europe The regulatory framework in the U.K. and Europe continues to undergo significant reform and reorganization. In the U.K. we continue to monitor developments arising from recommendations made by the Independent Commission on Banking and endorsed by the U.K. government, in particular the requirement that banks ring-fence their retail banking activities from their investment banking operations. As currently proposed, our U.K. entities would be exempt from the requirement to separate our retail banking and investment banking activities, by virtue of meeting prescribed de minimis thresholds. The EMIR require firms to clear certain OTC standardized derivative contracts through central counterparties, establish risk mitigation controls for OTC derivatives transactions that cannot be cleared, and report both cleared and non-cleared contracts to trade repositories. The majority of the requirements came into force on March 15, 2013, while certain others are expected to come into force in 2014. The review of Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID II) is another key initiative seeking to achieve greater trade transparency, enhanced investor protection and more oversight of OTC derivatives and fixed income products, primarily through the introduction of new types of regulated trading platforms and increased governance over certain trading activities. Negotiations on the final shape of MiFID II are ongoing and are not expected to come into force before 2015. High levels of Canadian household debt Growing Canadian household debt levels and elevated housing prices are resulting in increasing vulnerability to external risk factors. Growth in consumer debt has been driven by rising housing prices and high debt levels could amplify the effect of an external shock to the Canadian economy. In an increasing interest rate environment the debt service capacity of Canadian consumers will be negatively impacted. This will be more challenging for consumers with floating rate debt or impending mortgage renewals. The combination of increasing unemployment, rising interest rates, and a downturn in real estate markets would pose a risk to the credit quality of our retail lending portfolio. We actively manage our lending portfolios and stress test them against various scenarios. Our stress testing shows that the vast majority of our mortgage clients have sufficient capacity to absorb interest rate increases in the ranges currently forecast. For further discussion relating to our retail portfolio, refer to the Credit risk section. Cybersecurity Given our reliance on digital and internet technologies to conduct and expand our global operations, we are increasingly exposed to risks related to cybersecurity. Such incidents may include unauthorized access to our systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, gaining access to sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Although our computer systems continue to be subject to cyber attacks, to date we have not experienced a material breach of cybersecurity. Such an event could compromise our confidential information as well as that of our clients and third parties with whom we interact and may result in negative consequences, including remediation costs, loss of revenue, additional regulatory scrutiny, litigation and reputational damage. We continue to place a significant focus on enhancing our cyberse- curity technologies, processes and practices to protect our networks, systems, computers and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. We will continue to actively monitor the cybersecurity threat landscape to review best practices and to implement additional controls to mitigate this risk. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 45 Enterprise risk management Our Enterprise Risk Management Framework provides an overview of our enterprise-wide programs for identifying, measuring, controlling and reporting on the significant risks that face the organization. Risk culture Our strong risk culture begins with setting the right tone at the top, from the Board of Directors to senior management, and across all businesses and employees. In order to reinforce our strong risk culture, risk accountabilities play an important part in performance evaluations. We are committed to maintaining our strong risk culture which is built on fostering risk awareness, a clear understanding of the risks that one can take and in developing a strong sense of responsibility for risk. We have a strong ethical culture of integrity and compliance grounded in our Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct broadly addresses a variety of ethical and legal concerns that our employees face on a daily basis. Our Code of Conduct is supported by a number of global and regional compliance frameworks, policies, training programs, online tools, job aids, new employee orientation materials, and the direction of senior management. Risk Appetite Our Risk Appetite is the amount and type of risk we are able and willing to accept in the pursuit of our business objectives. Our Risk Appetite Framework has four major components as illustrated below: Risk Capacity Regulatory Constraints Drivers & Self-Imposed Constraints Risk Limits & Tolerances Risk Profile The framework provides a structured approach to: 1. Define our Risk Capacity by identifying regulatory constraints that restrict our ability to accept risk. 2. 3. 4. Establish and regularly confirm our Risk Appetite, comprised of Drivers that are the business objectives which include risks we must accept to generate desired financial returns, and Self-Imposed Constraints that limit or otherwise influence the amount of risk undertaken. Our Self-Imposed Constraints include: • maintaining stability of earnings; • avoiding excessive concentrations of risk; • maintaining low exposure to stress events; • • • • maintaining a AA rating; and • maintaining a Risk Profile that is consistent with our international peer group. ensuring sound management of regulatory compliance risk and operational risk; ensuring sound management of liquidity and funding risk; ensuring capital adequacy by maintaining capital ratios in excess of rating agency and regulatory expectations; Set Risk Limits and Tolerances to ensure that risk-taking activities are within Risk Appetite. Regularly measure and evaluate our Risk Profile, representing the risks we are exposed to, relative to our Risk Appetite, and ensure appropriate action is taken prior to Risk Profile surpassing Risk Appetite. The Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework is structured in such a way that it can be applied at the enterprise, business segment, business unit, and legal entity levels. Risk Appetite is integrated into our business strategies and capital plan. As part of strategic planning, each business segment’s risk posture is assessed to anticipate the impact of strategic priorities and growth objectives on Risk Profile. We also ensure that the business strategy aligns with the enterprise and business segment level Risk Appetite. Risk management principles The following principles guide our enterprise-wide management of risk: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 46 Effective balancing of risk and reward by aligning Risk Appetite with business strategy, diversifying risk, pricing appropriately for risk, mitigating risk through preventive and detective controls and transferring risk to third parties. Shared responsibility for risk management as business segments are responsible for active management of their risks, with direction and oversight provided by GRM and other corporate functions groups. Business decisions are based on an understanding of risk as we perform rigorous assessment of risks in relationships, products, trans- actions and other business activities. Avoid activities that are not consistent with our values, Code of Conduct or policies, which contributes to the protection of our reputation. Proper focus on clients reduces our risks by knowing our clients and ensuring that all products and transactions are suitable for, and understood by our clients. Use of judgment and common sense in order to manage risk throughout the organization. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Risk governance Our overall risk governance structure shown below illustrates our Three Lines of Defence governance model. BOARD OF DIRECTORS Risk Committee Audit Committee Corporate Governance & Public Policy Committee Human Resources Committee Group Executive & Group Risk Committee and Senior Management Risk Committees First Line of Defence Second Line of Defence Third Line of Defence Risk Owners Risk Oversight Independent Assurance Business and support functions embedded in the business Accountable for: Identification Assessment Mitigation and Reporting of risk relative to approved policies and appetite Risk Management Functions, Global Compliance and Corporate Support areas Establish risk management practices and provide risk guidance Independent oversight of risk management practices Monitor risk levels and independently report Primarily provided by internal audit Independent assurance to management and the Board of Directors on the effectiveness of risk management practices The Board of Directors provides oversight and carries out its risk management mandate primarily through its committees which include the Risk Committee, the Audit Committee, the Corporate Governance & Public Policy Committee and the Human Resources Committee. The Board of Directors has responsibility for approving our Risk Appetite. The purpose of the Risk Committee is to oversee our risk management program. The Risk Committee’s oversight role is designed to ensure that the risk management function is adequately independent from the businesses whose activities it reviews, and that the policies, procedures and controls used by management are sufficient to keep risks within our risk appetite. The Audit Committee also has a risk oversight role through its responsibilities to review our internal controls and the control environment, and to ensure that policies related to capital management and adequacy are in place and effective. The Audit Committee regularly reviews reporting on legal and regulatory compliance risks including significant litigation issues and regulatory compliance matters. • • In addition, the following board committees have specific reputation risk oversight responsibilities: Corporate Governance & Public Policy Committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance, reviews policies and programs, reviews our efforts to understand and meet changing public values and expectations, and identifies, assesses and advises management on public affairs issues related to our image and reputation. Human Resources Committee, along with the Risk Committee, is jointly responsible for our Code of Conduct, and actively oversees the design and operation of our compensation system. The Group Executive (GE) is comprised of our senior management team and is led by the President & Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The GE is responsible for our strategy and its execution and establishing the “tone at the top”. The GE actively shapes and recommends our Risk Appetite for approval by the Board of Directors. The GE’s risk oversight role is executed primarily through the mandate of the Group Risk Committee (GRC). The GRC with the assistance of its supporting senior management risk committees is responsible for ensuring that our overall Risk Profile is consistent with our strategic objectives and remains within Risk Appetite and there are ongoing, appropriate and effective risk management processes. The First Line of Defence is provided by the business as well as support functions embedded in the business. The First Line of Defence has ownership and accountability for: • • Risk identification, assessment, mitigation, control and reporting in accordance with established enterprise risk policies; and Alignment of business and operational strategies with corporate risk culture and Risk Appetite. The Second Line of Defence is provided by functions with independent oversight accountabilities such as GRM, Global Compliance, and Establishes the enterprise level risk management frameworks and policies, and provides risk guidance, Provides oversight of the effectiveness of First Line risk management practices, and Monitors and independently reports on the level of risk relative to established appetite. other corporate support areas. The Second Line of Defence: • • • The Chief Risk Officer (CRO) and GRM have overall responsibility for promoting our risk culture; monitoring our Risk Profile relative to our Risk Appetite; and maintaining our enterprise-wide program for identifying, measuring, controlling and reporting the significant risks that we face. The Chief Compliance Officer and Global Compliance are responsible for our policies and processes designed to mitigate and manage regulatory compliance risk. Corporate Treasury manages and oversees our capital position, structural interest rate risk and liquidity and funding risks. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 47 The Third Line of Defence is primarily provided by internal audit. The Third Line of Defence provides independent assurance to senior management and the Board of Directors on the effectiveness of risk management policies, processes and practices in all areas of our organization. The roles of the various stakeholders in our enterprise risk management program are described further in the discussion of specific risks in the following pages. Risk measurement Our ability to measure risks is a key component of our enterprise-wide risk and capital management processes. Certain measurement method- ologies are common to a number of risk types, while others only apply to a single risk type. While quantitative risk measurement is important, we also place reliance on qualitative factors. Our measurement models and techniques are continually subject to independent assessment for appropriateness and reliability. For those risk types that are difficult to quantify, we place greater emphasis on qualitative risk factors and assessment of activities to gauge the overall level of risk to ensure that they are within our Risk Appetite. Quantifying expected loss Expected loss represents losses that are statistically expected to occur in the normal course of business in a given period of time. For credit risk, the key parameters used to measure our exposure to expected loss are probability of default, loss given default, and exposure at default. For market risk, a statistical technique known as Value-at-Risk (VaR) is used to measure losses under normal market conditions. Quantifying unexpected loss Unexpected loss is a statistical estimate of the amount by which actual losses can exceed expected loss over a specified time horizon, measured at a specified level of confidence. We hold capital to withstand these unexpected losses, should they occur. For further information, refer to the Capital management section. Stress testing Stress testing examines potential effects resulting from changes in risk drivers corresponding to exceptional but plausible adverse events, and is an important component of our risk management framework. Stress testing results are used in: • monitoring our risk profile relative to risk appetite; • • • • setting limits; identifying key risks to and potential shifts in our capital levels and financial position; enhancing our understanding of available mitigating actions in response to adverse events; and assessing the adequacy of our target capital levels. Our enterprise-wide stress tests evaluate key balance sheet, income statement, and capital impacts arising from risk exposures and changes in earnings. The results are used by our senior management risk committees, the GRC, and the Board of Directors to understand our performance drivers under stress, and review stressed capital ratios against regulatory constraints and internal targets. The results are also explicitly incorporated into our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and Capital Plan analyses. We annually evaluate a number of enterprise-wide stress test scenarios over a multi-year horizon, featuring a range of severities. Our Board of Directors approves the recommended scenarios, and GRM leads the scenario assessment process. Results from across the organization are integrated to develop an enterprise-wide view of the impacts, with input from subject matter experts in GRM, Corporate Treasury, Finance, and Economics. Recent scenarios evaluated include severe recessions, energy price shocks, and natural catastrophe events. Stress testing of specific risk types such as market risk, liquidity risk, structural interest rate risk, retail and wholesale credit risk, opera- tional risk, and insurance risk supplement our enterprise-wide stress tests. Results may be used in a variety of decision-making processes including risk limit setting, portfolio composition, or business implementation strategies. For further details of some of these programs, refer to the Market risk and Liquidity and funding management sections. Ad-hoc stress tests are used periodically to inform business planning and risk management decisions related to a particular line of business or portfolio. Along with our internal stress testing program, we also participate in a number of regulator-required stress test exercises at both the consolidated and subsidiary levels. Validation of measurement models We widely use models for many purposes, including validation of financial products and the measurement and management of different types of risk. Models are subject to validation by qualified employees that are sufficiently independent of the model design and development, or by approved external parties. Model validation is a comprehensive independent review of a model that checks the applicability of the model’s logic, its assumptions and theoretical underpinnings, the appropriateness of input data sources, and provides an interpretation of the model results and the strategic use of the model outputs. By reviewing and evaluating a model’s assumptions as well as its limitations, initial and ongoing model validation helps ensure the model incorporates current market developments and industry trends. Our model validation process is designed to ensure that all underlying model risk factors are identified and successfully mitigated. Risk control Our enterprise-wide risk management approach is supported by a comprehensive set of risk controls. The controls are anchored by our Enter- prise Risk Management and Risk-Specific Frameworks. These frameworks lay the foundation for the development and communication of policies, establishment of formal risk review and approval processes, and the establishment of delegated authorities and limits. The implementation of robust risk controls enables the optimization of risk and return on both a portfolio and a transactional basis. Our risk management frameworks and policies are organized into the following five levels: Level 1: Enterprise Risk Management Framework provides an overview of our enterprise-wide program for identifying, measuring, controlling and reporting on the significant risks we face. The Risk Appetite Framework underpins this framework. Level 2: Risk-Specific Frameworks elaborate on each specific risk type and the mechanisms for identifying, measuring, monitoring and reporting of risks; key policies; and roles and responsibilities. Level 3: Enterprise Risk Policies articulate minimum requirements, within which businesses and employees must operate. Level 4: “Multi-risk” Enterprise Risk Policies govern activities such as product risk review and approval, stress testing, risk limits, risk approval authorities and model risk management. Level 5: Business Segments and Corporate Support; Specific Policies and Procedures are established to manage the risks that are unique to their operations. 48 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Risk review and approval processes Risk review and approval processes are established by GRM based on the nature, size, and complexity of the risk involved. In general, the risk review and approval process involves a formal review and approval by an individual, group or committee that is independent from the originator. The approval responsibilities are governed by delegated authorities based on the following categories: transactions, structured credit, projects and initiatives, and new products and services. Authorities and limits The Risk Committee of the Board of Directors delegates credit, market, and insurance risk authorities to the President & CEO and the CRO. These delegated authorities allow these officers to approve single name, geographic (country and region) and industry sector exposures within defined parameters to manage concentration risk, establish underwriting and inventory limits for trading and investment banking activities and set market risk tolerances. The Board of Directors also delegates liquidity risk authorities to the President & CEO, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and the CRO. These limits act as a key risk control designed to ensure that reliable and cost-effective sources of cash or its equivalent are available to satisfy our current and prospective commitments. Reporting Enterprise level risk monitoring and reporting are critical components of our enterprise risk management program and support the ability of senior management and the Board of Directors to effectively perform their risk management and oversight responsibilities. On a quarterly basis, we provide to senior management and the Board of Directors the Enterprise Risk Report which includes a comprehensive review of our Risk Profile relative to our Risk Appetite and focuses on the range of risks we face along with analysis of the related issues and trends. In addition to our regular risk monitoring, other risk specific presentations are provided to and discussed with senior management and the Board of Directors on top and emerging risk issues or significant changes in our level of risk. Risk in the context of our business activities In carrying out our business activities, we are exposed to a range of risks. The following chart provides a high level view of risks within our business segments. We have used risk capital (i.e. economic capital less capital attribution for goodwill and intangibles) to illustrate the relative size of the risks in each of our businesses. The risk capital distribution reflects the diversified nature of our business activities. Within Personal & Commercial Banking credit risk is the most significant risk, largely related to our personal financial services, business financial services and cards businesses. The primary risks within Wealth Management, which provides services to institutional and individual clients, are operational risk and credit risk. Risks within our Insurance operations primarily relate to insurance risk in our life, health, home and auto businesses followed by market risk and operational risk. The largest risk within Investor & Treasury Services is credit risk, followed by market risk and operational risk. The most significant risk within Capital Markets is credit risk followed by market risk. Royal Bank of Canada Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets Risk Credit 61% Operational 17 2 Market Other (1) 20 Risk Operational 41% 16 Credit 4 Market Other (1) 39 Risk Insurance 37% 21 Market Operational 17 15 Credit Other (1) 10 Risk Credit Market Operational Other (1) 33% 21 20 26 Risk Credit Market Operational Other (1) 45% 23 10 22 (1) Other risks include regulatory capital allocation, business risk, and fixed assets risk. The shaded texts along with the tables specifically marked with an asterisk(*) in the following sections of the MD&A represent our disclosures on credit, market and liquidity and funding risks in accordance with IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, and include discussion on how we measure our risks and the objectives, policies and methodologies for managing these risks. Therefore, these shaded texts and tables represent an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 49 Credit risk Credit risk is the risk of loss associated with an obligor’s potential inability or unwillingness to fulfill their contractual obligations. Credit risk may arise directly from the risk of default of a primary obligor (e.g. issuer, debtor, counterparty, borrower or policyholder), or indirectly from a secondary obligor (e.g. guarantor or reinsurer). The failure to effectively manage credit risk across all our products, services and activities can have a direct, immediate and material impact on our earnings and reputation. We balance our risk and return by: • • • • • • • Ensuring credit quality is not compromised for growth; Diversifying credit risks in transactions, relationships and portfolios; Using our credit risk rating and scoring systems or other approved credit risk assessment or rating methodologies, policies and tools; Pricing appropriately for the credit risk taken; Applying consistent credit risk exposure measurements; Mitigating credit risk through preventive and detective controls; Transferring credit risk to third parties, where appropriate, through approved credit risk mitigation techniques, including hedging activities and insurance coverage; and Ongoing credit risk monitoring and administration. • Risk measurement We quantify credit risk, at both the individual obligor and portfolio levels, to manage expected credit losses and minimize unexpected losses in order to limit earnings volatility. We employ different risk measurement processes for our wholesale and retail credit portfolios. The wholesale portfolio comprises businesses, sovereigns, public sector entities, banks and other financial institutions, and certain individuals and small businesses that are managed on an individual client basis. The retail portfolio is comprised of residential mortgages and personal, credit card and small business loans, which are managed on a pooled basis. Credit risk rating systems are designed to assess and quantify the risk inherent in credit activities in an accurate and consistent manner. In measuring credit risk and setting regulatory capital, two principal approaches are available: Internal Ratings Based (IRB) Approach and Standardized Approach. Most of our credit risk exposure is measured under the IRB Approach. Economic capital, which is our internal quantification of risks, is used extensively for performance measurement, limit setting and internal capital adequacy. • • • The key parameters that form the basis of our credit risk measures for both regulatory and economic capital are: Probability of default (PD): An estimated percentage that represents the likelihood of default within a one-year period of an obligor for a specific rating grade or for a particular pool of exposure. Exposure at default (EAD): An amount expected to be owed by an obligor at the time of default. Loss given default (LGD): An estimated percentage of EAD that is not expected to be recovered during the collections and recovery process. These parameters are determined based on historical experience from internal credit risk rating systems in accordance with supervisory standards, and are independently validated and updated on a regular basis. Under the Standardized Approach, used primarily for Investor Services and our Caribbean and U.S. banking operations, risk weights prescribed by OSFI are used to calculate risk-weighted assets (RWA) for credit risk exposure. 50 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Wholesale credit portfolio The wholesale credit risk rating system is designed to measure the credit risk inherent in our wholesale lending activities. Each obligor is assigned a borrower risk rating (BRR), reflecting an assessment of the credit quality of the obligor. Each BRR has a PD assigned to it. The BRR differentiates the riskiness of obligors and represents our evaluation of the obligor’s ability and willingness to meet its contractual obligations on time over a three year time horizon. The assignment of BRRs is based on the evaluation of the obligor’s business risk and financial risk and is based on a fundamental credit analysis. The determination of the PD associated with each BRR relies primarily on internal default history since the late 1990s augmented where necessary with reference to external data. PD estimates are designed to be a conservative reflection of our experience across the economic cycle including periods of stress or economic downturn. Our rating system is largely consistent with that of external rating agencies. The following table maps our 22-grade internal risk ratings compared to ratings by external rating agencies. Internal ratings map* Table 38 Ratings Standard & Poor’s (S&P) Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 AAA AA+ AA AA- A+ A A- BBB+ BBB BBB- BB+ BB BB- B+ B B- CCC+ CCC CCC- CC Aaa Aa1 Aa2 Aa3 A1 A2 A3 Baa1 Baa2 Baa3 Ba1 Ba2 Ba3 B1 B2 B3 Caa1 Caa2 Caa3 Ca Investment Grade Non-investment Grade D Bankruptcy C Bankruptcy Impaired * This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Each credit facility is assigned an LGD rate. LGD rates are largely driven by factors that will impact the extent of any losses in the event the obligor defaults and include seniority of debt, collateral security, and the industry sector in which the obligor operates. Estimated LGD rates draw primarily on internal loss experience since the late 1990s. Where we have limited internal loss data we also look to external data to inform the estimation. LGD rates are estimated to reflect conditions that might be expected to prevail in a period of an economic downturn, with additional conservatism added to reflect data limitations and judgments made in the estimation process. EAD is estimated based on the current exposure to the obligor and the possible future changes in that exposure driven by factors such as the nature of the credit commitment and the type of obligor. As with LGD, rates are estimated to reflect downturn conditions, with added conservatism to reflect data and modeling uncertainty. Estimates are based on internal data dating back to the late 1990s. Estimates of PD, LGD, and EAD are updated, and then validated and back-tested by an independent team within the Bank, on an annual basis. In addition, quarterly monitoring and back-testing is performed by the estimation team. These ratings and risk measurements are used in the determination of our expected losses and unexpected losses as well as economic and regulatory capital, setting of risk limits, portfolio management and product pricing. Retail credit portfolio Credit scoring is the primary risk rating system for assessing obligor and transaction risk for retail exposures. Credit scores along with decision strategies are employed in the acquisition of new clients (acquisition) and management of existing clients (behavioural). Criteria used to pool exposures for risk quantification include behavioural score, product type (mortgages, credit cards, lines of credit and instalment loans), collateral type (chattel, liquid assets and real estate), loan to value, and the delinquency status (performing, delinquent and default) of the exposure. Regular monitoring and periodic adjustments and alignments are conducted to ensure that this process provides for a meaningful differentiation of risk. Migration between the pools is considered when assessing credit quality. The pools are also assessed based on credit risk parameters (PD and EAD) which consider borrower and transaction characteristics, including behavioural credit score, product type and delinquency status. LGD is reviewed and re-estimated on an annual basis under the Basel III IRB Approach. The estimation is based on transaction specific factors, including product, loan to value and collateral types. LGD is determined based on over 10 years of historical economic losses with the highest degree of granularity and sufficient margin of conservatism. Parameters are validated and back-tested by an independent team within the bank. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 51 The following table maps PD bands to various risk levels: Internal ratings map* Table 39 PD bands 0% – 1.0% 1.1% – 6.4% 6.5% – 99.99% 100.00% Description Low risk Medium risk High risk Impaired/Default * This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Risk control The Board of Directors and its committees, the GE, the GRC and other senior management risk committees work together to ensure a Credit Risk Framework and supporting policies, processes and procedures exist to manage credit risk and approve related credit risk limits. Reports are distributed to the Board of Directors, the GRC, and senior executives to keep them informed of our Risk Profile, including trending information and significant credit risk issues and shifts in exposures to ensure appropriate actions can be taken where necessary. Our enterprise-wide credit risk policies set out the minimum requirements for the management of credit risk in a variety of borrower, transactional and portfolio management contexts. Credit policies are an integral component of our Credit Risk Management Framework and set out the minimum requirements for the management of credit risk as follows: Credit risk assessment • • • Mandatory use of credit risk rating and scoring systems. Consistent credit risk assessment criteria. Standard content requirements in credit application documents. Credit risk mitigation Structuring of transactions • Specific credit policies and procedures set out the requirements for structuring transactions. Risk mitigants include the use of guaran- tees, seniority, loan-to-value requirements and covenants. Product-specific guidelines set out appropriate product structuring as well as client and guarantor criteria. The third-party guarantors that we deal with are primarily sovereign-sponsored agencies. Collateral • We often require obligors to pledge collateral as security when we advance credit. The extent of risk mitigation provided by collateral depends on the amount, type and quality of the collateral taken. Specific requirements relating to collateral valuation and management are documented in our credit risk management policies. Credit derivatives • Used as a tool to mitigate industry sector concentration and single-name exposure. For a more detailed description of the types of credit derivatives we enter into and how we manage related credit risk, refer to Note 8 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Product approval • Proposals for credit products and services are comprehensively reviewed and approved under a risk assessment framework. Credit portfolio management • Limits are used to ensure our portfolio is well-diversified, manage concentration risk and remain within our Risk Appetite. Limits are reviewed on a regular basis taking into account the business, economic, financial and regulatory environments. Our credit limits are established at the following levels: single name limits (notional and economic capital), underwriting risk limits, geographic (country and region) limits, industry sector limits (notional and economic capital), and product and portfolio limits, where deemed necessary. Gross credit risk exposure Gross credit risk exposure is calculated based on the definitions provided under the Basel II and Basel III frameworks. Under this method, risk exposure is calculated before taking into account any collateral and inclusive of an estimate of potential future changes to that credit exposure. Gross credit risk is categorized into lending-related and other, and trading-related. Lending-related and other includes: • Loans and acceptances outstanding, undrawn commitments, and other exposures including contingent liabilities such as letters of credit and guarantees, Available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities and deposits with financial institutions. Undrawn commitments represent an estimate of the contractual amount that may be drawn upon at the time of default of an obligor. Trading-related credit includes: • Repo-style transactions which include repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing trans- actions. For repo-style transactions, gross exposure represents the amount at which securities were initially financed, before taking into account collateral. Derivatives gross exposure amount which represents the credit equivalent amount, which is defined by OSFI as the replacement cost plus an amount for potential future credit exposure. • • 52 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Gross (excluding allowance for loan losses) credit risk exposure by portfolio and sector* Table 40 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 As at Lending-related and other Trading-related Lending-related and other Trading-related Loans and acceptances Loans and acceptances (Millions of Canadian dollars) Outstanding Undrawn commitments Other (1) Repo-style transactions Derivatives (2) exposure (3) Outstanding commitments Other (1) transactions Derivatives (2) Total Undrawn Repo-style Total exposure (3) – $ – – – – $ – $ – – – – $ – – – – $ 209,238 $ 171,806 34,489 8,071 198,324 $ 86,697 13,661 2,503 – $ – $ 70,274 18,036 3,933 39 – 40 423,604 $ 301,185 $ 92,243 $ 79 $ 30 $ 6,152 $ 451 142 2,047 10,475 12,667 33,936 5,202 $ 3,585 5,432 8,802 659 $ 29 $ 3,219 3,510 17,229 240 467 2,762 – $ – – – – $ – $ – – 29 – $ – – – – $ 29 $ 546 224 1,598 198,324 157,010 31,697 6,476 393,507 5,919 7,590 9,633 30,420 Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business (4) $ 209,238 $ – $ – $ 94,311 14,142 3,987 77,463 20,347 4,043 32 – 41 Retail $ 321,678 $ 101,853 $ 73 $ 5,441 $ 6,167 6,230 8,906 630 $ 51 $ 3,602 5,786 19,843 255 509 3,140 4,903 893 4,038 1,074 8,529 434 3,656 2,648 384 807 24,413 5,461 1,487 4,006 6,883 500 $ Business (4) Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign (4), (5) Bank (4) 13,374 104 134,290 – 18,368 15 179,464 1,446 11,149 97 124,925 – 6,051 11 152,974 1,317 – – 7 3 266 158 295 620 3,895 811 3,938 965 6,954 398 2,727 2,630 292 681 8,344 4,687 31,663 20,650 4,531 1,366 12,012 4,203 4,922 242 – 91 – 2 197 113 337 359 976 3,964 7,868 21,868 7,154 4,480 26,884 9,728 9,781 66,683 73,456 175,306 5,593 21,520 4,396 1,320 3,032 9,989 5,527 270 1,574 9,060 34,789 67,007 – 2,202 27,193 87,953 564 14,537 8,319 21,243 10,763 57,308 80,224 177,793 5,221 20,554 4,193 990 2,515 8,575 5,026 406 1,069 7,783 36,239 66,878 – 25,807 20,130 85,164 Wholesale $ 98,900 $ 76,290 $ 133,041 $ 251,648 $ 67,055 $ 626,934 $ 88,441 $ 63,301 $ 129,294 $ 256,148 $ 44,141 $ 581,325 Total exposure $ 420,578 $ 178,143 $ 133,114 $ 251,648 $ 67,055 $ 1,050,538 $ 389,626 $ 155,544 $ 129,373 $ 256,148 $ 44,141 $ 974,832 * (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Includes contingent liabilities such as letters of credit and guarantees, AFS debt securities and deposits with financial institutions. Credit equivalent amount after factoring in master netting agreements. Gross credit risk exposure is before allowance for loan losses. Exposure under Basel III (2013) and Basel II (2012) asset classes of qualifying revolving retail and other retail are largely included within Personal and Credit cards, while home equity lines of credit are included in Personal. Refer to Note 5 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the definition of these terms. Sovereign as at October 31, 2012 was previously restated to include deposits with a central bank, which were previously not included in our exposure. 2013 vs. 2012 Total gross credit risk exposure increased $76 billion or 8% from the prior year, largely reflecting increases in outstanding loans, undrawn lending commitments and derivatives. Retail exposure increased $30 billion or 8%, primarily due to solid volume growth in Canadian home equity products reflecting the ongoing low interest rate environment and our acquisition of Ally Canada. Wholesale exposure increased $46 billion or 8%, largely due to an increase in outstanding loans and undrawn commitments driven by higher corporate lending along with an increase in derivatives. Derivatives increased as a result of the implementation of Basel III and now includes exposures related to exchange traded derivatives and derivatives with central clearing counterparties in the calculation of Total exposure. Wholesale loan utilization was 37%, unchanged from the prior year. Gross (excluding allowance for loan losses) credit risk exposure by geography* Table 41 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 As at Lending-related and other Trading-related Lending-related and other Trading-related Loans and acceptances Loans and acceptances (Millions of Canadian dollars) Outstanding Undrawn commitments Repo-style Total Other transactions Derivatives (1) exposure (2) Outstanding Undrawn commitments Repo-style Other transactions Derivatives (1) Total exposure (2) Canada U.S. Europe (3) Other $ 373,530 $ 23,177 11,471 129,632 $ 58,048 $ 55,394 $ 35,633 10,200 20,811 39,111 120,482 55,928 23,619 $ 640,223 $ 346,834 $ 11,829 27,215 211,932 143,925 20,219 10,679 117,797 $ 55,548 $ 28,172 7,705 19,088 39,357 81,691 $ 92,056 65,329 9,820 $ 10,157 19,941 611,690 169,692 143,011 International 12,400 2,678 15,144 19,844 4,392 54,458 11,894 1,870 15,380 17,072 4,223 50,439 Total exposure (4) $ 420,578 $ 178,143 $133,114 $ 251,648 $ 67,055 $ 1,050,538 $ 389,626 $ 155,544 $129,373 $ 256,148 $ 44,141 $ 974,832 * (1) (2) (3) (4) This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Credit equivalent amount after factoring in master netting agreements. Gross credit risk exposure is before allowance for loan losses. Europe as at October 31, 2012 was previously restated to include deposits with a central bank, which were previously not included in our exposure. Geographic profile is based on country of residence of the borrower. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 53 2013 vs. 2012 The geographic mix of our gross credit risk exposure did not change significantly from the prior year as Canada, U.S., Europe and Other Interna- tional ended the year at 61%, 20%, 14% and 5% respectively. Growth in U.S. lending is driven by continuing efforts to strengthen our wholesale business in that market. Loans and acceptance outstanding and undrawn commitments*(1), (2) Table 42 October 31 2013 Medium As at October 31 2012 Medium (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail (3) Low risk risk High risk Impaired Total Low risk risk High risk Impaired Total Residential mortgages $ 178,353 $ 24,011 $ 6,183 $ Personal 143,747 Credit cards 25,429 Small business 4,567 23,890 7,907 2,214 3,774 1,153 1,212 691 $ 209,238 $ 166,217 $ 24,772 $ 6,661 $ 363 – 37 171,774 34,489 8,030 133,711 24,022 3,201 19,418 6,592 2,201 3,569 1,083 1,001 $ 352,096 $ 58,022 $ 12,322 $ 1,091 $ 423,531 $ 327,151 $ 52,983 $ 12,314 $ 674 $ 198,324 156,971 273 31,697 – 6,436 33 980 $ 393,428 As at October 31 2013 Investment grade Non-investment grade Impaired Total Investment grade October 31 2012 Non-investment grade Impaired Total $ 73,865 $ 9,582 1,387 $ 84,834 $ 88,705 341 200 89,246 $ 1,107 – 3 $ 1,110 $ 163,677 9,923 1,590 $ 175,190 $ 65,781 $ 9,021 1,255 $ 76,057 $ 74,078 198 139 74,415 $1,268 – 2 $1,270 $ 141,127 9,219 1,396 $ 151,742 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Wholesale (4) Business Sovereign Bank * (1) (2) (3) (4) This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. This table represents our retail and wholesale loans and acceptances outstanding and undrawn commitments by portfolio and risk category. For a qualitative description of the credit risk assessment process, refer to the Risk measurement section. Based on exposure at default, which is the expected gross exposure upon the default of an obligor. This amount is before allowance for impaired loans and does not reflect the impact of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees. Includes undrawn commitments of $nil, $77.5 billion, $20.3 billion, and $4 billion for residential mortgages, personal, credit cards and small business, respectively. Includes undrawn commitments of $70.5 billion, $5.5 billion, and $0.3 billion for business, sovereign and bank, respectively. 2013 vs. 2012 For our retail portfolio, there was no significant shift in the overall distribution of exposures across the various credit quality categories as 83% of our portfolio is low risk, 14% is medium risk and 3% is high risk. Within our wholesale portfolio the increase in Business exposure is due to portfolio growth and our acquisition of Ally Canada. European exposure (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross exposure to Europe (3) Less: Collateral held against repo-style transactions Potential future credit exposure add-on amount Undrawn commitments Gross drawn exposure to Europe Less: Collateral applied against derivatives Add: Trading securities Net exposure to Europe (4) As at October 31 2013 Other Table 43 October 31 2012 Letters of credit and guarantees 17,519 $ Repo-style Total European exposure 55,928 $ 27,215 $143,925 $ 143,011 Total European exposure transactions Derivatives Loans and acceptances Undrawn Outstanding $ 11,471 $ commitments (1) Securities (2) 10,200 $ 21,592 $ – – – – – 10,200 – – – – – 17,519 54,416 – 54,416 63,887 – – 18,827 18,827 10,536 – 27,719 27,781 $ 11,471 $ – $ 21,592 $ – $ 1,512 $ 8,388 $ 42,963 $ 40,807 – – $ 11,471 $ – – – $ – 13,816 35,408 $ – – – $ – – 1,512 $ 6,306 – 6,495 11,742 2,082 $ 50,473 $ 46,054 6,306 13,816 (1) (2) (3) (4) 54 Comprised of undrawn commitments of $7.4 billion to corporate entities, $2 billion to financial entities and $0.8 billion to sovereign entities. On a country basis, exposure is comprised of $3.8 billion to U.K., $2.3 billion to France, $1.9 billion to Germany, $232 million to Ireland, $134 million to Spain, with the remaining $1.8 billion related to Other Europe. Of the undrawn commitments, over 86% are to investment grade entities. Securities include $13.8 billion of trading securities (2012 – $11.7 billion), $13.8 billion of deposits (2012 – $12.5 billion) and $7.8 billion of AFS securities (2012 – $6.8 billion). Gross exposure to Europe as at October 31, 2012 was previously restated to include deposits with a central bank, which were previously not included in our exposure. Excludes $1 billion (2012 – $0.6 billion) of exposures to supranational agencies and $2.4 billion (2012 – $1.9 billion) of exposures to trade credit reinsurance. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Our gross credit risk exposure is calculated based on the definitions provided under the Basel III (2013) and Basel II (2012) frameworks whereby risk exposure is calculated before taking into account any collateral and inclusive of an estimate of potential future changes to that credit exposure. On that basis, our total European exposure as at October 31, 2013 was $144 billion. Our gross drawn exposure to Europe was $43 billion, after taking into account collateral held against repo-style transactions of $54 billion, letters of credit and guarantees, and undrawn commitments for loans of $28 billion and potential future credit exposure to derivatives of $19 billion. Our net exposure to Europe was $51 billion, after taking into account $6 billion of collateral, primarily in cash, we hold against derivatives and the addition of trading securities of $14 billion held in our trading book. Our net exposure to Europe also reflected $0.7 billion of mitigation through credit default swaps, which are largely used to hedge single name exposures and market risk. Net European exposure (Millions of Canadian dollars) U.K. (2) Germany France Total U.K., Germany, France Greece Ireland Italy Portugal Spain Total Peripheral (3) Luxembourg Netherlands Norway Sweden Switzerland Other Total Other Europe Total exposure to Europe (4), (5) As at October 31 2013 Repo-style Table 44 October 31 2012 Securities (1) transactions Derivatives Total Total Loans outstanding $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 7,288 272 634 8,194 – 59 208 5 363 635 494 559 339 1 349 900 $ $ $ $ $ 8,387 7,350 2,901 18,638 – 39 104 – 127 270 5,103 2,062 2,558 2,781 2,602 1,394 2,642 11,471 $ $ 16,500 35,408 $ $ 1,241 34 36 1,311 – 11 – – – 11 13 – – 49 102 26 190 1,512 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 599 614 285 $ 17,515 8,270 3,856 $ 14,887 6,815 3,786 1,498 $ 29,641 $ 25,488 – 65 13 1 1 80 56 240 28 – 41 139 504 $ $ $ $ $ – 174 325 6 491 996 $ 5,666 2,861 2,925 2,831 3,094 2,459 14 498 157 1 803 1,473 6,900 3,283 1,632 1,371 3,233 2,674 $ 19,836 $ 19,093 2,082 $ 50,473 $ 46,054 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Securities include $13.8 billion of trading securities (2012 – $11.7 billion), $13.8 billion of deposits (2012 – $12.5 billion) and $7.8 billion of AFS securities (2012 – $6.8 billion). U.K. as at October 31, 2012 was previously restated to include deposits with a central bank, which were previously not included in our exposure. Gross credit risk exposure to peripheral Europe is comprised of $nil to Greece (2012 – $nil), Ireland $1.5 billion (2012 – $3.8 billion), Italy $0.3 billion (2012 – $0.2 billion), Portugal $0.1 billion (2012 – $0.1 billion), and Spain $0.9 billion (2012 – $1.1 billion). Excludes $1 billion (2012 – $0.6 billion) of exposures to supranational agencies. Geographic profile is based on country of risk, which reflects our assessment of the geographic risk associated with a given exposure. Typically, this is the residence of the borrower. 2013 vs. 2012 Net credit risk exposure to Europe increased $4 billion from the prior year, primarily in the U.K., Sweden and Germany, largely due to an increase in deposits, trading securities and AFS securities. Our net exposure to peripheral Europe, which includes Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, remained minimal, slightly down from the prior year. This exposure was predominantly investment grade. Our net exposure to larger European countries, including the U.K., Germany and France, was primarily related to our capital markets, wealth management and investor services businesses, particularly in fixed income, treasury services, derivatives, and corporate and individual lending. These are predominantly client-driven businesses where we transact with a range of European financial institutions, corporations and individuals. In addition, we engage in primary dealer activities in the U.K., where we participate in auctions of government debt and act as a market maker and provide liquidity to clients. Exposures to other European countries are largely related to securities which include trading securities, deposits, and AFS securities. Our trading securities are related to both client market making activities and our funding and liquidity management needs. All of our trading securities are marked-to-market on a daily basis. Deposits primarily included deposits with central banks or financial institutions and also included deposits related to our wealth management business in the Channel Islands. AFS securities largely comprised of Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development government and corporate debt. Our European corporate loan book is run on a global basis and the underwriting standards for this loan book reflect the same approach to the use of our balance sheet as we have applied in both Canada and the U.S. We had credit losses of $127 million on this portfolio for this year, primarily related to a couple of accounts. The gross impaired loans ratio of this loan book was 0.69%. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 55 Table 45 October 31 2012 Total Europe 21,944 12,661 11,449 Net European exposure by client type As at October 31 2013 Total U.K., Germany, (Millions of Canadian dollars) U.K. Germany France France Greece Ireland Italy Portugal Spain Total Peripheral Other Europe Total Europe Financials Sovereign (1) Corporate Total (2) $ 4,265 $ 5,999 $ 1,296 $ 11,560 $ 5,834 7,416 1,534 737 1,692 868 9,060 9,021 – $ 85 $ 40 $ – – 5 280 21 68 1 $ 32 $ – 5 23 436 158 $ 9,875 $ 21,593 $ 49 789 7,096 2,865 16,205 12,675 $ 17,515 $ 8,270 $ 3,856 $ 29,641 $ – $ 174 $ 325 $ 6 $ 491 $ 996 $ 19,836 $ 50,473 $ 46,054 (1) (2) Sovereign as at October 31, 2012 was previously restated to include deposits with a central bank, which were previously not included in our exposure. Geographic profile is based on country of risk, which reflects our assessment of the geographic risk associated with a given exposure. Typically, this is the residence of the borrower. 2013 vs. 2012 Our net exposure to Sovereign increased $4 billion, largely due to higher deposits with the Bank of England. The increase in Corporate net exposure of $1 billion was largely in the U.K. Our net exposure to Financials decreased by $0.4 billion as reductions in France and the U.K. were partially offset by an increase in Germany. Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit (insured vs. uninsured) Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit are secured by residential properties. The following table presents a breakdown by geographic region: Residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit As at October 31, 2013 Residential mortgages (1) Table 46 Home equity lines of credit (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Region (3) Canada Insured (2) Uninsured Total Total Atlantic provinces $ Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces B.C. and territories 6,388 12,552 36,491 25,099 16,078 Total Canada (4) U.S. Other International $ 96,608 5 11 Total International $ 16 Total Total – 2012 $ 96,624 $ 82,104 57% 52 44 54 39 47% 1 – 1% 46% 42% $ 4,729 11,652 46,582 21,063 24,708 $ 108,734 373 2,715 $ 3,088 $ 111,822 $ 114,393 43% 48 56 46 61 53% 99 100 99% 54% 58% $ 11,117 24,204 83,073 46,162 40,786 $ 205,342 378 2,726 $ 3,104 $ 208,446 $ 196,497 $ $ $ $ $ 1,986 4,045 16,609 10,422 10,018 43,080 270 2,144 2,414 45,494 45,073 (1) (2) (3) (4) The residential mortgages amounts exclude our third party mortgage-backed securities (MBS) of $792 million (2012 – $1,827 million). Insured residential mortgages are mortgages whereby our exposure to default is mitigated by insurance through the Canadian Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) or other private mortgage default insurers. Region is based upon address of the property mortgaged. The Atlantic provinces are comprised of Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, the Prairie provinces are comprised of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, and B.C. and territories are comprised of British Columbia, Nunavut, Northwest Territories and Yukon. Total Canada residential mortgages balance of $205 billion consolidated is comprised of $183 billion of residential mortgages and $5 billion of mortgages with commercial clients of which $3.8 billion are insured mortgages, both in Canadian Banking, and $17 billion of securitized residential mortgages in Capital Markets. Home equity lines of credit are uninsured and reported within the personal loan category. As at October 31, 2013, home equity lines of credit in Canadian Banking were $43 billion (2012 – $44 billion). Approximately 97% of these home equity lines of credit (2012 – 97%) are secured by a first lien on real estate, and less than 8% (2012 – 7%) of these clients pay the scheduled interest payment only. 56 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Residential mortgages portfolio by amortization period The following table provides a summary of the percentage of residential mortgages that fall within the remaining amortization periods based upon current customer payment amounts, which incorporate payments larger than the minimum contractual amount and/or higher frequency of payments: Residential mortgages portfolio by amortization period As at October 31 2013 Table 47 October 31 2012 Amortization period ≤ 25 years >25 years ≤ 30 years > 30 years ≤ 35 years > 35 years Total Canada U.S. and Other International Total Total 68% 22 8 2 86% 14 – – 68% 22 8 2 100% 100% 100% 63% 23 10 4 100% Average loan-to-value (LTV) ratio for newly originated and acquired uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products The following table provides a summary of our average LTV ratio for newly originated and acquired uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products by geographic region: Average LTV ratio Region (3) Atlantic provinces Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces B.C. and territories U.S. Other International Average (4), (5), (6) Table 48 2013 Uninsured Residential mortgages (1) Homeline products (2) 73% 71 71 73 69 69 83 71% 74% 73 71 73 67 n.m. n.m. 71% (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Residential mortgages excludes residential mortgages within the homeline products. Homeline products are comprised of both residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. Region is based upon address of the property mortgaged. The Atlantic provinces are comprised of Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, the Prairie provinces are comprised of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, and B.C. and territories are comprised of British Columbia, Nunavut, Northwest Territories and Yukon. Effective the fourth quarter of 2013, we calculate the average LTV ratio for newly originated and acquired uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products on a weighted basis by mortgage amounts at origination. The average LTV ratio for our uninsured residential mortgages and homeline products was 72% and 73%, respectively, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2012. For newly originated mortgages and homeline products, LTV is calculated based on the total facility amount for the residential mortgage and homeline product divided by the value of the related residential property. n.m. not meaningful While the above table provides the LTV ratios for the current year originations, the LTV ratio on our outstanding balances of the entire Canadian Banking uninsured residential mortgages including homeline products is 56% as at October 31, 2013 (2012 – 56%). Effective the fourth quarter of 2013 we revised our calculation methodology. The new calculation is both weighted by mortgage balances and adjusted for property values based on the Teranet – National Bank National Composite House Price Index. Previously this calculation was both adjusted for property values based on a Statistics Canada provincial housing price index and weighted by property values. We employ a risk-based approach to property valuation. Property valuation methods include automated valuation models (AVM) and appraisals. An AVM is a tool that estimates the value of a property by reference to market data including sales of comparable properties and price trends specific to the Metropolitan Statistical Area in which the property being valued is located. Using a risk-based approach, we also employ appraisals which can include drive-by or full on-site appraisals. We continue to actively manage our entire mortgage portfolio and perform stress testing, based on a combination of increasing unemployment, rising interest rates, and a downturn in real estate markets. Our stress test results indicate the vast majority of our residential mortgage and homeline clients have sufficient capacity to continue making payments in the event of a shock to one of the above noted parameters. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 57 Credit quality performance Provision for (recovery of) credit losses Table 49 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets Corporate Support and Other (1) Total PCL Canada (2) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Wholesale PCL on impaired loans U.S. (2) Retail Wholesale PCL on impaired loans Other International (2) Retail Wholesale PCL on impaired loans Total PCL on impaired loans PCL on loans not yet identified as impaired Total PCL PCL ratio (3) Total PCL ratio Personal & Commercial Banking Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Capital Markets $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2013 997 51 188 3 1,239 27 391 346 32 796 151 947 3 32 35 86 171 257 1,239 – 2012 1,167 (1) 135 – 1,301 34 413 391 43 881 209 1,090 4 29 33 64 116 180 1,303 (2) 1,239 $ 1,301 0.31% 0.30% 0.28% 1.24% 0.34% 0.35% 0.37% 0.33% 2.08% 0.29% (1) (2) (3) PCL in Corporate Support and Other primarily comprised of PCL for loans not yet identified as impaired. For further information, refer to the How we measure and report our business segments section. Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. PCL on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances. 2013 vs. 2012 Total PCL decreased $62 million, or 5%, from a year ago. The PCL ratio decreased 4 bps. PCL in Personal & Commercial Banking decreased $170 million or 15%, and the PCL ratio decreased 7 bps, mainly reflecting improved credit quality in our Canadian business lending, credit card and personal loans portfolios as well as our Caribbean portfolio. PCL in Wealth Management increased $52 million, mainly reflecting provisions on a few accounts. PCL in Capital Markets increased $53 million or 39%, mainly reflecting provisions on a few accounts largely in the technology & media sector. 58 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Gross impaired loans (GIL) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets Investor & Treasury Services Corporate Support and Other Total GIL Canada (1) Retail Wholesale GIL U.S. (1) Retail Wholesale GIL Other International (1) Retail Wholesale GIL Total GIL Table 50 2012 1,820 6 389 2 33 2,250 715 641 1,356 7 162 169 258 467 725 2013 1,872 96 229 3 1 2,201 729 526 1,255 14 98 112 348 486 834 $ $ $ $ $ 2,201 $ 2,250 $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. 2013 vs. 2012 Total GIL decreased $49 million or 2% from a year ago. GIL in Personal & Commercial Banking increased $52 million or 3%, mainly due to higher impaired loans in our Canadian business lending portfolios. GIL in Wealth Management increased $90 million, mainly due to a few accounts. GIL in Capital Markets decreased $160 million or 41%, primarily due to write-offs in our technology & media sector. Allowance for credit losses (ACL) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Allowance for impaired loans Personal & Commercial Banking Wealth Management Capital Markets Investor & Treasury Services Corporate Support and Other Total allowance for impaired loans Canada (1) Retail Wholesale Allowance for impaired loans U.S. (1) Retail Wholesale Allowance for impaired loans Other International (1) Retail Wholesale Allowance for impaired loans Total allowance for impaired loans Allowance for loans not yet identified as impaired Total ACL (1) Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. Table 51 2013 2012 486 53 58 2 – 599 149 170 319 2 19 21 146 113 259 599 1,451 2,050 $ $ $ $ $ 507 – 126 2 2 637 142 239 381 1 38 39 96 121 217 637 1,451 2,088 $ $ $ $ $ 2013 vs. 2012 Total ACL decreased $38 million or 2% from a year ago, mainly related to lower ACL in our Capital Markets and Caribbean portfolios, partially offset by higher ACL in Wealth Management. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 59 Market risk Market risk is defined to be the potential loss due to changes in market determined variables such as interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, commodity prices, foreign exchange rates and implied volatilities. Market risk manifests itself in the following ways: • • • • Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL) positions whose revaluation gains and losses are reported in Revenue; AFS securities where revaluation gains and losses are reported as Other comprehensive income; The structural interest rate mismatch between assets and liabilities that are not marked-to-market which affects Net Interest Income; and Other positions whose financial performance is a function of market determined pricing variables. Market risk controls – FVTPL positions As an element of the Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework, the Board of Directors approves the overall market risk constraints for RBC. GRM creates and manages the control structure for FVTPL positions that ensures that business is conducted consistent with Board requirements. The Market and Trading Credit Risk function within GRM is responsible for creating and managing the controls and governance procedures that ensure that risk taken is consistent with risk appetite constraints set by the Board. These controls include limits on: • • • Market risk positions; Probabilistic measures of potential loss such as Value-at-Risk (VaR) and Stressed Value-at-Risk defined below, and; Scenario based stress tests which utilize both actual historical market scenarios such as the global financial crisis of 2008 and hypothetical scenarios designed to be more forward looking. These stress tests apply severe and long duration stresses to market variables. Market Risk Positions – are measures of potential loss due to changes in market variables. Value-at-Risk (VaR) – is a statistical measure of potential loss for a financial portfolio computed at a given level of confidence and over a defined holding period. We measure VaR at the 99th percentile confidence level for price movements over a 1 day holding period using historic simulation of the last two years of equally weighted historic market data. These calculations are updated daily with current risk positions with the exception of CVA and certain other positions which are updated weekly. Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) – is calculated in an identical manner as VaR with the exception that it is computed using a fixed historical one year period of extreme volatility and its inverse rather than the most recent two year history. The stress period used is the interval from September 2008 through August 2009. Stressed VaR is calculated weekly for all portfolios. VaR and SVaR are statistical estimates based on historical market data and should be interpreted with knowledge of their limitations – which include the following: • VaR and SVaR will not be predictive of future losses if the realized market movements differ significantly from the periods used to compute them. VaR and SVaR project potential losses over a one day holding period and do not project potential losses for risk positions held over longer time periods. VaR and SVaR are measured using positions at close of business and do not include the impact of trading activity over the course of a day. • • We validate our VaR and SVaR measures through a variety of means – including subjecting the models to vetting and validation by a group independent of the model developers and by back-testing the VaR against daily marked-to-market revenue to identify and examine events in which actual outcomes in trading revenue exceed the VaR projections. Stress Tests – Our market risk stress testing program is used to identify and control risk due to large changes in market prices and rates. We conduct stress testing daily on positions that are marked-to-market. The stress tests simulate both historical and hypothetical events which are severe and long term in duration. Historical scenarios are taken from actual market events over the last 30 years and range in duration up to 90 days. Examples include the equity market crash of 1987 and the global financial crisis of 2008. Hypothetical scenarios are designed to be forward looking at potential future market stresses, and are designed to be severe but plausible. We are constantly evaluating and refining these scenarios as market conditions change. Stress results are calculated assuming an instantaneous revaluation of our positions with no management action. These measures are computed on all positions that are FVTPL for financial reporting purposes, with the exception of those in a designated hedging relationship and those in our insurance businesses. 60 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Market risk measures – FVTPL positions VaR and Stress VaR The following table presents our Market risk VaR and Market risk Stressed VaR figures for 2013 and 2012: Market Risk VaR* Table 52 2013 2012 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Equity Foreign exchange Commodities Interest rate Credit specific (1) Diversification (2) Market risk VaR Market risk Stressed VaR As at Oct. 31 8 5 3 38 10 (23) 41 117 $ $ $ $ $ $ For the year ended October 31 Average High 9 4 3 41 10 (23) 44 95 $ $ $ 19 7 5 51 12 (31) 51 123 $ $ $ Low 5 1 2 36 7 (16) 38 73 $ $ $ As at Oct. 31 For the year ended October 31 Average High 10 2 3 50 10 (28) 47 79 $ $ $ 11 4 2 50 9 (24) 52 78 $ $ $ 21 7 4 65 12 (41) 66 107 $ $ $ Low 5 1 1 34 7 (13) 43 62 * (1) (2) This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. General credit spread risk is measured under interest rate VaR while credit specific risk captures issuer-specific credit spread volatility. Market risk VaR is less than the sum of the individual risk factor VaR results due to portfolio diversification. Average Market risk VaR of $44 million was down $8 million compared to the prior year, mainly driven by lower risk in fixed income portfolios in the current year and the roll forward of the historical VaR window. Average Stressed VaR of $95 million increased $17 million from $78 million in the prior year, largely due to increased positions and higher measured risk in certain mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and high grade credit- sensitive fixed income debt whose price behavior was particularly volatile in the historical period used for Stressed VaR when compared to more recent history. The higher risk attributed to MBS was in part due to changes in methodology which more accurately reflected the price behaviour of MBS during the global financial crisis of 2008 and 2009, which is the historical period used for SVaR. The following chart graphically displays a bar chart of our daily trading profit and loss and a line chart of our daily Market risk VaR for the current year. We incurred net trading losses on seven days in the year, as compared to 20 days last year, totaling $14 million, with none of the losses exceeding VaR. Trading Revenue and VaR (Millions of Canadian dollars) 60 40 20 0 -20 -40 -60 v 1 , 2 2 1 0 o N 3 1 0 1 , 2 n 3 J a 3 1 0 0 , 2 p r 3 A 3 1 0 1 , 2 J u l 3 3 1 0 1 , 2 c t 3 O Daily Trading Revenue Market Risk VaR Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 61 The following chart displays the distribution of daily trading profit and loss. The largest reported profit in the current year was $36 million with an average daily profit of $11 million. The largest daily reported loss of $5 million, which occurred on June 25, 2013, was largely driven by RBC credit spread tightening. Trading revenue for the year ended October 31 (teb) s y a D f o r e b m u N n i y c n e u q e r F 80 60 40 20 0 0 0 1 - < 0 9 - 0 8 - 0 7 - 0 6 - 0 5 - 0 4 - 0 3 - 0 2 - 0 1 - 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 9 Daily net trading revenue (Millions of Canadian dollars), excluding VIEs 0 0 1 > 2013 2012 Market risk measures for other FVTPL positions Assets and liabilities of RBC Insurance We offer a range of insurance products to clients and hold investments to meet the future obligations to policyholders. The investments which support actuarial liabilities are predominantly fixed income assets designated as at FVTPL. Consequently changes in the fair values of these assets are recorded in investment income in the consolidated statements of income and are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the actuarial liabilities, the impact of which is reflected in insurance policyholder benefits and claims. Liabilities with respect to insurance obliga- tions are reported at $8.0 billion as of October 2013. We held $5.9 billion of trading securities in support of the liabilities. We also held $2.2 billion of securities classified as AFS as investments. Market Risk – AFS Securities classified as AFS of $38 billion as at October 31, 2013, compared to $40 billion as at October 31, 2012. We hold debt securities designated as AFS primarily as investments and to manage interest rate risk in our non-trading banking activity (as described above). Certain legacy debt portfolios are also classified as AFS. Our portfolio of AFS securities expose us to interest rate risk, measured as the change in the value of the securities for a one basis point parallel increase in yields, and credit spread risk, measured as a change in the value for a one basis point widening of credit spreads. Changes in the value of these securities are reported in other comprehensive income. As at October 31, 2013, the interest rate risk for the portfolio was $3.8 million and the credit spread risk was $6.1 million (1). Our AFS securities also include equity investments of $1.7 billion as at October 31, 2013, down from $1.8 billion last year. (1) Interest rate and credit spread risks are represented on a pre-tax basis and exclude the securities held in our insurance businesses. Market risk controls – Structural Interest Rate Risk (SIRR) Positions (2) The asset/liability mismatch of positions not marked-to-market is referred to as SIRR and is subject to a separate set of limits and controls. The Board of Directors approves the overall risk appetite for SIRR, and ALCO along with GRM provide oversight for this risk with risk policies, limits, and operating standards. Interest rate risk reports are reviewed regularly by ALCO, the Group Risk Committee, the Risk Committee of the Board and the Board of Directors. (2) SIRR positions include impact of derivatives in hedge accounting relationships and AFS securities used for interest rate risk management. Risk measurement SIRR measures the potential loss of both one year net interest income and instantaneous economic value of equity due to interest rate changes. These measures are reported on a weekly basis and are subject to limits and controls set by ALCO and GRM. We further supplement our assessment by measuring interest rate risk for a range of dynamic and static market scenarios. Dynamic scenarios simulate our interest income in response to various combinations of business and market factors. Business factors include assumptions about future pricing strategies and volume and mix of new business, whereas market factors include assumed changes in interest rate levels and changes in the shape of the yield curve. Static scenarios supplement dynamic scenarios and are employed for assessing the risks to the value of equity and net interest income. As part of our monitoring process, the effectiveness of our interest rate risk mitigation activity is assessed on value and earnings bases, and model assumptions are validated against actual client behavior. Market risk measures – Structural Interest Rate Positions The following table provides the potential before-tax impact of an immediate and sustained 100 bps and 200 bps increase or decrease in interest rates on net interest income and economic value of equity of our non-trading portfolio, assuming that no further hedging is undertaken. These measures are based upon assumptions made by senior management and validated by empirical research. All interest rate risk measures are based upon interest rate exposures at a specific time and continuously change as a result of business activities and our risk management actions. Over the course of 2013, our interest rate risk exposure was well within our target level. 62 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Market risk measures – Non-trading banking activities* Table 53 2013 2012 2011 Economic value of equity risk Net interest income risk (2) Canadian dollar impact U.S. dollar impact (1) Total Canadian dollar impact U.S. dollar impact (1) Total Economic value of equity risk Net interest income risk (2) Economic value of equity risk Net interest income risk (2) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Before-tax impact of: 100bps increase in rates $ 100bps decrease in rates (537) $ 444 (3) $ (540) 446 2 $ 381 $ (302) Before-tax impact of: 10 $ 391 $ (497) $ (1) (303) 405 200bps increase in rates 200bps decrease in rates (1,152) 793 (8) 6 (1,160) 799 733 (397) 25 (1) 758 (398) (1,005) 651 * (1) (2) This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Represents the impact on the non-trading portfolios held in our U.S. banking operations. Represents the 12-month Net interest income exposure to an instantaneous and sustained shift in interest rates. 397 (322) 842 (370) $ (454) $ 412 (925) 615 307 (161) 708 (189) Non-trading foreign exchange rate risk Foreign exchange rate risk is the potential adverse impact on earnings and economic value due to changes in foreign currency rates. Our revenue, expenses and income denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar are subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in the value of the average Canadian dollar relative to the average value of those currencies. Our most significant exposure is to the U.S. dollar due to our level of operations in the U.S., and other activities conducted in U.S. dollars. Other significant exposures are to the British pound and the Euro due to our activities conducted internationally in these currencies. A strengthening or weakening of the Canadian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar, British pound and the Euro could reduce or increase, as applicable, the translated value of our foreign currency denominated revenue, expenses and earnings and could have a significant effect on the results of our operations. We are also exposed to foreign exchange rate risk arising from our investments in foreign operations. For un-hedged equity investments, when the Canadian dollar appreciates against other currencies, the unrealized translation losses on net foreign investments decreases our shareholders’ equity through the other components of equity and decreases the translated value of the RWA of the foreign currency-denominated operations. The reverse is true when the Canadian dollar depreciates against other currencies. Consequently, we consider these impacts in selecting an appropriate level of our investments in foreign operations to be hedged. Our overall trading and non-trading market risk objectives, policies and methodologies have not changed significantly from 2012. Market risk measures for other material non-trading portfolios Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships Derivative assets in a designated hedge accounting relationship of $2.0 billion as at October 31, 2013 were down from $2.7 billion in the prior year, and derivative liabilities of $931 million as at October 31, 2013 were down from $1.1 billion in the prior year. We use interest rate swaps to manage our structural interest rate risk as described above. To the extent these swaps are considered effective hedges, changes in their fair value are recognized in other comprehensive income. The interest rate risk for the designated cash flow hedges, measured as the change in the value of the derivatives for a one basis point parallel increase in yields, was $6.9 million as of October 31, 2013. We also use interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of certain fixed-rate instruments. Changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps and the hedged instruments that are related to interest rate movements are reflected in income. We also use foreign exchange derivatives to manage our exposure to equity investments in subsidiaries that are denominated in foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar and British pound. Changes in the fair value of these hedges and the cumulative translation adjustment related to our structural foreign exchange risk are reported in other comprehensive income. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 63 Linkage of market risk to selected balance sheet items The following table provides the linkages between selected balance sheet items with positions included in our trading market risk and non- trading market risk disclosures, which illustrates how we manage market risk for our assets and liabilities through different risk measures. Linkage of market risk to selected balance sheet items Table 54 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Trading Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Investments for account of segregated fund holders Derivatives Other assets Total assets Liabilities Deposits Insurance and Investment contracts for account of segregated fund holders Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase Derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Total liabilities Total equity Total liabilities and equity As at October 31, 2013 Balance Sheet amount Included in VaR, SVaR and Stress testing Included in Structural Interest Rate Risk Included in other risk controls (1) Not subject to market risk (1),(2) $ 15,870 $ 9,061 8,202 $ 2,833 6,716 $ 6,228 $ 952 – – – 144,023 38,695 117,517 408,666 513 74,822 51,652 137,718 – 116,703 16,555 – 71,678 12,631 – 34,315 814 391,085 – 3,144 29,620 6,305 4,380 – 1,026 513 – 2,616 – – – – – – 6,785 $ 860,819 $ 366,320 $ 471,922 $ 15,792 $ 6,785 $ 558,480 $ 101,584 $ 456,896 $ 513 47,128 60,416 76,745 58,859 7,443 900 – 47,128 60,147 75,368 12,962 – – – – 269 1,377 24,682 7,443 900 – 513 – – – 8,724 – – $ – – – – – 12,491 – – 810,484 297,189 491,567 9,237 12,491 50,335 $ 860,819 (1) (2) “Included in other risk controls” includes $12.3 billion of assets and $8.7 billion of liabilities (net of intra-group liabilities) in RBC Insurance which are subject to a separate risk control framework. These amounts include trading securities of $5.9 billion, AFS securities of $2.2 billion and fair valued liabilities of $8.0 billion. In addition to the RBC Insurance positions, $442 million of trading securities and $2.2 billion in AFS and held-to-maturity (HTM) securities are included in other risk controls. Other assets under “Not subject to market risk” include certain receivable amounts and physical and intangible assets. Other liabilities include certain payable amounts. For further details, refer to Note 18 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Liquidity and funding management Liquidity and funding risk (liquidity risk) is the risk that we may be unable to generate or obtain sufficient cash or its equivalent in a timely and cost-effective manner to meet our commitments as they come due. The nature of banking services inherently exposes us to various types of liquidity risk. The most common sources of liquidity risk arise from mismatches in the timing and value of cash inflows and outflows, both from on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Our liquidity position is established to satisfy our current and prospective commitments in normal business conditions, and in conjunction with our capital position, to maintain safety and soundness in times of stress. To achieve these goals, we operate under a comprehensive Liquidity Management Framework and employ key liquidity risk mitigation strategies that include the maintenance of: • An appropriate balance between the level of exposure allowed under our risk appetite given the potential impact of extreme but plausible events and the cost of its mitigation; Broad funding access, including preserving and promoting a reliable base of core client deposits, ongoing access to diversified sources of wholesale funding and demonstrated capacities to monetize specific asset classes; A comprehensive enterprise-wide liquidity contingency plan that is supported by unencumbered marketable securities, a portion of which consists of an earmarked contingency pool that provides assured access to cash and is available to supplement other sources of cash in a crisis; and Appropriate and transparent liquidity transfer pricing and cost allocation. • • • Our liquidity management policies, practices and processes reinforce these risk mitigation strategies. In managing liquidity risk, we favour a centralized management approach to the extent possible given the various considerations outlined in this section. 64 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis In 2010, OSFI introduced a regulatory enterprise liquidity metric, Net Cumulative Cash Flow. Limits are applicable for both Canadian dollars and foreign currencies and on an all currency basis and we submit a formal compliance report to OSFI on a monthly basis. We also continue to prepare for Basel III regulatory reforms led by the BCBS and supported by OSFI and other jurisdictions. The BCBS liquidity standards include minimum requirements for two regulatory measures, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR). In January 2013, the BCBS released its final rules for LCR, with phased timelines for compliance, starting with a minimum of 60% coverage in 2015 and increasing by 10% annually to 100% in 2019. The BCBS continues to review the NSFR guidelines, with planned implementation effective 2018. We submit LCR and NSFR reports to OSFI regularly. In July 2013, the BCBS published a consultative paper on “Liquidity coverage ratio disclosure standards”. Comments on this consultative document were submitted in October 2013 to the BCBS. Banks are expected to comply with the BCBS disclosure standards beginning in 2015. Our liquidity risk objectives, policies and methodologies have not changed materially from 2012. However, certain limits and risk practices have been modified as a result of market conditions and to align with local regulatory developments and to position ourselves for the prospective Basel III regulatory liquidity standards. We continue to maintain liquidity and funding that is appropriate for the execution of our strategy. Liquidity risk remains well within our risk appetite. However, our liquidity management policies, practices and processes will be modified to take into account evolving regulatory requirements, as appropriate. Risk measurement To monitor and control risk within appropriate tolerances, limits are set on various metrics reflecting a range of time horizons and severity of stress conditions. Risk methodologies and underlying assumptions are periodically reviewed and validated to ensure alignment with our operating environment, expected economic and market conditions, rating agency preferences, regulatory requirements and accepted practices. Liquidity risk is measured using contractual maturity dates for some assets and liabilities (e.g., wholesale lending and funding) and effective maturity for others. In the effective maturity approach, the liquidity value of assets and liabilities is determined based on observed behavioural or market-based patterns unrelated to contractual maturity. For example, effective maturity may be shorter than contractual maturity if the demonstrated behaviour of the asset suggests that it can be monetized before maturity. Effective maturity for a liability may be longer than contractual maturity if the demonstrated behaviour of the liability suggests that it will be extended or rolled over at maturity. Specific examples include government bonds for assets as they can be quickly and reliably monetized and relationship-based deposits for liabilities where a significant portion is typically assigned core value although contractual maturity dates may be quite short or even legally characterized as available on demand (conversely, demand loans display attributes of longer term assets and are treated accordingly from an effective maturity perspective). Internally derived assumptions consider all relevant material and available data, information and methods of quantifying liquidity risk. We measure and manage our liquidity position from three risk perspectives as follows: Structural (longer-term) liquidity risk We use cash capital and other structural metrics, which focus on mismatches in effective maturity between all assets and liabilities, to measure and control balance sheet risk and to assist in the determination of our term funding strategy. Stressed conditions are considered, including a protracted loss of unsecured wholesale deposits that fund illiquid assets. Tactical (shorter-term) liquidity risk We apply net cash flow limits in Canadian dollar and foreign currencies for key short-term time horizons (overnight to nine weeks) under various stages of stress and assign a risk-adjusted limit to our aggregate pledging exposure and individual limits by types of pledging activities to measure our shorter-term liquidity exposures. Net cash flow positions reflect known and anticipated cash flows for all material unencumbered assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet activities. Pledged assets are not considered a source of available liquidity. We also control this risk by adhering to group-wide and unit-specific prescribed regulatory standards. Contingency liquidity risk Contingency liquidity risk management assesses the impact of and our intended responses to sudden stressful events. Our liquidity contingency plan, maintained and administered by Corporate Treasury, guides our actions and responses to liquidity crises. The Liquidity Crisis Team, consisting of senior representatives with relevant subject matter expertise from key business segments and Corporate Support, contributes to the development of stress tests and funding plans and meets regularly to assess our liquidity status, conduct stress tests and review liquidity contingency preparedness. Our stress tests, which include elements of scenario and sensitivity analyses, are based on models that measure our potential exposure to global, country-specific and RBC-specific events (or combinations thereof) and consider both historical and hypothetical events over a nine week period consistent with our internal tactical liquidity risk measure and our view of the most critical time span for such events. Different levels of severity are considered for each type of crisis with some scenarios reflecting multiple notch downgrades to our credit ratings. Key tests are run monthly, while others are run quarterly. The frequency of review is determined by considering a combination of likelihood and impact. In a particularly acute short-term crisis or if a crisis was to extend over a number of months, actions would be taken to supplement liquidity available from our earmarked contingency asset pool by limiting cash and collateral outflows and by accessing new sources of liquidity and funding; for example, through sales of liquid assets and securitization and, in extraordinary circumstances, sales of core assets. As well, in light of our current credit ratings and well-developed market relationships and access, it is expected that even under extreme but plausible scenarios, we would continue to be able to access wholesale funding markets, albeit possibly at reduced overall capacity, higher costs and for shorter average maturities. While we also have potential access to various normal course and emergency central bank lending facilities in Canada, the U.S. and Europe, such facilities are not considered a source of funding in our contingency planning for scenarios identified as extreme but plausible. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 65 After reviewing test results, the liquidity contingency plan and other liquidity risk management practices and limits may be modified accordingly. The risk of more prolonged crises is addressed through measures of structural liquidity risk that assume stress conditions. Our liquid assets consist primarily of a diversified pool of highly rated and liquid marketable securities and include segregated portfolios (in both Canadian and U.S. dollars) of contingency liquidity assets to address potential on- and off-balance sheet liquidity exposures (such as deposit erosion, loan drawdowns and higher collateral demands), that have been sized through models we have developed or by the scenario analyses and stress tests we conduct periodically. These portfolios are subject to minimum asset quality levels and, as appropriate, other strict eligibility guidelines (e.g., maturity, diversification and eligibility for central bank advances) to maximize ready access to cash in emergencies. Examples of assets held in these portfolios include U.S. and Canadian federal government treasury bills and bonds, U.S. Agency bonds, U.S. and Canadian government guaranteed and sponsored entity bonds, other highly rated foreign sovereign bonds and their guaranteed debt, suprana- tional bonds and Canadian provincial bonds. Our total pool of unencumbered liquid assets, whether held specifically for contingency liquidity purposes or for investment or trading activities, would be available during times of crisis as sources of liquidity, either via outright sale or to obtain secured funding. Risk profile As at October 31, 2013, relationship-based deposits which are the primary source of funding for retail loans and mortgages, were $359 billion or 54% of our total funding (October 31, 2012 – $329 billion or 54%). Funding for highly liquid assets consisted primarily of short-term wholesale funding that reflects the expected monetization period of these assets. This wholesale funding comprised unsecured short-term liabilities of $67 billion and secured (repos and short sales) liabilities of $111 billion, and represented 10% and 17% of total funding as at October 31, 2013, respectively (October 31, 2012 – $84 billion and $105 billion or 14% and 17% of total funding, respectively). Long-term wholesale funding is mostly used to fund less liquid wholesale assets. Additional quantitative information is provided in the following Funding section. As at October 31, 2013, we held earmarked contingency liquidity assets of $11.5 billion, of which $6.5 billion was in U.S. currency and $5 billion was in Canadian currency (October 31, 2012 – $9.7 billion of which $5.2 billion was in U.S. currency and $4.5 billion was in Canadian currency). During the year ended October 31, 2013, we increased our earmarked contingency liquidity assets and, as a result, held on average $10 billion, of which $5.5 billion was in U.S. currency and $4.5 billion was in Canadian currency (October 31, 2012 – $8.3 billion of which $4.9 billion was in U.S. currency and $3.4 billion was in Canadian currency). We also held a derivatives pledging liquid asset buffer of US$3.7 billion as at October 31, 2013 to mitigate the volatility of our net pledging requirements for derivatives trading (October 31, 2012 – US$1.3 billion). This buffer averaged US$2.3 billion during the year ended October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – US$1.3 billion). Our buffers were resized during the year to reflect changes in our liquidity policies and balance sheet composition. As recommended by the EDTF, the following table provides a summary of our liquidity reserve and encumbered assets, according to level of liquidity. Unencumbered assets available as collateral represent, for the most part, a ready source of funding that can be accessed quickly, when required. Liquid assets available as collateral consist of on-balance sheet cash and securities holdings as well as securities received as collateral from securities financing (reverse repos and off-balance sheet collateral swaps) and derivative transactions and constitute the preferred source for quickly accessing liquidity. Illiquid assets for which there are established funding markets, such as mortgages and credit card receivables, can be monetized although requiring more lead times relative to liquid assets. We do not include encumbered assets as a source of available liquidity in measuring liquidity risk. As at October 31, 2013, our unencumbered highly marketable liquid assets comprised 54% of our total liquid assets. For the purpose of constructing the following table, encumbered assets include: (i) Bank-owned liquid assets that are either pledged as collateral (e.g., repo financing and derivative pledging) or not freely available due to regulatory or internal policy requirements (e.g., earmarked to satisfy mandatory reserve or local capital adequacy requirements and to maintain continuous access to payment and settlement systems); (ii) securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions which have either been re-hypothecated where permissible (e.g., to obtain financing through repos or to cover securities sold short) or have no liquidity value since re-hypothecation is prohibited; and iii) illiquid assets that have been securitized and sold into the market or that have been pledged as collateral in support of structured term funding vehicles. Unencumbered assets are the difference between total and encumbered assets from both on- and off-balance sheet sources. 66 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Liquidity reserve and asset encumbrance (1) Table 55 As at October 31, 2013 Encumbered assets Unencumbered assets Off-balance sheet securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions On-balance sheet assets Pledged as Total assets collateral Other (2) Available as collateral (3) Other (4) 12,711 $ 12,220 173 59,760 113,464 72,133 32,556 11,678 314,695 $ 54,878 $ 378,069 113,177 546,124 $ 860,819 $ – $ – – 12,711 $ 12,220 173 – $ 287 – 11,120 4,350 11,953 70,880 117,814 84,086 40,164 54,053 40,743 980 – – – – 48 – – – – 27,423 $ 342,118 $ 157,663 $ 1,028 10,738 11,678 32,556 11,678 $ 11,731 $ 11,933 173 30,716 63,761 43,295 21,818 – $ 183,427 $ – – – – – – – – – 69,659 $ 23,349 $ 14,781 $ – – – – – – 14,781 $ 560,905 $ 88,124 $ 42,204 $ 903,023 $ 245,787 $ 1,028 378,069 113,177 64,775 – $ 37,114 $ 125,789 – 9,196 187,505 113,177 $ 162,903 $ 309,878 $ 346,330 $ 309,878 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Liquid assets Cash and deposits with central banks Deposits with financial institutions Precious metals Securities and reverse repos (5) Canadian government obligations Foreign government obligations Other securities Loans NHA mortgage-backed securities Other assets Total liquid assets Other illiquid assets Securities and reverse repos not included above Loans Other assets Total other illiquid assets $ $ $ $ $ (Millions of Canadian dollars) Royal Bank of Canada Foreign branches Subsidiaries As at October 31 2013 Unencumbered assets 351,398 129,796 175,014 656,208 $ $ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Information is provided from an enterprise-wide perspective. In managing liquidity risk, we consider market, legal, regulatory, tax and other constraints that may impede transferability of liquidity among RBC units. Includes assets which are believed to be restricted from being used to secure funding for legal or other reasons. Includes assets that are readily available in the normal course of business to secure funding or meet collateral needs. Other unencumbered assets are not subject to any restrictions on their use to secure funding or as collateral, but would not be considered readily available because they may not be readily acceptable at central banks or other lending programs. Includes investment grade government, public sector entities and corporate bonds and money market securities, exchange-traded funds, and equities traded as part of a major stock index but excludes auction rate and non-agency asset-backed securities as well as non-index equities and mutual funds. All securities are recorded at market value. Other sources of liquidity that could be available to mitigate stressed conditions include: (i) our unused wholesale funding capacity, which is regularly assessed using an established methodology that is periodically reviewed and, as necessary, revised, and (ii) central bank borrowing facilities if, in extraordinary circumstances, market sources were not sufficient to allow us to monetize our assets available as collateral to meet our requirements (e.g., Bank of Canada, Federal Reserve Bank, Bank of England, and Bank of France). Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 67 Risk control The Board of Directors annually approves delegation of liquidity risk authorities to senior management. The Risk Committee of the Board annually approves the Liquidity Management Framework and is responsible for its oversight. The Board of Directors and the Risk Committee also review, on a regular basis, reporting on our enterprise-wide liquidity position and status. The GRC and ALCO share management oversight responsibility and review all liquidity documents prepared for the Board of Directors or its committees. ALCO annually approves the Liquidity Management Framework’s key supporting documents and provides strategic direction and primary management oversight to Corporate Treasury, GRM, other functions and business platforms in the area of liquidity risk management. To maximize funding and operational efficien- cies, we monitor and manage our liquidity position on a consolidated basis and for key units taking into account market, legal, regulatory, tax, operational and any other applicable restrictions that may impede transferability of liquidity between RBC units. This includes analyzing our ability to lend or borrow funds between branches and subsidiaries, and converting funds between currencies. The outcome of this analysis is considered in liquidity metrics and our Recovery Plan. Policies Our principal liquidity policies define risk tolerance parameters. They authorize senior management committees, Corporate Treasury or GRM to approve more detailed policies and limits that govern management, measurement and reporting requirements for specific businesses and products. Authorities and limits Limits for our structural liquidity risk positions are approved at least annually and monitored regularly. Net cash flow limits are approved at least annually. Depending on the significance of each reporting entity, net cash flow limits are monitored daily or weekly by major currency, branches, subsidiaries and geographic locations. Any potential exceptions to established limits are reported immediately to Corporate Treasury and GRM, who provide or arrange for approval where appropriate after reviewing remedial action plans. The liquidity factors for cash flow assets and liabilities under varying conditions are reviewed periodically by Corporate Treasury, GRM and the business segments to determine if they remain valid or changes to assumptions and limits are required. Through this process, we ensure that a close link is maintained between the management of liquidity risk, market liquidity risk and credit risk, including GRM approval of credit lines between entities. In response to our experience during periods of market volatility over the past six years, we have modified the liquidity treatment of certain asset classes to reflect changes in market liquidity. Where required, limits are reduced in consideration of the results of stress tests. Funding Funding strategy Core funding, comprising capital, longer-term wholesale liabilities and a diversified pool of personal and, to a lesser extent, commercial and institutional deposits, is the foundation of our structural liquidity position. Deposit profile We continued to focus on building our core deposit base in Canada. Our relationship-based deposits, including our personal deposit franchise and our commercial and institutional client groups, maintain balances with relatively low volatility profiles and constitute our principal source of reliable funding. Reflecting deposit insurance and at times, exclusive relationships with us, these balances represent a highly stable source of core deposits in most conceivable environments as they are typically less responsive to market developments than those from transactional lenders and investors. Core deposits, consisting of our own statistically derived liquidity adjusted estimates of the highly stable portions of our relationship-based balances (demand, notice and fixed-term) together with wholesale funds maturing beyond one year have increased approx- imately 2% during the year and represent 70% of our total deposits, up from 68% last year. During the year, core deposits grew by about 10% with the most material contribution coming from an extension of our wholesale funding maturity profile. For further details on the gross dollar amounts of our relationship-based deposits and our wholesale funds maturing beyond one year, refer to the Risk profile section and the following Remaining maturity of wholesale debt issued table, respectively. Long-term debt issuance During 2013, we continued to experience more favourable unsecured wholesale funding access and pricing compared to global peers. As demonstrated in the following table, we also continued to expand our unsecured long-term funding base by selectively issuing, either directly or through our subsidiaries, $31 billion of term funding in various currencies and markets. Total unsecured long-term funding outstanding increased by $10.2 billion. We use residential mortgage and credit card and auto receivable-backed securitization programs as alternative sources of funding and for liquidity and asset/liability management purposes. Our total secured long-term funding includes outstanding MBS sold, covered bonds that are collateralized with residential mortgages, and credit card and auto receivables. Compared to 2012, our outstanding MBS sold decreased $1.4 billion while our covered bonds and credit card and auto receivables increased $9.4 billion and $1 billion, respectively. For further details, refer to the Off-balance sheet arrangements section. Long-term funding sources* (Millions of Canadian dollars) Unsecured long-term funding Secured long-term funding Commercial mortgage-backed securities sold Subordinated debentures $ Table 56 2012 59,661 50,321 1,434 7,416 2013 69,903 59,285 1,304 7,408 137,900 $ 118,832 $ $ * This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Our wholesale funding activities are well-diversified by geography, investor segment, instrument, currency, structure and maturity. We maintain an ongoing presence in different funding markets, which allows us to continuously monitor market developments and trends, identify oppor- tunities and risks, and take appropriate and timely actions. We operate longer-term debt issuance registered programs. The following table summarizes these programs with their authorized limits by geography. 68 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Programs by geography Table 57 Canada U.S. Europe/Asia • Canadian Shelf – $15 billion • SEC Registered – US$25 billion • European Debt Issuance Program – • SEC Registered Covered Bonds – US$12 billion US$40 billion • Covered Bond Program – Euro 23 billion • Japanese Issuance Programs – JPY 1 trillion We also raise long-term funding using Canadian Deposit Notes, Canadian NHA MBS, Canada Mortgage Bonds, credit card receivable-backed securities, Kangaroo Bonds (issued in the Australian domestic market by foreign firms) and Yankee Certificates of Deposit (issued in the U.S. domestic market by foreign firms), We continuously evaluate expansion into new markets and untapped investor segments against relative issuance costs since diversification expands our wholesale funding flexibility and minimizes funding concentration and dependency, and generally reduces financing costs. As presented in the following charts, our current long-term debt profile is well diversified by currency as well as by type of long-term funding products. Maintaining competitive credit ratings is also critical to cost-effective funding. Long-term debt – funding mix by currency of issuance ($117.1 billion as at October 31, 2013) Euro 6% Other 4% U.S. dollar 38% Canadian dollar 52% Long-term debt – funding mix by product ($117.1 billion as at October 31, 2013) Cards and auto securitization 7% Covered bonds 18% MBS/CMB (1) 26% Unsecured funding 49% The following table provides the remaining maturity of our wholesale debt issued and represents our enhanced disclosure in response to EDTF recommendations. Remaining maturity of wholesale debt issued (1) Table 58 As at October 31, 2013 (1) Mortgage-backed securities and Canada Mortgage Bonds Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months $ 5,564 3,984 2,565 – 94 $ 20,253 3,652 4,211 – 132 $ 14,370 5,467 2,154 – 213 5,886 1,154 757 – 54 7,851 Less than 1 year sub-total $ 46,073 14,257 9,687 – 493 1 to 2 years 2 years and greater Total $ 261 12,327 2,371 3,164 2,965 $ 3,523 41,216 18,392 17,713 4,501 $ 49,857 67,800 30,450 20,877 7,959 $12,207 $ 28,248 $ 22,204 $ 70,510 $ 21,088 $ 85,345 $ 176,943 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Bearer deposit notes, certificates of deposit and commercial paper Deposit and medium-term notes Mortgage securitization Covered bonds Cards and auto securitization Total Comprises: - Unsecured - Secured $ $ $ 7,040 811 $ 9,548 2,659 $ 23,905 4,343 $ 19,837 2,367 $ 60,330 10,180 $ 12,588 8,500 $ 44,739 40,606 $ 117,657 59,286 (1) Excludes short-term wholesale deposits, bankers’ acceptances and subordinated debt. Contractual maturities of financial assets, financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items The following tables provide remaining contractual maturity profiles of all our assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet items at their carrying value (i.e. amortized cost or fair value) at the balance sheet date and have been enhanced in response to EDTF recommendations. Off-balance sheet items are allocated based on the expiry date of the contract. Details of contractual maturities and commitments to extend funds are a source of information for the management of liquidity risk. Among other purposes, these details form a basis for modeling a behavioural balance sheet with effective maturities to calculate liquidity risk measures. For further details, refer to the Risk measurement section. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 69 Contractual maturities of financial assets, financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items Table 59 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and deposits with banks Securities Trading (1) Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives Other financial assets Total financial assets Other non-financial assets Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 9 months 9 to 12 months 1 year to 3 years 3 years to 5 years 5 years and greater With no specific maturity Total As at October 31, 2013 $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ 24,931 $ 24,931 93,407 3,420 40 4,641 19 1,268 40 796 38 1,116 502 5,317 281 7,156 4,507 13,140 45,189 1,841 144,023 38,695 61,871 18,388 17,985 6,268 6,980 1,151 – – 4,874 117,517 15,698 11,662 5,568 10,208 18,855 128,918 97,938 29,761 90,058 408,666 1,240 2,349 16,247 501 5,028 989 563 2,338 780 705 2,353 112 2,617 1,627 119 2,393 14,939 477 1,671 12,401 239 263 33,786 639 – 1 575 9,953 74,822 20,177 $ 194,232 $41,249 $28,521 $20,482 $ 31,352 $153,697 $119,686 $ 82,096 $167,469 $ 838,784 22,035 15,414 1,745 1,939 1,275 313 149 455 743 2 Total assets $ 195,507 $41,704 $28,834 $20,631 $ 32,095 $155,442 $119,688 $ 84,035 $182,883 $ 860,819 Liabilities and equity Deposits (2) Unsecured borrowing Secured borrowing Covered bonds Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other financial liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Total financial liabilities Other non-financial liabilities Equity $ 22,589 $16,026 $31,266 $12,330 $ 16,785 $ 65,341 $ 25,978 $ 14,658 $281,237 $ 486,210 50,962 21,308 10,288 3,470 11,394 9,987 16,257 7,851 3,129 – 5,048 – 1,905 – 2,129 – 812 – – – 1,240 501 563 705 2,617 2,393 1,671 47,128 – – – – – – 263 – – – 9,953 47,128 53,389 3,021 20,995 1,005 – 1,991 5,233 1,090 – 900 1,308 2,569 720 – – 877 2,536 261 603 – 290 2,312 336 – – 1,500 16,971 667 3,214 – – 12,133 391 – – – 31,970 3,969 2,621 – 1,061 – 60 – – 60,416 76,745 28,489 7,443 900 $ 150,179 $28,870 $41,474 $19,441 $ 24,245 $114,194 $ 61,554 $ 67,239 $282,358 $ 789,554 1,697 – 2,834 – 686 – 114 – 135 – 1,832 – 965 – 7,374 – 5,293 50,335 20,930 50,335 Total liabilities and equity $ 151,876 $31,704 $42,160 $19,555 $ 24,380 $116,026 $ 62,519 $ 74,613 $337,986 $ 860,819 Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees Lease commitments Commitments to extend credit Other commitments Total off-balance sheet $ 2,203 $ 62 854 $ 1,824 $ 1,714 $ 2,567 $ 3,166 $ 3,074 $ 122 1,264 179 181 173 787 139 $ 51 $ 1,346 – 15,592 4,114 3,757 2,291 6,843 37 4,780 13 6,488 210 7,320 1,733 44,043 350 65,276 418 13,615 169 1,044 57,749 153,166 62,970 items $ 8,313 $ 7,856 $ 6,798 $ 8,591 $ 11,793 $ 48,823 $ 69,555 $ 15,269 $ 58,844 $ 235,842 (1) (2) Trading debt securities classified as fair value through profit or loss have been included in the less than 1 month category as there is no expectation to hold these assets to their contractual maturity. A major portion of relationship-based deposits are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis while, in practice, these customer balances form a core base, as explained in the preceding Deposit profile section, for our operations and liquidity needs. 70 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and deposits with banks Securities Trading (1) Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed (2) Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) (2) Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives Other financial assets Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 9 months 9 to 12 months 1 year to 3 years 3 years to 5 years 5 years and greater With no specific maturity Total As at October 31, 2012 $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ 22,872 $ 22,872 74,067 3,698 102 6,749 694 2,496 37 1,543 11 491 296 4,963 360 5,838 4,911 12,998 40,305 2,052 120,783 40,828 65,988 22,677 7,473 5,211 3,385 2,205 – – 5,318 112,257 12,444 9,546 8,487 11,989 20,918 83,635 124,218 22,060 84,947 378,244 1,329 2,517 24,912 435 3,799 952 404 2,891 618 624 2,379 169 2,406 1,372 637 1,907 15,735 216 2,167 14,222 113 113 48,374 190 – 4 – 9,385 91,293 27,807 Total financial assets Other non-financial assets (2) $184,955 2,646 $44,260 594 $23,063 298 $21,952 277 $29,220 193 $108,957 1,427 $146,918 – $ 88,646 1,859 $155,498 14,337 $803,469 21,631 Total assets $187,601 $44,854 $23,361 $22,229 $29,413 $110,384 $146,918 $ 90,505 $169,835 $825,100 Liabilities and equity Deposits (3) Unsecured borrowing Secured borrowing Covered bonds Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned (2) Derivatives Other financial liabilities (2) Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities $ 36,012 – 2,592 $14,247 2,423 – $21,947 546 – $14,865 2,613 – $22,299 3,509 – $ 49,577 21,150 3,204 $ 22,470 14,733 2,499 $ 8,525 $252,947 – 8,384 – 3,677 $442,889 53,358 11,972 1,329 435 404 624 2,406 1,907 2,167 40,756 – – – – – – 113 – – – 9,385 40,756 58,494 2,793 25,789 – – 1,835 4,794 652 – – 1,009 2,162 816 – – 560 2,701 291 – – 654 1,979 437 – – – 19,703 274 233 900 – 15,659 108 – – – 46,969 3,730 7,382 – 1,480 1 – – – 64,032 96,761 32,097 7,615 900 Total financial liabilities Other non-financial liabilities (2) Equity $167,765 1,707 – $24,386 2,087 – $26,884 329 – $21,654 199 – $31,284 912 – $ 96,948 2,096 – $ 57,636 729 – $ 78,780 7,211 – $254,428 4,037 46,028 $759,765 19,307 46,028 Total liabilities and equity $169,472 $26,473 $27,213 $21,853 $32,196 $ 99,044 $ 58,365 $ 85,991 $304,493 $825,100 Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees Lease commitments Commitments to extend credit Other commitments $ 340 $ 2,061 $ 2,445 $ 2,234 $ 1,941 $ 2,791 $ 2,532 $ 317 $ 58 3,273 145 117 3,603 614 174 3,956 707 172 4,064 1,102 167 7,448 2,110 1,246 36,992 374 856 57,871 181 1,258 10,169 163 22 $ 14,683 4,048 128,409 61,537 – 1,033 56,141 Total off-balance sheet items $ 3,816 $ 6,395 $ 7,282 $ 7,572 $11,666 $ 41,403 $ 61,440 $ 11,907 $ 57,196 $208,677 (1) (2) (3) Trading debt securities classified as fair value through profit or loss have been included in the less than 1 month category as there is no expectation to hold these assets to their contractual maturity. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. A major portion of relationship-based deposits are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis while, in practice, these customer balances form a core base, as explained in the preceding Deposit profile section, for our operations and liquidity needs. Contractual maturities of financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items – undiscounted basis The following tables provide remaining contractual maturity analysis of our financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items. The amounts disclosed in the following table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows of all financial liabilities (i.e. par value or amount payable upon maturity). The amounts do not reconcile directly with those in our consolidated balance sheets as the table only incorporates cash flows relating to payments on maturity of the instrument and do not recognize premiums, discounts or mark-to-market adjustments recognized in the instruments’ carrying value as at the balance sheet date. Financial liabilities are based upon earliest period in which they are required to be paid. For off-balance sheet items, the undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 71 Contractual maturities of financial liabilities and off-balance sheet items – undiscounted basis* Table 60 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial liabilities Deposits (1) Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees (2) Operating leases Commitments to extend credit (2) As at October 31, 2013 On demand Within 1 year 1 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5 years Total $ 264,287 $ 128,884 $ 89,003 $ 46,895 $ 28,432 $ 557,501 – – 1,061 60 – – 5,626 47,128 57,855 23,378 – 900 2,393 – 1,500 635 200 – 1,671 – – 406 – – 263 – – 4,095 7,208 – 9,953 47,128 60,416 28,574 7,408 900 265,408 263,771 93,731 48,972 39,998 711,880 5,850 – 117,753 123,603 9,550 717 35,413 45,680 181 1,264 – 1,445 11 787 – 798 – 1,346 – 1,346 15,592 4,114 153,166 172,872 Total financial liabilities and off balance-sheet items $ 389,011 $ 309,451 $ 95,176 $ 49,770 $ 41,344 $ 884,752 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial liabilities Deposits (1), (3) Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned (3) Other liabilities (3) Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Off-balance sheet items Financial guarantees (2) Operating leases Commitments to extend credit (2) As at October 31, 2012 On demand Within 1 year 1 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5 years Total $ 237,643 $ 136,244 $ 73,722 $ 39,326 $ 19,902 $ 506,837 – – 1,480 426 – – 5,198 40,756 62,552 27,915 – – 1,907 – 2,167 – – 197 199 900 – 87 – – 113 – – 3,464 7,217 – 9,385 40,756 64,032 32,089 7,416 900 239,549 272,665 76,925 41,580 30,696 661,415 11,406 – 128,239 139,645 2,965 688 170 3,823 291 1,246 – 1,537 20 856 – 876 1 1,258 – 1,259 14,683 4,048 128,409 147,140 Total financial liabilities and off balance-sheet items $ 379,194 $ 276,488 $ 78,462 $ 42,456 $ 31,955 $ 808,555 * (1) (2) (3) This table represents an integral part of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. A major portion of relationship-based deposits are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis while, in practice, these customer balances form a core base, as explained in the preceding Deposit profile section, for our operations and liquidity needs. We believe that it is highly unlikely that all or substantially all of these guarantees and commitments will be drawn or settled within one year, and contracts may expire without being drawn or settled. The management of the liquidity risk associated with potential extensions of funds is outlined in the preceding Risk measurement section. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. Credit ratings Our ability to access unsecured funding markets and to engage in certain collateralized business activities on a cost-effective basis are primarily dependent upon maintaining competitive credit ratings. Credit ratings and outlooks provided by rating agencies reflect their views and are based on their methodologies. Ratings are subject to change from time to time, based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, our financial strength, competitive position and liquidity and other factors not completely within our control. On October 23, 2013, S&P again affirmed our ratings with a stable outlook reflecting S&P’s expectations that we will continue to manage our balance sheet prudently, maintain favourable asset quality, and generate consistent though slower earnings growth through our premier Canadian businesses. On July 22, 2013, Moody’s affirmed our ratings with a stable outlook. On January 28, 2013, Moody’s removed systematic support from the subordinated debt ratings of RBC and all other Canadian banks, consistent with their announcement in October 2012. On July 9, 2013, DBRS affirmed our ratings with a stable outlook, which are underpinned by our highly diversified business model, strong Canadian retail franchise and well positioned capital markets business. On December 13, 2012, S&P upgraded our outlook to stable from negative and affirmed our long- and short-term issuer credit ratings. The outlook revision followed a review by S&P of banking sector industry and economic risks in Canada, which resulted in a revision to their Banking Industry Country Risk Assessment for Canada to group 2 from 1. 72 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The following table presents our major credit ratings and outlooks as at December 4, 2013: Credit ratings Table 61 Moody’s S&P Fitch Ratings DBRS As at December 4, 2013 (1) Short-term debt Senior long-term debt Outlook P-1 A-1+ F1+ R-1(high) Aa3 AA- AA AA stable stable (2) stable stable (1) (2) Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell or hold a financial obligation inasmuch as they do not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are determined by the rating agencies based on criteria established from time to time by them, and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization. On December 13, 2012, S&P upgraded our outlook to stable from negative. On October 23, 2013, Kroll Bond Rating Agency (KBRA), a registered National Recognized Statistical Rating Organization with the SEC, assigned us senior long-term and short-term debt and deposit ratings of AA and K1+, respectively, with a stable outlook. KBRA was requested to rate a commercial MBS multi-borrower transaction where RBC was one of four third party interest rate cap providers. Given KBRA’s policy to rate all parties to a transaction, it was required to issue a rating on RBC. These ratings were unsolicited and we did not participate in the rating process. Additional contractual obligations for rating downgrades A lowering of our credit rating may have potentially adverse consequences for our funding capacity or access to the capital markets, may also affect our ability, and the cost, to enter into normal course derivative or hedging transactions and may require us to post additional collateral under certain contracts. However, we estimate, based on periodic reviews of ratings triggers embedded in our existing businesses and of our funding capacity sensitivity, that a minor downgrade would not significantly influence our liability composition, funding access, collateral usage and associated costs. The following table presents the additional collateral obligations required at the reporting date in the event of a one-, two- or three-notch downgrade to our credit ratings. These additional collateral obligations are incremental requirements for each successive downgrade and do not represent the cumulative impact. The amounts reported change periodically as a result of several factors including the transfer of trading activity to centrally cleared financial market infrastructures and exchanges, the expiration of transactions with downgrade triggers, the imposition of internal limitations on new agreements to exclude downgrade triggers, as well as normal course mark to market of positions with collateralized counterparties moving from a negative to a positive position. There is no outstanding senior debt issued in the market that contains rating triggers which would lead to early prepayment of principal. Additional contractual obligations for rating downgrades Table 62 (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2013 2012 One-notch downgrade Two-notch downgrade Three-notch downgrade One-notch downgrade Two-notch downgrade Three-notch downgrade Contractual derivatives funding or margin requirements $ Other contractual funding or margin requirements (1) $ 616 490 $ 171 187 $ 762 95 1,582 678 $ $ 256 170 248 – (1) Includes GICs issued by our municipal markets business out of New York and London. Insurance risk Insurance risk refers to the potential financial loss that may arise where the amount, timing and/or frequency of benefit payments under insurance or reinsurance contracts are different than expected. Insurance risk does not include other risks covered by other parts of our risk management framework (e.g., credit, market and operational risk). We have put in place an Insurance Risk Framework designed to identify, manage, and report on the insurance risks that face the organization. Insurance risk is managed through our infrastructure, systems, controls, and monitoring. Specific risk management policies, methodologies, and programs have been developed to support the management of risk including: delegated risk approval authorities, a product development and pricing process, and experience study analysis. Regulatory compliance risk Regulatory compliance risk is the risk of potential non-conformance with laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards in any jurisdiction in which we operate. Issues regarding compliance with laws and regulations can arise in a number of areas in a large complex financial institution such as RBC, and are often the result of inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems. Laws and regulations are in place to protect the financial and other interests of our clients, investors and the public. Changes to laws, including tax laws, regulations or regulatory policies, as well as the changes in how they are interpreted, implemented or enforced, could adversely affect us, for example by lowering barriers to entry in the businesses in which we operate or increasing our costs of compliance. Further, there is no assurance that we always will be or will be deemed to be in compliance with laws, regulations or regulatory policies. Accordingly, it is possible that we could receive a judicial or regulatory judgment or decision that results in fines, damages, and other costs or injunctions or loss of licenses or registrations that would damage our reputation and negatively impact our earnings. In addition, we are subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business and the adverse resolution of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our results or could give rise to significant reputational damage, which in turn could impact our future business prospects. Global compliance has developed a Regulatory Compliance Management Framework consistent with regulatory expectations from OSFI and other regulators. The framework is designed to manage and mitigate the risks associated with failing to comply with, or adapt to, current and changing laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Within the framework there are five elements that form a cycle by which all regulatory compliance risk management programs are developed, implemented and maintained. The first element is intended to ensure our regulatory compliance programs evolve alongside our business activities and operations. The second element is intended to ensure regulatory compliance risks are identified and assessed appropriately so regulatory compliance programs are designed in a manner to most effectively Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 73 meet regulatory requirements. The third element relates to the design and implementation of specific controls. The fourth element is intended to ensure appropriate monitoring and oversight of the effectiveness of the controls. Lastly, the fifth element is intended to ensure the timely escalation and resolution of issues, and clear and transparent reporting. This is a critical step in enabling senior management and the Board of Directors to effectively perform their management and oversight responsibilities. Operational risk Operational risk is the risk of loss or harm resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk is embedded in all our activities, including the practices and controls used to manage other risks. Failure to manage operational risk can result in direct or indirect financial loss, reputational impact, regulatory censure, or failure in the management of other risks such as credit or market risk. We have put in place an Operational Risk Framework which is founded on the principles of our Enterprise Risk Management Framework and sets out the elements that support these principles with respect to the management of operational risk. This framework is dynamic, articulating our strategy regarding management, measurement and reporting of operational risk. Its foundation is the Three Lines of Defence risk governance model as responsibility for risk management is shared across the organization. This model encompasses the practices, requirements, roles and responsibilities for a fully comprehensive, coordinated enterprise-wide approach for the management of operational risk. Operational risk is difficult to measure in a complete and precise manner, given that exposure to operational risk is often implicit, bundled with other risks, or otherwise not taken on intentionally. In the financial services industry, measurement tools and methodologies continue to evolve. The two options available to us under Basel II are the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) and the Standardized Approach. Currently, we employ the Standardized Approach for measuring operational risk and we have made significant progress to meet requirements to achieve Advanced Measurement Approach status. Operational risk is managed through our infrastructure, controls, systems and people, complemented by central groups focusing on enterprise-wide management and oversight of specific operational risks such as fraud, privacy, outsourcing, and business disruption, as well as people and systems risks. Specific programs, policies, standards and methodologies have been developed to support the management of operational risk. These programs are (i) Risk and Control Assessment and monitoring of business environment and control factors with Key Risk indicators, (ii) Operational Risk Event data collection and analysis, (iii) External Event – Industry loss analysis, and (iv) Scenario Analysis. Strategic risk Strategic risk is the risk that the enterprise or particular business areas will make inappropriate strategic choices, or will be unable to success- fully implement selected strategies or related plans and decisions. Responsibility for selecting and successfully implementing business strategies is mandated to the individual heads of the businesses. Oversight of strategic risk is the responsibility of the heads of the business segments, the Enterprise Strategy Office, GE, and the Board of Directors. Management of strategic risk is supported by the Enterprise Strategy Group through the use of an Enterprise Strategy Framework. Reputation risk Reputation risk is the risk that an activity undertaken by an organization or its representatives will impair its image in the community or lower public confidence in it, resulting in the loss of business, legal action or increased regulatory oversight. Reputation risk can arise from a number of events and primarily occurs in connection with credit risk, regulatory, legal and operational risks. Operational failures and non-compliance with laws and regulations can have a significant reputational impact on us. We have put in place a Reputation Risk Framework which provides an overview of our approach to the management of this risk. It focuses on our organizational responsibilities, and controls in place to mitigate reputation risks. The following principles guide our management of reputation risk: • We must operate with integrity at all times in order to sustain a strong and positive reputation; • Protecting our reputation is the responsibility of all our employees, including senior management and extends to all members of the Board of Directors. Competitive risk The competition for clients among financial services companies in the markets in which we operate is intense. Client loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including new technology used or services offered by our competitors, relative service levels, relative prices, product and service attributes, our reputation and actions taken by our competitors. Other companies, such as insurance companies and non- financial companies, are increasingly offering services traditionally provided by banks. This competition could also reduce net interest income, fee revenue and adversely affect our results. Overview of other risks In addition to the risks described in the Risk management section, there are other risk factors, described below, which may adversely affect our businesses and financial results. The following discussion is not exhaustive as other factors could also adversely affect our results. Business and economic conditions Our earnings are significantly affected by the general business and economic conditions in the geographic regions in which we operate. These conditions include consumer saving and spending habits as well as consumer borrowing and repayment patterns, business investment, government spending, the level of activity and volatility of the capital markets and inflation. For example, an economic downturn may result in high unemployment and lower family income, corporate earnings, business investment and consumer spending, and could adversely affect the demand for our loan and other products and result in higher provisions for credit losses. Given the importance of our Canadian operations, an economic downturn in Canada or in the U.S. impacting Canada would largely affect our personal and business lending activities in our Canadian Banking businesses, including cards, and could significantly impact our results of operations. 74 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Economic conditions in the Eurozone continue to show moderate signs of improvement as the risks of a sovereign default and exit from the currency union have lessened, although there continues to be risks to the growth outlook. We continue to follow market events very closely, and manage our exposure accordingly. Overall, we continue to transact business in a prudent manner and remain comfortable with our exposures in Europe, which are with well-rated counterparties mainly located in core European countries. For further details, refer to the Credit risk section. In addition to our net exposure to Europe mentioned above, we are also subject to indirect exposure. We have implemented processes to monitor and mitigate indirect credit risk including specific controls related to the management of derivative and repo-style transaction exposures. Indirect market risk related to increased volatility resulting from European sovereign debt concerns are monitored through regular market risk stress testing and hypothetical scenario analysis. From an operational risk perspective, we have implemented contingency planning in the event of a crisis in the Eurozone economy. Our analysis indicates that further deterioration in the Eurozone economies will result in adverse effects which are within our ability to manage as established through our stress testing, balance sheet analysis and operational assessments. Our earnings are also sensitive to changes in interest rates. A continuing low interest rate environment in Canada, the U.S. and globally would result in net interest income being unfavourably impacted by spread compression largely in Personal & Commercial Banking and Wealth Management. While an increase in interest rates would benefit our businesses that are currently impacted by spread compression, a significant increase in interest rates could also adversely impact household balance sheets. This could result in credit deterioration which might negatively impact our financial results, particularly in some of our Personal & Commercial Banking and Wealth Management businesses. Capital Markets and Investor & Treasury Services would be negatively impacted if global capital markets deteriorate resulting in lower average fee-based client assets and transaction volumes and trading volatility. In Wealth Management, weaker market conditions would lead to lower average fee-based client assets and transaction volumes. Worsening of financial and credit market conditions may adversely affect our ability to access capital markets on favourable terms and could negatively affect our liquidity, resulting in increased funding costs and lower transaction volumes in Capital Markets and Investor & Treasury Services. For further details on economic and market factors which may impact our financial performance, refer to the Wealth Management, Investor & Treasury Services and Capital Markets sections. Government fiscal, monetary and other policies Our businesses and earnings are affected by the fiscal, monetary or other policies that are adopted by the Bank of Canada and various other Canadian regulatory authorities, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the U.S. and other U.S. government authorities, as well as those adopted by international regulatory authorities and agencies in jurisdictions in which we operate. Such policies can also adversely affect our clients and counterparties in Canada, the U.S. and internationally, which may increase the risk of default by such clients and counter- parties. Ability to attract and to retain employees Competition for qualified employees is intense within the financial services industry and from non-financial industries looking to recruit. Although our goal is to retain and attract qualified employees, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. Accuracy and completeness of information on clients and counterparties When deciding to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information provided by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including audited financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the completeness and accuracy of that information. Our financial results could be adversely impacted if the financial statements and other financial information relating to clients and counterparties on whom we rely do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading. Development and integration of our distribution networks We regularly explore opportunities to expand our distribution networks, either through acquisitions or organically by adding, for example, new bank branches, insurance offices, online savings accounts and ATMs in high-growth, receptive markets. However, if we are not able to develop or integrate these distribution networks effectively, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected. Model risk The use of models plays an important role in many of our business activities. We use a variety of models for many purposes, including the valuation of financial products, risk measurement and management of different types of risk. Model risk is the risk of error in the design, development, implementation or subsequent use of models. We have established an enterprise-wide Model Risk Management Framework, including principles, policies and procedures, roles and responsibilities to manage model risk. One of the key factors in the framework to mitigate model risk is independent validation. Information technology risk We use information technology for business operations and the enablement of strategic business goals and objectives. Information technology risk is the risk to our business associated with the use, ownership, operation, involvement, influence and adoption of information technology within the enterprise. It consists of information technology related events that could potentially have an adverse impact on our business. Such events could result in business interruption, service disruptions, theft of intellectual property and confidential information, additional regulatory scrutiny, litigation and reputational damage. To manage our information technology risk, we have established an enterprise-wide Information Technology Risk Management Framework. Social media risk The scale and profile of social media has grown to present a number of risks. These risks include brand and reputational damage, information leaks, non-compliance with regulatory requirements and governance risk. To manage the risks associated with social media, we have implemented an enterprise-wide policy as well as business unit policies on the usage of external social media, which sets out the requirements for the business and corporate use of social media and is part of our larger Social Media Governance Framework. Environmental risk Environmental risk is the risk of loss to financial, operational or reputational value resulting from the impact of environmental issues. It arises from our business activities and our operations. For example, the environmental issues associated with our clients’ purchase and sale of contaminated property or development of large-scale projects may give rise to credit and reputation risk. Operational and legal risks may arise from environmental issues at our branches, offices or data processing centres. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 75 Corporate Environmental Affairs (CEA) sets enterprise-wide policy requirements for the identification, assessment, control, monitoring and reporting of environmental risk. Oversight is provided by GE and the Corporate Governance and Public Policy Committee (CG&PPC) of the Board of Directors. Business segments and corporate functions are responsible for incorporating environmental risk management requirements and controls within their operations. The CEA Group also provides advisory services and support to business segments on the management of specific environmental risks in business transactions. Periodically, we verify that our environmental risk management policies and processes are operating as intended. On an annual basis, and more frequently as required, environmental risk management activities, issues, and trends are reported to GE and to the CG&PPC of the Board of Directors. Failure to adequately manage environmental risk could adversely impact our results and/or significantly impact our reputation. For more information on RBC and environmental risk management, visit our website at rbc.com/community-sustainability/environment/ responsible-financing.html. Other factors Other factors that may affect actual results include changes in government trade policy, changes in accounting standards, including their effect on our accounting policies, estimates and judgements, the timely and successful development of new products and services, our ability to cross- sell more products to customers, technological changes and our reliance on third parties to provide components of our business infrastructure, the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to us and our affiliates as such obligations relate to the handling of personal information, fraud by internal or external parties, the possible impact on our business from disease or illness that affects local, national or global economies, disruptions to public infrastructure, including transportation, communication, power and water, international conflicts and other political developments including those relating to the war on terrorism, and our success in anticipating and managing the associated risks. We caution that the foregoing discussion of risk factors, many of which are beyond our control, is not exhaustive and other factors could also affect our results. For further details on our contingencies, including litigation, refer to Note 26 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Capital management We actively manage our capital to maintain strong capital ratios and high ratings while providing strong returns to our shareholders. In addition to the regulatory requirements, we consider the expectations of rating agencies, depositors and shareholders, as well as our business plans, stress tests, peer comparisons and our internal capital ratio targets. Our goal is to optimize our capital usage and structure, and provide support for our business segments and clients and better returns for our shareholders, while protecting depositors and senior creditors. Capital management framework Our capital management framework provides the policies and processes for defining, measuring, raising and investing all types of capital in a coordinated and consistent manner. It includes the overall approach of capital management, including guiding principles as well as roles and responsibilities relating to capital adequacy and transactions, dividends, solo capital and management of risk-weighted assets and gross- adjusted assets or total exposures. We manage and monitor capital from several perspectives, including regulatory capital, economic capital and subsidiary capital. Our capital planning is a dynamic process which involves various teams including Finance, Corporate Treasury, GRM and Economics, and covers internal capital ratio targets, potential capital transactions as well as projected dividend payouts and share repurchases. The integral parts of our capital planning comprise business operating plan, Enterprise-wide stress testing, Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), along with the considerations of regulatory capital requirements and accounting changes, internal capital requirements, rating agency metrics and solo capital. Our capital plan is established on an annual basis and is aligned with the management actions included in the annual business operating plan, which includes forecast growth in assets and earnings taking into account our business strategies, projected market and economic environment and peer positioning. This includes incorporating potential capital transactions based on our projected internal capital generation, business forecasts, market conditions and other developments, such as accounting and regulatory changes that may impact capital require- ments. All of the components in the capital plan are monitored throughout the year and are revised as appropriate. Capital impacts of severe but plausible scenarios Enterprise-wide Stress Testing Capital impacts of severe but plausible scenarios ICAAP Total capital requirements Capital available and target capital ratios Capital Plan and Business Operating Plan Our Enterprise-wide stress testing and ICAAP provide key inputs for capital planning including setting the appropriate internal capital ratio targets. The stress scenarios are evaluated across the organization, and results are integrated to develop an enterprise-wide view of financial impacts and capital requirements, which in turn facilitate the planning of mitigating actions to absorb exceptional adverse events. ICAAP is an OSFI mandated annual process to assess capital adequacy and requirements to cover all material risks, with a cushion to cover severe but plausible contingencies. In accordance with the OSFI guideline, the major components of our ICAAP process include comprehensive risk assessment, stress testing, capital assessment and planning (both economic and regulatory capital), board and senior management oversight, monitoring and reporting and internal control review. Our internal capital targets are established to maintain robust capital positions in excess of OSFI’s Basel III “all-in” regulatory targets, which include minimum capital requirements plus a capital conservation buffer that can absorb losses during periods of stress. The “all-in” method- ology includes all regulatory adjustments that will be required by 2019, while retaining the phase-out rules for non-qualifying capital instruments, as per OSFI’s Basel III Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline published in December 2012. The stress test results of our Enterprise-wide stress testing and ICAAP are incorporated into the OSFI capital conservation buffer, with a view to ensuring the bank has adequate capital to underpin risks and absorb losses under all plausible stress scenarios given our risk profile and appetite. In addition, we include a discretionary cushion on top of the OSFI regulatory targets to maintain capital strength for forthcoming regulatory and accounting changes, peer comparatives, rating agencies sensitivities and solo capital level. 76 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The Board of Directors is responsible for the ultimate oversight of capital management, including the annual review and approval of capital plan. ALCO and GE share management oversight responsibility for capital management and receive regular reports detailing our compliance with established limits and guidelines. The Risk Committee is responsible for the governance of our capital management framework. The Audit and Risk Committees approve the capital plan which includes the approval of the ICAAP process. The Audit Committee is also responsible for the ongoing review of internal controls over capital management. Basel III Effective the first quarter of 2013, our regulatory capital requirements are determined on a Basel III “all-in” basis as per OSFI guidelines. Prior to the first quarter of 2013, our regulatory capital requirements were under the Basel II framework. The top corporate entity to which Basel III applies at the consolidated level is Royal Bank of Canada. Under Basel III, banks select from among alternative approaches to calculate their minimum regulatory capital required to underpin credit, market and operational risks. We adopted the Basel III IRB approach to calculate credit risk capital for consolidated regulatory reporting purposes. While the majority of our credit risk exposures are reported under the Basel III IRB approach for regulatory capital purposes, certain portfolios considered non-material from a consolidated perspective continue to use the Basel III Standardized approach for credit risk (for example, our Caribbean banking operations). For consolidated regulatory reporting of operational risk capital, we continue to use the Standardized approach. For consolidated regulatory reporting of market risk capital, we use both Internal Models-based and Standardized approaches. In December 2010, the BCBS issued “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, which outlines the capital and liquidity requirements for global banks, with the objective of promoting financial stability and is intended to ensure sustainable economic growth. The BCBS sets out the Basel III transitional requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total capital ratios at 3.5%, 4.5% and 8%, respectively for 2013, which will be fully phased-in to 7%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively (including minimums plus capital conservation buffer of 2.5%) by January 1, 2019. The BCBS also released the Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC) requirements in January 2011 with an effort to ensure the loss absorbency of regulatory capital instruments at the point of non-viability. In August 2011, OSFI issued an advisory outlining the NVCC principles and requirements, including a full and permanent conversion of non-common capital instruments into common shares upon a trigger event, effective the first quarter of 2013. Effective the first quarter of 2013, OSFI expected Canadian banks to meet the “all-in” targets (minimum ratios plus the capital conservation buffer – January 1, 2019 BCBS requirements) for CET1 ratio, and Tier 1 and Total capital ratios by the first quarter of 2014. The final OSFI Basel III CAR guideline issued in 2013 also delayed the implementation of the CVA capital charge rules until January 1, 2014. In August 2013, OSFI published the advisory related to the phase-in options for the CVA capital charge over a period of five years, beginning in 2014. In June 2013, BCBS published a consultative paper on “Revised Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements” requiring public disclosure starting January 1, 2015. BCBS will continue to test the minimum requirement of 3% for the leverage ratio, and make any adjustments to the definition and calibration of the leverage ratio by 2017, with a view to migrating to Pillar 1 treatment on January 1, 2018 based on appropriate review and calibration. Starting January 1, 2013, Canadian banks are required to report the Basel III leverage ratio and its components to OSFI. The proposed leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to risk-based capital requirements, and is currently defined as Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by Total exposures which include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures. OSFI released the list of six Canadian banks, including RBC, which are designated as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) in March 2013, for which an additional 1% risk weighted capital surcharge will be required commencing January 1, 2016. In July 2013, BCBS published a revised document on “Global systemically important banks (G-SIB): updated assessment methodology and the higher loss absorbency requirement”. BCBS requires all banks with a Basel III leverage ratio total exposure exceeding EUR 200 billion as well as those designated as G-SIBs in the prior year to make publicly available the 12 indicators used in the assessment methodology by 2014, with the goal of enhancing the transparency of the relative scale of banks’ potential global systemic importance and data quality. As indicated by OSFI in October 2013, Canadian banks, including RBC, that meet the BCBS size threshold and are not designated as G-SIBs in the previous year will be required to disclose in the report to shareholders the 12 indicators only (not the full template) for financial year ends 2013 and 2014 no later than the first quarter of 2015. For subsequent year ends, disclosure should be made as part of a bank’s annual report to shareholders. The following table provides a summary of OSFI regulatory target ratios under Basel III: Basel III – OSFI regulatory target OSFI regulatory target requirements for large banks under Basel III Basel III Capital Ratios Minimum Capital Conservation Buffer Minimum including Capital Conservation Buffer D-SIBs Surcharge (1) Minimum including Capital Conservation Buffer and D-SIBs surcharge (1) RBC pro forma capital ratios as at October 31, 2012 (2) RBC capital ratios as at October 31, 2013 Meet or exceed OSFI target ratios Table 63 OSFI target requirements as of (1) Common Equity Tier 1 (%) Tier 1 capital (%) Total capital (%) > 4.5% > 6.0% > 8.0% 2.5% 2.5% 2.5% > 7.0% > 8.5% > 10.5% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% > 8.0% > 9.5% > 11.5% 8.9% 11.3% 13.9% 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% ✓ ✓ ✓ 2013/2016 2014/2016 2014/2016 (1) (2) The D-SIBs surcharge will be applicable to risk weighted capital commencing January 1, 2016. The 2012 Basel III pro forma capital ratios have been restated to reflect the delayed regulatory implementation of a CVA capital charge requirement. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 77 The following table provides details on our regulatory capital, RWA and capital ratios. Our capital position remained strong during the year and our capital ratios remain well above OSFI regulatory targets: Regulatory capital, RWA and capital ratios Regulatory capital, risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital ratios Basel III (1) Basel III Pro forma (2) Table 64 Basel II As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and multiple amounts) 2013 2012 2012 Capital CET1 Tier 1 capital Total capital RWA Credit risk Market risk Operational risk RWA Capital ratios and multiples (3) CET1 ratio (1) Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Assets-to-capital multiple (4) GAA (billions) (4) $ $ $ $ $ 30,541 37,196 44,716 27,447 34,843 42,575 n.a. (1) 36,807 42,347 232,641 42,184 44,156 $ 231,197 35,049 40,941 $ 209,559 30,109 40,941 318,981 $ 307,187 $ 280,609 9.6 % 11.7 % 14.0 % 16.6 X 807.0 $ 8.9 % 11.3 % 13.9 % 16.0 X 742.7 n.a. (1) 13.1 % 15.1 % 16.7 X 740.8 $ (1) (2) (3) (4) Effective the first quarter of 2013, we calculate capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple using the Basel III framework. The capital ratios are calculated on the “all-in” basis. The prior periods’ capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple were calculated using the Basel II framework. Basel III and Basel II are not directly comparable. The CET1 ratio is a new regulatory measure under the Basel III framework. The CET1 capital and ratio are not applicable (n.a.) for prior periods as Basel III was adopted prospectively, effective the first quarter of 2013. The 2012 Basel III pro forma capital, RWA, capital ratios and multiples have been restated to reflect the delayed regulatory implementation of the CVA capital charge requirement. To enhance comparability among other global financial institutions, the following are our transitional capital ratios. The transitional CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios as at October 31, 2013 were 11.9%, 11.9% and 13.9% respectively. Transitional is defined as capital calculated according to the current year’s phase-in of regulatory adjustments and phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments. Effective the first quarter of 2013, Assets-to-capital multiple and GAA are calculated on a transitional basis as per OSFI CAR Guideline. Basel III regulatory capital and capital ratios Under Basel III, regulatory capital includes CET1, Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 capital comprises the highest quality of capital. Regulatory adjustments under Basel III are expanded to include full deductions of certain items and additional capital components that are subject to threshold deductions. Tier 1 capital comprises predominantly CET1 and additional Tier 1 items. Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debentures that meet certain criteria, certain loan loss allowances and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries’ Tier 2 instruments. Total capital is defined as the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital by RWA. Pending the BCBS’s review of the final Basel III leverage ratio framework, OSFI requires Canadian banks to maintain an Assets-to-capital multiple (which is calculated by dividing Gross- Adjusted Assets (GAA) by Total capital calculated on a Basel III transitional basis) at or below a maximum level prescribed by OSFI on a continuous basis. All items that are deducted from capital are excluded from total assets. 78 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis The following chart provides a summary of the major components of CET1, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Total capital: Total Capital Tier 1 Capital Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) + Additional Tier 1 Capital + Tier 2 Capital Common shares Retained earnings Other components of equity Preferred shares Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries Tier 1 instruments Subordinated debentures Certain loan loss allowances Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries Tier 2 instruments s n o i t c u d e D d l o h s e r h T ) 1 ( s n o i t c u d e D Goodwill and other intangibles Deferred tax assets on loss carryforwards Defined benefit pension funds assets Non-significant investments in CET1 instruments of Financial Institutions Significant investments in CET1 instruments of Financial Institutions Mortgage servicing rights Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences Higher quality capital Investments in Tier 1 instruments of Financial Institutions Investments in Tier 2 instruments of Financial Institutions Lower quality capital (1) First level: The amount by which each of the items exceeds a 10% threshold of CET1 capital (after all deductions but before threshold deductions) will be deducted from CET1 capital. Second level: The aggregate amount of the three items not deducted from the first level above and in excess of 15% of CET1 capital after regulatory adjustments will be deducted from capital, and the remaining balance not deducted will be risk-weighted at 250%. Regulatory capital (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and otherwise noted) Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves and regulatory adjustments Directly issued qualifying common share capital (and equivalent for non-joint stock companies) Retained earnings Other components of equity (and other reserves) Common share capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group CET1) Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 under Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) (1) Additional Tier 1 capital: instruments and regulatory adjustments Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus related stock surplus Directly issued capital instruments to phase out from Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group AT1) Regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 under Basel 3 Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions and regulatory adjustments Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Tier 2 Tier 2 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group Tier 2) Collective allowance Other Regulatory adjustments applied to Tier 2 under Basel 3 Tier 2 capital (T2) Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) Basel III All-in basis Table 65 Basel II 2013 2012 $ 14,607 28,124 1,207 $ 14,354 24,714 195 11 (13,408) 30,541 – 6,652 3 – 6,655 – – 7,394 – 34 (9,884) $ 37,196 $ 36,807 – 7,234 24 262 – – 7,495 – – 191 221 (2,367) $ $ 7,520 $ 5,540 44,716 $ 42,347 (1) CET1 capital is a new regulatory measure under the Basel III framework. CET1 capital is not applicable for the prior period as Basel III was adopted prospectively, effective the first quarter of 2013. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 79 2013 (Basel III) vs. 2012 (Pro forma Basel III) Continuity of CET1 ratio (Basel III) 144 bps (13) bps (45) bps 8.9% (15) bps (14) bps 7 bps 9.6% October 31, 2012 Basel III pro forma (1) Internal capital generation (2) Share repurchase Ally Canada acquisition IFRS impact RWA increase Other October 31, 2013 Basel III (1) (1) (2) Represents rounded figures. Internal capital generation of $4.4 billion represents Net income available to shareholders less common and preferred shares dividends. Our Basel III CET 1 ratio was 9.6% as at October 31, 2013 as compared to our pro forma CET1 ratio of 8.9% as at October 31, 2012, up 70 bps mainly reflecting internal capital generation, partially offset by the acquisition of Ally Canada, the phase-in impact of IFRS and an increase in RWA. Common share repurchases reduced the CET1 ratio by approximately 13 bps. We estimated that our Basel III CET 1 ratio as at October 31, 2013 would be reduced by the following two adjustments: (i) approximately 30 bps based on a 57% CET1 phase-in as per OSFI advisory, if the 2014 CVA capital charge was currently in effect; and (ii) approximately 10 bps, if the future accounting changes related to IAS 19 amendments were currently in effect. For further details, refer to Accounting and control matters section and Note 2 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Our Basel III Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.7%, increased 40 bps from our pro forma Basel III Tier 1 capital ratio of 11.3% as at October 31, 2012 largely due to the factors noted in relation to the CET1 capital ratio above. The phase-out of non-qualifying Additional Tier 1 capital as well as the redemption of preferred shares series AH reduced Tier 1 capital ratio by approximately 19 bps and 7 bps respectively. Our Total capital ratio of 14.0%, increased 10 bps from our pro forma Basel III Total capital ratio of 13.9% as at October 31, 2012, largely due to the factors noted in relation to the Tier 1 capital ratio above. As at October 31, 2013, our Assets-to-capital multiple was 16.6 times compared to our pro forma Assets-to-capital multiple as at October 31, 2012 of 16.0 times a year ago largely due to higher GAA including the acquisition of Ally Canada, share repurchases and the IFRS transition impact, partially offset by internal capital generation. 80 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Basel III RWA Under Basel III, the RWA requirement is more stringent than Basel II, largely reflecting the 250% risk-weighted threshold items not deducted from CET1 capital, increased and new capital charges for credit risk related to asset value correlation for financial institutions and exposures cleared through central counterparties, as well as the conversion of certain Basel II capital deductions to RWA. OSFI requires banks to meet minimum risk-based capital requirements for exposures to credit risk, operational risk, and, where they have significant trading activity, market risk. RWA is calculated for each of these risk types and added together to determine total RWA. In addition, OSFI requires the minimum risk-based capital to be no less than 90% of the capital requirements as calculated under the Basel I standards. If the capital requirement is less than 90%, a transitional adjustment to RWA must be applied as prescribed by OSFI CAR guidelines. RWA As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amount) Exposure (1) Average of risk weights (2) Basel III 2013 Risk-weighted assets Table 66 Basel II 2012 Standardized approach Advanced approach Other Total Total Credit risk Lending-related and other Residential mortgages Other retail Business Sovereign Bank Total lending-related and other Trading-related Repo-style transactions Derivatives Total trading-related Total lending-related and other and trading-related Bank book equities Securitization exposures Regulatory scaling factor Other assets Total credit risk Market risk Interest rate Equity Foreign exchange Commodities Specific risk Incremental risk charge Total market risk Operational risk $ $ $ $ 183,461 219,150 199,344 46,302 73,492 721,749 251,648 67,055 318,703 $ 1,040,452 1,723 40,460 n.a. 35,234 $ 1,117,869 5% $ 908 $ 7,582 $ 22% 51% 8% 7% 6,198 15,331 1,687 2,168 42,220 86,449 2,223 3,241 – $ – – – – 8,490 48,418 101,780 3,910 5,409 $ 8,713 38,633 100,357 3,266 4,801 23% $ 26,292 $ 141,715 $ – $ 168,007 $ 155,770 1% $ 25% 57 $ 2,578 $ 27 $ 3,005 13,095 389 2,662 16,489 $ 2,235 11,908 6% $ 3,062 $ 15,673 $ 416 $ 19,151 $ 14,143 18% $ 99% 17% n.a. 77% 29,354 $ 157,388 $ – 280 n.a. n.a. 1,712 6,509 9,813 n.a. 416 $ 187,158 1,712 6,789 9,813 27,169 – – – 27,169 $ 169,913 1,206 6,584 9,187 22,669 21% $ 29,634 $ 175,422 $ 27,585 $ 232,641 $ 209,559 $ $ $ $ 2,509 $ 322 1,551 971 16,169 – 852 $ 3,008 110 19 5,779 10,894 – $ – – – – – 3,361 3,330 1,661 990 21,948 10,894 $ 6,547 1,916 1,704 844 9,695 9,403 21,522 $ 20,662 $ – $ 42,184 $ 30,109 44,156 n.a. n.a. $ 44,156 $ 40,941 95,312 $ 196,084 $ 27,585 $ 318,981 $ 280,609 Total risk-weighted assets $ 1,117,869 (1) (2) Total exposure represents exposure at default which is the expected gross exposure upon the default of an obligor. This amount is before any allowance against impaired loans or partial write-offs and does not reflect the impact of credit risk mitigation and collateral held. Represents the average of counterparty risk weights within a particular category. 2013 (Basel III) vs. 2012 (Pro forma Basel III) During the year, RWA was $319 billion, up $12 billion, as compared to our pro forma Basel III RWA of $307 billion for 2012, mainly due to higher market risk RWA due to an increase in trading exposures, the impact of foreign exchange in credit risk and the acquisition of Ally Canada. These factors were partially offset by the impact of an update of our risk parameters and our ongoing risk management and balance sheet optimization activities. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 81 Selected capital management activity The following table provides our selected capital management activity for the year ended October 31, 2013: Selected capital management activity As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of shares) Tier 1 Common shares issued Stock options exercised (1) Purchased for cancellation Preferred shares Table 67 2013 Issuance or redemption date Number of shares (000s) Amount 2,528 $ (6,775) 121 (67) Redemption of preferred shares AH series July 2, 2013 (8,500) (213) Tier 2 Issuance of December 6, 2024 subordinated debentures (2) December 6, 2012 Redemption of March 11, 2018 subordinated debentures (2) March 13, 2013 Redemption of June 6, 2018 subordinated debentures (2) June 6, 2013 2,000 (1,000) (1,000) (1) (2) Amounts include cash received for stock options exercised during the period and the fair value adjustments to stock options. For further details, refer to Note 19 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Dividends Our common share dividend policy reflects our earnings outlook, payout ratio objective and the need to maintain adequate levels of capital to fund business opportunities. In 2013, our dividend payout ratio was 45%, which met our dividend payout ratio target of 40% to 50%. Common share dividends paid during the year were $3.7 billion. Selected share data (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of shares) Common shares outstanding First preferred shares outstanding Non-cumulative Series W (2) Non-cumulative Series AA Non-cumulative Series AB Non-cumulative Series AC Non-cumulative Series AD Non-cumulative Series AE Non-cumulative Series AF Non-cumulative Series AG Non-cumulative Series AH Non-cumulative Series AJ (3) Non-cumulative Series AL (3) Non-cumulative Series AN (3) Non-cumulative Series AP (3) Non-cumulative Series AR (3) Non-cumulative Series AT (3) Non-cumulative Series AV (3) Non-cumulative Series AX (3) Treasury shares – preferred Treasury shares – common Stock options Outstanding Exercisable Dividends Common Preferred 2013 2012 Number of shares (000s) Dividends declared per share Number of shares (000s) Dividends declared per share Number of shares (000s) Amount Amount Table 68 Dividends declared per share 2011 Amount 1,441,056 $ 14,377 $ 2.53 1,445,303 $ 14,323 $ 2.28 1,438,376 $ 14,010 $ 2.08 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 – 16,000 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 47 666 10,604 5,711 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 0.86 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 – 400 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 1 41 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 8,500 16,000 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 42 543 12,304 6,544 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 1.41 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 213 400 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 1 30 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 213 400 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 – 8 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 8,500 16,000 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 (6) 146 14,413 8,688 3,651 253 3,291 258 2,979 258 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 1.41 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 (1) (2) (3) For further details about our capital management activity, refer to Note 21 of our Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Effective February 24, 2010, we have the right to convert into common shares at our option, subject to certain restrictions. Dividend rate will reset every five years. On October 25, 2013, we announced our intention to redeem all outstanding $900 million Trust Capital Securities Series 2013 at par. The redemption is expected to be completed on December 31, 2013 and will be financed out of general corporate funds. On October 28 2013, we announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSE) approved our normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to purchase up to 30 million of our common shares, commencing on November 1, 2013 and which may continue until October 31, 2014. Purchases may be made through the TSE, the New York Stock Exchange and other designated exchanges and published markets in both Canada and the U.S. The price paid for any repurchased shares will be the prevailing market price at the time of acquisition. We determine the amount and timing of the purchases under the NCIB, subject to prior consultation with OSFI. As at December 4, 2013, we have not purchased any shares under the 2014 NCIB. 82 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Our previous NCIB commenced on November 1, 2012 and expired on October 31, 2013. Over the term of the previous bid, we purchased 6.8 million of our common shares. The total cost of the share repurchase was $408 million, comprised of a book value of $67 million, with an additional $341 million premium paid on repurchase. On November 4, 2013, we redeemed all outstanding $1 billion subordinated debentures due November 4, 2018 at par plus accrued interest. The redemption was financed out of general corporate funds. As at November 29, 2013, the number of outstanding common shares and stock options was 1,441,058,114 and 10,601,928, respectively. As at November 29, 2013, the number of Treasury shares – preferred and Treasury shares – common was (48,463) and (950,654), respectively. Attributed capital Our methodology for allocating capital to our business segments is based on the higher of fully diversified economic capital and the Basel III regulatory capital requirements. The capital conversion rate is aligned with our target CET1 ratio set in our Capital Plan. Risk-based capital attribution provides a uniform base for performance measurement among business segments, which compares to our overall corporate return objective and facilitates management decisions in resource allocation in conjunction with other factors. Capital attribution to each business segment might vary due to the evolving changes in regulatory requirements such as the delay of the implementation of the CVA capital charge until January 1, 2014, and the D-SIBs surcharge implementation commencing January 1, 2016. Attributed capital is calculated and attributed on a wider array of risks compared to Basel III regulatory capital requirements, which are calibrated predominantly to target credit, market (trading) and operational risk measures. Economic capital is our internal quantification of risks associated with business activities which is the capital required to remain solvent under extreme market conditions, reflecting our objective to maintain a debt rating of at least AA. Economic capital is calculated based on credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational, business and fixed asset, and insurance risks, along with capital attribution for goodwill and other intangibles. The common risks between the two frameworks are aligned to reflect increased regulatory requirements. • Business risk is the risk of loss or harm due to variances in volumes, prices and costs caused by competitive forces, regulatory changes, reputation and strategic risks. Fixed asset risk is defined as the risk that the value of fixed assets will be less than their book value at a future date. • For further discussion on credit, market, operational and insurance risks, refer to the Risk management section. Attributed capital is also used to assess the adequacy of our capital base. Our policy is to maintain a level of available capital, defined as common equity and other capital instruments with equity-like loss absorption features such as preferred shares that exceed Economic capital with a comfortable cushion. The calculation and attribution of capital involves a number of assumptions and judgments by management which are monitored to ensure that the economic capital framework remains comprehensive and consistent. The models are benchmarked to leading industry practices via participation in surveys, reviews of methodologies and ongoing interaction with external risk management industry professionals. The following provides a discussion of our attributed capital: Attributed capital (Millions of Canadian dollars) Credit risk Market risk (trading and non-trading) Operational risk Business and fixed asset risk Insurance risk Goodwill and intangibles Regulatory capital allocation Attributed capital Under attribution of capital Average common equity from discontinued operations Average common equity 2013 11,800 3,300 4,050 2,650 500 10,750 3,400 36,450 5,200 – 41,650 $ $ $ Table 69 $ 2012 9,550 3,800 3,750 2,750 450 9,800 4,100 $ 34,200 2,550 400 $ 37,150 2013 vs. 2012 Attributed capital increased by $2.3 billion largely due to an increase in Credit risk reflecting business growth and rate changes, higher Goodwill and intangible risk reflecting the acquisition of Ally Canada, the recognition of intangibles in certain businesses, and foreign exchange gains. Increased Operational risk due to revenue growth also contributed to the increase. These factors were partly offset by a decrease in Market risk primarily due to the annual revisions to our methodologies and lower regulatory capital adjustment of $0.7 billion resulting from the exclusion of CVA derived by OSFI’s decision to delay implementation until 2014. We remain well capitalized with current levels of available capital exceeding the attributed capital required to underpin all of our material risks. Unattributed capital increased from the prior year as we retained additional capital in anticipation of the additional capital requirements by OSFI for D-SIBs. For further details on the additional capital, refer to table 63 which provides a summary of OSFI regulatory target ratios. Subsidiary capital Our capital management framework includes the management of our subsidiary capital. We invest capital across the enterprise to meet local regulators’ capital adequacy requirements and maximize returns to our shareholders. We invest in our subsidiaries as appropriate during the year. We set guidelines for defining capital investments in our subsidiaries and manage the relationship between capital invested in subsidiaries and our consolidated capital base to ensure that we can access capital recognized in our consolidated regulatory capital measurements. Each of our subsidiaries has responsibility for maintaining its compliance with local regulatory capital adequacy requirements, which may include restrictions on the transfer of assets in the form of cash, dividends, loans or advances. Concurrently, Corporate Treasury provides centralized oversight and consolidated capital management across all subsidiary entities. Other considerations affecting capital Capital treatment for equity investments in other entities is determined by a combination of accounting and regulatory guidelines based on the size or nature of the investment. Three broad approaches apply as follows: • Consolidation: entities in which we have a controlling interest are fully consolidated on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and joint ventures are consolidated on a pro rata basis. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 83 • • Deduction: certain holdings are deducted in full from our regulatory capital. These include all unconsolidated “substantial investments,” as defined by the Bank Act (Canada), as well as all investments in insurance subsidiaries. Risk weighting: unconsolidated equity investments that are not deducted from capital are risk weighted at a prescribed rate for determi- nation of capital charges. Regulatory capital approach for securitization exposures For our securitization exposures, we use an internal assessment approach (IAA) for exposures related to our ABCP business, and for other securitization exposures we use a combination of approaches including a ratings-based approach and the standardized approach. While our IAA rating methodologies are based in large part on criteria that are published by External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAIs) such as S&P and therefore are similar to the methodologies used by these institutions, they are not identical. Our ratings process includes a comparison of the available credit enhancement in a securitization structure to a stressed level of projected losses. The stress level used is determined by the desired risk profile of the transaction. As a result, we stress the cash flows of a given transaction at a higher level in order to achieve a higher rating. Conversely, transactions that only pass lower stress levels achieve lower ratings. Most of the other securitization exposures (non-ABCP) carry external ratings and we use the lower of our own rating or the lowest external rating for determining the proper capital allocation for these positions. We periodically compare our own ratings to ECAIs ratings to ensure that the ratings provided by ECAIs are reasonable. GRM has responsibility for providing risk assessments for capital purposes in respect of all our banking book exposures. GRM is independent of the business originating the securitization exposures and performs its own analysis, sometimes in conjunction with but always independent of the applicable business. GRM has developed asset class specific criteria guidelines which provide the rating methodologies for each asset class. The guidelines are reviewed periodically and are subject to the ratings replication process mandated by Pillar I of the Basel rules. Additional financial information Exposures to selected financial instruments Exposure to U.S. subprime and Alt-A through RMBS, CDOs and mortgages Table 70 As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Fair value of securities Fair value of securities by rating AAA AA A BBB Below BBB- Total Fair value of securities by vintage 2003 (or before) 2004 2005 2006 2007 and greater Total Amortized cost of subprime/Alt-A mortgages (whole loans) Total subprime and Alt-A exposures 2013 2012 CDOs that may contain subprime or Alt-A Subprime RMBS Alt-A RMBS Subprime RMBS Alt-A RMBS Total CDOs that may contain subprime or Alt-A Total $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 205 $ 221 $ 15 $ 441 $ 256 $ 207 $ 17 $ 480 8 $ 8 $ 36 16 51 94 19 25 11 158 205 $ 221 $ $ – – – – 15 15 $ 441 $ 48 $ 52 6 15 135 – $ 26 5 1 175 – – – – 17 256 $ 207 $ 17 $ 480 1 $ 25 $ 4 94 38 68 43 63 64 26 – – 15 – – $ 8 $ 11 $ 10 100 88 50 22 75 65 34 – – 17 – – 205 $ 221 $ 15 $ 441 $ 256 $ 207 $ 17 $ 480 7 $ 26 $ – $ 33 $ 7 $ 30 $ – $ 37 212 $ 247 $ 15 $ 474 $ 263 $ 237 $ 17 $ 517 Sensitivities of fair value of securities to changes in assumptions (Millions of Canadian dollars): 100bps increase in credit spread 100bps increase in interest rates 20% increase in default rates 25% decrease in prepayment rates $ (4) $ (10) (6) (2) (4) (5) – (1) Exposure to U.S. subprime and Alt-A residential Mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and mortgages Certain activities and transactions we enter into expose us to the risk of default of U.S. subprime and Alt-A residential mortgages. Our exposures to U.S. subprime and Alt-A residential mortgages of $474 million represented less than 0.1% of our total assets as at October 31, 2013, compared to $517 million or 0.1% in the prior year. The decrease of $43 million was primarily due to the sale of securities. 2013 vs. 2012 Our total holdings of RMBS noted in the table above may be exposed to U.S. subprime risk. As at October 31, 2013, our U.S. subprime RMBS exposure of $205 million decreased $51 million or 20% from the prior year, primarily due to the sale of certain securities. Of this exposure, $60 million or 29% of our related holdings were rated A and above, a decrease of $46 million from the prior year due to the sale of certain securities. As at October 31, 2013, U.S. subprime RMBS holdings rated AAA comprised 4% of our total U.S. subprime RMBS holdings compared with 19% in the prior year due to the sale of securities. As at October 31, 2013, our exposure to U.S. subprime loans of $7 million was unchanged from the prior year. 84 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Of our total portfolio of RMBS, holdings with a fair value of $221 million may be exposed to U.S. Alt-A risk. U.S. Alt-A exposures, increased $14 million from the prior year. Approximately 41% of these RMBS were issued during 2006 and onwards, compared to 48% in the prior year. As at October 31, 2013, our exposure to U.S. Alt-A loans of $26 million decreased $4 million from the prior year. Of our total portfolio of CDOs, holdings of $15 million may be exposed to U.S. subprime or Alt-A risk, relatively unchanged from the prior year. As at October 31, 2013, the fair value of our corporate CDOs, which were predominately comprised of $1.4 billion of corporate collateralized loan obligations decreased $700 million from the prior year mainly due to the redemption of certain securities. Off-balance sheet arrangements For our off-balance sheet arrangements including multi-seller conduits, structured investment vehicles and other variable interest entities as at October 31, 2013, refer to the Off-balance sheet arrangements section. Leveraged finance Leveraged finance comprises infrastructure finance, essential services and other types of finance. It excludes investment grade financing and non-investment grade financing where there is no private equity sponsor involvement. This definition is subject to refinement moving forward. As at October 31, 2013, our total commitments, combined funded and unfunded of $13.6 billion, increased $1.5 billion from the prior year, reflecting an increase in client volumes. As at October 31, 2013, our total commitments, combined funded and unfunded represented 1.6% of our total assets similar to the prior year. Commercial mortgage-backed securities The fair value of our total direct holdings of commercial mortgage-backed securities was $128 million as at October 31, 2013. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value There were significant transfers in or out of levels 1, 2 or 3 in the current year, as classified by the fair value hierarchy set out in IFRS 7, Financial Instruments – Disclosures. For further details, refer to Note 3 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value Table 71 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Fair value (1) Level 1 (1) Level 2 (1) Level 3 (1) Total As at October 31, 2013 Financial assets Securities at FVTPL Available-for-sale Loans – Wholesale Derivatives Other assets Financial liabilities Deposits Derivatives $ 144,023 38,271 1,578 106,012 983 $ 67,038 108,238 43% 15% 0% 2% 53% 0% 2% 56% 72% 74% 97% 46% 93% 95% 1% 100% 13% 100% 26% 100% 1% 100% 1% 100% 7% 100% 3% 100% (1) Fair value of assets and liabilities as a percentage of total assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for categories presented in the table above and does not reflect the impact of netting. Accounting and control matters Critical accounting policies and estimates Application of critical accounting policies and estimates Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies, as well as estimates made by management in applying such policies, are recognized as critical because they require us to make particularly subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that significantly different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Our critical accounting policies and estimates relate to the fair value of financial instruments, allowance for credit losses, goodwill and other intangible assets, employee benefits, special purpose entities, derecognition of financial assets, and income taxes. Our critical accounting policies and estimates have been reviewed and approved by our Audit Committee, in consultation with management, as part of their review and approval of our significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments. Fair value of financial instruments The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the financial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties under no compulsion to act. We determine fair value by incorporating all factors that market partic- ipants would consider in setting a price and using accepted economic methodologies for pricing financial instruments. We have established policies on approved methodologies and procedures for determining fair value. Valuation techniques are approved for use within our model risk management framework. The framework addresses, among other things, model development standards, validation processes and procedures, and approval authorities. Valuation techniques also include using a documented third-party pricing source list. The third party pricing source list gives priority to those services and prices having the highest and most consistent accuracy. The level of accuracy is developed over time by comparing third-party price values to traders’ or system values, to other pricing service values and, when available, to actual trade data. In determining fair value, a hierarchy is used which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The availability of inputs relevant to the asset or liability and the relative reliability of the inputs might affect the selection of appro- priate valuation techniques. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 85 Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs that are derived principally from observable market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available at the measurement date. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, management judgment is required to determine fair values by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, proxy information from similar transactions, and through extrapolation and interpolation techniques. For instruments not traded in an active market, fair value is determined using a valuation technique that maximizes the use of observable market inputs to the extent available. For more complex or illiquid instruments, significant judgment is required in the determination of the model used, the selection of model inputs, and in some cases the application of valuation adjustments to the model value or quoted price for inactively traded financial instruments, as the selection of model inputs may be subjective and the inputs may be unobservable. Unobservable inputs are inherently uncertain as there is little or no market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business circumstances. Appropriate parameter uncertainty and market risk valuation adjustments for such inputs and other model risk valuation adjustments are assessed in all such instances. We record valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect counterparty credit quality and our own creditworthiness, differences between the overnight index swap (OIS) curve and London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) for collateralized derivatives, unrealized gains or losses at inception of the transaction, bid-offer spreads and unobservable parameters. These adjustments may be subjective as they require significant judgment in the input selection, such as probability of default and recovery rate, and are intended to arrive at fair value that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument. The realized price for a transaction may be different from its recorded value that is previously estimated using management judgment, and may therefore impact unrealized gains and losses recognized in Non-interest income – Trading revenue or Other. Valuation adjustments are recorded for the credit risk of our derivative portfolios in order to arrive at their fair values. Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA) take into account our creditworthiness and our counterparties’ creditworthiness, the current and potential future mark-to- market of the transactions, and the effects of credit mitigants such as master netting and collateral agreements. CVA amounts are derived from estimates of exposure at default, probability of default, recovery rates on a counterparty basis, and market and credit factor correlations. Exposure at default is the amounts of expected derivative related assets and liabilities at the time of default, estimated through modeling using underlying risk factors. Probability of default and recovery rate is generally implied from the market prices for credit protection and credit ratings of the counterparty. Correlation is the statistical measure of how credit and market factors may move in relation to one another, if any. Correlation is estimated using historical data and market data where available. CVA is calculated daily and changes are recorded in Non-interest income – Trading revenue. In order to reflect recently observed market practice of pricing collateralized over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives using the OIS curve, our valuation approach accounts for the difference between certain OIS rates and LIBOR for derivatives valuation as valuation adjustments. Market practices continue to evolve concerning the use of and construction of OIS curves that best reflect the nature of the underlying collateral and as a result, additional valuation adjustments may be required in the future. Where required, a valuation adjustment is made to reflect the unrealized gain or loss at inception of a financial instrument contract where the fair value of that financial instrument is not obtained from a quoted market price or cannot be evidenced by other observable market transactions based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. A bid-offer valuation adjustment is required when a financial instrument is valued at the mid-market price, instead of the bid or offer price for asset or liability positions, respectively. The valuation adjustment takes into account the spread from the mid to either the bid or offer price. Some valuation models require parameter calibration from such factors as market observed option prices. The calibration of parameters may be sensitive to factors such as the choice of instruments or optimization methodology. A valuation adjustment is also estimated to mitigate the uncertainties of parameter calibration. IFRS requires us to classify our financial instruments measured at fair value into three levels based on the transparency of the inputs used to measure the fair values of the instruments. As at October 31, 2013, we have $296 billion of financial assets (79% of our total financial assets at fair value) (2012 – $302 billion and 80.9%) and $234 billion of financial liabilities (84.8% of our total financial liabilities at fair value) (2012 – $246 billion and 85.5%), which fair values are based on observable inputs (Level 2 instruments). We also have $8 billion of financial assets (2.1% of our total financial assets at fair value) (2012 – $10 billion and 2.7%) and $8 billion of financial liabilities (2.8% of our total financial liabilities at fair value) (2012 – $13 billion and 4.5%), which valuations include significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 instruments). At each reporting date or more frequently when conditions warrant, we evaluate our AFS securities to determine whether there is any objective evidence of impairment, such as a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost or when an adverse effect on future cash flows from the security can be reliably estimated. When assessing impairment for debt instruments we primarily considered counterparty ratings and security-specific factors, including collateral, external ratings, subordination and other market factors. For complex debt instruments including U.S. non-agency MBS, ABS and other structured products, we also use cash flow projection models which incorporate actual and projected cash flows for each security using a number of assumptions and inputs that are based on security specific factors. The inputs and assumptions used such as default, prepayment and recovery rates are based on updated market data. For U.S. non-agency MBS, recovery rates are largely dependent upon forecasted property prices which were assessed at the municipal level, provided by a third-party vendor. In addition, we also consider the transaction structure and credit enhancement for the structured securities. If the result indicates that we will not be able to recover the entire principal and interest amount, we do a further review of the security in order to assess whether a loss would ultimately be realized. As equity securities do not have contractual cash flows, they are assessed differently than debt securities. In assessing whether there is any objective evidence that suggests that the security is impaired we consider factors which include the length of time and extent the fair value has been below the cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. We also consider the estimated recoverable value and the period of recovery. We conduct further analysis for securities where the fair value had been below cost for greater than twelve months. If an AFS security is impaired, the cumulative unrealized losses previously recognized in Other components of equity are recognized directly in income under Non-interest income. As at October 31, 2013, our gross unrealized losses on AFS securities were $293 million (2012 – $359 million). Refer to Note 4 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. Allowance for credit losses We maintain allowance for credit losses relating to on-balance sheet exposures, such as loans and acceptances, and off-balance sheet items such as letters of credit, guarantees and unfunded commitments, at levels that management considers appropriate to cover credit related losses incurred as at the balance sheet date. Allowances are determined individually for loans that are individually significant, and collectively for loans that are not individually significant and loans which are significant but for which there is no objective evidence of impairment, using current and historical credit 86 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis information in both quantitative and qualitative assessments. For further information on allowance for credit losses, refer to Note 5 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Individually assessed loans Loans which are individually significant are assessed individually for objective indicators of impairment. A loan is considered impaired when management determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms or the equivalent value. Credit exposures of individually significant loans are evaluated based on factors including the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, and where applicable, the realizable value of any collateral. If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss, then the amount of the loss is recognized in income and is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan, including accrued interest, and the estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is measured as the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, including cash flows that may result from the realization of collateral less costs to sell. Collectively assessed loans Loans which are not individually significant, or which are individually assessed and not determined to be impaired, are collectively assessed for impairment. For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, loans are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics, taking into account loan type, industry, geographic location, collateral type, past due status and other relevant factors. The collective impairment allowance is determined by reviewing factors including: (i) historical loss experience, which takes into consid- eration historical probabilities of default, loss given default and exposure at default, in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics, and (ii) management’s judgment on the level of impairment losses based on historical experience relative to the actual level as reported at the balance sheet date, taking into consideration the current portfolio credit quality trends, business and economic and credit conditions, the impact of policy and process changes, and other supporting factors. Future cash flows for a group of loans are collectively evaluated for impairment on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the loans in the group and historical loss experience for loans with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. Write-off of loans Loans and the related impairment allowance for credit losses are written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, they are generally written off after receipt of any proceeds from the realization of the collateral. In circum- stances where the net realizable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write off may be earlier. For credit cards, the balances and related allowance for credit losses are written off when payment is 180 days in arrears. Personal loans are generally written off at 150 days past due. Total allowance for credit losses Based on the procedures discussed above, management believes that the total allowance for credit losses of $2,050 million is adequate to absorb estimated credit losses incurred in the lending portfolio as at October 31, 2013 (2012 – $2,088 million). This amount includes $91 million (2012 – $91 million) classified in Provisions under Other Liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, which relates to letters of credit and guarantees and unfunded commitments. Goodwill and other intangible assets We allocate goodwill to groups of cash-generating units (CGU). Goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there are objective indications of impairment. We test for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount. A CGU’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying amount of assets, liabilities, and goodwill allocated to the CGU. When the carrying value of a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU proportionally based on the carrying amount of each asset. Any impairment charge is recognized in income in the period it is identified. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited. We estimate the value in use and fair value less costs to sell of our CGUs primarily using a discounted cash flow approach which incorporates each CGU’s internal forecasts of revenues and expenses. Significant management judgment is applied in the determination of expected future cash flows (uncertainty in timing and amount), discount rates (based on CGU-specific risks) and terminal growth rates. CGU- specific risks include country risk, business/operational risk, geographic risk (including political risk, devaluation risk and government regulation), currency risk and price risk (including product pricing risk and inflation). If the forecast earnings and other assumptions in future periods deviate significantly from the current amounts used in our impairment testing, the value of our goodwill could become impaired. Other intangible assets with a finite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: computer software – 3 to 10 years and customer relationships – 10 to 20 years. They are tested for impairment when there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. An impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the intangible asset to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, we estimate the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. If the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is written down to its recoverable amount as an impairment loss. An impairment loss recognized previously is reversed if there is a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) since the last impairment loss recognized. Significant judgment is applied in estimating the useful lives and recoverable amounts of our intangible assets and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment. We do not have any intangible assets with indefinite lives. As at October 31, 2013, we had $8.4 billion of goodwill (2012 – $7.5 billion) and $2.8 billion of other intangible assets (2012 – $2.7 billion). For further details, refer to Notes 2 and 10 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Employee benefits We sponsor a number of benefit programs to eligible employees, including registered pension plans, supplemental pension plans, health, dental, disability and life insurance plans. The calculation of defined benefit expenses and obligations depends on various assumptions such as discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, healthcare cost trend rates, projected salary increases, retirement age, and mortality and termination rates. The discount rate Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 87 assumption is determined using spot rates from a derived Aa corporate bond yield curve for our Canadian pension and other post-employment plans, and spot rates from an Aa corporate bond yield curve for our U.S. pension and other post-employment plans. All other assumptions are determined by management, applying significant judgment, and are reviewed by the actuaries. Actual experience that differs from the actuarial assumptions will affect the amounts of benefit obligations and expenses that we recognize. As at October 31, 2013, the unrecognized net actuarial losses of our pension and other post-employment plans were $1,033 million and $127 million, respectively (2012 – $1,345 million and $134 million, respectively). The weighted average assumptions used and the sensitivity of key assumptions are presented in Note 17 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Special Purpose Entities A special purpose entity is an entity created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective with limited decision-making powers and pre- established or limited activities. We are required to consolidate an SPE if an assessment of the relevant factors indicates that we control the SPE. Relevant factors include: (i) whether the activities of the SPE are conducted on our behalf according to our specific business needs so that we obtain benefits from the SPE’s operation; (ii) whether we have the decision-making powers to obtain a majority of the benefits; (iii) whether we will obtain the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE; and (iv) whether we retain the majority of the residual ownership risks related to the assets or SPE in order to obtain the benefits from its activities. We consider a number of factors in determining whether an entity is an SPE and, if required, analyzing whether we control the SPE. Our approach is generally focused on identifying the significant activities that impact the financial results of the SPE, and determining which party has substantive rights to control the decision making over those activities, and is also exposed to a majority of the SPE’s risks and rewards. In certain instances, conditions considered in isolation may indicate control or lack of control over an SPE, but when considered together require a significant degree of judgment to reach a conclusion. For further information on our involvement with SPEs, refer to the Off-balance sheet arrangements section and Note 7 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Derecognition of financial assets We periodically enter into transactions in which we transfer financial assets such as loans or packaged mortgage-backed securities (MBS) to special purpose entities (SPEs) or trusts that issue securities to investors. We derecognized the assets when our contractual rights to the cash flows from the assets have expired, when we retain the rights to receive the cash flows but assume an obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party subject to certain pass-through requirements, or when we transfer our contractual rights to receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risks and rewards of the assets have been transferred. When we retain substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the transferred assets are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are accounted for as secured financing transactions. When we neither retain nor transfer substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the assets, we derecognize the assets if control over the assets is relinquished. If we retain control over the transferred assets, we continue to recognize the transferred assets to the extent of our continuing involvement. Management’s judgment is applied in determining whether we have transferred or retained substantially all risk and rewards of ownership of the transferred financial asset. The majority of assets transferred under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, and in our Canadian residential mortgage securitization transactions do not qualify for derecognition; as a result, we continue to record the associated transferred assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and no gains or losses are recognized for these securitization activities. Otherwise, a gain or loss is recognized on securitization by comparing the carrying amount of the transferred asset with its fair value at the date of the transfer. As at October 31, 2013, the carrying and fair values of the transferred assets that fail derecognition were $104 billion and $103 billion, respectively (2012 – $110 billion and $110 billion), and the carrying and fair values of the associated liabilities totalled $103 billion and $104 billion, respectively (2012 – $110 billion and $111 billion). For further information on derecognition of financial assets, refer to Note 6 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Income taxes We are subject to income tax laws in various jurisdictions where we operate, and the complex tax laws are potentially subject to different interpretations by us and the relevant taxation authority. Management’s judgment is applied in the interpretation of the relevant tax laws and in the estimation of the provision for current and deferred income taxes, including the expected timing and amount of the realization. A deferred tax asset or liability is determined for each temporary difference based on the tax rates that are expected to be in effect in the period that the asset is realized or the liability is settled. Where the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future, no deferred tax amount is recognized. On a quarterly basis, we review whether it is probable that the benefits associated with our deferred tax assets will be realized, using both positive and negative evidence. Refer to Note 24 to our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. Future changes in accounting policies and disclosure IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (IFRS 10) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10, which replaces the consolidation requirements in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (IAS 27) and SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities (SIC-12) and provides a single consolidation model applicable to all types of entities. Under IFRS 10, consolidation is based on control. Three conditions must be satisfied to have control over an investee: (i) decision making power over the relevant activities, (ii) exposure to variable returns, and (iii) a link between power and returns. The determination of control is based on the current facts and circumstances and is continuously assessed. IFRS 10 contains a substantial amount of application guidance that expands on new and existing principles related to the determination of control. IFRS 10 is effective for us on November 1, 2013 with modified retrospective application based on entities in place as at the effective date. Currently, we consolidate SPEs that we control based on an overall assessment of the purpose and design of the entity, our decision making rights, and our exposure to the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. IFRS 10 places a greater emphasis on decision making power, which is a required condition for control. It removes the bright lines for assessing exposure to risks and rewards, and introduces new consid- erations related to our role as a principal or an agent in entities over which we have decision making power. On adoption of IFRS 10, we expect the consolidation status of certain entities to change. We will deconsolidate RBC Capital Trust II as our involvement does not expose us to variable returns. This will result in the reclassification of $900 million from Trust capital securities to Deposits. See Note 20 for further details on our innovative capital instruments. Additionally, certain mutual funds will be consolidated where our exposure to variability indicates that our power as fund manager is in a principal capacity. The effects of these changes are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 88 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (IFRS 11) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 11 which requires a party to a joint arrangement to determine the type of joint arrangement in which it is involved by assessing its rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. IFRS 11 requires a joint operator to recognize and measure the assets and liabilities in relation to its interest in the arrangement, and a joint venturer to apply equity method of accounting. IFRS 11 is effective for us on November 1, 2013. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities (IFRS 12) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (IFRS 12), which provides enhanced guidance on the annual disclosure requirements of a reporting entity’s interests in other entities. The standard requires an entity to disclose information that helps users to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with a reporting entity’s interests in subsidiaries, consolidated entities, associates, joint arrangements and, in particular, unconsolidated structured entities (off-balance sheet structures), and the effect of those interests on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. IFRS 12 is effective for us on November 1, 2013 with disclosure, including comparative periods, to be presented in our 2014 consolidated financial statements. IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (IAS 27) and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (IAS 28) As a consequence of the new IFRS standards IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, in May 2012, the IASB issued amended and retitled IAS 27, Separate Financial Statements and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. These new requirements are effective for us on November 1, 2013. The adoption of these standards is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (IFRS 13) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement which provides a revised definition of fair value and sets out a framework for measuring fair value in a single standard. IFRS 13 also requires more comprehensive disclosure requirements on fair value measurement. The measurement and disclosure requirements of IFRS 13 apply when another standard requires or permits the item to be measured at fair value with limited exceptions. IFRS 13 is effective for us on November 1, 2013 and is required to be applied prospectively from the adoption date. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IAS 19 Employee Benefits (IAS 19) In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 regarding the accounting for pensions and other post-employment benefits. The new requirements are effective for us on November 1, 2013 and will require a restatement of comparative figures. The amendments will alter the accounting for actuarial gains and losses, past service costs, interest expense and return on plan assets. The amended standard eliminates the deferral and amortization of actuarial gains and losses in net income, instead requiring the immediate recognition of actuarial gains and losses in Other comprehensive income (OCI). Past service costs will also be immediately recognized in the period in which a plan amendment occurs. Net interest, calculated by applying the discount rate to the Net defined benefit liability or asset, will replace the Interest cost and Expected return on plan assets components of Defined benefit pension expense. The amendments also introduce a number of enhanced disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans. The amended standard is expected to impact our Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012 by the following amounts: Impact of IAS 19 amendments (Millions of Canadian dollars) Consolidated Balance Sheets (Decrease) in Prepaid pension benefit cost Increase in Accrued pension and other post-employment benefit expense Increase in Other assets – Deferred income tax asset (Decrease) in Retained earnings (opening) (Decrease) in Retained earnings (closing) Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Decrease) in Net income Increase (Decrease) in Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes Table 72 As at or for the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ (923) 268 316 (1,108) (876) (87) 319 (920) 589 400 (297) (1,108) (32) (779) IFRS 7 Disclosure – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (IFRS 7) In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7, requiring extended disclosures to enable users to assess the effect of offsetting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The amendments require entities to disclose both gross and net amounts associated with master netting agreements and similar arrangements, including the effects of financial collateral, whether or not they are presented net on the balance sheet. The amendments are effective for us on November 1, 2013 and we are required to adopt these disclosures in our 2014 consolidated financial statements. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 89 Controls and procedures Disclosure controls and procedures Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under Canadian and U.S. securities laws is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified under those laws and include controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of October 31, 2013, management evaluated, under the supervision of and with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined under rules adopted by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of October 31, 2013. Internal control over financial reporting Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. However, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. See Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Chartered Accountants. No changes were made in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended October 31, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Related party transactions In the ordinary course of business, we provide normal banking services, operational services, and enter into other transactions with associated and other related corporations, including our joint venture entities, on terms similar to those offered to non-related parties. We grant loans to directors, officers and other employees at rates normally accorded to preferred clients. In addition, we offer deferred share and other plans to non-employee directors, executives and certain other key employees. For further information, refer to Notes 12 and 28 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. 90 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Supplementary information Net interest income on average assets and liabilities Table 73 Average balances Interest Average rate 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) $ 1,355 $ 426 7,386 9,167 193 $ 899 7,081 8,173 1,437 $ 305 4,786 6,528 56 $ 4 13 73 30 $ 8 23 61 21 8 62 91 4.13% 15.54% 1.46 % 2.62 0.90 1.30 0.32 0.75% 1.39 % 0.94 0.18 0.80% 137,053 37,818 174,871 122,606 39,638 162,244 148,307 41,551 189,858 3,113 666 3,779 3,028 846 3,874 3,910 840 4,750 123,766 104,465 82,353 941 945 736 302,849 49,228 352,077 22,691 21,135 395,903 703,707 292,899 37,778 330,677 18,802 14,251 363,730 638,612 272,999 30,583 303,582 13,329 13,337 330,248 608,987 12,077 2,486 14,563 776 1,018 16,357 21,150 11,681 2,468 14,149 702 1,121 15,972 20,852 11,672 1,548 13,220 895 1,121 15,236 20,813 11,716 9,663 128,114 – – – $ 853,200 $ 810,600 $ 778,900 $ 21,150 $ 20,852 $ 20,813 6,665 7,547 155,701 9,520 8,617 153,851 – – – – – – 374,962 40,006 48,937 463,905 350,099 36,430 45,139 431,668 306,754 41,638 52,942 401,334 5,190 169 283 5,642 5,318 210 489 6,017 5,318 232 784 6,334 2.27 1.76 2.16 0.76 3.99 5.05 4.14 3.42 4.82 4.13 3.01 – – – 2.48% 1.38% 0.42 0.58 1.22 2.47 2.13 2.39 0.90 3.99 6.53 4.28 3.73 7.87 4.39 3.27 2.64 2.02 2.50 0.89 4.28 5.06 4.35 6.71 8.41 4.61 3.42 – – – – – – 2.57% 2.67 % 1.52 % 1.73 % 0.56 1.48 1.58 0.58 1.08 1.39 48,980 43,080 56,603 1,579 1,584 2,168 3.22 3.68 3.83 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Assets Deposits with other banks (2) Canada U.S. Other International Securities Trading Available-for-sale Asset purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (2), (3) Canada Retail Wholesale U.S. Other International Total interest-earning assets Non-interest-bearing deposits with other banks Customers’ liability under acceptances Other assets (2) Total assets Liabilities and shareholders’ equity Deposits (2), (4) Canada U.S. Other International Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Subordinated debentures Other interest-bearing liabilities Total interest-bearing liabilities Non-interest-bearing deposits Acceptances Other liabilities (2) Total liabilities 70,881 8,216 1,372 593,354 69,819 9,663 132,362 473 399 82 9,456 – – – $ 805,198 $ 769,068 $ 740,828 $ 7,899 $ 8,354 $ 9,456 49,724 8,821 2,089 518,571 63,983 7,547 150,727 55,369 8,156 1,327 539,600 64,512 8,617 156,339 279 336 63 7,899 – – – 330 360 63 8,354 – – – Equity 48,002 41,532 38,072 n.a. n.a. n.a. Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 853,200 $ 810,600 $ 778,900 $ 7,899 $ 8,354 $ 9,456 Net interest income and margin $ 853,200 $ 810,600 $ 778,900 $ 13,251 $ 12,498 $ 11,357 Net interest income and margin (average earning assets) Canada U.S. Other International Total 116,016 116,313 $ 471,378 $ 442,585 $ 416,817 $ 10,960 $ 10,952 $ 9,693 1,093 571 $ 703,707 $ 638,612 $ 608,987 $ 13,251 $ 12,498 $ 11,357 73,404 118,766 87,845 108,182 1,602 689 957 589 0.39 4.09 4.59 1.33 – – – 0.98% n.a. 0.93% 1.55% 2.33% 1.38 0.59 1.88% 0.60 4.41 4.75 1.55 – – – 0.95 4.52 3.93 1.82 – – – 1.09% 1.28 % n.a. n.a. 1.03% 1.21 % 1.54% 1.46 % 2.47% 2.33 % 1.49 0.48 1.96 % 1.86 % 1.09 0.54 (1) (2) (3) (4) On a continuing operations basis. In 2012, we reclassified cash collateral for 2012 and 2011 paid from Interest bearing deposits with banks and Loans-wholesale to Other assets and cash collateral received from Deposits to Other liabilities. Interest income includes loan fees of $512 million (2012 – $467 million; 2011 – $434 million). Deposits include savings deposits with average balances of $123 billion (2012 – $109 billion; 2011 – $97 billion), interest expense of $.7 billion (2012 – $.6 billion; 2011 – $.6 billion) and average rates of .6% (2012 – .6%; 2011 – .6%). Deposits also include term deposits with average balances of $269 billion (2012 – $264 billion; 2011 – $245 billion), interest expense of $4.2 billion (2012 – $4.6 billion; 2011 – $3.4 billion) and average rates of 1.58% (2012 – 1.74%; 2011 – 1.40%). Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 91 Change in net interest income Table 74 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Deposits with other banks (4) Canada (2) U.S. (2) Other international (2) Securities Trading Available-for-sale Asset purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (4) Canada Retail Wholesale U.S. Other international Total interest income Liabilities Deposits (4) Canada U.S. Other international Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Subordinated debentures Other interest-bearing liabilities Total interest expense 2013 vs. 2012 (1) Increase (decrease) due to changes in 2012 vs. 2011 (1) Increase (decrease) due to changes in Average volume (3) Average rate (3) Net change Average volume (3) Average rate (3) Net change $ 181 (4) 1 357 (39) 175 397 748 145 542 $ (155) $ – (11) (272) (141) (179) (1) (730) (71) (645) $ 2,503 $ (2,205) $ 378 21 41 217 92 3 2 (506) (62) (247) (222) (143) (27) (2) $ $ 754 1,749 $ $ (1,209) $ (996) $ 26 (4) (10) 85 (180) (4) 396 18 74 (103) 298 (128) (41) (206) (5) (51) (24) – (455) 753 $ (18) $ 16 30 $ 27 (16) (69) (678) (39) 198 851 364 367 77 (204) 45 11 (842) 556 (560) (77) $ 1,168 $ (1,129) $ (751) 7 (179) (66) (197) (9) 11 751 (29) (116) (518) 54 (30) (30) 82 1,086 $ $ $ $ (1,184) $ (1,102) 55 $ 1,141 9 – (39) (882) 6 209 9 920 (193) – 39 – (22) (295) (584) (143) (39) (19) Net interest income (1) (2) (3) (4) On a continuing operations basis. Geographic classification for selected assets and liabilities is based on the domicile of the booking point of the subject assets and liabilities. Volume/rate variance is allocated on the percentage relationship of changes in balances and changes in rates to the total net change in net interest income. In 2012, we reclassified cash collateral for 2012 and 2011 paid from Interest bearing deposits with banks and Loans-wholesale to Other assets and cash collateral received from Deposits to Other liabilities. 92 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Loans and acceptances by geography IFRS Canadian GAAP Table 75 As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) 2009 (1) Canada Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Sovereign Bank Wholesale U.S. Retail Wholesale Other International Retail Wholesale Total loans and acceptances Total allowance for loan losses Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance for loan losses Loans and acceptances by portfolio and sector As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total loans and acceptances Total allowance for loan losses $ $ $ $ $ $ 206,134 87,153 13,902 3,987 311,176 57,724 3,807 823 $ 195,552 80,897 13,422 2,503 $ 185,620 75,668 12,723 2,481 $ 124,064 69,291 9,704 2,712 $ 117,292 60,493 8,285 2,851 292,374 276,492 205,771 188,921 50,319 3,751 390 45,186 3,304 747 45,217 2,785 808 47,110 1,394 1,096 62,354 $ 54,460 $ 49,237 $ 48,810 $ 49,600 373,530 $ 346,834 $ 325,729 $ 254,581 $ 238,521 3,734 19,443 23,177 6,768 17,103 23,871 3,138 17,081 20,219 5,673 16,900 22,573 3,101 11,094 14,195 5,152 12,110 17,262 4,230 7,584 11,814 4,936 11,084 16,020 4,163 9,310 13,473 4,625 12,964 17,589 420,578 $ 389,626 $ 357,186 $ 282,415 $ 269,583 (1,959) (1,997) (1,967) (2,038) (2,164) 418,619 $ 387,629 $ 355,219 $ 280,377 $ 267,419 Table 76 IFRS Canadian GAAP 2013 209,238 94,311 14,142 3,987 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) 2009 (1) $ 198,324 86,697 13,661 2,503 $ 188,406 80,921 12,937 2,481 $ 126,790 75,519 9,916 2,712 $ 119,945 66,405 8,508 2,851 $ 321,678 $ 301,185 $ 284,745 $ 214,937 $ 197,709 5,441 6,167 6,230 8,906 4,903 893 4,038 1,074 24,413 4,006 5,593 21,520 4,396 1,320 5,202 3,585 5,432 8,802 3,895 811 3,938 965 20,650 4,203 5,221 20,554 4,193 990 4,880 3,025 5,341 6,394 2,007 698 3,381 1,122 15,569 2,712 4,927 17,011 4,050 1,324 4,705 3,228 5,202 5,869 4,593 726 3,143 587 12,651 2,257 3,546 15,290 3,765 1,916 4,967 3,282 5,323 6,984 3,345 761 3,331 1,746 13,308 2,307 4,184 17,041 2,779 2,516 $ $ 98,900 $ 88,441 $ 72,441 $ 67,478 $ 71,874 420,578 $ 389,626 $ 357,186 $ 282,415 $ 269,583 (1,959) (1,997) (1,967) (2,038) (2,164) Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance for loan losses $ 418,619 $ 387,629 $ 355,219 $ 280,377 $ 267,419 (1) (2) On a continuing operations basis. Other in 2013 related to other services, $8.1 billion; financing products, $3.1 billion; holding and investments, $5.0 billion; health, $3.8 billion; and other, $1.5 billion. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 93 Impaired loans by portfolio and geography As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total impaired loans (3) Canada Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total U.S. Retail Wholesale Total Other International Retail Wholesale Total Total impaired loans Allowance against impaired loans Net impaired loans Gross impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Wholesale Total Allowance against impaired loans as a % of gross impaired loans $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ IFRS 2012 (1) 674 273 33 980 52 17 83 2 5 30 88 2 353 251 73 312 – 2 1,270 2,250 475 206 34 715 44 11 34 – 3 12 34 2 153 238 22 88 – – 641 1,356 7 162 169 258 467 725 2,250 (637) 1,613 0.34% 0.31% 1.32% 0.33% 1.44% 0.58% 28.33% 2013 691 363 37 1,091 43 12 101 14 1 26 54 2 367 117 98 272 – 3 1,110 2,201 464 229 36 729 38 9 58 14 1 8 40 2 169 86 21 80 – – 526 1,255 14 98 112 348 486 834 2,201 (599) 1,602 0.33% 0.39% 0.92% 0.34% 1.12% 0.52% 27.22% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2011 (1) 719 289 40 1,048 75 38 91 33 13 27 38 4 464 47 105 311 – 33 1,279 2,327 567 188 40 795 62 30 48 25 1 7 26 2 164 43 12 93 – – 513 1,308 6 116 122 247 650 897 2,327 (605) 1,722 0.38% 0.36% 1.61% 0.37% 1.77% 0.65% 26.00% Table 77 Canadian GAAP $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2010 (1) 691 278 49 1,018 74 97 91 104 28 49 102 8 560 68 52 385 9 34 1,661 2,679 544 174 49 767 71 87 53 65 1 11 99 4 177 55 42 106 – – 771 1,538 – 364 364 251 526 777 2,679 (721) 1,958 0.54% 0.37% 1.81% 0.47% 2.46% 0.95% 26.91% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2009 (1) 533 290 59 882 79 36 111 100 197 47 143 18 422 114 20 514 10 62 1,873 2,755 441 173 59 673 77 27 53 5 1 20 140 6 232 88 17 173 – – 839 1,512 – 719 719 209 315 524 2,755 (863) 1,892 0.44% 0.44% 2.07% 0.45% 2.61% 1.02% 31.32% (1) (2) (3) On a continuing operations basis. Other in 2013 is related to other, $69 million; financing products, $38 million; other services, $101 million; holding and investments, $39 million; and health, $25 million. Past due loans greater than 90 days not included in impaired loans were $346 million in 2013 (2012 – $393 million; 2011 – $525 million; 2010 – $180 million; 2009 – $312 million). 94 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Provision for credit losses by portfolio and geography Table 78 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) 2009 (1) IFRS Canadian GAAP Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total provision for credit losses on impaired loans Canada Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total U.S. Retail Wholesale Other International Retail Wholesale Total provision for credit losses on impaired loans Total provision for credit losses on non-impaired loans Total provision for credit losses Provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and acceptances $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 41 458 354 32 885 4 3 17 (6) 10 4 21 1 62 157 35 46 – – 354 1,239 27 391 346 32 796 4 3 16 (6) – 3 14 1 37 50 2 27 – – 151 947 3 32 35 86 171 257 1,239 – 1,239 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 67 445 394 43 949 8 (2) 27 (11) 1 5 32 – 82 102 47 63 – – 354 1,303 34 413 391 43 881 8 (2) 13 (11) 1 5 12 – 43 98 10 32 – – 209 1,090 4 29 33 64 116 180 1,303 (2) 1,301 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 42 438 448 35 963 7 (4) 14 (20) (11) 5 3 – 66 (3) 29 82 – – 168 1,131 25 408 448 35 916 7 (3) 13 (9) – 4 3 1 31 6 5 44 – – 25 457 399 45 926 18 15 29 (6) (34) 3 (6) (1) 184 5 10 76 – 15 308 1,234 7 444 399 45 895 18 15 17 3 (1) 3 (4) 2 35 (6) 10 30 – – 102 1,018 $ $ 122 1,017 4 (19) (15) $ 43 85 128 1,131 2 $ $ – 62 62 31 124 155 1,234 6 1,133 1,240 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 22 494 393 55 964 18 21 38 13 264 11 38 7 124 94 8 296 – 20 952 1,916 18 467 393 55 933 18 17 26 (4) 36 9 36 2 52 33 7 204 – – 436 1,369 – 455 455 31 61 92 1,916 251 2,167 0.31% 0.35% 0.33% 0.40% 0.72% (1) (2) On a continuing operations basis. Other in 2013 is related to financing products, $0.4 million; other services, $3.7 million; holdings and investments, $2.0 million; and other, $12.8 million. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 95 Allowance for credit losses by portfolio and geography (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) Allowance at beginning of year Allowance at beginning of year – discontinued operations Provision for credit losses Write-offs by portfolio Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total write-offs by portfolio Recoveries by portfolio Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Business Sovereign Bank Wholesale Total recoveries by portfolio Net write-offs Adjustments (3) Total allowance for credit losses at end of year Allowance against impaired loans Canada Residential mortgages Personal Small business Retail Business Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other Sovereign Bank Wholesale U.S. Retail Wholesale Other International Retail Wholesale Total allowance against impaired loans Allowance against non-impaired loans Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Retail Wholesale Off-balance sheet and other items Total allowance against non-impaired loans Total allowance for credit losses Key ratios Allowance for credit losses as a % of loans and acceptances Net write-offs as a % of average net loans and acceptances $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ IFRS 2012 (1) 2,058 – 1,301 (31) (499) (497) (50) (1,077) (291) – (32) (323) (1,400) 1 83 102 8 194 39 – – 39 233 (1,167) (104) 2,088 41 89 12 142 9 7 14 1 – 6 10 1 45 107 8 31 – – 239 381 1 38 39 96 121 217 637 48 392 403 60 903 457 91 1,451 2,088 0.54% 0.28% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2013 2,088 – 1,239 (24) (498) (466) (35) (1,023) (450) – – (450) (1,473) 2 96 112 9 219 51 – – 51 270 (1,203) (74) 2,050 36 97 16 149 6 4 15 1 – 4 15 1 42 46 6 30 – – 170 319 2 19 21 146 113 259 599 48 405 385 45 883 477 91 1,451 2,050 0.49% 0.30% 2011 (1) 2,966 (854) 1,133 (16) (515) (545) (45) (1,121) (226) (9) – (235) (1,356) 1 79 97 7 184 60 – – 60 244 (1,112) (75) 2,058 47 88 15 150 13 15 17 3 – 3 12 1 47 20 5 43 – – 179 329 1 25 26 80 170 250 605 41 412 415 60 928 434 91 1,453 2,058 0.57% 0.33% Table 79 Canadian GAAP $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2010 (1) 2,264 – 1,240 (11) (538) (463) (56) (1,068) (478) – – (478) (1,546) 1 79 63 7 150 51 – – 51 201 (1,345) (33) 2,126 47 88 18 153 14 27 20 10 1 4 36 1 36 12 6 40 – – 207 360 – 85 85 83 193 276 721 26 480 365 60 931 386 88 1,405 2,126 0.75% 0.49% 2009 (2) 1,734 – 2,167 (9) (535) (445) (54) (1,043) (805) – – (805) (1,848) 1 65 52 5 123 126 – – 126 249 (1,599) (38) 2,264 39 94 22 155 10 6 18 1 – 8 63 1 44 32 7 72 – – 262 417 – 251 251 74 121 195 863 24 449 313 47 833 468 100 1,401 2,264 0.84% 0.60% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) (2) (3) On a continuing operations basis. Opening allowance for credit losses as at November 1, 2008 has been restated due to the implementation of amendments to CICA section 3855. Under IFRS, other adjustments include $86 million of unwind of discount and $(12) million of changes in exchange rate (2012 – $110 million and $(6) million; 2011 – $78 million and $3 million). For further details, refer to Note 5 of our 2013 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. 96 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Management’s Discussion and Analysis Credit quality information by Canadian province Table 80 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Loans and acceptances (2) Atlantic provinces (3) Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces (4) B.C. and territories (5) IFRS Canadian GAAP 2013 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) 2009 (1) $ 21,263 48,060 152,074 84,015 68,118 $ 19,953 42,920 141,570 77,187 65,204 $ 18,481 38,776 141,230 68,468 58,774 $ 14,558 33,093 103,179 54,843 48,908 $ 13,147 29,994 100,282 49,964 45,134 Total loans and acceptances in Canada $ 373,530 $ 346,834 $ 325,729 $ 254,581 $ 238,521 Gross impaired loans Atlantic provinces (3) Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces (4) B.C. and territories (5) Total gross impaired loans in Canada Provision for credit losses on impaired loans Atlantic provinces (3) Quebec Ontario Prairie provinces (4) B.C. and territories (5) Total provision for credit losses on impaired loans in Canada $ $ $ $ 83 177 424 330 241 1,255 50 78 607 113 99 947 $ $ $ $ $ $ 67 180 502 338 269 1,356 62 96 706 120 106 66 135 398 404 305 1,308 54 63 686 107 108 $ $ $ $ $ $ 72 162 598 429 277 1,538 50 85 659 146 77 57 190 647 300 318 1,512 56 90 942 138 143 $ 1,090 $ 1,018 $ 1,017 $ 1,369 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) On a continuing operations basis. Comparative figures have been revised from those previously presented. Comprises Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Comprises Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta. Comprises British Columbia, Nunavut, Northwest Territories and Yukon. Small business loans and acceptances in Canada by sector Table 81 As at October 31 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Agriculture Automotive Consumer goods Energy Non-bank financial services Forest products Industrial products Mining & metals Real estate & related Technology & media Transportation & environment Other (2) Total small business loans $ IFRS Canadian GAAP 2012 (1) 2011 (1) 2010 (1) 2009 (1) $ $ 334 662 2,415 525 77 309 1,849 125 3,569 344 1,137 6,083 302 684 2,448 465 71 300 1,830 140 3,439 304 1,039 5,674 $ $ 332 643 2,367 393 73 305 1,712 113 3,205 318 941 5,360 304 666 2,261 367 66 316 1,696 102 3,053 318 961 5,013 2013 371 676 2,479 522 87 328 1,779 127 3,916 443 1,106 7,214 $ 19,048 $ 17,429 $ 16,696 $ 15,762 $ 15,123 (1) (2) On a continuing operations basis. Other sector in 2013 related primarily to other services, $3.6 billion; health, $2.2 billion; holding and investment, $282 million; financing products, $75 million; and not elsewhere classified, $1.1 billion. Management’s Discussion and Analysis Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 97 Index for Enhanced Disclosure Task Force recommendations On October 29, 2012, the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF), established by the Financial Stability Board, issued its report Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks, which included 32 recommendations aimed at achieving transparent, high-quality risk disclosures. Certain of these disclosures were previously provided in our 2012 Annual Report. As a result of these recommendations, we have enhanced our disclosure in our 2013 Annual Report and Q4 2013 Supplementary Financial Information package (SFI). The following index summarizes our disclosure by EDTF recommendation: Location of disclosure Recommendation 1 2 Disclosure Table of contents for EDTF risk disclosure Define risk terminology and measures Type of Risk General Risk governance, risk management and business model Capital adequacy and risk-weighted assets Liquidity Funding Market risk Credit risk Other 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Annual Report page 98 46-49 183-185 44-45 65,77 46-49 46 49 48, 60 77 76 50-52 51 66-67 66-67 73 70-71 68-69 64 60-61,63 60 60-61 50-59 132-134 93-97 86-87 114-115 SFI page 21-26 27 30 28-29 41-42 30 41 31-42 33,37 44 40 Top and emerging risks New regulatory ratios Risk management organization Risk culture Risk in the context of our business activities Stress testing Minimum Basel III capital ratios and Domestic systemically important bank surcharge Composition of capital and reconciliation of the accounting balance sheet to the regulatory balance sheet Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital Capital strategic planning and targeted level of capital Risk-weighted assets (RWA) by business segments Analysis of capital requirement, and related measurement model information RWA credit risk and related risk measurements Movement of risk-weighted assets by risk type Basel back-testing Quantitative and qualitative analysis of our liquidity reserve Encumbered and unencumbered assets by balance sheet category, and contractual obligations for rating downgrades Maturity analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments analyzed by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date Sources of funding and funding strategy Relationship between the market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolios and the balance sheet Decomposition of market risk factors Market risk validation and back-testing Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and parameters Bank’s credit risk profile Quantitative summary of aggregate credit risk exposures that reconciles to the balance sheet Policies for identifying impaired loans Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans and impairment allowances during the year Quantification of gross notional exposure for OTC derivatives or exchange-traded derivatives Credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources 52 of credit risk Other risk types Publicly known risk events 73-76 76 170 98 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Index for Enhanced Disclosure Task Force recommendations REPORTS AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 99 Reports 108 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 100 Management’s responsibility for financial reporting 108 Note 1 General Information 100 Report of Independent Registered Chartered Accountants 108 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments 101 Management’s Report on Internal Control over 121 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments Financial Reporting 102 Report of Independent Registered Chartered Accountants 103 Consolidated Financial Statements 103 Consolidated Balance Sheets 104 Consolidated Statements of Income 105 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 106 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity 107 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 129 Note 4 Securities 132 Note 5 Loans 135 Note 6 Derecognition of financial assets 136 Note 7 Special purpose entities 139 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 145 Note 9 Premises and equipment 146 Note 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets 148 Note 11 Significant acquisitions and dispositions 149 Note 12 Joint ventures and associated companies 150 Note 13 Other assets 150 Note 14 Deposits 151 Note 15 Insurance 153 Note 16 Segregated funds 154 Note 17 Pension and other post-employment benefits 158 Note 18 Other liabilities 158 Note 19 Subordinated debentures 159 Note 20 Trust capital securities 160 Note 21 Equity 162 Note 22 Share-based compensation 164 Note 23 Income and expenses from selected financial instruments 165 Note 24 Income taxes 167 Note 25 Earnings per share 167 Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies 171 Note 27 Contractual repricing and maturity schedule 172 Note 28 Related party transactions 173 Note 29 Results by business segment 176 Note 30 Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments 177 Note 31 Capital management 178 Note 32 Recovery and settlement of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities 179 Note 33 Parent company information 180 Note 34 Subsequent events Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 99 Management’s responsibility for financial reporting The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Royal Bank of Canada were prepared by management, which is responsible for the integrity and fairness of the information presented, including the many amounts that must of necessity be based on estimates and judgments. These consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with the Bank Act (Canada) and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Financial information appearing throughout our Management’s Discussion and Analysis is consistent with these consolidated financial statements. Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are authorized, assets are safeguarded and proper records are maintained. These controls include quality standards in hiring and training of employees, policies and procedures manuals, a corporate code of conduct and accountability for performance within appropriate and well-defined areas of responsibility. The system of internal controls is further supported by a compliance function, which is designed to ensure that we and our employees comply with securities legislation and conflict of interest rules, and by an internal audit staff, which conducts periodic audits of all aspects of our operations. The Board of Directors oversees management’s responsibilities for financial reporting through an Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of independent directors. This Committee reviews our consolidated financial statements and recommends them to the Board for approval. Other key responsibilities of the Audit Committee include reviewing our existing internal control procedures and planned revisions to those procedures, and advising the directors on auditing matters and financial reporting issues. Our Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Internal Auditor have full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee. The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) examines and inquires into our business and affairs as deemed necessary to determine whether the provisions of the Bank Act are being complied with, and that we are in sound financial condition. In carrying out its mandate, OSFI strives to protect the rights and interests of our depositors and creditors. Deloitte LLP, Independent Registered Chartered Accountants appointed by our shareholders upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee and Board, have performed an independent audit of the consolidated financial statements and their report follows. The auditors have full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee to discuss their audit and related findings. Gordon M. Nixon President and Chief Executive Officer Janice R. Fukakusa Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer Toronto, December 4, 2013 Report of Independent Registered Chartered Accountants To the Shareholders of Royal Bank of Canada We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Royal Bank of Canada and subsidiaries (the “Bank”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, and the consolidated statements of income, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity, and statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2013, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information. Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Auditor’s Responsibility Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. Opinion In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the balance sheets of Royal Bank of Canada and subsidiaries as at October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012, and their financial performance and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2013 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 100 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Other Matter We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013 based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated December 4, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Deloitte LLP Independent Registered Chartered Accountants Licensed Public Accountants Toronto, Canada December 4, 2013 Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management of Royal Bank of Canada is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the Board of Directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. It includes those policies and procedures that: • • • Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions related to and dispositions of our assets Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and our receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management evaluated, under the supervision of and with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013, based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, management concluded that, as of October 31, 2013, internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Also, based on the results of our evaluation, management concluded that there were no material weaknesses that have been identified in internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013. Our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013 has been audited by Deloitte LLP, Independent Registered Chartered Accountants, who also audited our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2013, as stated in the Report of Independent Registered Chartered Accountants, which report expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Gordon M. Nixon President and Chief Executive Officer Janice R. Fukakusa Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer Toronto, December 4, 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 101 Report of Independent Registered Chartered Accountants To the Shareholders of Royal Bank of Canada We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Royal Bank of Canada and subsidiaries (the “Bank”) as of October 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Bank’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, manage- ment, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We have also audited, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended October 31, 2013 of the Bank and our report dated December 4, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Deloitte LLP Independent Registered Chartered Accountants Licensed Public Accountants Toronto, Canada December 4, 2013 102 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Consolidated Balance Sheets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities (Note 4) Trading Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (Note 5) Retail Wholesale Allowance for loan losses (Note 5) Investments for account of segregated fund holders (Note 16) Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives (Note 8) Premises and equipment, net (Note 9) Goodwill (Note 10) Other intangibles (Note 10) Investments in associates (Note 12) Prepaid pension benefit cost (Note 17) Other assets (Note 13) Total assets Liabilities and equity Deposits (Note 14) Personal Business and government Bank Insurance and investment contracts for account of segregated fund holders (Note 16) Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives (Note 8) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities (Note 15) Accrued pension and other post-employment benefit expense (Note 17) Other liabilities (Note 18) Subordinated debentures (Note 19) Trust capital securities (Note 20) Total liabilities Equity attributable to shareholders (Note 21) Preferred shares Common shares (shares issued — 1,441,055,616 and 1,445,302,600) Treasury shares – preferred (shares held – (46,641) and (41,632)) – common (shares held – (666,366) and (543,276)) Retained earnings Other components of equity Non-controlling interests (Note 21) Total equity Total liabilities and equity As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 15,870 $ 9,061 12,617 10,255 144,023 38,695 182,718 117,517 321,678 88,947 410,625 (1,959) 408,666 513 9,953 74,822 2,659 8,361 2,796 112 1,084 26,687 126,474 860,819 $ 194,297 $ 350,640 13,543 558,480 513 9,953 47,128 60,416 76,745 8,034 1,759 39,113 243,148 7,443 900 810,484 4,600 14,377 1 41 28,314 1,207 48,540 1,795 50,335 860,819 $ 120,783 40,828 161,611 112,257 301,185 79,056 380,241 (1,997) 378,244 383 9,385 91,293 2,691 7,485 2,686 125 1,049 35,019 149,733 825,100 179,502 312,882 15,835 508,219 383 9,385 40,756 64,032 96,761 7,921 1,729 41,371 261,955 7,615 900 779,072 4,813 14,323 1 30 24,270 830 44,267 1,761 46,028 825,100 $ $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Gordon M. Nixon President and Chief Executive Officer Victor L. Young Director Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 103 Consolidated Statements of Income (Millions of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) Interest income Loans Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Deposits Interest expense Deposits Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Net interest income Non-interest income Insurance premiums, investment and fee income (Note 15) Trading revenue Investment management and custodial fees Mutual fund revenue Securities brokerage commissions Service charges Underwriting and other advisory fees Foreign exchange revenue, other than trading Card service revenue Credit fees Net gain on available-for-sale securities (Note 4) Share of (loss) profit in associates Other Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses (Note 5) Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense (Note 15) Non-interest expense Human resources (Note 17 and 22) Equipment Occupancy Communications Professional fees Outsourced item processing Amortization of other intangibles (Note 10) Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles (Note 10 and 11) Other Income before income taxes from continuing operations Income taxes (Note 24) Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations (Note 11) Net income Net income attributable to: Shareholders Non-controlling interests Basic earnings per share (in dollars) (Note 25) Basic earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars) Basic loss per share from discontinued operations (in dollars) Diluted earnings per share (in dollars) (Note 25) Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (in dollars) Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations (in dollars) Dividends per common share (in dollars) The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 104 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ 16,357 $ 3,779 941 73 21,150 15,972 $ 3,874 945 61 20,852 5,642 1,921 336 7,899 6,017 1,977 360 8,354 15,236 4,750 736 91 20,813 6,334 2,723 399 9,456 13,251 12,498 11,357 3,911 867 2,514 2,557 1,337 1,437 1,569 748 967 1,092 188 6 423 17,616 30,867 1,239 2,784 10,190 1,135 1,246 742 753 250 566 10 1,335 16,227 10,617 2,188 8,429 – 8,429 $ 8,331 $ 98 8,429 $ 5.60 $ 5.60 – 5.54 5.54 – 2.53 4,897 1,298 2,074 2,088 1,213 1,376 1,434 655 920 848 120 24 327 17,274 29,772 1,301 3,621 9,287 1,020 1,170 764 695 254 528 168 1,274 4,474 655 1,999 1,975 1,331 1,323 1,485 684 882 707 104 (7) 669 16,281 27,638 1,133 3,358 8,661 960 1,076 746 692 266 481 – 1,285 15,160 14,167 9,690 2,100 7,590 (51) 7,539 $ 7,442 $ 97 7,539 $ 4.98 $ 5.01 (0.03) 4.93 4.96 (0.03) 2.28 8,980 2,010 6,970 (526) 6,444 6,343 101 6,444 4.25 4.62 (0.37) 4.19 4.55 (0.36) 2.08 $ $ $ $ Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net income Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes (Note 24) Items that will be reclassified subsequently to income: Net change in unrealized (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities Reclassification of net (gains) losses on available-for-sale securities to income Foreign currency translation adjustments Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses) Net foreign currency translation (losses) gains from hedging activities Reclassification of losses (gains) on net investment hedging activities to income Net change in cash flow hedges Net (losses) gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Reclassification of (gains) losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges to income Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes Total comprehensive income Total comprehensive income attributable to: Shareholders Non-controlling interests The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ 8,429 $ 7,539 $ 6,444 15 (87) (72) 1,402 (912) – 490 (11) (30) (41) 377 8,806 8,708 98 8,806 $ $ $ 193 (33) 160 113 – 11 124 32 25 57 341 7,880 7,782 98 7,880 $ $ $ (30) 13 (17) (625) 717 (1) 91 298 132 430 504 6,948 6,847 101 6,948 $ $ $ Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 105 y t i u q E r e h t o l a t o T n g i e r o F y t i u q e l a t o T s t s e r e t n i l s r e d o h e r a h s y t i u q e f o s e g d e h n o i t a l s n a r t s e i t i r u c e s i s g n n r a e g n i l l o r t n o c - n o N o t e l b a t u b i r t t a s t n e n o p m o c w o l f h s a C y c n e r r u c e l a s - r o f - e l b a l i a v A d e n i a t e R y r u s a e r T – s e r a h s n o m m o c d e r r e f e r p s e r a h s s e r a h s y r u s a e r T – s e r a h s n o m m o C d e r r e f e r P 5 7 4 , 7 3 $ 4 9 0 , 2 $ 1 8 3 , 5 3 $ ) 4 1 ( $ ) 1 7 2 ( $ ) 0 2 ( $ 7 7 2 $ 7 8 2 , 7 1 $ ) 1 8 ( $ ) 2 ( $ 8 7 3 , 3 1 $ 3 1 8 , 4 $ y t i u q e f o s t n e n o p m o c r e h t O 2 3 6 1 7 1 , 6 ) 4 0 4 , 6 ( ) 3 3 ( ) 1 5 3 ( ) 9 7 9 , 2 ( 7 1 0 5 4 4 4 , 6 – – ) 4 2 3 ( – – ) 3 9 ( ) 4 1 ( 1 0 1 ) 3 ( 2 3 6 1 7 1 , 6 ) 0 8 0 , 6 ( ) 3 3 ( ) 8 5 2 ( ) 9 7 9 , 2 ( 1 2 4 0 5 3 4 3 , 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 0 5 1 3 4 3 6 4 , 1 4 $ 1 6 7 , 1 $ 2 0 7 , 9 3 $ 0 9 4 $ 0 6 1 $ 3 1 3 4 8 2 , 5 ) 1 6 2 , 5 ( ) 9 ( ) 0 5 3 ( ) 1 9 2 , 3 ( ) 1 ( 1 4 3 9 3 5 , 7 – – – – – ) 6 ( 2 9 1 7 9 3 1 3 4 8 2 , 5 ) 1 6 2 , 5 ( ) 9 ( ) 8 5 2 ( ) 1 9 2 , 3 ( 5 0 4 3 2 4 4 , 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 9 1 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – $ 9 5 2 ) 8 1 ( – – – – – – – – 8 2 0 , 6 4 $ 1 6 7 , 1 $ 7 6 2 , 4 4 $ 0 3 8 $ 6 1 2 $ 5 9 1 $ 9 1 4 $ 0 7 2 , 4 2 $ 0 3 $ 0 4 3 6 5 4 2 1 0 6 1 1 2 1 ) 8 0 4 ( ) 2 2 2 ( 0 8 5 , 4 ) 9 6 5 , 4 ( ) 7 ( ) 7 4 3 ( ) 1 5 6 , 3 ( 4 7 7 3 9 2 4 , 8 – – – – – – – ) 4 9 ( 0 3 8 9 – 1 2 1 ) 8 0 4 ( ) 2 2 2 ( ) 7 ( 0 8 5 , 4 ) 9 6 5 , 4 ( ) 1 5 6 , 3 ( ) 6 2 ( ) 3 5 2 ( 7 7 3 1 3 3 , 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 7 7 3 ) 1 4 ( 0 9 4 ) 2 7 ( ) 9 ( – – ) 7 ( – ) 1 4 3 ( – ) 1 5 6 , 3 ( ) 6 2 ( ) 3 5 2 ( 1 3 3 , 8 5 3 3 , 0 5 $ 5 9 7 , 1 $ 0 4 5 , 8 4 $ 7 0 2 , 1 $ 5 7 1 $ 5 8 6 $ 7 4 3 $ 4 1 3 , 8 2 $ 1 4 $ – – – ) 3 3 ( ) 8 5 2 ( ) 9 7 9 , 2 ( 1 2 3 4 3 , 6 – $ 1 8 3 , 0 2 $ – – – ) 9 ( ) 8 5 2 ( ) 1 9 2 , 3 ( 5 – 2 4 4 , 7 – 4 7 0 , 6 – 7 9 ) 5 8 9 , 5 ( ) 5 9 ( – – – – – – 8 – 6 8 1 , 5 $ – – – – – – – – 8 9 ) 4 6 1 , 5 ( ) 7 9 ( – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1 – – – – – – – – – 1 3 5 4 , 4 7 2 1 ) 2 4 4 , 4 ( ) 7 2 1 ( – – – – – – – – 2 3 6 – – – – – – – – – $ 0 1 0 , 4 1 $ 3 1 8 , 4 $ – – – – – – – – 3 1 3 – – – – – – – – – $ 3 2 3 , 4 1 $ 3 1 8 , 4 $ ) 7 6 ( 1 2 1 – – – – – – – – – – – ) 3 1 2 ( – – – – – – – – $ 7 7 3 , 4 1 $ 0 0 6 , 4 $ y t i u q E n i s e g n a h C f o s t n e m e t a t S d e t a d i l o s n o C r e h t o d n a s e r a h s d e r r e f e r p n o s d n e d i v i D s d r a w a n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - e r a h S s e r a h s n o m m o c n o s d n e d i v i D s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e s a h c r u P e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t o l a t o T e m o c n i t e N r e h t O r e h t o d n a s e r a h s d e r r e f e r p n o s d n e d i v i D s d r a w a n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - e r a h S s e r a h s n o m m o c n o s d n e d i v i D s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e s a h c r u P e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t o l a t o T 2 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b o t c O t a e c n a l a B l a t i p a c e r a h s f o s e u s s I y t i u q e n i s e g n a h C e m o c n i t e N r e h t O n o i t a l l e c n a c r o f d e s a h c r u p s e r a h s n o m m o C r e h t o d n a s e r a h s d e r r e f e r p n o s d n e d i v i D s d r a w a n o i t a s n e p m o c d e s a b - e r a h S s e r a h s n o m m o c n o s d n e d i v i D d e m e e d e r s e r a h s d e r r e f e r P s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e l a S s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e s a h c r u P e m o c n i e v i s n e h e r p m o c r e h t o l a t o T 3 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b o t c O t a e c n a l a B e m o c n i t e N r e h t O 1 1 0 2 , 1 3 r e b o t c O t a e c n a l a B y t i u q e n i s e g n a h C s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e l a S l a t i p a c e r a h s f o s e u s s I 0 1 0 2 , 1 r e b m e v o N t a e c n a l a B y t i u q e n i s e g n a h C s e r a h s y r u s a e r t f o s e l a S l a t i p a c e r a h s f o s e u s s I ) s r a l l o d n a i d a n a C f o s n o i l l i M ( 106 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements . s t n e m e t a t S l a i c n a n i F d e t a d i l o s n o C e s e h t f o t r a p l a r g e t n i n a e r a s e t o n g n i y n a p m o c c a e h T Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments for non-cash items and others Provision for credit losses Depreciation Deferred income taxes Impairment and amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (Gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment Gain on available-for-sale securities Gain on disposition of business Impairment of available-for-sale securities Share of (loss) profit in associates Adjustments for net changes in operating assets and liabilities Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities Net change in accrued interest receivable and payable Current income taxes Derivative assets Derivative liabilities Trading securities Change in loans, net of securitizations Change in assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Change in deposits Change in obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Change in obligations related to securities sold short Net change in brokers and dealers receivable and payable Other Net cash from (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Change in interest-bearing deposits with banks Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale securities Purchases of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from maturity of held-to-maturity securities Purchases of held-to-maturity securities Net acquisitions of premises and equipment and other intangibles Proceeds from dispositions Cash used in acquisitions Net cash from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Redemption of RBC Trust Capital Securities Issue of subordinated debentures Repayment of subordinated debentures Issue of common shares Common shares purchased for cancellation Preferred shares redeemed Sales of treasury shares Purchase of treasury shares Dividends paid Dividends/distributions paid to non-controlling interests Change in short-term borrowings of subsidiaries Net cash used in financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks Net change in cash resources Cash resources at beginning of period (1) Cash resources at end of period (1) Cash and due from banks Cash and due from banks included in assets of discontinued operations Cash resources at end of period (1) Cash flows from operating activities include: Amount of interest paid Amount of interest received Amount of dividend received Amount of income taxes paid For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ 8,429 $ 7,539 $ 6,444 1,239 464 (155) 576 (24) (217) (17) 26 (6) 113 (468) 361 16,475 (20,017) (23,038) (19,987) (5,260) 41,283 (3,616) 6,372 536 4,173 7,242 1,194 6,476 37,100 (41,057) 401 (284) (946) 17 (2,537) 364 1,418 437 123 716 25 (194) – 55 (23) 802 (161) (826) 8,462 (3,884) 6,818 (29,208) (25,060) 15,850 20,914 (3,528) 537 (2,886) (2,074) 457 10,915 47,420 (55,448) 190 (242) (1,351) 2,677 (853) 3,765 1,459 412 (124) 546 106 (278) – 247 8 (139) (115) 807 6,373 (7,551) (905) (27,285) (12,249) 29,059 7,166 (2,313) 22 2,789 4,479 781 14,549 37,882 (45,942) 1,179 (935) (1,452) 440 (1,300) 5,202 – 2,046 (2,000) 121 (408) (222) 4,580 (4,569) (3,810) (94) (93) (4,449) 96 3,253 12,617 $ 15,870 $ 15,870 – $ 15,870 – – (1,006) 126 – – 5,284 (5,261) (3,272) (92) 21 (4,200) (18) (2,527) 15,144 $ 12,617 $ 12,617 – $ 12,617 (750) 1,500 (404) 152 – – 6,171 (6,080) (3,032) (93) (615) (3,151) 76 6,606 8,538 $ 15,144 $ 12,428 2,716 $ 15,144 $ 7,223 19,349 1,479 1,524 $ 7,872 19,674 1,316 2,926 $ 9,234 20,471 1,350 1,512 (1) We are required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities. The total balances were $2.6 billion as at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – $2.1 billion; October 31, 2011 – $2.0 billion; November 1, 2010 – $1.8 billion). The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 107 Note 1 General information Royal Bank of Canada and its subsidiaries provide diversified financial services including personal and commercial banking, wealth manage- ment, insurance, investor services and capital markets products and services on a global basis. Refer to Note 29 for further details on our business segments. The parent bank, Royal Bank of Canada, is a Schedule I Bank under the Bank Act (Canada) incorporated and domiciled in Canada. Our corporate headquarters are located at Royal Bank Plaza, 200 Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario, Canada and our head office is located at 1 Place Ville- Marie, Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Our common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange with the ticker symbol RY. Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The Consolidated Financial Statements are stated in Canadian dollars and have been prepared in accordance with all IFRS issued and in effect as at October 31, 2013. Tabular information is stated in millions of dollars, except per share amounts and percentages. These Consolidated Financial Statements also comply with Subsection 308 of the Bank Act (Canada), which states that, except as otherwise specified by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI), our Consolidated Financial Statements are to be prepared in accordance with IFRS. The accounting policies outlined in Note 2 have been consistently applied to all periods presented. On December 4, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the Consolidated Financial Statements for issue. Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements, including the accounting requirements prescribed by OSFI, are summarized below. These accounting policies conform, in all material respects, to IFRS. General Use of estimates and assumptions In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make subjective estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, net income and related disclosures. Estimates made by management are based on historical experience and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Key sources of estimation uncertainty include: consolidation of special purpose entities (SPEs), securities impairment, determination of fair value of financial instruments, the allowance for credit losses, derecognition of financial assets, insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities, pensions and other post-employment benefits, income taxes, carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, litigation provisions, and deferred revenue under the credit card customer loyalty reward program. Accordingly, actual results may differ from these and other estimates thereby impacting our future Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to the relevant accounting policies in this Note for details on our use of estimates and assumptions. Significant judgments In preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements, management is required to make significant judgments that affect the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses recorded during the period. Significant judgments have been made in the following areas and discussed as noted in the Consolidated Financial Statements: Special purpose entities Fair value of financial instruments Allowance for credit losses Employee benefits Goodwill and other intangibles Note 2 – page 109 Note 7 – page 136 Note 2 – page 110 Note 3 – page 121 Note 2 – page 114 Note 5 – page 132 Note 2 – page 116 Note 17 – page 154 Note 2 – page 117 Note 10 – page 146 Note 11 – page 148 Securities impairment Application of the effective interest method Derecognition of financial assets Income taxes Provisions Note 2 – page 109 Note 4 – page 129 Note 2 – page 112 Note 2 – page 115 Note 6 – page 135 Note 2 – page 116 Note 24 – page 165 Note 2 – page 118 Note 26 – page 167 Basis of consolidation Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the parent company, Royal Bank of Canada, and its subsidiaries including certain SPEs, after elimination of intercompany transactions, balances, revenues and expenses. Continuing operations As described in Note 11, during the second quarter in 2011, we completed the sale of Liberty Life Insurance Company (Liberty Life), our U.S. life insurance business. During the third quarter in 2011, we announced the sale of substantially all of our U.S. regional retail banking operations and completed this sale in the second quarter of 2012. The sale of Liberty Life and our U.S. regional retail banking operations are reflected as discontinued operations on our Consolidated Financial Statements for all periods presented. Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations Non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is satisfied when the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition, management is committed to the sale, and it is highly probable to occur within one year. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell and are presented separately from other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. A disposal group is classified as a discontinued operation if it meets the following conditions: (i) it is a component that can be distinguished operationally and financially from the rest of our operations, and (ii) it represents either a separate major line of business or is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations. Disposal groups classified as discontinued operations are presented separately from our continuing operations in our Consolidated Statements of Income. 108 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Subsidiaries and SPEs Subsidiaries are those entities over which we have control, where control is defined as the power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain benefits from the entity’s activities. We consolidate our subsidiaries from the date control is transferred to us, and cease consolidation when they are no longer controlled by us. SPEs are entities created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective with limited decision-making powers and pre-established or limited activities. These include SPEs that are sponsored for various reasons, including those which were formed to allow clients to invest in alternative assets, for asset securitization transactions, and for buying and selling credit protection. We consolidate SPEs when an assessment of the relevant factors indicates that we control the SPE. In some circumstances, different factors and conditions may indicate that various parties may control an SPE depending on whether the factors and conditions are assessed in isolation or in totality. Significant judgment is applied by management in assessing these factors and any related conditions in totality when determining whether we control a SPE. Relevant factors include: (i) whether the activities of the SPE are conducted according to our specific business needs so that we obtain the benefits from the SPE’s operations, (ii) whether we have the decision-making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits, (iii) whether we will obtain the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE, and (iv) whether we retain the majority of the residual ownership risks related to the assets or SPE in order to obtain the benefits from its activities. Our approach generally focuses on identifying the significant activities that impact the financial results of the SPE. We then determine, in light of all relevant facts and circumstances, which party has substantive rights to control the decision making authority over those activities and who is exposed to the majority of risks and rewards resulting from those decisions. Our consolidation conclusions affect the classification and amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries and SPEs that we consolidate are shown on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a separate component of equity which is distinct from our shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests is separately disclosed in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Investments in associates The equity method is used to account for investments in associated corporations and limited partnerships over which we have significant influence. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are initially recorded at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize our share of the investee’s net profit or loss (including net profit or loss recognized directly in equity) subsequent to the date of acquisition. Interests in joint ventures The proportionate consolidation method is used to account for our interests in jointly controlled entities, whereby our pro rata share of assets, liabilities, income and expenses is consolidated. Changes in accounting policies Amendments to International Accounting Standards (IAS) 1 Presentation of Financial Statements On November 1, 2012, we adopted IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements (amendments to IAS 1), issued by the IASB in June 2011. The amendments require items presented in the statement of other comprehensive income to be categorized according to whether the items will or will not be reclassified to income at a future date. The adoption did not impact our financial results. Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes On November 1, 2012, we adopted IAS 12 Income taxes: Deferred Taxes, Recovery of Underlying Assets (amendments to IAS 12), issued by the IASB in December 2010. The amendments provided guidance for deferred tax associated with investment property measured using the fair value model and non-depreciable assets measured using the revaluation model. The adoption did not impact our financial results. Financial instruments – Recognition and measurement Securities Securities are classified at inception, based on management’s intention, as at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), available-for-sale (AFS) or held-to-maturity. Certain debt securities with fixed or determinable payments and which are not quoted in an active market may be classified as loans and receivables. Trading securities include securities purchased for sale in the near term which are classified as at FVTPL by nature and securities designated as at FVTPL under the fair value option. Obligations to deliver trading securities sold but not yet purchased are recorded as liabilities and carried at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on these securities are recorded as Trading revenue in Non-interest income. Dividends and interest income accruing on Trading securities are recorded in Interest income. Interest and dividends accrued on interest-bearing and equity securities sold short are recorded in Interest expense. AFS securities include: (i) securities which may be sold to meet liquidity needs, in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, changes in foreign currency risk, changes in funding sources or terms, and (ii) loan substitute securities which are client financings that have been structured as after-tax investments rather than conventional loans in order to provide the clients with a borrowing rate advantage. AFS securities are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in Other components of equity. Changes in foreign exchange rates for AFS equity securities are recognized in Other components of equity, while changes in foreign exchange rates for AFS debt securities are recognized in Foreign exchange revenue, other than trading in Non-interest income. When the security is sold, the cumulative gain or loss recorded in Other components of equity is included as Net gain (loss) on AFS securities in Non-interest income. Purchase premiums or discounts on AFS debt securities are amortized over the life of the security using the effective interest method and are recognized in Net interest income. At each reporting date, and more frequently when conditions warrant, we evaluate our AFS securities to determine whether there is any objective evidence of impairment. Such evidence includes: for debt instruments, when an adverse effect on future cash flows from the asset or group of assets can be reliably estimated; for equity securities, when there is a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost. When assessing impairment for debt instruments we primarily consider counterparty ratings and security-specific factors, including subordination, external ratings, and the value of any collateral held, for which there may not be a readily accessible market. Significant judgment is required in assessing impairment as management is required to consider all available evidence in determining whether objective evidence of impairment exists and whether the principal and interest on the AFS debt security can be fully recovered. For complex debt instruments we use cash flow projection models which incorporate actual and projected cash flows for each security based on security specific factors using a number of assumptions and inputs that involve management judgment, such as default, prepayment and recovery rates. Due to the subjective nature of choosing these inputs and assumptions, the actual amount of the future cash flows and their timing may differ from the estimates used by management and consequently may cause a different conclusion as to the recognition of impairment or measurement of impairment loss. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 109 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) In assessing whether there is any objective evidence that suggests that equity securities are impaired, we consider factors which include the length of time and extent the fair value has been below cost, along with management’s assessment of the financial condition, business and other risks of the issuer. Management weighs all these factors to determine the impairment but to the extent that management judgment may differ from the actual experience of the timing and amount of the recovery of the fair value, the estimate for impairment could change from period to period based upon future events that may or may not occur, the conclusion for the impairment of the equity securities may differ. If an AFS security is impaired, the cumulative unrealized loss previously recognized in Other components of equity is removed from equity and recognized in Net gain (loss) on AFS securities under Non-interest income. This amount is determined as the difference between the cost/ amortized cost and current fair value of the security less any impairment loss previously recognized. Subsequent to impairment, further declines in fair value are recorded in Non-interest income, while increases in fair value are recognized in Other components of equity until sold. For AFS debt securities, reversal of previously recognized impairment losses is recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income if the recovery is objectively related to a specific event occurring after recognition of the impairment loss. Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities where we have the intention and the ability to hold the investment until its maturity date. These securities are initially recorded at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses which we assess using the same impairment model as for loans. Interest income and amortization of premiums and discounts on debt securities are recorded in Net interest income. We hold a nominal amount of held-to-maturity securities. All held-to-maturity securities have been included with AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We account for all of our securities using settlement date accounting and changes in fair value between the trade date and settlement date are reflected in income for securities classified or designated as at FVTPL, and changes in the fair value of AFS securities between the trade and settlement dates are recorded in Other comprehensive income (OCI) except for changes in foreign exchange rates on debt securities, which are recorded in Non-interest income. Fair value option A financial instrument can be designated as at FVTPL (the fair value option) on its initial recognition even if the financial instrument was not acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term. An instrument that is designated as at FVTPL by way of this fair value option must have a reliably measurable fair value and satisfy one of the following criteria: (i) it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities, or recognizing gains and losses on them on a different basis; (ii) it belongs to a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both that are managed, evaluated, and reported to key management personnel on a fair value basis in accordance with our risk management strategy, and we can demonstrate that significant financial risks are eliminated or significantly reduced or (iii) there is an embedded derivative in the financial or non-financial host contract and the derivative is not closely related to the host contract. Financial instruments designated as at FVTPL are recorded at fair value and any unrealized gain or loss arising due to changes in fair value is included in Trading revenue or Other. These instruments cannot be reclassified out of the FVTPL category while they are held or issued. To determine the fair value adjustments on our debt designated as at FVTPL, we calculate the present value of the instruments based on the contractual cash flows over the term of the arrangement by using our effective funding rate at the beginning and end of the period with the change in present value recorded in Trading revenue or Other in Non-interest income. Determination of fair value The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the financial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties under no compulsion to act. We determine fair value by incorporating all factors that market partic- ipants would consider in setting a price and using accepted economic methodologies for pricing financial instruments. We have established policies on approved methodologies and procedures for determining fair value. Valuation techniques are approved for use within our model risk management framework. The framework addresses, among other things, model development standards, validation processes and procedures, and approval authorities. Valuation techniques also include using a documented third-party pricing source list. The third party pricing source list gives priority to those services and prices having the highest and most consistent accuracy. The level of accuracy is developed over time by comparing third-party price values to traders’ or system values, to other pricing service values and, when available, to actual trade data. In determining fair value, a hierarchy is used which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The availability of inputs relevant to the asset or liability and the relative reliability of the inputs could affect the selection of appropriate valuation techniques. Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs that are derived principally from observable market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available at the measurement date. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, management judgment is required to determine fair values by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, proxy information from similar transactions, and through extrapolation and interpolation techniques. For instruments not traded in an active market, fair value is determined using a valuation technique that maximizes the use of observable market inputs to the extent available. For more complex or illiquid instruments, significant judgment is required in the determination of the model used, the selection of model inputs, and in some cases the application of valuation adjustments to the model value or quoted price for inactively traded financial instruments, as the selection of model inputs may be subjective and the inputs may be unobservable. Unobservable inputs are inherently uncertain as there is little or no market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business circumstances. Appropriate parameter uncertainty and market risk valuation adjustments for such inputs and other model risk valuation adjustments are assessed in all such instances. We record valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect counterparty credit quality and our own creditworthiness, differences between the overnight index swap (OIS) curve and London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) for collateralized derivatives, unrealized gains or losses at inception of the transaction, bid-offer spreads and unobservable parameters. These adjustments may be subjective as they require significant judgment in the input selection, such as probability of default and recovery rate, and are intended to arrive at fair value that is determined based on ass- umptions that market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument. The realized price for a transaction may be different from its recorded value that is previously estimated using management judgment, and may therefore impact unrealized gains and losses recognized in Non-interest income – Trading revenue or Other. 110 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Valuation adjustments are recorded for the credit risk of our derivative portfolios in order to arrive at their fair values. Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA) take into account our creditworthiness and our counterparties’ creditworthiness, the current and potential future mark-to-market of the transactions, and the effects of credit mitigants such as master netting and collateral agreements. CVA amounts are derived from estimates of exposure at default, probability of default, recovery rates on a counterparty basis, and market and credit factor correlations. Exposure at default is the amounts of expected derivative related assets and liabilities at the time of default, estimated through modeling using underlying risk factors. Probability of default and recovery rate is generally implied from the market prices for credit protection and credit ratings of the counterparty. Correlation is the statistical measure of how credit and market factors may move in relation to one another, if any. Correlation is estimated using historical data and market data where available. CVA is calculated daily and changes are recorded in Non-interest income – Trading revenue. In order to reflect recently observed market practice of pricing collateralized over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives using the OIS curve, our valuation approach accounts for the difference between certain OIS rates and LIBOR for derivatives valuation as valuation adjustments. Market practices continue to evolve concerning the use of and construction of OIS curves that best reflect the nature of the underlying collateral and as a result, additional valuation adjustments may be required in the future. Where required, a valuation adjustment is made to reflect the unrealized gain or loss at inception of a financial instrument contract where the fair value of that financial instrument is not obtained from a quoted market price or cannot be evidenced by other observable market transactions based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. A bid-offer valuation adjustment is required when a financial instrument is valued at the mid-market price, instead of the bid or offer price for asset or liability positions, respectively. The valuation adjustment takes into account the spread from the mid to either the bid or offer price. Some valuation models require parameter calibration from such factors as market observed option prices. The calibration of parameters may be sensitive to factors such as the choice of instruments or optimization methodology. A valuation adjustment is also estimated to mitigate the uncertainties of parameter calibration. A breakdown of fair values of financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy (Level 1, 2 and 3) is provided in Note 3. A discussion of the aspects of valuation that require the most significant judgments, including changes in our fair value hierarchy, developing our reasonably possible alternative assumptions, and unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, is included in Note 3 and Note 4. The following describes how fair values are determined, what inputs are used and where they are classified in the fair value hierarchy table in Note 3, for our significant assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis: Government bonds (Canadian, U.S. and other OECD governments) Government bonds are included in Canadian government debt, U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, Other OECD government debt and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table. The fair values of government issued or guaranteed debt securities in active markets are determined by reference to recent transaction prices, broker quotes, or third-party vendor prices and is classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values of securities that are not traded in active markets are based on either security prices, or valuation techniques using implied yields and risk spreads derived from prices of actively traded and similar government securities. Securities with observable prices or rate inputs as compared to transaction prices, dealer quotes or vendor prices are classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Securities where inputs are unobservable are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Corporate and U.S. municipal bonds The fair values of corporate and U.S. municipal bonds, which are in Corporate debt and other debt, U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table, are determined using either recently executed transaction prices, broker quotes, pricing services, or in certain instances discounted cash flow valuation models using rate inputs such as benchmark yields (Canadian Dealer Offered Rate, LIBOR and other similar reference rates) and risk spreads of comparable securities. Securities with observable prices or rate inputs as compared to transaction prices, dealer quotes or vendor prices are classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Securities where inputs are unobservable are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Asset-backed Securities (ABS) and Mortgage-backed Securities (MBS) ABS and MBS are in Asset-backed securities, Mortgage-backed securities, Canadian government debt, U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table. ABS are primarily Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDO). Inputs for valuation of MBS and CDO are, when available, traded prices, dealer or lead manager quotes, broker quotes and vendor prices. ABS and MBS are classified as Level 2 or 3 in the hierarchy dependent on the level of pricing transparency. ABS and MBS with observable inputs that are calibrated to transaction prices, dealer quotes or vendor prices are classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. ABS and MBS where security prices are unobservable are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Auction Rate Securities (ARS) ARS are included in U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and Asset-backed securities in the fair value hierarchy table. The valuation of ARS involves discounting forecasted cash flows from the underlying student loan collateral and incorporating multiple inputs such as default, repayment, deferment and redemption rates, and credit spreads. These inputs are unobservable, and therefore, ARS are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. All relevant data must be assessed and significant judgment is required to determine the appropriate valuation inputs. Equities Equities and Obligations related to securities sold short in the fair value hierarchy table consist of listed and unlisted common shares, private equities and hedge funds with certain redemption restrictions. The fair values of common shares are based on quoted prices in active markets, where available, and are classified as Level 1 in the hierarchy. Where quoted prices in active markets are not readily available, fair value is determined based on quoted market prices for similar securities or through valuation techniques, including multiples of earnings and discounted cash flow analysis with forecasted cash flows and discount rate as inputs. Private equities are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy as their inputs are not observable. Hedge funds are valued using Net Asset Values (NAV). If we can redeem a hedge fund at NAV prior to the next quarter end, the fund is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy. Otherwise, it is classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Derivatives The fair values of exchange-traded derivatives, such as interest rate and equity options and futures, are based on quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. OTC derivatives primarily consist of interest rate and cross currency swaps, interest rate options, foreign exchange forward contracts and options, and commodity options and swaps. The exchange-traded or OTC interest-rate, foreign exchange and equity derivatives are included in Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and Other contracts in the fair value hierarchy table. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 111 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) The fair values of OTC derivatives are determined using valuation models when quoted market prices or third-party consensus pricing information are not available. The valuation models, such as discounted cash flows or Black-Scholes option model, incorporate observable or unobservable inputs for interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices (including indices), credit spreads, corresponding market volatility levels, and other market-based pricing factors. As previously discussed, other adjustments to fair value include bid-offer, CVA, OIS, parameter and model uncertainties, and unrealized gain or loss at inception of a transaction. A derivative instrument is classified as Level 2 in the hierarchy if observable market inputs are available or the unobservable inputs are not significant to the fair value. Otherwise, it is classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy. Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements In the fair value hierarchy table, these instruments are included in Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed, and Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned. Fair value for these contracts is calculated using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models using interest rate curves as inputs. They are classified as Level 2 instruments in the hierarchy as the inputs are observable. Deposits A majority of our deposits are measured at amortized cost but we designated certain deposits as at FVTPL. These FVTPL deposits are composed of deposits taken, the issuance of certificate of deposits and promissory notes, interest rate and equity linked notes, and are included in Deposits in the fair value hierarchy table. The fair value for these instruments is determined using discounted cash flow and derivative option valuation models. The inputs to the valuation models include benchmark yield curves, credit spreads, interest rates, interest rate and equity volatility, dividends and correlation, where applicable. They are classified as Level 2 or 3 instruments in the hierarchy, depending on the significance of the unobservable credit spreads, volatility, dividend and correlation rates. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortized cost are disclosed in Carrying value and fair value of selected financial instruments table of Note 3 and are determined using the following valuation techniques and inputs: Retail loans Retail loans include residential mortgages, personal and small business loans and credit cards. For residential mortgages, and personal and small business loans, we segregate the portfolio based on certain attributes such as product type, contractual interest rate, term to maturity and credit scores, if applicable. Fair values of these loans are determined by the discounted cash flow valuation technique using prevailing interest rates as inputs. The carrying values of short-term or revolving loans, such as credit card receivables, appropriate their fair values. Wholesale loans Wholesale loans include Business, Bank and Sovereign loans. Where market prices are available, loans are valued based on market loan prices. Otherwise, fair value is determined by the discounted cash flow valuation technique using (i) market interest rates and market based spreads of assets with similar ratings; (ii) if available, expected default frequency implied from credit default swap prices; and (iii) relevant pricing information such as contractual rate, origination and maturity dates, redemption price, coupon payment frequency and date convention, as inputs. Deposits Deposits are composed of demand, notice, and term deposits which include senior deposit notes we have issued to provide long-term funding. Fair values of term deposits are determined by one of several valuation techniques: (i) for guaranteed investment certificates and similar instruments, we use an approach similar to that of the above residential mortgages and personal loans; and (ii) for senior deposit notes, we use actual traded prices, vendor prices or the discounted cash flow valuation technique using a market interest rate curve and our credit spreads as inputs. The carrying values of short-term and revolving demand and notice deposits approximate their fair values. Subordinated debentures and Trust capital securities Fair values of Subordinated debentures and Trust capital securities are based on recent transaction prices. Interest Interest is recognized in Interest income and Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income for all interest bearing financial instruments using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash flows through the expected life of the financial asset or liability to the net carrying amount upon initial recognition. Transaction costs Transaction costs are expensed as incurred for financial instruments classified or designated as at FVTPL. For other financial instruments, transaction costs are capitalized on initial recognition. For financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortized cost, capitalized transaction costs are amortized through Net income over the estimated life of the instrument using the effective interest method. For AFS financial assets measured at fair value that do not have fixed or determinable payments and no fixed maturity, capitalized transaction costs are recognized in Net income when the asset is derecognized or becomes impaired. Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and sold under repurchase agreements We purchase securities under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreement) and take possession of these securities. Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as collateralized lending transactions whereby we monitor the market value of the securities purchased and additional collateral is obtained when appropriate. We have the right to liquidate the collateral held in the event of counterparty default. We also sell securities under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), which are treated as collateralized borrowing transactions. The securities received under reverse repurchase agreements and securities delivered under repurchase agreements are not recognized on, or derecognized from, our Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively, unless the risks and rewards of ownership are obtained or relinquished. Reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the amounts at which the securities were initially acquired or sold, except when they are designated as at FVTPL and are recorded at fair value. Interest earned on reverse repurchase agreements is included in Interest income, and interest incurred on repurchase agreements is included in Interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Changes in fair value for reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements designated as at FVTPL are included in Trading revenue or Other in Non-interest income. 112 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Acceptances Acceptances are short-term negotiable instruments issued by our clients to third parties which we guarantee. The potential liability under acceptances is reported in Other – Acceptances on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The recourse against our clients in the case of a call on these commitments is reported as a corresponding asset of the same amount in Other – Customers’ liability under acceptances. Fees earned are reported in Non-interest income – Credit Fees. Derivatives Derivatives are primarily used in sales and trading activities. Derivatives are also used to manage our exposure to interest, currency, credit and other market risks. The most frequently used derivative products are interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, forward rate agreements, interest rate options, foreign exchange forward contracts, cross currency swaps, foreign currency futures, foreign currency options, equity swaps and credit derivatives. All derivative instruments are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value, including those derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts and are not closely related to the host contracts. When derivatives are embedded in other financial instruments or host contracts, such combinations are known as hybrid instruments with the effect that some of the cash flows of a hybrid instrument vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative. If the host contract is not carried at fair value with changes in fair value reported in our Consolidated Statements of Income, the embedded derivative is generally required to be separated from the host contract and accounted for separately as at FVTPL if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract. All embedded derivatives are presented on a combined basis with the host contracts although they are separated for measurement purposes when conditions requiring separation are met. When derivatives are used in sales and trading activities, the realized and unrealized gains and losses on these derivatives are recognized in Trading revenue in Non-interest income. Derivatives with a positive fair value are reported as Derivative assets and derivatives with a negative fair value are reported as Derivative liabilities. In accordance with our policy for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities, as outlined below, the net fair value of certain derivative assets and liabilities are reported as an asset or liability, as appropriate. Market and credit valuation adjustments, and premiums paid are also included in Derivative assets, while premiums received are shown in Derivative liabilities. When derivatives are used to manage our own exposures, we determine for each derivative whether hedge accounting can be applied, as discussed in the Hedge accounting section below. Hedge accounting We use derivatives and non-derivatives in our hedging strategies to manage our exposure to interest rate, currency, credit and other market risks. Where hedge accounting can be applied, a hedge relationship is designated and documented at inception to detail the particular risk management objective and the strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. The documentation identifies the specific asset, liability or anticipated cash flows being hedged, the risk that is being hedged, the type of hedging instrument used and how effectiveness will be assessed. We assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments have been ‘highly effective’ in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged items. A hedge is regarded as highly effective only if the following criteria are met: (i) at inception of the hedge and throughout its life, the hedge is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, and (ii) actual results of the hedge are within a pre-determined range. In the case of hedging a forecast transaction, the transaction must have a high probability of occurring and must present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect the reported net profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued when it is determined that the hedging instrument is no longer effective as a hedge, the hedging instrument is terminated or sold, upon the sale or early termination of the hedged item, or when the forecast transaction is no longer deemed highly probable. Refer to Note 8 for the fair value of derivatives and non-derivative instruments categorized by their hedging relationships, as well as derivatives that are not designated in hedging relationships. Fair value hedges In a fair value hedging relationship, the carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk and recognized in Non-interest income. Changes in fair value of the hedged item, to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective, are offset by changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative, which are also recognized in Non-interest income. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged items are amortized to Net income over the remaining life of the hedged items. We predominantly use interest rate swaps to hedge our exposure to the changes in a fixed interest rate instrument’s fair value caused by changes in interest rates. Cash flow hedges In a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative, net of taxes, is recognized in OCI while the ineffective portion is recognized in Non-interest income. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the cumulative amounts previously recognized in Other components of equity are reclassified to Net interest income during the periods when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects Net interest income. Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives are reclassified immediately to Net income when the hedged item is sold or terminated early, or when the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur. We predominantly use interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in cash flows related to a variable-rate asset or liability. Net investment hedges In hedging a foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portion of foreign exchange gains and losses on the hedging instruments, net of applicable taxes, is recognized in OCI and the ineffective portion is recognized in Non-interest income. The amounts, or a portion thereof, previously recognized in Other components of equity are recognized in Net income on the disposal, or partial disposal, of the foreign operation. We use foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency-denominated liabilities to manage our foreign currency exposures to net invest- ments in foreign operations having a functional currency other than the Canadian dollar. Loans Loans are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and which are not classified as AFS. Loans are initially recognized at fair value. When loans are issued at a market rate, fair value is represented by the cash advanced to the borrowers plus direct and incremental costs. Loans are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method less impairment, unless we intend to sell them in the near future upon origination or they have been designated as at FVTPL, in which case they are carried at fair value. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 113 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) We assess at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that the loans are impaired. Evidence of impairment may include indications that the borrower is experiencing significant financial difficulty, probability of bankruptcy or other financial reorganization, as well as a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows evidenced by the adverse changes in the payments status of the borrower or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. Whenever a payment is 90 days past due, loans other than credit card balances and loans guaranteed or insured by a Canadian government (Federal or Provincial) or a Canadian government agency (collectively, Canadian government) are classified as impaired unless they are fully secured and collection efforts are reasonably expected to result in repayment of debt within 180 days of the loans becoming past due. Loans guaranteed by a Canadian government are classified as impaired when the loan is contractually 365 days in arrears. Credit card balances are written off when a payment is 180 days in arrears. Assets acquired to satisfy loan commitments are recorded at their fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined based on either current market value where available or discounted cash flows. Any excess of the carrying value of the loan over the fair value of the assets acquired is recognized by a charge to Provision for credit losses. Interest on loans is recognized in Interest income – Loans using the effective interest method. The estimated future cash flows used in this calculation include those determined by the contractual term of the asset or liability, all fees that are considered to be integral to the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premium or discounts. Fees that relate to activities such as originating, restructuring or renegotiating loans are deferred and recognized as Interest income over the expected term of such loans using the effective interest method. Where there is a reasonable expectation that a loan will result, commitment and standby fees are also recognized as interest income over the expected term of the resulting loans using the effective interest method. Otherwise, such fees are recorded as other liabilities and amortized into Non-interest income over the commitment or standby period. Prepayment fees on mortgage loans are not included as part of the effective interest rate at origination as the amounts are not reliably measurable. If prepayment fees are received on a renewal of a mortgage loan, the fee is included as part of the effective interest rate, and if not renewed, the prepayment fee is recognized in interest income at the prepayment date. Allowance for credit losses An allowance for credit losses is established if there is objective evidence that we will be unable to collect all amounts due on our loans portfolio according to the original contractual terms or the equivalent value. This portfolio includes on-balance sheet exposures, such as loans and acceptances, and off-balance sheet items such as letters of credit, guarantees and unfunded commitments. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the impairment losses recognized and decreased by the amount of write-offs, net of recoveries. The allowance for credit losses for on-balance sheet items is included as a reduction to assets, and the allowance for credit losses relating to off-balance sheet items is included in Provisions under Other Liabilities. We assess whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for loans that are individually significant and collectively for loans that are not individually significant. If we determine that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed loan, whether significant or not, the loan is included in a group of loans with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assessed for impairment. Loans that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment. Allowance for credit losses represent management’s best estimates of losses incurred in our loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management’s judgment is required in making assumptions and estimations when calculating allowances on both individually and collectively assessed loans. The underlying assumptions and estimates used for both individually and collectively assessed loans can change from period to period and may significantly affect our results of operations. Individually assessed loans Loans which are individually significant are assessed individually for objective indicators of impairment. A loan is considered impaired when management determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms or the equivalent value. Credit exposures of individually significant loans are evaluated based on factors including the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment record, and where applicable, the realizable value of any collateral. If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss, then the amount of the loss is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan, including accrued interest, and the estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is measured as the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, including cash flows that may result from the realization of collateral less costs to sell. Individually-assessed impairment losses reduce the carrying amount of the loan through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in Provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Following impairment, interest income is recog- nized on the unwinding of the discount from the initial recognition of impairment. Significant judgment is required in assessing evidence of impairment and estimation of the amount and timing of future cash flows when determining the impairment loss. When assessing objective evidence of impairment we primarily consider specific factors such as the financial condition of the borrower, borrower’s default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, local economic conditions and other observable data. In determining the estimated recoverable amount we consider discounted expected future cash flows at the effective interest rate using a number of assumptions and inputs. Management judgment is involved when choosing these inputs and assumptions used such as the expected amount of the loan that will not be recovered and the cost of time delays in collecting principal and/or interest, and when estimating the value of any collateral held for which there may not be a readily accessible market. Changes in the amount expected to be recovered would have a direct impact on the Provision for credit losses and may result in a change in the Allowance for credit losses Collectively assessed loans Loans which are not individually significant, or which are individually assessed and not determined to be impaired, are collectively assessed for impairment. For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, loans are grouped on the basis of similar risk characteristics, taking into account loan type, industry, geographic location, collateral type, past due status and other relevant factors. The collective impairment allowance is determined by reviewing factors including: (i) historical loss experience, which takes into consideration historical probabilities of default, loss given default and exposure at default, in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics, and (ii) management’s judgment on the level of impairment losses based on historical experience relative to the actual level as reported at the balance sheet date, taking into consideration the current portfolio credit quality trends, business and economic and credit conditions, the impact of policy and process changes, and other supporting factors. Future cash flows for a group of loans are collectively evaluated for impairment on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the loans in the group and historical loss experience for loans with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted based on current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not 114 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not currently exist. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. Collectively-assessed impairment losses reduce the carrying amount of the aggregated loan position through an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in Provision for credit losses. Following impairment, interest income is recognized on the unwinding of the discount from the initial recognition of impairment. The methodology and assumptions used to calculate collective impairment allowances are subject to uncertainty, in part because it is not practicable to identify losses on an individual loan basis due to the large number of individually insignificant loans in the portfolio. Significant judgment is required in assessing historical loss experience, the loss identification period and its relationship to current portfolios including delinquency, and loan balances; and current business, economic and credit conditions including industry specific performance, unemployment and country risks. Changes in these assumptions would have a direct impact on the Provision for credit losses and may result in changes in the related Allowance for credit losses. Write-off of loans Loans and the related impairment allowance for credit losses are written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, they are generally written off after receipt of any proceeds from the realization of the collateral. In circum- stances where the net realizable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write off may be earlier. For credit cards, the balances and related allowance for credit losses are written off when payment is 180 days in arrears. Personal loans are generally written off at 150 days past due. Derecognition of financial assets Our various securitization activities generally consist of the transfer of financial assets such as loans or packaged mortgage-backed securities (MBS) to independent SPEs or trusts that issue securities to investors. Financial assets are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when our contractual rights to the cash flows from the assets have expired, when we retain the rights to receive the cash flows of the assets but assume an obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party subject to certain pass-through requirements or when we transfer our contractual rights to receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risk and rewards of the assets have been transferred. When we retain substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the trans- ferred assets are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are accounted for as secured financing transactions. When we neither retain nor transfer substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the assets, we derecognize the assets if control over the assets is relinquished. If we retain control over the transferred assets, we continue to recognize the transferred assets to the extent of our continuing involvement. Management’s judgment is applied in determining whether the contractual rights to the cash flows from the transferred assets have expired or whether we retain the rights to receive cash flows on the assets but assume an obligation to pay for those cash flows. We derecognize transferred financial assets if we transfer substantially all the risk and rewards of the ownership in the assets. When assessing whether we have transferred substantially all of the risk and rewards of the transferred assets, management considers the entity exposure before and after the transfer with the variability in the amount and timing of the net cash flows of the transferred assets. In transfers that we retain the servicing rights, management has applied judgment in assessing the benefits of servicing against market expectations. When the benefits of servicing are greater than fair market value, a servicing asset is recognized in Other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. When the benefits of servicing are less than fair market value, a servicing liability is recognized in Other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Derecognition of financial liabilities We derecognize a financial liability from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when our obligation specified in the contract expires, or is discharged or cancelled. We recognize the difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability transferred and the consideration paid in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Guarantees Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that contingently require us to make specified payments (in cash, other assets, our own shares or provision of services) to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. Liabilities are recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at the inception of a guarantee for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. Financial guarantees are subsequently remeasured at the higher of (i) the amount initially recognized and (ii) our best estimate of the present value of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. If the financial guarantee contract meets the definition of a derivative, it is measured at fair value at each balance sheet date and reported under Derivatives on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities Financial assets and financial liabilities are presented net when we have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Insurance and segregated funds Premiums from long-duration contracts, primarily life insurance, are recognized when due in Non-interest income – Insurance premiums, investment and fee income. Premiums from short-duration contracts, primarily property and casualty, and fees for administrative services are recognized in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income over the related contract period. Unearned premiums of the short-duration contracts, representing the unexpired portion of premiums, are reported in Other liabilities. Investments made by our insurance operations are classified as AFS or loans and receivables, except for investments supporting the policy benefit liabilities on life and health insurance contracts and a portion of property and casualty contracts. These are designated as at FVTPL with changes in fair value reported in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income. Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates for future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life insurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method (CALM), which incorporates assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policy lapses and surrenders, investment yields, policy dividends, operating and policy maintenance expenses, and provisions for adverse deviation. These assumptions are reviewed at least annually and updated in response to actual experience and market conditions. Liabilities for property and casualty insurance represent estimated provisions for reported and unreported claims. Liabilities for life and property and casualty insurance are included in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Changes in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities are included in the Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income in the period in which the estimates change. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 115 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) Premiums ceded for reinsurance and reinsurance recoveries on policyholder benefits and claims incurred are reported in income and expense as appropriate. Reinsurance recoverables, which relate to paid benefits and unpaid claims, are included in Other assets. Acquisition costs for new insurance business consist of commissions, premium taxes, certain underwriting costs and other costs that vary with the acquisition of new business. Deferred acquisition costs for life insurance products are implicitly recognized in insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities by CALM. For property and casualty insurance, these costs are classified as Other assets and amortized over the policy term. Segregated funds are lines of business in which we issue an insurance contract where the benefit amount is directly linked to the market value of the investments held in the underlying fund. The contractual arrangement is such that the underlying segregated fund assets are registered in our name but the segregated fund policyholders bear the risks and rewards of the funds’ investment performance. Liabilities for these contracts are calculated based on contractual obligations using actuarial assumptions and are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices. Segregated funds’ assets and liabilities are separately presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Fee income from segregated funds includes management fees, mortality, policy, administration and surrender charges. We provide minimum death benefit and maturity value guarantees on segregated funds. The liability associated with these minimum guarantees is recorded in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Liability adequacy tests are performed for all insurance contract portfolios at each balance sheet date to ensure the adequacy of insurance contract liabilities. Current best estimates of future contractual cash flows, claims handling and administration costs, and investment returns from the assets backing the liabilities are taken into account in the tests. When the test results indicate that there is a deficiency in liabilities, the deficiency is charged immediately to our Consolidated Statements of Income by writing down the deferred acquisition costs in Other assets and/ or increasing Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Employee benefits – Pensions and other post-employment benefits We offer a number of benefit programs which provide pension and other benefits to eligible employees. These plans include registered defined benefit pension plans, supplemental pension plans, defined contribution plans, health, dental, disability and life insurance plans. Investments held by the pension funds primarily comprise equity and fixed income securities and are valued at fair value. Defined benefit pension costs and the present value of accrued pension and other post-employment benefit obligations are calculated by the plans’ actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. Our defined benefit pension expense, which is included in Non-interest expense – Human resources, consists of the cost of employee pension benefits for the current year’s service, interest cost on the liability, and expected return on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss using the deferral (corridor) approach. Past service costs are charged immediately to income to the extent that the benefits have vested, and are otherwise recognized on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits vest. Gains and losses on curtailment or settlement of defined benefit plans are recognized in income when the curtailment or settlement occurs. For each defined benefit plan, we recognize the present value of our defined benefit obligations less the fair value of the plan assets, together with adjustments for any unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and unrecognized past service costs, as a defined benefit liability reported in Accrued pension and other post-employment benefits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For plans where there is a net defined benefit asset, the amount is reported as an asset in Prepaid pension benefit cost. The measurement of the asset is limited to the lower of (i) the defined benefit asset and (ii) the sum of actuarial losses and past service costs not yet recognized, and the present value of any refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions to the plan. The calculation of defined benefit expenses and obligations requires significant judgment as the recognition is dependent on discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, and various actuarial assumptions such as healthcare cost trend rates, projected salary increases, retirement age, and mortality and termination rates. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates and assumptions are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. For our pension and other post-employment plans, the discount rate is determined by reference to market yields on high quality corporate bonds. Since the discount rate is based on currently available yields, and involves management’s assessment of market liquidity, it is only a proxy for future yields. Management judgment is also required in estimating the expected rate of return on assets, because of possible changes to our asset allocation and the inherent risks in predicting future investment returns. The expected rate of return on assets is a weighted average of expected long-term asset return by asset class and is selected from a range of possible future asset returns. Actuarial assumptions, set in accordance with current practices in the respective countries of our plans, may differ from actual experience as country specific statistics is only an estimate for future employee behaviour. These assumptions are determined by management and are reviewed by actuaries at least annually. Changes to any of the above assumptions may affect the amounts of benefits obligations and expenses that we recognize. Our contributions to defined contribution plans are expensed when employees have rendered services in exchange for such contributions, generally in the year of contribution. Defined contribution plan expense is included in Non-interest expense – Human resources. Share-based compensation We offer share-based compensation plans to certain key employees and to our non-employee directors. To account for stock options granted to employees, compensation expense is recognized over the applicable vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. Fair value is determined by using option valuation models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. When the options are exercised, the exercise price proceeds together with the amount initially recorded in equity are credited to common shares. Our other compensation plans include performance deferred share plans and deferred share unit plans for key employees (the Plans). The obligations for the Plans are accrued over their vesting periods. The Plans are settled in cash. For cash-settled awards, our accrued obligations are adjusted to their fair value at each balance sheet date. For share-settled awards, our accrued obligations are based on the fair value of our common shares at the date of grant. Changes in our obligations, net of related hedges, are recorded as Non-interest expense – Human resources in our Consolidated Statements of Income with a corresponding increase in Other liabilities for cash settled awards and in Retained earnings for share-settled awards. The compensation cost attributable to options and awards granted to employees who are eligible to retire or will become eligible to retire during the vesting period, is recognized immediately if the employee is eligible to retire on the grant date or over the period between the grant date and the date the employee becomes eligible to retire. Our contributions to the employee savings and share ownership plans are expensed as incurred. Income taxes Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax and is recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity. 116 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Current income tax payable on profits is recognized as an expense based on the applicable tax laws in each jurisdiction in the period in which profits arise, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for accounting purposes compared with tax purposes. A deferred income tax asset or liability is determined for each temporary difference, except for earnings related to our subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures where the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future and we have the ability to control the timing of reversal. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the tax rates that are expected to be in effect in the period that the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when they are levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities within the same tax reporting group (which intends to settle on a net basis), and when there is a legal right to offset. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the same conditions are satisfied. Our Consolidated Statements of Income include items that are non-taxable or non-deductible for income tax purposes and, accordingly, this causes the income tax provision to be different from what it would be if based on statutory rates. Deferred income taxes accumulated as a result of temporary differences and tax loss carryfowards are included in Other assets and Other liabilities. On a quarterly basis, we review our deferred income tax assets to determine whether it is probable that the benefits associated with these assets will be realized; this review involves evaluating both positive and negative evidence. We are subject to income tax laws in various jurisdictions where we operate, and the complex tax laws are potentially subject to different interpretations by us and the relevant taxation authorities. Significant judgment is required in the interpretation of the relevant tax laws, and the determination of our tax provision which includes our best estimate of tax positions that are under audit or appeal by relevant taxation author- ities. We perform a review on a quarterly basis to incorporate our best assessment based on information available, but additional liability and income tax expense could result based on decisions made by the relevant tax authorities. The determination of our deferred tax asset or liability also requires significant management judgment as the recognition is dependant on our projection of future taxable profits and tax rates that are expected to be in effect in the period the asset is realized or the liability is settled. Any changes in our projection will result in changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and also deferred tax expense on our Consolidated Statements of Income. Business combinations, goodwill and other intangibles All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill and included in Other intangibles. Goodwill represents the excess of the price paid for the business acquired over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired on the date of acquisition. Goodwill Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units (CGU) for the purpose of impairment testing, which is under- taken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed annually as at August 1, or more frequently if there are objective indicators of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is the present value of the expected future cash flows from a CGU. Fair value less costs to sell is the amount obtainable from the sale of a CGU in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, less costs of disposal. The fair value of a CGU is estimated using valuation techniques such as a discounted cash flow approach, adjusted to reflect the considerations of a prospective third-party buyer. External evidence such as binding sale agreements or recent transactions for similar businesses within the same industry is considered to the extent that it is available. Significant judgment is involved in estimating the model inputs used to determine the recoverable amount of our CGU, in particular future cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates, due to the uncertainty in the timing and amount of cash flows and the forward-looking nature of these inputs. Future cash flows are based on financial plans agreed by management which are estimated based on forecast results, business initiatives, planned capital investments and returns to shareholders. Discount rates are based on the bank-wide cost of capital, adjusted for CGU- specific risks and currency exposure as reflected by differences in expected inflation. CGU-specific risks include country risk, business/operational risk, geographic risk (including political risk, devaluation risk, and government regulation), currency risk, and price risk (including product pricing risk and inflation). Terminal growth rates reflect the expected long-term gross domestic product growth and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. Changes in these assumptions may impact the amount of impairment loss recognized in Non-interest expense. The carrying amount of a CGU includes the carrying amount of assets, liabilities and goodwill allocated to the CGU. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other non-financial assets of the CGU proportionately based on the carrying amount of each asset. Any impairment loss is charged to income in the period in which the impairment is identified. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are prohibited. Upon disposal of a portion of a CGU, the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the portion of the CGU sold is included in the determination of gains or losses on disposal. The carrying amount is determined based on the relative fair value of the disposed portion to the total CGU. Other intangibles Intangible assets represent identifiable non-monetary assets and are acquired either separately or through a business combination, or generated internally. Intangible assets acquired through a business combination are recognized separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, and their fair value can be measured reliably. The cost of a separately acquired intangible asset includes its purchase price and directly attributable costs of preparing the asset for its intended use. In respect of internally generated intangible assets, cost includes all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce, and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. Research and development costs that are not eligible for capitalization are expensed. After initial recognition, an intangible asset is carried at its cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Intangible assets with a finite-life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: computer software – 3 to 10 years; and customer relationships – 10 to 20 years. We do not have any intangible assets with indefinite lives. Intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting period. If there is an indication that a finite-life intangible asset may be impaired, an impairment test is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the intangible asset to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, we estimate the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs. If the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is written down to its recoverable amount as an impairment loss. An impairment loss recognized previously is reversed if there is a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the asset (or CGU) since the last impairment loss was recognized. If an impairment loss is subsequently reversed, the carrying amount of the asset (or CGU) is revised to the lower of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of amortization) had there been no prior impairment. Due to the subjective nature of these estimates, significant judgment is required in determining the useful lives Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 117 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) and recoverable amounts of our intangible assets, and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment. Estimates of the recoverable amounts of our intangible assets rely on certain key inputs, including future cash flows and discount rates. Future cash flows are based on sales projections and allocated costs which are estimated based on forecast results and business initiatives. Discount rates are based on the bank-wide cost of capital, adjusted for asset-specific risks. Changes in these assumptions may impact the amount of impairment loss recognized in Non-interest expense. Other Translation of foreign currencies Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the translation and settlement of these items are recognized in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost are translated into Canadian dollars at historical rates. Non- monetary financial assets classified as AFS securities, such as equity instruments, that are measured at fair value are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, and the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in Other components of equity until the asset is sold or becomes impaired. Assets and liabilities of our foreign operations with functional currencies other than Canadian dollars are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date, and income and expenses of these foreign operations are translated at average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Unrealized gains or losses arising as a result of the translation of our foreign operations along with the effective portion of related hedges are reported in Other components of equity on an after-tax basis. Upon disposal or partial disposal of a foreign operation, an appropriate portion of the accumulated net translation gains or losses is included in Non-interest income. Premises and equipment Premises and equipment includes land, buildings, leasehold improvements, computer equipment, furniture, fixtures and other equipment, and are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises the purchase price, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use, and the initial estimate of any disposal costs. Depreciation is recorded principally on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are 25 to 50 years for buildings, 3 to 10 years for computer equipment, and 7 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and other equipment. The amortization period for leasehold improvements is the lesser of the useful life of the leasehold improvements or the lease term plus the first renewal period, if reasonably assured of renewal, up to a maximum of 10 years. Land is not depreciated. Gains and losses on disposal are recorded in Non-interest income. Premises and equipment are assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting period. If there is an indication that an asset may be impaired, an impairment test is performed by comparing the asset’s carrying amount to its recoverable amount. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, we estimate the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs and test for impairment at the CGU level. An impairment charge is recorded to the extent the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU), which is the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, is less than its carrying amount. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset (or CGU). After the recognition of impairment, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. If an impairment is later reversed, the carrying amount of the asset is revised to the lower of the asset’s recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of depreciation) had there been no prior impairment loss. The depreciation charge in future periods is adjusted to reflect the revised carrying amount. Provisions Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount and are recognized when we have a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured as the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date. Significant judgment is required in determining whether a present obligation exists and in estimating the probability, timing and amount of any outflows. We record provisions related to litigation, asset retirement obligations, and the allowance for off-balance sheet and other items. Provisions are recorded under Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We are required to estimate the results of ongoing legal proceedings, expenses to be incurred to dispose of capital assets, and credit losses on undrawn commitments and guarantees. The forward-looking nature of these estimates requires us to use a significant amount of judgment in projecting the timing and amount of future cash flows. We record our provisions on the basis of all available information at the end of the reporting period and make adjustments on a quarterly basis to reflect current expectations. Should actual results differ from our expectations, we may incur expenses in excess of the provisions recognized. When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, such as an insurer, a separate asset is recognized if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received. Commissions and fees Portfolio management and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts. Fees related to provision of services including asset management, wealth management, financial planning and custody services that cover a specified service period, are recognized over the period in which the service is provided. Fees such as underwriting fees and brokerage fees that are related to the provision of specific transaction type services are recognized when the service has been completed. Dividend income Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities, and usually the date when shareholders have approved the dividend for unlisted equity securities. Leasing A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee the right to use an asset for an agreed upon period of time in return for a payment or series of payments. A finance lease is a lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee, where title may or may not eventually be transferred. An operating lease is a lease other than a finance lease. 118 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Operating leases When we are the lessee in an operating lease, we record rental payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term in Non-interest expense. Finance leases When we are the lessee in a finance lease, we initially record both the leased asset and the related lease obligation in Premises and equipment, Other intangibles and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at an amount equal to the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at the date of inception of the lease. Initial direct costs directly attributed to the lease are recognized as an asset under the finance lease. Earnings per share Earnings per share is computed by dividing Net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income available to common shareholders is determined after deducting dividend entitlements of preferred share- holders, any gain (loss) on redemption of preferred shares net of related income taxes and the net income attributable to non-controlling interests. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if additional common shares are assumed to be issued under securities or contracts that entitle their holders to obtain common shares in the future, to the extent such entitlement is not subject to unresolved contingencies. For contracts that may be settled in cash or in common shares at our option, diluted earnings per share is calculated based on the assumption that such contracts will be settled in shares. Income and expenses associated with these types of contracts are excluded from the Net income available to common shareholders, and the additional number of shares that would be issued is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation. These contracts include our convertible Preferred Shares and Trust Capital Securities. For stock options whose exercise price is less than the average market price of our common shares, they are assumed to be exercised and the proceeds are used to repurchase common shares at the average market price for the period. The incremental number of common shares issued under stock options and repurchased from proceeds is included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Share capital We classify a financial instrument that we issue as a financial asset, financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. Our common shares held by us are classified as treasury shares in equity and accounted for at weighted average cost. Upon the sale of treasury shares, the difference between the sale proceeds and the cost of the shares is recognized in Retained earnings. Financial instruments issued by us are classified as equity instruments when there is no contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial assets. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of equity instruments are included in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax. Financial instruments that will be settled by a variable number of our common shares upon their conversion by the holders as well as the related accrued distributions are classified as liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Dividends and yield distributions on these instruments are classified as Interest expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. Future changes in accounting policy and disclosure We are currently assessing the impact of adopting the following standards on our consolidated financial statements: IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (IFRS 10) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 10, which replaces the consolidation requirements in IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (IAS 27) and SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities (SIC-12) and provides a single consolidation model applicable to all types of entities. Under IFRS 10, consolidation is based on control. Three conditions must be satisfied to have control over an investee: (i) decision making power over the relevant activities, (ii) exposure to variable returns, and (iii) a link between power and returns. The determination of control is based on the current facts and circumstances and is continuously assessed. IFRS 10 contains a substantial amount of application guidance that expands on new and existing principles related to the determination of control. IFRS 10 is effective for us on November 1, 2013 with modified retrospective application based on entities in place as at the effective date. Currently, we consolidate SPEs that we control based on an overall assessment of the purpose and design of the entity, our decision making rights, and our exposure to the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. IFRS 10 places a greater emphasis on decision making power, which is a required condition for control. It removes the bright lines for assessing exposure to risks and rewards, and introduces new considerations related to our role as a principal or an agent in entities over which we have decision making power. On adoption of IFRS 10, we expect the consolidation status of certain entities to change. We will deconsolidate RBC Capital Trust II as our involvement does not expose us to variable returns. This will result in the reclassification of $900 million from Trust capital securities to Deposits. See Note 20 for further details on our innovative capital instruments. Additionally, certain mutual funds will be consolidated where our exposure to variability indicates that our power as fund manager is in a principal capacity. The effects of these changes are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (IFRS 11) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 11 which requires a party to a joint arrangement to determine the type of joint arrangement in which it is involved by assessing its rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. IFRS 11 requires a joint operator to recognize and measure the assets and liabilities in relation to its interest in the arrangement, and a joint venturer to apply equity method of accounting. IFRS 11 is effective for us on November 1, 2013. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities (IFRS 12) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (IFRS 12), which provides enhanced guidance on the annual disclosure requirements of a reporting entity’s interests in other entities. The standard requires an entity to disclose information that helps users to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with a reporting entity’s interests in subsidiaries, consolidated entities, associates, joint arrangements and, in particular, unconsolidated structured entities (off-balance sheet structures), and the effect of those interests on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. IFRS 12 is effective for us on November 1, 2013 with disclosure, including comparative periods, required to be presented in our 2014 consolidated financial statements. IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (IAS 27) and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (IAS 28) As a consequence of the new IFRS standards IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, in May 2012, the IASB issued amended and retitled IAS 27, Separate Financial Statements and IAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. These new requirements are effective for us on November 1, 2013. The adoption of these standards is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 119 Note 2 Summary of significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments (continued) IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (IFRS 13) In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement which provides a revised definition of fair value and sets out a framework for measuring fair value in a single standard. IFRS 13 also requires more comprehensive disclosure requirements on fair value measurement. The measurement and disclosure requirements of IFRS 13 apply when another standard requires or permits the item to be measured at fair value with limited exceptions. IFRS 13 is effective for us on November 1, 2013 and is required to be applied prospectively from the adoption date. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. IAS 19 Employee Benefits (IAS 19) In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 regarding the accounting for pensions and other post-employment benefits. The new requirements are effective for us on November 1, 2013 and will require a restatement of comparative figures. The amendments will alter the accounting for actuarial gains and losses, past service costs, interest expense and return on plan assets. The amended standard eliminates the deferral and amortization of actuarial gains and losses in net income, instead requiring the immediate recognition of actuarial gains and losses in OCI. Past service costs will also be immediately recognized in the period in which a plan amendment occurs. Net interest, calculated by applying the discount rate to the Net defined benefit liability or asset, will replace the Interest cost and Expected return on plan assets components of Defined benefit pension expense. The amendments also introduce a number of enhanced disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans. The amended standard is expected to impact our Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended October 31, 2013 and 2012 by the following amounts: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Consolidated Balance Sheets (Decrease) in Prepaid pension benefit cost Increase in Accrued pension and other post-employment benefit expense Increase in Other assets – Deferred income tax asset (Decrease) in Retained earnings (opening) (Decrease) in Retained earnings (closing) Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Decrease) in Net income Increase (Decrease) in Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes As at or for the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ (923) 268 316 (1,108) (876) (87) 319 (920) 589 400 (297) (1,108) (32) (779) IFRS 7 Disclosure – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (IFRS 7) In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 7, requiring extended disclosures to enable users to assess the effect of offsetting arrangements on an entity’s financial position. The amendments require entities to disclose both gross and net amounts associated with master netting agreements and similar arrangements, including the effects of financial collateral, whether or not they are presented net on the balance sheet. The amendments are effective for us on November 1, 2013 and we are required to adopt these disclosures in our 2014 consolidated financial statements. IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (IAS 32) In December 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 which clarify the existing requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. The amendments will be effective for us on November 1, 2014. IFRS Interpretations Committee Interpretation 21 Levies (IFRIC 21) In May 2013, the IASB issued IFRIC 21 which provides guidance on when to recognize a liability to pay a levy that is accounted for in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. It also addresses the accounting for a liability to pay a levy whose timing and amount is uncertain. IFRIC 21 will be effective for us on November 1, 2014. IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (IFRS 9) In November 2009, the IASB issued IFRS 9 as part of its plan to replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (IAS 39). IFRS 9 requires financial assets, including hybrid contracts, to be measured at either fair value or amortized cost. In October 2010, the IASB added to IFRS 9 the requirements for classification and measurement of financial liabilities previously included in IAS 39. In November 2013, the IASB introduced a new hedge accounting model, and allowed early adoption of the own credit provisions of IFRS 9. It also removed the mandatory effective date of January 1, 2015 and has not proposed a future effective date. 120 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments Carrying value and fair value of selected financial instruments The following tables provide a comparison of the carrying and fair values for each classification of financial instruments. As at October 31, 2013 Carrying value and fair value Financial instruments classified as at FVTPL Financial instruments designated as at FVTPL Available- for-sale instruments measured at fair value Carrying value Loans and receivables and non-trading liabilities at amortized cost Fair value Loans and receivables and non-trading liabilities Held-to-maturity investments measured at amortized cost Total carrying amount Total fair value $ $ 135,346 – 135,346 $ 8,677 – 8,677 – 38,294 38,294 – – – – – – – 82,023 – 614 614 74,822 – – 964 964 – 983 $ – – – – 9,069 56,037 1,932 67,038 $ $ $ – – – $ – – – $ – 401 401 144,023 38,695 182,718 $ 144,023 38,695 182,718 35,494 35,494 320,498 86,590 407,088 – 29,147 185,228 294,603 11,611 491,442 317,613 85,929 403,542 29,147 185,412 294,424 11,611 491,447 $ – – – – – – 117,517 117,517 320,498 88,168 408,666 74,822 30,130 317,613 87,507 405,120 74,822 30,130 $ 194,297 350,640 13,543 558,480 $ 194,481 350,461 13,543 558,485 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial assets Securities Trading Available-for-sale Total securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Total loans Other Derivatives Other assets Financial liabilities Deposits $ Personal Business and government (1) Bank (2) Total deposits Other Obligations related to securities sold short 47,128 – – – 47,128 47,128 Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities – 76,745 (2) – – 53,948 – 42 109 – 6,468 – 38,402 7,334 900 6,468 – 38,402 7,285 906 60,416 76,745 38,442 7,443 900 60,416 76,745 38,442 7,394 906 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 121 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) As at October 31, 2012 Carrying value and fair value Carrying value Fair value Financial instruments classified as at FVTPL Financial instruments designated as at FVTPL Available- for-sale instruments measured at fair value Loans and receivables and non-trading liabilities at amortized cost Loans and receivables and non-trading liabilities Held-to-maturity investments measured at amortized cost Total carrying amount Total fair value $ $ 111,114 – 111,114 $ 9,669 – 9,669 – 40,320 40,320 – – – – – – – – – – 91,293 – $ $ – – – – 40,756 – 96,761 101 – – 86,918 – 1,232 1,232 – 705 7,167 49,336 2,524 59,027 – 58,709 – 29 122 – $ $ $ – – – $ – – – – 508 508 $ 120,783 40,828 161,611 $ 120,783 40,828 161,611 25,339 25,339 300,043 76,969 377,012 – 36,487 297,490 76,506 373,996 – 36,487 172,335 263,546 13,311 449,192 $ 172,625 263,909 13,311 449,845 – – – – – – 112,257 112,257 300,043 78,201 378,244 297,490 77,738 375,228 91,293 37,192 91,293 37,192 $ 179,502 312,882 15,835 508,219 $ 179,792 313,245 15,835 508,872 – – 40,756 40,756 5,323 – 41,352 7,493 900 5,323 – 41,352 7,405 941 64,032 96,761 41,482 7,615 900 64,032 96,761 41,482 7,527 941 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial assets Securities Trading Available-for-sale Total securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Total loans Other Derivatives Other assets Financial liabilities Deposits Personal Business and government (1) Bank (2) Total deposits Other Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities (1) (2) Business and government includes deposits from regulated deposit-taking institutions other than regulated banks. Bank refers to regulated banks. The following tables present information on loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL, the maximum exposure to credit risk, the extent to which the risk is mitigated by credit derivatives and similar instruments, and changes in the fair value of these assets. We measure the change in the fair value of loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL due to changes in credit risk as the difference between the total change in the fair value of the instrument during the period and the change in fair value calculated using the appropriate risk-free yield curves. Loans and receivables designated as at fair value through profit or loss As at October 31, 2013 Carrying amount of loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL 2,424 82,023 964 463 $ 85,874 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest-bearing deposits with banks $ Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans – Wholesale Other Assets Total Extent to which credit derivatives or similar instruments mitigate credit risk – $ Change in fair value for the year attributable to changes in credit risk – $ Cumulative change in fair value since initial recognition attributable to changes in credit risk (1) – $ Change in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments for the year – $ Cumulative change in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments (1) – $ Maximum exposure to credit risk 2,424 $ 82,023 964 463 $ 85,874 $ – 224 – 224 $ – 3 – 3 $ – 1 – 1 $ – – – – $ – – – – 122 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements As at October 31, 2012 Carrying amount of loans and receivables designated as at FVTPL 120 86,918 1,232 311 $ 88,581 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest-bearing deposits with banks $ Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans – Wholesale Other assets Total Extent to which credit derivatives or similar instruments mitigate credit risk – $ Change in fair value for the year attributable to changes in credit risk – $ Cumulative change in fair value since initial recognition attributable to changes in credit risk (1) – $ Change in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments for the year – $ Cumulative change in fair value of credit derivatives or similar instruments (1) – $ Maximum exposure to credit risk 120 $ 86,918 1,232 311 $ 88,581 $ – 284 – 284 $ – 3 – 3 $ – (12) – (12) $ – (2) – (2) $ – 1 – 1 (1) The cumulative change is measured from the later of November 1, 2010, or the initial recognition of the credit derivative or similar instruments. The following tables present the changes in the fair value of our financial liabilities designated as at FVTPL as well as their contractual maturity and carrying amounts. Liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (Millions of Canadian dollars) Term deposits Personal Business and government (2) Bank (3) Total term deposits Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Total (Millions of Canadian dollars) Term deposits Personal Business and government (2) Bank (3) Total term deposits Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Total As at October 31, 2013 Contractual maturity amount $ 8,963 56,216 1,932 67,111 53,952 42 106 $ 121,211 Carrying value $ 9,069 56,037 1,932 67,038 53,948 42 109 $ 121,137 Difference between carrying value and contractual maturity amount Changes in fair value for the year attributable to changes in RBC credit spread Cumulative change in fair value attributable to changes in RBC credit spread (1) $ $ 106 (179) – (73) (4) – 3 (74) $ $ (20) 36 – 16 – – 6 22 $ $ (33) 24 – (9) – – 3 (6) As at October 31, 2012 Contractual maturity amount $ 7,152 $ 49,264 2,524 58,940 Carrying value 7,167 49,336 2,524 59,027 58,710 29 125 58,709 29 122 $ 117,804 $ 117,887 Difference between carrying value and contractual maturity amount Changes in fair value for the year attributable to changes in RBC credit spread Cumulative change in fair value attributable to changes in RBC credit spread (1) $ $ 15 72 – 87 (1) – (3) 83 $ $ 1 33 – 34 – – 4 38 $ $ (13) (12) – (25) – – (3) (28) (1) (2) (3) The cumulative change is measured from the later of November 1, 2010, or the initial recognition of the liabilities designated as at FVTPL. Business and government includes deposits from regulated deposit-taking institutions other than regulated banks. Bank refers to regulated banks. Fair value of assets and liabilities classified using the fair value hierarchy The following tables present the financial instruments measured at fair value classified by the fair value hierarchy set out in IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures (IFRS 7). IFRS 7 requires that all financial instruments measured at fair value be categorized into one of three hierarchy levels, as described below, for disclosure purposes. Each level is based on the transparency of the inputs used to measure the fair values of assets and liabilities: • • • Level 1 – inputs are unadjusted quoted prices of identical instruments in active markets. Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 – one or more significant inputs used in a valuation technique are unobservable in determining fair values of the instruments. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 123 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) Determination of fair value and the resulting hierarchy requires the use of observable market data whenever available. The classification of a financial instrument in the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of fair value. October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) Fair value measurements using (1) Level 2 Level 1 Level 3 Total gross fair value Netting adjustments Assets/ liabilities at fair value Fair value measurements using (1) Level 2 Level 1 Level 3 Total gross fair value Netting adjustments Assets/ liabilities at fair value – $ 2,424 $ – $ 2,424 $ $ 2,424 $ – $ 120 $ – $ 120 $ $ 120 Financial assets Interest bearing deposits with banks $ Securities Trading Canadian government debt (2) Federal Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt (2) Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities (2) Asset-backed securities CDOs (4) Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale (5) Canadian government debt (2) Federal Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt (2) Other OECD government debt (3) Mortgage-backed securities (2) Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loan substitute securities Asset purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Other Derivatives 11,978 – 5,480 2,815 – – – – – 41,874 62,147 153 – 26 5,463 – – – – 137 103 6,663 12,108 23,980 6,671 802 – 1,084 26,127 3,132 80,567 9,669 667 4,238 5,319 139 1,294 283 5,232 585 24 5,882 27,450 – – 82,023 1,164 Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Credit derivatives Other contracts Valuation adjustments determined 22 – – 2,558 78,517 20,709 193 3,219 on a pooled basis Total gross derivatives Netting adjustments Total derivatives Other assets Financial Liabilities Deposits – – 22 370 28 31 260 415 183 18,641 12,108 29,482 9,856 830 31 1,344 26,542 45,189 1,309 144,023 – – 2,014 – – 103 180 1,673 969 – 4,939 – 414 333 76 32 858 9,822 667 6,278 10,782 139 1,397 463 6,905 1,691 127 38,271 82,023 1,578 78,872 20,785 225 6,635 – – 99 375 55 59 23 397 302 15,392 8,465 20,750 11,910 748 59 723 22,431 40,305 1,310 120,783 – – 11,281 1,785 1,906 – – 1,996 645 1,446 948 – 6,941 – 403 842 118 125 448 5,785 9,825 263 1,996 825 6,508 1,817 217 40,302 86,918 1,232 99,909 19,244 292 4,443 18,641 12,108 29,482 9,856 830 31 1,344 26,542 45,189 144,023 9,822 667 6,278 10,782 139 1,397 463 6,905 1,691 127 8,158 – 2,287 3,781 – – – 62 37,924 52,212 367 – 23 6,081 – – – – 266 192 7,234 8,465 18,364 7,754 693 – 700 21,972 2,079 67,261 10,914 1,785 3,856 3,744 263 – 180 5,062 603 25 38,271 6,929 26,432 – – 86,918 829 5 – – 1,699 99,062 19,126 167 2,296 82,023 1,578 78,872 20,785 225 6,635 (505) 106,012 (31,190) 74,822 983 (2) (398) (105) (505) 2,578 102,240 1,194 106,012 (31,190) 520 452 11 983 (23) (321) (282) (626) 1,681 120,330 1,251 123,262 (31,969) 394 297 14 705 $ 71,127 $ 296,320 $ 7,867 $ 375,314 $ (31,190) $ 344,124 $ 61,216 $ 302,187 $ 9,919 $ 373,322 $ (31,969) $ 341,353 Personal Business and government Bank $ – – – $ 8,033 52,104 1,932 $ 1,036 3,933 – $ 9,069 56,037 1,932 $ $ $ 9,069 56,037 1,932 – – – $ 327 46,817 2,524 $ 6,840 2,519 – $ 7,167 49,336 2,524 $ $ 7,167 49,336 2,524 Other Obligations related to securities sold short 31,832 15,280 16 47,128 47,128 27,365 13,383 Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Credit derivatives Other contracts Total gross derivatives Netting adjustments Total derivatives Other liabilities Subordinated debentures – 53,948 – 53,948 9 – – 2,379 2,388 74,113 22,715 295 5,979 103,102 791 193 37 1,727 2,748 74,913 22,908 332 10,085 108,238 – – 37 – 3 109 40 109 53,948 74,913 22,908 332 10,085 108,238 (31,493) 76,745 40 109 (31,493) – 58,709 2 – – 1,370 1,372 91,180 28,016 188 4,501 123,885 8 – 1,329 316 147 1,500 3,292 40,756 58,709 92,511 28,332 335 7,371 128,549 – – 29 – 101 122 130 122 (31,788) $ 34,220 $ 234,436 $ 7,845 $ 276,501 $ (31,493) $ 245,008 $ 28,737 $ 245,674 $ 12,882 $ 287,293 $ (31,788) $ 255,505 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Transfer between Level 1 and Level 2 is dependent on whether fair value is obtained on the basis of quoted market prices in active markets and is assumed to occur at the end of the period. During the year ended October 31, 2013, $1,105 million of certain government bonds reported in Trading U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and $1,308 million included in Obligations related to securities sold short were transferred from Level 1 to the corresponding Level 2 balances, and certain government bonds of $122 million reported in Trading Canadian government debt – Federal were transferred from Level 2 to the corresponding Level 1 balances. During the year ended October 31, 2012, certain government bonds of $496 million reported in Trading and AFS Canadian government debt – Federal and U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and $1,654 million included in Obligations related to securities sold short were transferred from Level 2 to the corresponding Level 1 balances. In addition, certain government bonds of $1,545 million reported in Trading and AFS Canadian government debt – Federal and U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt, and $253 million included in Obligations related to securities sold short were transferred from Level 1 to the corresponding Level 2 balances. As at October 31, 2013, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities (MBS) included in Trading securities were $4,934 million and $93 million (October 31, 2012 – $7,761 million and $78 million), respectively, and in AFS securities, $3,512 million and $35 million (October 31, 2012 – $3,523 and $42 million), respectively. OECD stands for Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. CDOs stand for Collateralized Debt Obligations. Excludes $23 million and $401 million of AFS and held-to-maturity securities (October 31, 2012 – $18 million and $508 million), respectively, that are carried at cost. 124 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements 15,392 8,465 20,750 11,910 748 59 723 22,431 40,305 120,783 11,281 1,785 5,785 9,825 263 1,996 825 6,508 1,817 217 40,302 86,918 1,232 99,909 19,244 292 4,443 (626) 123,262 (31,969) 91,293 705 40,756 58,709 92,511 28,332 335 7,371 128,549 (31,788) 96,761 130 122 Changes in fair value measurement for instruments categorized in Level 3 The following tables present the changes in fair value measurements for instruments included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In the tables below, transfers in and out of Level 3 are assumed to occur at the end of the period. For an asset or a liability that transfers into Level 3 during the period, the entire change in fair value for the period is excluded from the Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings column of the reconciliation, whereas for transfers out of Level 3 during the period, the entire change in fair value for the period is included in the same column of the reconciliation. For the year ended October 31, 2013 Total realized/ unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Total unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income (1) Sales of assets/ settlements of liabilities and other (2) Purchases of assets/ issuances of liabilities Fair value November 1, 2012 Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Fair value October 31, 2013 Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for assets and liabilities for the year ended October 31, 2013 for positions still held (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Securities Trading Canadian government debt Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loans – Wholesale Other Derivatives, net of derivative related liabilities (3) Other assets Liabilities Deposits $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ – $ 99 375 55 59 23 397 302 1,310 1,906 1,996 645 1,446 948 6,941 403 (2,041) 14 2 (1) 7 10 (2) 19 (16) 19 – – 4 (12) 65 57 8 62 (3) 2 6 2 1 7 10 8 36 88 67 36 80 51 322 22 (15) – 414 633 50 16 4,608 634 107 6,462 (525) (237) (64) (48) (4,376) (655) (224) (6,129) 417 (406) (542) (505) (1,172) (122) (2,747) (307) – – 1,281 27 1,725 288 198 – 34 – 21 – 70 96 7 (4) (406) (43) (7) (70) (86) (1) 22 370 28 31 260 415 183 228 (617) 1,309 9 12 – 50 – 71 – – 2,014 (1,430) – – – (1,430) – 103 180 1,673 969 4,939 414 $ 6,627 $ 143 $ 365 $ 8,673 $ (9,097) $ 227 $ (1,819) $ 5,119 $ 86 – (72) – 228 – (1,554) 11 Personal Business and government $ (6,840) $ (2,519) (737) $ (11) (102) $ (95) (6,131) $ (1,738) 7,213 $ 165 (64) $ 5,625 $ (1,036) $ – 265 (3,933) Other Obligations related to securities sold short Other liabilities Subordinated debentures (8) (101) (122) 10 98 (6) – (3) 19 (96) – – 79 3 – (8) – – 7 – – (16) (3) (109) $ (9,590) $ (646) $ (181) $ (7,965) $ 7,460 $ (72) $ 5,897 $ (5,097) $ – – – 1 8 (2) 1 (29) (21) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. – 280 1 260 (30) (120) – 98 (6) (58) Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 125 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) For the year ended October 31, 2012 Total realized/ unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings Total unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive income (1) Purchases of assets/ issuances of liabilities Sales of assets/ settlements of liabilities and other (2) Fair value November 1, 2011 Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Fair value October 31, 2012 Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for assets and liabilities for the year ended October 31, 2012 for positions still held (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Securities Trading Canadian government debt Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loans – Wholesale Other Derivatives, net of derivative related liabilities (3) Other assets Liabilities Deposits Personal Business and government Other $ $ $ $ 4 86 47 45 371 138 720 352 1,763 2,691 184 1,932 673 1,478 863 7,821 563 $ – (6) – – 5 – 34 (30) 3 4 (1) 6 (4) – 10 15 (34) $ – – – (1) 1 – – (2) (2) 10 11 66 21 – 73 181 – 1 140 85 38 – 2,421 704 47 3,436 497 – – 23 633 97 $ (3) $ (150) 290 (27) (318) (2,553) (1,069) (106) (3,936) (940) (38) (8) (68) (665) (118) 1,250 271 (1,837) (397) 1 84 – – – 46 99 53 283 – – – – – – 69 69 – $ (3) $ (55) (47) – – (29) (91) (12) (237) (356) (156) – – – (46) (558) – $ – 99 375 55 59 23 397 302 1,310 1,906 – – 1,996 645 1,446 948 6,941 403 (1,936) – 8,211 $ (258) 2 (272) $ (15) – 164 $ (33) – 4,924 $ 164 12 (5,994) $ (4) – 348 $ 41 – (754) $ (2,041) 14 6,627 $ (3,615) $ (3,435) (258) $ (62) 81 63 $ (6,265) $ (754) 3,164 1,003 $ (6) $ (443) 59 1,109 $ (6,840) $ (2,519) – – – – 3 (2) 10 8 19 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 6 (513) 11 (477) (97) (57) – (33) (12) Obligations related to securities sold short Other liabilities Subordinated debentures – (68) (111) – (35) (13) – 1 2 (2) – – 2 1 – (8) – – – – – (8) (101) (122) $ (7,229) $ (368) $ 147 $ (7,021) $ 4,170 $ (457) $ 1,168 $ (9,590) $ (199) (1) (2) (3) These amounts include the foreign currency translation gains or losses arising on consolidation of foreign subsidiaries relating to the Level 3 instruments, where applicable. The unrealized gains on AFS securities were $79 million for the year ended October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – gains of $162 million), excluding the translation gains or losses arising on consolidation. Other includes amortization of premiums or discounts recognized in net income. Net derivatives as at October 31, 2013 included derivative assets of $1,194 million (October 31, 2012 – $1,251 million) and derivative liabilities of $2,748 million (October 31, 2012 – $3,292 million). During the year ended October 31, 2013, significant transfers included: (i) $5,535 million of certain equity-linked notes in Personal deposits, $113 million and $163 million of assets and liabilities, respectively, relating to equity derivatives in Derivatives, net of derivatives related liabilities, transferred out of Level 3 in the fourth quarter, as the unobservable inputs did not significantly affect fair value measurement of these instruments; (ii) $1,437 million of CDOs transferred out of Level 3 in the third quarter, as a result of increased price transparency evidenced by trade data, dealer data or multiple vendor quotes; (iii) $251 million of Other OECD government debt transferred out of Level 3 in the second quarter, as there was an increase in price transparency due to more issuances in the market; (iv) $155 million in Other OECD government debt transferred out of Level 3 in the first quarter due to increased market activity; (v) certain derivative assets and liabilities were also transferred out of Level 3 in the first quarter, with a majority of the transfers related to derivatives for which pricing became observable as maturity dates became shorter due to the passage of time; (vi) certain equity derivatives with assets and liabilities of $462 million and $485 million, respectively, in Derivatives, net of derivatives related liabilities, were transferred into Level 3 in the fourth quarter, as the unobservable inputs are significant to their fair values; and (vii) $67 million of Non-CDO ABS and $55 million of Corporate debt and other debt transferred into Level 3 in the second quarter, for which pricing inputs are no longer observable. During the year ended October 31, 2012, there were significant transfers of AFS securities from Level 3 to Level 2, mainly due to increase in price transparency of certain U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt. During the year, certain Business and government deposits were trans- ferred out of Level 3 because their spreads became observable. Certain derivative assets and derivative liabilities were also transferred out of Level 3 in the same period. A majority of the transfers were related to derivatives for which maturity dates became shorter due to passage of time; hence pricing became observable. 126 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Positive and negative fair value movement of Level 3 financial instruments from using reasonably possible alternative assumptions A financial instrument is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy if one or more of its unobservable inputs may significantly affect the measurement of its fair value. In preparing the financial statements, appropriate levels for these unobservable input parameters are chosen so that they are consistent with prevailing market evidence or management judgment. Due to the unobservable nature of the prices or rates, there may be uncertainty about valuation of these Level 3 financial instruments. The following table summarizes the impact to fair values of Level 3 financial instruments using reasonably possible alternative assump- tions. This sensitivity disclosure is intended to illustrate the potential impact of the relative uncertainty in the fair value of Level 3 financial instruments. In reporting the sensitivities below, we have considered offsetting balances in instances when: (i) the move in valuation factor caused an offsetting positive and negative fair value movement, (ii) both offsetting instruments are in Level 3, and (iii) when exposures are managed and reported on a net basis. With respect to overall sensitivity, it is unlikely in practice that all reasonably possible alternative assumptions would be simultaneously realized. As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Positive fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Negative fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Positive fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Negative fair value movement from using reasonably possible alternatives Level 3 fair value Level 3 fair value (Millions of Canadian dollars) Securities Trading U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt $ Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Available-for-sale U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Asset-backed securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loans Derivatives Other assets Total Deposits Derivatives Other, securities sold short, other liabilities and subordinated debentures Total $ $ 22 $ 370 28 291 415 183 2,014 283 1,673 969 414 1,194 11 7,867 $ (4,969) (2,748) (128) (7,845) $ – $ – 1 3 42 – 20 9 9 24 3 84 – 195 $ 60 77 1 138 $ (1) $ – (2) (3) (32) – (64) (16) (10) (20) (3) (85) – (236) $ (39) (100) – (139) $ 99 $ 375 55 82 397 302 1,906 2,641 1,446 948 403 1,251 14 9,919 $ (9,359) (3,292) (231) (12,882) $ – $ – 1 3 40 2 25 29 13 20 3 106 1 243 $ 84 41 8 133 $ – – (1) (3) (32) (2) (48) (37) (12) (24) (3) (117) (1) (280) (84) (60) (8) (152) Sensitivity results As at October 31, 2013, the effects of applying other reasonably possible alternative assumptions to the Level 3 asset positions would be an increase of $195 million and a reduction of $236 million in fair value, of which $62 million and $110 million would be recorded in Other components of equity. The effects of applying these assumptions to the Level 3 liability positions would result in a decrease of $138 million and an increase of $139 million in fair value. Level 3 valuation inputs and approaches to developing reasonably possible alternative assumptions As at October 31, 2013, Level 3 financial instruments primarily include ABS including CDOs, ARS, municipal bonds, Other OECD government debt, non-OECD government and corporate debt with long-dated maturities and significant unobservable spreads, hedge fund investments with certain redemption restrictions, certain structured debt securities, private equities, equity-linked structured notes, OTC equity options, commodity derivatives, interest rate and hedge fund swaps, bank-owned life insurance (BOLI), and deposit notes with long-dated maturities and significant unobservable spreads. In the prior year, the Level 3 instruments also included interest-rate-linked structured notes. The following is a summary of the unobservable inputs of the Level 3 instruments and our approach to develop reasonably possible alternative assumptions used to determine sensitivity. The fair value of CDOs, corporate bonds and loans, floating-rate notes, non-OECD countries’ government debt and municipal bonds are determined using prices from pricing services and/or brokers. These securities are classified as Level 3 due to a lack of market observable pricing. The positive and negative sensitivities are determined based on plus or minus one standard deviation of the bid-offer spreads or input prices if a sufficient number of prices is received, or using high and low vendor prices as reasonably possible alternative assumptions. The fair value of certain municipal and student loan ARS is determined by discounted cash flow valuation technique. Cash flows of the underlying ARS assets are forecasted based on unobservable parameters such as defaults, prepayments and delinquencies, and are discounted using a market observable interest rate and an unobservable discount margin. In calculating the sensitivity of these ARS, we decreased the discount margin between .2% and 1.2% and increased the discount margin between .5% and 2.0%, depending on the specific reasonable range of fair value uncertainty for each particular financial instrument’s market. Trading Equities primarily consist of hedge fund units with certain redemption restrictions. The NAVs of the funds and the corresponding equity derivatives in the Derivatives (Liability) referenced to NAVs are not considered observable because we cannot redeem certain of these hedge funds at NAV prior to the next quarter end. The NAVs of the AFS private equities are also unobservable due to the few recent market transactions to support their values. We have not applied another reasonably possible alternative assumption to these private equity positions as the NAVs are provided by the fund managers. This approach also applies to our hedge fund and related equity derivatives. Derivative assets and liabilities mainly consist of commodity derivatives, equity derivatives including hedge fund swaps or options, interest- rate swaps and BOLI. The derivative values are adjusted for derivative CVAs. Commodity derivatives inputs are contract prices and prices for certain long-term contracts in which prices are not observable. For our commodity derivatives sensitivity, we apply one standard deviation to the commodity prices. Interest rate swaps are classified as Level 3 if the interest rates are unobservable for longer terms. The unobservable inputs for Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 127 Note 3 Fair value of financial instruments (continued) interest rate and cross currency swaps include interest rates and the sensitivity is derived using plus or minus one standard deviation of these inputs and an amount based on model and parameter uncertainty, where applicable. The unobservable inputs for equity derivatives are volatility, dividends, and correlation between stocks or indices. The sensitivity is derived by shifting the unobservable inputs by plus or minus one standard deviation. For BOLI, the unobservable inputs include default rates, prepayment rates, probability of surrender, and loss severity rates. For sensi- tivity, the range of values is determined by adjusting a combination of one or more of the following: default rates, prepayment rates, probability of surrender, and loss severity rates by up to 20%. For derivative CVAs, the unobservable inputs include certain counterparty and our credit spreads and credit correlation. The sensitivity for the derivative CVA is calculated using a combination of increasing the relative credit spread by 11%, and an amount for model uncertainty. Interest-rate-linked and equity-linked structured notes, as well as promissory notes with significant unobservable spreads and limited market activities are included in Deposits. For interest-rate-linked structured notes, model inputs include interest rate parameters, correlation and funding curve. For equity-linked structured notes, model inputs include equity volatility, equity correlation and dividends. The sensitivities for interest-rate-linked and equity-linked structured notes are derived by adjusting inputs by plus or minus one standard deviation, and for other deposits, by shifting the funding curve by plus or minus certain basis points. 128 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 4 Securities Carrying value of securities The following table presents the financial instruments that we held at the end of the period, measured at carrying value: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Trading account (2) Canadian government debt U.S. government debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities (3) Asset-backed securities (3) Corporate debt and other debt (3) Bankers’ acceptances Certificates of deposit Other (4) Equities Available-for-sale securities (2) Canadian government debt Federal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Provincial and municipal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Other OECD government debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Asset-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Corporate debt and other debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Equities Cost Fair value Loan substitute Cost Fair value Yield (5) Amortized cost Fair value Held-to-maturity securities (2) Amortized cost Fair value As at October 31, 2013 Term to maturity (1) Within 3 months 3 months to 1 year 1 to 5 years 5 years to 10 years Over 10 years With no specific maturity Total $ 3,341 $ 2,415 1,181 2 90 8,871 $ 7,932 $ 9,852 1,915 6 38 8,655 5,044 46 351 4,204 $ 6,401 $ 3,376 709 136 206 5,184 1,007 640 690 – $ 30,749 29,482 – 9,856 – 830 – 1,375 – 678 22 1,319 – 9,048 852 853 2.6% 250 250 1.4% 158 157 0.4% 5,263 5,262 0.1% – – – 8 5 2.6% 1,387 1,394 1.3% – – – – – 7,918 7,921 140 140 – 493 2,241 – – 1,042 13,839 – – 19 3,115 – – 12 3,762 – – – – 45,189 678 1,588 24,276 45,189 23,416 36,909 11,765 17,696 45,189 144,023 512 519 2.6% 175 175 1.4% 68 68 0.1% 1,273 1,277 0.6% – – – – – – 993 1,000 1.9% – – – – – 4,927 5,007 2.1% 181 182 2.5% 521 522 2.5% 2,835 2,838 0.7% – – – 279 291 1.0% 3,551 3,557 1.7% – – – – – 3,189 3,439 3.6% 39 40 4.3% 534 533 0.4% 1,403 1,405 0.4% 25 26 3.5% 1,194 1,237 0.5% 617 621 2.8% – – – – – 4 4 4.8% 19 20 4.9% 5,142 4,998 0.7% – – – 105 113 2.5% 409 327 1.1% 333 333 4.5% – – – – – 3,021 3,039 12,294 12,397 7,001 7,301 6,012 5,795 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1,415 1,714 125 127 4.0% 1,540 1,841 9,484 9,822 2.7% 664 667 2.0% 6,423 6,278 0.8% 10,774 10,782 0.3% 130 139 2.7% 1,890 1,860 0.7% 6,881 6,905 1.9% 1,415 1,714 125 127 4.0% 37,786 38,294 141 141 76 76 44 44 401 401 19,110 $ 23,491 $ 47,030 $182,718 – – – – Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 129 Total carrying value of securities (2) $ 17,109 $ 26,596 $49,382 $ Note 4 Securities (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Trading account (2) Canadian government debt U.S. government debt Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities (3) Asset-backed securities (3) Corporate debt and other debt (3) Bankers’ acceptances Certificates of deposit Other (4) Equities Available-for-sale securities (2) Canadian government debt Federal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Provincial and municipal Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Other OECD government debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Mortgage-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Asset-backed securities Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Corporate debt and other debt Amortized cost Fair value Yield (5) Equities Cost Fair value Loan substitute Cost Fair value Yield (5) Amortized cost Fair value As at October 31, 2012 Term to maturity (1) Within 3 months 3 months to 1 year 1 to 5 years 5 years to 10 years Over 10 years With no specific maturity Total $ 3,696 $ 1,580 1,400 – 29 6,085 $ 6,351 $ 4,461 2,116 7 68 5,537 4,696 37 312 1,674 $ 6,051 $ 1,649 2,150 114 166 7,523 1,548 590 207 – $ 23,857 20,750 – 11,910 – 748 – 782 – 925 377 2,524 – 14 559 2,697 – – 611 9,207 – 10,531 16,007 26,751 310 312 0.8% 43 43 0.8% 46 46 0.4% 6,218 6,217 0.2% – – – 69 68 0.7% 3,611 3,630 1.0% – – – – – 851 858 3.1% 804 810 3.1% 50 50 0.1% 1,605 1,610 0.6% – – – 95 97 0.7% 917 919 1.2% – – – – – 6,234 6,358 2.2% 895 897 1.6% 285 286 0.3% 1,598 1,607 1.1% – – – 217 225 1.0% 1,319 1,316 2.5% – – – – – – 9 2,254 – 8,016 3,348 3,725 3.5% 12 13 5.4% 418 417 0.9% 385 391 2.4% 21 22 4.5% 1,621 1,665 0.7% 294 296 4.9% – – – – – – 9 3,245 – – – – 40,305 939 1,565 19,927 40,305 19,173 40,305 120,783 25 28 4.0% 20 22 4.8% 5,130 4,986 0.8% – – – 232 241 2.3% 873 766 1.1% 366 347 4.9% – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 1,584 1,835 209 217 3.6% 1,793 2,052 10,768 11,281 2.7% 1,774 1,785 2.3% 5,929 5,785 0.8% 9,806 9,825 0.5% 253 263 2.4% 2,875 2,821 0.8% 6,507 6,508 1.7% 1,584 1,835 209 217 3.6% 39,705 40,320 10,297 10,316 4,322 4,344 10,548 10,689 6,099 6,529 6,646 6,390 Held-to-maturity securities (2) Amortized cost Fair value 131 131 186 186 112 112 Total carrying value of securities (2) $ 20,978 $ 20,537 $37,552 $ 78 78 508 508 14,623 $ 25,564 $ 42,357 $161,611 – – 1 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities shown above since borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. Trading securities and AFS securities are recorded at fair value. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at amortized cost. Includes CDOs which are presented as Asset-backed securities – CDOs in the table entitled Fair value of assets and liabilities classified using the fair value hierarchy in Note 3. Primarily composed of corporate debt, supra-national debt, and commercial paper. The weighted average yield is derived using the contractual interest rate and the carrying value at the end of the year for the respective securities. 130 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (1), (2) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Canadian government debt Federal Provincial and municipal U.S. state, municipal and agencies debt (3) Other OECD government debt Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities CDOs Non-CDO securities Corporate debt and other debt Equities Loan substitute securities October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Cost/ Amortized cost Gross unrealized gains Gross unrealized losses Fair value Cost/ Amortized cost Gross unrealized gains Gross unrealized losses Fair value As at $ 9,551 $ 665 340 $ 3 (2) $ 9,889 667 (1) $ 10,927 $ 1,774 513 $ 11 – $11,440 1,785 – 6,422 10,826 130 1,343 545 7,165 1,415 125 9 12 10 58 3 51 312 3 (153) 6,278 (4) 10,834 139 (1) (4) (85) (29) (13) (1) 1,397 463 7,187 1,714 127 5,929 9,856 253 1,943 932 6,806 1,584 209 13 25 13 61 12 49 269 8 (157) (6) (3) (8) (119) (48) (18) – 5,785 9,875 263 1,996 825 6,807 1,835 217 $ 38,187 $ 801 $ (293) $38,695 $ 40,213 $ 974 $ (359) $40,828 (1) (2) (3) Includes $401 million held-to-maturity securities as at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – $508 million). The majority of the MBS are residential. Cost/Amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value related to commercial MBS are $34 million, $1 million, a nominal amount, and $35 million, respectively as at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – $41 million, $1 million, $nil, and $42 million). Includes securities issued by U.S. non-agencies backed by government insured assets, and MBS and ABS issued by U.S. government agencies. Net gain and loss on available-for-sale securities (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Realized gains Realized losses Impairment losses Net gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ $ 231 (17) (26) 188 $ $ 242 (74) (48) 120 $ $ 283 (63) (116) 104 (1) The following related to our insurance operations are excluded from Net gain (loss) on AFS securities and included in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income on the Consolidated Statement of Income: Realized gains for the year ended October 31, 2013 were $3 million (October 31, 2012 – $9 million; October 31, 2011 – $25 million). There were no realized losses or impairment losses related to our insurance operations for the years ended October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012 (October 31, 2011 – $1 million and $14 million of realized losses and impairment losses, respectively). AFS securities are assessed for objective evidence of impairment at each reporting date and more frequently when conditions warrant. Our impairment review is primarily based on the factors described in Note 2. Depending on the nature of the securities under review, we apply specific methodologies to assess whether the cost/amortized cost of the security would be recovered. As at October 31, 2013, our gross unrealized losses on AFS securities were $293 million (October 31, 2012 – $359 million). The total cost/amortized cost of the AFS portfolio, as at October 31, 2013, decreased by $2 billion or 5% compared to October 31, 2012. The decrease is largely due to net sales and maturities of Canadian government debt and redemptions and restructurings of certain Asset-backed securities, partially offset by an increase in Other OECD government debt. Gross unrealized gains of $801 million, as of October 31, 2013, decreased by $173 million or 18% compared to October 31, 2012. This decrease mainly reflects the fair value declines due to increasing interest rates on Canadian government debt, partially offset by fair value improvements on certain Equities. Gross unrealized losses of $293 million, as of October 31, 2013, decreased by $66 million or 18% compared to October 31, 2012. This decrease mainly reflects redemptions and restructurings of Asset-backed securities that were in a loss position and fair value improvements on Corporate debt and other debt from tightening credit spreads. Management believes that there is no objective evidence of impairment on the above-mentioned securities that are in an unrealized loss position as at October 31, 2013. Held-to-maturity securities Held-to-maturity securities stated at amortized cost are subject to periodic impairment review and are classified as impaired when, in management’s opinion, there is no longer reasonable assurance of the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest. The impairment review of held-to-maturity securities is primarily based on the impairment model for loans. Management believes that there is no objective evidence of impairment on our held-to-maturity securities as at October 31, 2013. Net gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities During the year ended October 31, 2013, $188 million of net gains were recognized in Non-interest income as compared to $120 million in the prior year. The current year reflects net realized gain on sales of $214 million mainly comprised of distributions from and gains on sale of certain Equities, sale of Canadian government debt, and redemption and restructurings of certain Asset-backed securities. Partially offsetting the net realized gains are $26 million of impairment losses primarily on certain Equities. This compares to net realized gains for the year ended October 31, 2012 of $168 million which was partially offset by $48 million of impairment losses. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 131 Note 4 Securities (continued) Reclassification of financial Instruments The following table provides information regarding certain securities that we reclassified in prior reporting periods: Financial instruments reclassified in prior periods (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial assets – FVTPL reclassified to available-for-sale CDOs Mortgage-backed securities As at October 31 2013 (1) October 31 2012 (1) Total carrying value and fair value Total carrying value and fair value $ $ 1,154 59 1,213 $ $ 1,801 75 1,876 (Millions of Canadian dollars) FVTPL reclassified to available-for-sale CDOs Mortgage-backed securities October 31, 2013 For the year ended October 31, 2012 October 31, 2011 Change in fair value during the period (2) Interest income/gains (losses) recognized in net income during the period Change in fair value during the period (2) Interest income/gains (losses) recognized in net income during the period Change in fair value during the period (2) Interest income gains (losses) recognized in net income during the period $ $ (5) $ – (5) $ 59 8 67 $ $ 60 $ 2 62 $ 76 8 84 $ $ (4) $ – (4) $ 5 – 5 (1) (2) On October 1, 2011 and November 1, 2011 we reclassified $1,872 million and $255 million, respectively, of certain CDOs and U.S. non-agency MBS from classified as at FVTPL to AFS. This change represents the fair value gain or loss that would have been recognized in profit or loss had the assets not been reclassified. Note 5 Loans (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail (1) Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business (2) Wholesale (1) Business (3) Bank (4) Sovereign (5) Total loans Allowance for loan losses October 31, 2013 As at Canada United States Other International Total Canada $ 206,134 $ 87,153 13,902 3,987 378 $ 3,306 50 – 2,726 $ 209,238 $ 195,552 $ 3,852 190 – 94,311 14,142 3,987 80,897 13,422 2,503 October 31, 2012 United States Other International Total 275 $ 2,825 38 – 2,497 $ 198,324 86,697 2,975 13,661 201 2,503 – $ 311,176 $ 3,734 $ 6,768 $ 321,678 $ 292,374 $ 3,138 $ 5,673 $ 301,185 49,887 823 1,747 19,395 28 – 16,009 469 589 85,291 1,320 2,336 42,894 390 1,854 16,755 304 – $ 52,457 $ 19,423 $ $ 363,633 $ 23,157 $ 17,067 $ 88,947 $ 45,138 $ 17,059 $ 23,835 $ 410,625 $ 337,512 $ 20,197 $ (1,482) (105) (372) (1,959) (1,542) (125) 16,121 296 442 75,770 990 2,296 16,859 $ 79,056 22,532 $ 380,241 (1,997) (330) Total loans net of allowance for loan losses $ 362,151 $ 23,052 $ 23,463 $ 408,666 $ 335,970 $ 20,072 $ 22,202 $ 378,244 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Geographic information is based on residence of borrower. Includes small business exposure managed on a pooled basis. Includes small business exposure managed on an individual client basis. Bank refers primarily to regulated deposit-taking institutions and securities firms. Sovereign refers to all central governments and agencies, central banks, as well as other qualifying public sector entities and multilateral development banks. Loans maturity and rate sensitivity (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Wholesale Total loans Allowance for loan losses Maturity term (1) Rate sensitivity As at October 31, 2013 Under 1 year (2) 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total Floating Fixed Rate Non-rate- sensitive Total $ 176,437 $ 133,754 $ 11,487 $ 321,678 $ 126,442 $ 190,073 $ 5,163 $ 321,678 88,947 40,982 46,455 88,947 11,695 72,164 1,510 5,088 $ 248,601 $ 145,449 $ 16,575 $ 410,625 $ 172,897 $ 231,055 $ 6,673 $ 410,625 (1,959) (1,959) Total loans net of allowance for loan losses $ 408,666 $ 408,666 132 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Wholesale Total loans Allowance for loan losses $ $ Maturity term (1) Rate sensitivity As at October 31, 2012 Under 1 year (2) 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total Floating Fixed Rate Non-rate- sensitive Total 172,309 $ 114,597 $ 14,279 $ 301,185 $ 153,531 $ 144,177 $ 3,477 $ 301,185 79,056 40,214 37,572 79,056 12,149 60,583 6,324 1,270 232,892 $ 126,746 $ 20,603 $ 380,241 $ 191,103 $ 184,391 $ 4,747 $ 380,241 (1,997) (1,997) Total loans net of allowance for loan losses $ 378,244 $ 378,244 (1) (2) Generally, based on the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity date. Includes variable rate loans that can be repriced at the clients’ discretion without penalty. Allowance for credit losses For the year ended October 31, 2013 Balance at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Write-offs Recoveries Unwind of discount Exchange rate changes/ other Balance at end of period (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Wholesale Business Bank (1) Total allowance for loan losses Allowance for off-balance sheet and other items (2) $ 124 543 403 72 1,142 853 2 855 $ 41 455 354 32 882 357 – 357 $ $ (24) (498) (466) (35) (1,023) (450) – (450) 1,997 1,239 (1,473) 91 – – Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,088 $ 1,239 $ (1,473) $ Individually assessed Collectively assessed Total allowance for credit losses 298 1,790 2,088 $ 287 952 (346) (1,127) $ 1,239 $ (1,473) $ 2 96 112 9 219 51 – 51 270 – 270 31 239 270 $ $ $ (24) (17) – (2) (43) (43) – (43) (86) – (86) (28) (58) (86) $ $ $ 32 4 (18) (15) 3 9 – 9 12 – 12 (2) 14 12 $ 151 583 385 61 1,180 777 2 779 1,959 91 $ 2,050 240 1,810 $ 2,050 For the year ended October 31, 2012 Balance at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Write-offs Recoveries Unwind of discount Exchange rate changes/ other Balance at end of period (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Wholesale Business Bank (1) $ 112 557 415 75 1,159 775 33 808 $ 64 437 403 43 947 354 – 354 $ $ (32) (499) (496) (50) (1,077) (291) (32) (323) Total allowance for loan losses 1,967 1,301 (1,400) Allowance for off-balance sheet and other items (2) 91 – – Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,058 $ 1,301 $ (1,400) $ Individually assessed Collectively assessed Total allowance for credit losses 252 1,806 2,058 $ 244 1,057 (202) (1,198) $ 1,301 $ (1,400) $ 1 83 102 8 194 39 – 39 233 – 233 19 214 233 $ $ (34) (23) – (2) (59) (51) – (51) (110) – $ (110) $ (26) (84) $ (110) $ 13 (12) (21) (2) (22) 27 1 28 6 – 6 11 (5) 6 $ 124 543 403 72 1,142 853 2 855 1,997 91 $ 2,088 298 1,790 $ 2,088 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 133 Note 5 Loans (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Residential mortgages Personal Credit cards Small business Wholesale Business Sovereign (3) Bank (1) Total allowance for loan losses Allowance for off-balance sheet and other items (2) For the year ended October 31, 2011 Less allowances related to discontinued operations Balance at beginning of period Provision for credit losses Write-offs Recoveries Exchange rate changes/ other Balance at end of period Unwind of discount $ 154 $ 891 434 78 1,557 1,267 9 34 1,310 2,867 (63) $ 43 $ (16) $ 1 $ (258) (19) – (340) (503) – – (503) (843) 440 447 35 965 168 – – 168 (515) (545) (45) (1,121) (226) (9) – (235) 79 97 7 184 60 – – 60 1,133 (1,356) 244 99 (11) – – – (30) $ (11) – (1) (42) 23 $ (69) 1 1 112 557 415 75 (44) 1,159 (36) – – (36) (78) – 45 – (1) 44 – 3 775 – 33 808 1,967 91 Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,966 $ (854) $ 1,133 $ (1,356) $ 244 $ (78) $ 3 $ 2,058 Individually assessed Collectively assessed 415 2,551 (130) (724) 61 1,072 (129) (1,227) 43 201 (10) (68) 2 1 252 1,806 Total allowance for credit losses $ 2,966 $ (854) $ 1,133 $ (1,356) $ 244 $ (78) $ 3 $ 2,058 (1) (2) (3) Bank refers primarily to regulated deposit-taking institutions and securities firms. The allowance for off-balance sheet and other items is reported separately in Other liabilities – Provisions. Sovereign refers to all central governments and agencies, central banks, as well as other qualifying public sector entities and multilateral development banks. Net interest income after provision for credit losses Net interest income Provision for credit losses Net interest income after provision for credit losses Loans past due but not impaired For the year ended October 31 2013 $ 13,251 1,239 October 31 2012 $ 12,498 1,301 October 31 2011 $ 11,357 1,133 $ 12,012 $ 11,197 $ 10,224 October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) 1 to 29 days 30 to 89 days 90 days and greater Total 1 to 29 days 30 to 89 days 90 days and greater Total Retail Wholesale Total $ $ 2,953 $ 624 3,577 $ 1,358 $ 303 1,661 $ 329 $ 4,640 944 17 346 $ 5,584 $ $ 2,954 $ 416 3,370 $ 1,350 $ 221 1,571 $ 393 $ 4,697 637 – 393 $ 5,334 Gross carrying value of loans individually determined to be impaired (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Retail Wholesale Business Sovereign (2) Bank (3) Total As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ 71 $ 815 – 3 889 $ – 981 – 2 983 (1) (2) (3) Average balance of gross individually assessed impaired loans for the year ended October 31, 2013 was $887 million (October 31, 2012 – $929 million). Sovereign refers to all central governments and agencies, central banks, as well as other qualifying public sector entities and multilateral development banks. Bank refers primarily to regulated deposit-taking institutions and securities firms. 134 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 6 Derecognition of financial assets We enter into transactions in which we transfer financial assets such as loans or securities to SPE’s or non-SPE third parties. The transferred financial assets are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets when we transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets. When we are exposed to substantially all of the risks and rewards of the assets, or when we have neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards but retain control of the financial assets, we continue to recognize the financial assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and a liability is recognized for the cash proceeds received. The majority of assets transferred under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, and in our Canadian residential mortgage securitization transactions do not qualify for derecognition. Transferred financial assets not derecognized Securitization of Canadian residential mortgage loans We securitize insured Canadian residential mortgage loans through the creation of MBS pools under the National Housing Act MBS (NHA MBS) program. All loans securitized under the NHA MBS program are required to be insured by the Canadian Mortgage Housing Corporation (CMHC) or a third-party insurer. We require the borrower to pay the insurance for mortgages in which the loan amount is greater than 80% of the original appraised value of the property (loan-to-value ratio (LTV)). For residential mortgage loans with an LTV ratio less than 80% and securitized under this program we are required to insure the mortgages at our own expense. Under the NHA-MBS program, we are responsible for making all payments due on our issued MBS, regardless of whether we collect the necessary funds from the mortgagor or the insurer. When the borrower defaults on the mortgage payment, we submit a claim to the insurer if the amount recovered from the collection or foreclosure process is lower than the sum of the principal balance, accrued interest and collection costs on the outstanding loan. The insurance claim process is managed by the insurance provider in accordance with the insurer’s policies and covers the entire unpaid loan balance plus generally up to 12 months of interest, selling costs and other eligible expenses. If an insurance claim is denied, a loss is recognized in Provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The amount recorded as a loss is not significant to our Consolidated Financial Statements and no significant losses were incurred due to legal action arising from a mortgage default during 2013 and 2012. We sell the NHA MBS pools primarily to a government-sponsored SPE under the Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) program. The SPE periodi- cally issues CMB, which are guaranteed by the government, and sells them to third-party investors. Proceeds of the CMB issuances are used by the SPE to purchase the NHA MBS pools from eligible NHA MBS issuers who participate in the issuance of a particular CMB series. Our continuing involvement includes servicing, either ourselves or through a third party servicer, the underlying residential mortgage loans we have securitized. We also act as counterparty in interest rate swap agreements where we pay the SPE the interest due to CMB investors and receive the interest on the underlying MBS and reinvested assets. As part of the swap, we are also required to maintain a principal reinvestment account for principal payments received on the underlying mortgage loans to meet the repayment obligation upon maturity of the CMB. We reinvest the collected principal payments in permitted investments as outlined in the swap agreement. We have determined that all of the NHA MBS program loans transferred to the SPE do not qualify for derecognition as we have not trans- ferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership. As a result, these transferred MBS continue to be classified as residential mortgage loans and recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The cash received for these transferred MBS is treated as a secured borrowing and a corresponding liability recorded in Deposits – Business and government on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned We also enter into transactions such as repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements where we transfer assets under agreements to repurchase them on a future day and retain substantially all of the credit, interest rate and foreign exchange risks and rewards associated with the assets. These transferred assets remain on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are accounted for as collateralized borrowing transactions. The following table provides information on the carrying amount and fair value of the transferred assets that did not qualify for derecognition, and their associated liabilities. As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Canadian residential mortgage loans (1) (2) Securities sold under repurchase agreements (3) Securities loaned (3) Total Canadian residential mortgage loans (1) (2) Securities sold under repurchase agreements (3) Securities loaned (3) Total $ 43,092 $ 55,715 $ 4,701 $103,508 $ 45,973 $ 59,332 $ 4,700 $110,005 43,019 42,921 $ 43,418 (497) $ $ $ 55,715 55,715 $ 55,715 103,435 4,701 4,701 $103,337 $ 4,701 103,834 45,878 45,994 $ 47,014 59,332 4,700 109,910 59,332 $ 59,332 4,700 $110,026 4,700 111,046 – $ – $ (497) $ (1,020) $ – $ – $ (1,020) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Carrying amount of transferred assets that fail derecognition Carrying amount of associated liabilities Fair value of transferred assets Fair value of associated liabilities Fair value of net position (1) (2) (3) Includes Canadian residential mortgages loans transferred primarily to Canada Housing Trust at the initial securitization and other permitted investments used for funding requirements after the initial securitization. CMB investors have legal recourse only to the transferred assets, and do not have recourse to our general assets. Does not include over-collateralization of assets pledged. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 135 Note 7 Special purpose entities Consolidated special purpose entities The following table presents the assets and liabilities of consolidated special purpose entities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Consolidated assets (2), (3) Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks $ Securities Other assets Consolidated liabilities Deposit Other liabilities (4) Non-controlling interests $ $ $ (Millions of Canadian dollars) Consolidated assets (2), (3) Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits with banks $ Securities Other assets Consolidated liabilities Deposit Other liabilities (4) Non-controlling interests $ $ $ As at October 31, 2013 Securitization and funding vehicles (1) Structured finance Investment funds Other Total – $ 3 – 3 $ 11,874 $ 876 1,731 14,481 $ 15 $ 4,396 29 4,440 $ 741 $ 3,736 – 4,477 $ 3 $ 375 – 378 $ – $ – – – $ 5 $ 317 16 338 $ 9 $ 98 – 107 $ 23 5,091 45 5,159 12,624 4,710 1,731 19,065 As at October 31, 2012 Securitization and funding vehicles (1) Structured finance Investment funds Other Total – – 15 15 7,046 850 1,711 9,607 $ $ $ $ 24 3,878 37 3,939 816 3,146 – 3,962 $ $ $ $ 8 371 – 379 – – – – $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 4 79 18 101 20 84 – 36 4,328 70 4,434 7,882 4,080 1,711 104 $ 13,673 (1) (2) (3) (4) We transferred credit card and auto loan receivables to securitization vehicles and mortgages to RBC Capital Trust and RBC Covered Bond Guarantor Limited Partnership (Guarantor LP). These transferred assets were not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and the consideration received was recorded as liabilities to the SPEs, as we retain control over substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. Upon consolidation of the SPEs, only the notes and the innovative capital instruments issued to the third-party investors are reported in the above table. As at October 31, 2013, our consolidated compensation vehicles held none of our common shares (October 31, 2012 – $15 million), which are reported as Treasury shares and this amount represents the total assets of these vehicles. The obligation to provide our common shares to employees is recorded as an increase to Retained earnings as the expense for the corresponding share-based compensation plan is recognized. Investors generally have recourse only to the assets of the related consolidated SPEs and do not have recourse to our general assets unless we breach our contractual obligations to those SPEs. In the ordinary course of business, the assets of each consolidated SPE can generally only be used to settle the obligations of the SPE. We may also provide liquidity facilities or credit enhancement facilities to, or enter into derivative transactions with, the SPEs. Other liabilities generally represent notes issued by the SPEs. Unconsolidated special purpose entities We also hold significant interests in certain SPEs that we do not consolidate but in respect of which we have recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets assets and liabilities arising from our transactions and involvement with these SPEs. In addition, we may be a sponsor of certain SPEs in which we have interests. In determining whether we are a sponsor of an SPE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors, including the purpose and nature of the SPE, our continuing involvement in the SPE and whether we hold subordinated interests in the SPE. 136 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements The following table presents assets and liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets related to unconsolidated SPEs that we sponsor or in which we hold a significant interest. It also presents the total assets of these SPEs and our maximum exposure to loss from our involvement with these SPEs. As at October 31, 2013 (Millions of Canadian dollars) On-balance sheet assets Securities Loans Derivatives Other assets On-balance sheet liabilities Derivatives Other liabilities Total assets of unconsolidated special purpose entities Maximum exposure to loss (3) (Millions of Canadian dollars) On-balance sheet assets Securities Loans Derivatives Other assets On-balance sheet liabilities Derivatives Other liabilities Total assets of unconsolidated special purpose entities Maximum exposure to loss (3) Multi-seller conduits (1) Structured finance Investment funds $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 14 896 – – 910 6 236 242 31,075 31,556 Multi-seller conduits (1) 26 1,391 2 – 1,419 11 247 258 29,582 30,029 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ – – 20 680 700 – – – 3,895 1,272 Structured finance – – 97 1,111 1,208 – – – 5,039 1,760 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 808 – – 1 809 – 1 1 1,621 1,461 $ $ $ 1,077 – – 1 1,078 – 43 43 1,584 1,082 $ $ $ $ $ Third-party securitization vehicles $ $ 322 774 – – $ 1,096 $ 2 – 2 $ Other (2) Total 51 – – 195 246 – – – $ $ $ 1,195 1,670 20 876 3,761 8 237 245 8,098 $ 173,279 $ 217,968 992 $ 125 $ 35,406 Other (2) Total 76 – – 169 245 – – – $ $ $ 1,297 2,465 99 1,281 5,142 11 290 301 118 1,074 – – 1,192 – – – $ $ $ 6,811 $ 153,007 $ 196,023 1,266 $ 314 $ 34,451 As at October 31, 2012 Investment funds Third-party securitization vehicles (1) (2) (3) Total assets of unconsolidated SPEs represent maximum assets that may have to be purchased by the conduits under purchase commitments outstanding. Actual assets held by these conduits as at October 31, 2013, were $18.8 billion (October 31, 2012 – $17.1 billion). Includes tax credit funds and mutual funds that we sponsor which are described in our Other significant vehicles discussion. The maximum exposure to loss resulting from our significant interests in these SPEs consists mostly of investments, loans, fair value of derivatives, liquidity and credit enhancement facilities. The maximum exposure to loss of the multi-seller conduits is higher than the on-balance sheet assets primarily by the notional amounts of the backstop liquidity and credit enhancement facilities. Refer to Note 26. Securitization and funding vehicles Credit card securitization vehicle We securitize a portion of our credit card receivables through an SPE on a revolving basis. The SPE is financed through the issuance of senior and subordinated notes collateralized by the underlying credit card receivables. The senior notes are issued to third-party investors and the subordinated notes are owned by us. The third-party investors have recourse only to the transferred assets. We continue to service the credit card receivables sold to the SPE and perform an administrative role for the SPE. We also provide first-loss protection to the SPE through our ownership of all the subordinated notes issued by the SPE and our interest in the excess spread (residual net interest income after all trust expenses) which is subordinated to the SPE’s obligations to the senior noteholders. Additionally, we may own some senior notes as investments or for market-making activities; we retain a cash reserve account of the SPE from time to time; we provide subordinated loans to the SPE to pay upfront expenses; and we act as counterparty to interest rate and cross currency swap agreements which hedge the SPE’s interest rate and currency risk exposure. We consolidate the SPE because the significant activities of the SPE were predetermined by us at inception and we control the timing and size of new issuances, obtain significant funding benefits from the SPE and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks through the credit support provided. Auto loan securitization vehicles We obtained control of certain auto loan securitization vehicles as a result of the acquisition of the Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial Inc. completed in 2013. See Note 11 for further details. The SPEs issued senior and subordinated notes collateralized by auto loan receivables originated and transferred to the SPEs by Ally Financial Inc. We continue to provide credit enhancement to the outstanding notes through overcollateralization, cash reserve accounts and our interest in the excess spread, which is subordinated to the noteholders. We also act as swap counterparty for one of the SPE’s interest rate swap agreements which hedge its interest rate risk exposure. The third-party investors have recourse only to the transferred assets. We consolidate these SPEs because we have the decision making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPEs and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks. As at October 31, 2013, there were $943 million of deposits outstanding related to these structures. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 137 Note 7 Special purpose entities (continued) Collateralized commercial paper vehicle During the year, we established a funding vehicle that provides loans to us and finances those loans by issuing commercial paper to third party investors. The SPE’s commercial paper carries an equivalent credit rating to RBC because we are obligated to advance funds to the SPE in the event there are insufficient funds from other sources to settle maturing commercial paper. We pledge collateral to secure the loans and are exposed to the market and credits risks of the pledged securities. We administer the SPE and earn an administration fee for providing these services. We consolidate the SPE because we have decision making power to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE, are the sole borrower from the structure, and are exposed to majority of the residual ownership risks through the credit support provided. Funding vehicles RBC Capital Trust (Trust), RBC Capital Trust II (Trust II) and Guarantor LP were created to issue innovative capital instruments, or guarantees of covered bonds. With the proceeds, we issued senior deposit notes to Trust II and transferred our mortgages to the Trust and Guarantor LP. These mortgages are not derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets and the transfers are accounted for as secured financing transactions as we retain control over substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. The covered bonds issued by Guarantor LP are direct, unsecured and unconditional obligations of RBC; therefore, investors may have recourse to our general assets if the mortgage assets in Guarantor LP are insufficient to satisfy its liabilities. We consolidate the trusts and Guarantor LP as, through our roles as trustee, administrative agent and equity investor, we have the decision making power to retain the majority of the benefits of the trusts and Guarantor LP. Upon consolidation of the SPEs, all the intercompany balances are eliminated except for the innovative capital instruments issued to the third-party investors. Structured finance U.S. ARS Trusts We purchased U.S. ARS from certain trusts (U.S. ARS Trusts) which fund their long-term investments in student loans by issuing short-term senior and subordinated notes. We are subject to losses on these U.S. ARS Trusts if defaults are experienced on the underlying student loans; however, in the majority of these structures, the principal and accrued interest on the student loans is guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We act as auction agent for some of these entities but have no legal obligation to purchase the notes issued by these entities in the auction process. We do not consolidate these U.S. ARS Trusts as we do not have decision making rights over the investing and financing activities of the Trusts and are not exposed to the majority of residual ownership risks. We have significant interests in certain of these entities through our note holdings. ARS TOB programs We also sold ARS into Tender Option Bond (TOB) programs, where each program consists of a credit enhancement (CE) trust and a TOB trust. Each ARS sold to the TOB program is supported by a letter of credit and liquidity facility issued by us, which requires us to extend funding if there are any losses on the ARS. The CE trust certificate is deposited into a TOB trust which provides the financing of the purchase of the underlying security through the issuance of floating-rate certificates to short-term investors and a residual certificate to a single third-party investor. Both the CE and the TOB trusts are SPEs. We are the remarketing agent for the floating-rate certificates and we provide liquidity facilities to each of the ARS TOB programs to purchase any floating-rate certificates that have been tendered but not successfully remarketed. We receive market-based fees for acting as the remarketing agent and providing the letters of credit and liquidity facilities. We consolidate these ARS TOB programs as we control the CE trust and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks of the underlying ARS through our provision of the credit enhancement and the liquidity facility. Municipal bond TOB programs We utilize the TOB funding vehicle to finance other taxable and tax-exempt municipal bond assets within our Capital Markets segment. The structure of municipal bond TOB programs that we are involved with is similar to the structure of the ARS TOB programs described above. However, in certain municipal bond TOB programs, we also purchase residual certificates issued by these TOB vehicles which expose us to credit risk of the underlying bonds as well as interest rate risk of the structure. Where we own the residual certificate, the assets transferred into the TOB vehicle continue to be recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we have not transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership. We consolidate programs in which we are the holder of the residual certificate as we have decision making power over the selection of the underlying municipal bonds and the ability to terminate the structure, and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks. In certain other municipal bond TOB programs, the residual certificates are held by third-parties and we do not provide credit enhancement of the underlying assets but only provide liquidity facilities on the floating-rate certificates; therefore, we do not consolidate these programs. The assets transferred into these programs are derecognized from our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Investment funds We enter into fee-based equity derivative transactions with third parties including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment funds. These transactions provide their investors with the desired exposure to a reference fund, and we economically hedge our exposure to these derivatives by investing in those reference funds. We also act as custodian or administrator for several funds. We do not consolidate those reference funds that are managed by third parties as we do not have power to direct their investing activities. We also enter into certain fee-based equity derivative transactions similar to those described above except that our investments in the reference funds are held by an intermediate limited partnership entity (intermediate entity) in which we hold a substantial majority of the SPE’s equity interests. We consolidate the intermediate entity because we have the decision making power to direct all the activities of the entity and are exposed to a majority of the risks and rewards through our equity investments. Starting in 2013, we provide liquidity facilities to certain third-party investment funds. The funds issued unsecured variable-rate preferred shares and invest in portfolios of tax-exempt municipal bonds. Undrawn liquidity commitments expose us to liquidity risk of the preferred shares and drawn commitments expose us to the credit risk of the underlying municipal bonds. We do not consolidate these third-party managed funds as we do not have power to direct their investing activities. Multi-seller conduits We administer five multi-seller asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduit programs (multi-seller conduits) – two in Canada and three in the U.S. These conduits primarily purchase financial assets from clients and finance those purchases by issuing ABCP. 138 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements We do not maintain any ownership or retained interests in the multi-seller conduits that we administer and have no rights to, or control of, their assets. As the administrative agent, we earn a residual fee for providing services such as coordinating funding activities, transaction structuring, documentation, execution and monitoring of transactions. The ABCP issued by each multi-seller conduit is in the conduit’s own name with recourse to the financial assets owned by each multi-seller conduit, and is non-recourse to us except through our participation in liquidity and/or credit enhancement facilities. We may purchase ABCP issued by our multi-seller conduits from time to time in our capacity as placement agent in order to facilitate the overall program liquidity. We provide transaction-specific and program-wide liquidity facilities to the multi-seller conduits. In addition, we provide program-wide credit enhancement to the multi-seller conduits which obligate us to purchase assets or advance funds in the event the multi-seller conduit does not otherwise have funds from other sources, such as from the liquidity facilities, to settle maturing ABCP. In some cases, we or another third party may provide transaction-specific credit enhancement which can take various forms. We receive market-based fees for providing these liquidity and credit facilities. Each transaction is structured with transaction-specific first loss protection provided by the third-party seller. This enhancement can take various forms, including but not limited to overcollateralization, excess spread, subordinated classes of financial assets, guarantees or letters of credit. The amount of this enhancement varies but is generally sized to cover a multiple of loss experience. An unrelated third party (expected loss investor) absorbs credit losses, up to a maximum contractual amount, that may occur in the future on the assets in the multi-seller conduits before the multi-seller conduits’ debt holders and us. In return for assuming this multi-seller conduit first-loss position, each multi-seller conduit pays the expected loss investor a return commensurate with its risk position. The expected loss investor has substantive power to direct the majority of the activities which significantly impact the conduit’s economic performance, including initial selection and approval of the asset purchase commitments and liquidity facilities, approval of renewal and amendment of these trans- actions and facilities, sale or transfer of assets, ongoing monitoring of asset performance, mitigation of credit losses, and management of the ABCP liabilities. We do not consolidate these multi-seller conduits as we do not have the decision-making power to direct the significant activities noted above in order to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE. Third-party securitization vehicles We hold significant interests in certain third-party securitization vehicles which are SPEs. We, as well as other financial institutions, are obligated to provide funding up to our maximum commitment level and are exposed to credit losses on the underlying assets after various credit enhancements. Enhancement can take various forms, including but not limited to overcollateralization, excess spread, subordinated classes of financial assets, guarantees or letters of credit. The amount of this enhancement varies but is generally sized to cover a multiple of loss experience. We do not consolidate these entities as we do not have decision making rights over the investing and financing activities of the SPEs and are not exposed to a majority of the residual ownership risks. We also invest in the securities issued by unconsolidated third-party SPEs, including government-sponsored SPEs, as part of our trading activities. These investments do not carry a funding commitment; therefore our maximum exposure to loss is limited to our investment. We do not consolidate these entities as we do not have any decision making rights over the activities of the SPEs and are not exposed to a majority of the residual ownership risks. Other Credit investment products We use SPEs to generally transform credit derivatives into cash instruments, to distribute credit risk and to create customized credit products to meet investors’ specific requirements. We enter into derivative contracts, including credit derivatives, to purchase protection from these SPEs (credit protection) and convert various risk factors such as yield, currency or credit risk of underlying assets to meet the needs of the investors. We act as sole arranger and swap provider for certain SPEs and, in some cases, fulfil other administrative functions for the SPEs. We do not consolidate these credit investment product SPEs as we do not have decision making power over the significant activities, which include selection of the collateral and reference portfolio, and are not exposed to a majority of the benefits or risks of the SPE. Tax credit funds We created certain funds to pass through tax credits received from underlying low-income housing or historic rehabilitation real estate projects to third parties (tax credit funds). We are sponsors of the tax credit funds as a result of our responsibility to manage the funds, arrange the financing, and perform the administrative duties of these tax credit funds. We do not consolidate the tax credit funds as the investors in these funds have the decision making power to select the underlying investments and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership and tax risks of the funds. Mutual and pooled funds We are also sponsors of our mutual and pooled funds as a result of our ability to influence the investment decisions of the mutual funds and our continuing involvement in the administration of these funds. We consolidate certain mutual and pooled funds in which we have direct investment or seed capital representing greater than 50% of the fund units as we have both decision making power over the fund’s investment activities and exposure to the majority of the benefits and residual ownership risks of the fund due to our direct investment or seed capital. Compensation trusts We use compensation trusts, which primarily hold our own common shares, to economically hedge our obligation to certain employees under some of our share-based compensation programs. We consolidate these trusts because we have the decision making power over the activities of the trusts, obtain the majority of the benefits of the trusts to hedge our share-based compensation programs, and are exposed to the majority of the residual ownership risks. Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities Derivative instruments are categorized as either financial or non-financial derivatives. Financial derivatives are financial contracts whose value is derived from an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate, credit risk, and equity or equity index. Non-financial derivatives are contracts whose value is derived from a precious metal, commodity instrument or index. Notional amount of derivatives represents the contract amount used as a reference point to calculate payments. Notional amounts are generally not exchanged by counterparties, and do not reflect our exposure at default. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 139 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) Financial derivatives Forwards and futures Forward contracts are effectively non-standardized agreements that are transacted between counterparties in the over-the-counter market, whereas futures are standardized contracts with respect to amounts and settlement dates, and are traded on regular futures exchanges. Examples of forwards and futures are described below: Interest rate forwards (forward rate agreements) and futures are contractual obligations to buy or sell an interest-rate sensitive financial instrument on a predetermined future date at a specified price. Foreign exchange forwards and futures are contractual obligations to exchange one currency for another at a specified price for settlement at a predetermined future date. Equity forwards and futures are contractual obligations to buy or sell at a fixed value (the specified price) of an equity index, a basket of stocks or a single stock at a predetermined future date. Swaps Swaps are over-the-counter contracts in which two counterparties exchange a series of cash flows based on agreed upon rates to a notional amount. Examples of swap agreements are described below. Interest rate swaps are agreements where two counterparties exchange a series of payments based on different interest rates applied to a notional amount in a single currency. Cross currency swaps involve the exchange of fixed payments in one currency for the receipt of fixed payments in another currency. Cross currency interest rate swaps involve the exchange of both interest and notional amounts in two different currencies. Equity swaps are contracts in which one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash flows based on changes in the value of an equity index, a basket of stocks or a single stock. Options Options are contractual agreements under which the seller (writer) grants the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, either to buy (call option) or sell (put option), a security, exchange rate, interest rate, or other financial instrument or commodity at a predetermined price, at or by a specified future date. The seller (writer) of an option can also settle the contract by paying the cash settlement value of the purchaser’s right. The seller (writer) receives a premium from the purchaser for this right. The various option agreements that we enter into include but are not limited to interest rate options, foreign currency options, equity options and index options. Credit derivatives Credit derivatives are over-the-counter contracts that transfer credit risk related to an underlying financial instrument (referenced asset) from one counterparty to another. Examples of credit derivatives are described below. Credit default swaps provide protection against the decline in value of the referenced asset as a result of specified credit events such as default or bankruptcy. They are similar in structure to an option, whereby the purchaser pays a premium to the seller of the credit default swap in return for payment contingent on a credit event affecting the referenced asset. Credit default baskets are similar to credit default swaps except that the underlying referenced financial instrument is a group of assets instead of a single asset. Total return swaps are contracts where one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash flows based on changes in the value of the referenced asset. Other derivative products Certain warrants and loan commitments that meet the definition of derivative are also included as derivative instruments. Non-financial derivatives We also transact in non-financial derivative products including precious metal and commodity derivative contracts in both the over-the-counter and exchange markets. Derivatives issued for trading purposes Most of our derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to clients to enable them to transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading involves market-making, positioning and arbitrage activities. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants with the intention of generating revenue based on spread and volume. Positioning involves managing market risk positions with the expectation of profiting from favourable movements in prices, rates or indices. Arbitrage activities involve identifying and profiting from price differentials between markets and products. Derivatives issued for other-than-trading purposes We also use derivatives for purposes other than trading, primarily for hedging, in conjunction with the management of interest rate, credit, equity and foreign exchange risk related to our funding, lending, investment activities and asset/liability management. Interest rate swaps are used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of existing and/or forecasted assets and liabilities, including funding and investment activities. Purchased options are used to hedge redeemable deposits and other options embedded in consumer products. We manage our exposure to foreign currency risk with cross currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts. We predominantly use credit derivatives to manage our credit exposures. We mitigate industry sector concentrations and single-name exposures related to our credit portfolio by purchasing credit derivatives to transfer credit risk to third parties. Certain derivatives and cash instruments are specifically designated and qualify for hedge accounting. We apply hedge accounting to minimize volatility in earnings and capital caused by changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Interest rate and currency fluctuations will either cause assets and liabilities to appreciate or depreciate in market value or cause variability in forecasted cash flows. When a hedging relationship is effective, gains, losses, revenue and expenses of the hedging instrument will offset the gains, losses, revenue and expenses of the hedged item. We largely assess and measure the effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in fair value of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in fair value of the hedged item. When cash instruments are designated as hedges of currency risks, only changes in their value due to currency risk are included in the assessment and measurement of hedge effectiveness. From time to time, we also enter into derivative transactions to economically hedge certain exposures that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting, or where hedge accounting is not considered economically feasible to implement. In such circumstances, changes in fair value are reflected in Non-interest income. After-tax unrealized gains relating to de-designated hedges of $46 million (before-tax unrealized gains of $62 million) included in Other components of equity as at October 31, 2013, are expected to be reclassified to Net interest income within the next 12 months. 140 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements The following table presents the fair values of the derivative and non-derivative instruments categorized by their hedging relationships, as well as derivatives that are not designated in hedging relationships. Derivatives and non-derivative instruments (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Derivative instruments Liabilities Derivative instruments Non-derivative instruments October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 As at Designated as hedging instruments in hedging relationships Designated as hedging instruments in hedging relationships Cash flow hedges Fair value hedges Net investment hedges Not designated in a hedging relationship Cash flow hedges Fair value hedges Net investment hedges Not designated in a hedging relationship $ 555 $ 1,461 $ 32 $ 72,774 $ 837 $ 1,894 $ 5 $ 88,557 $ 460 $ – 376 $ – 95 $ 75,814 $ 680 $ 284 $ 144 $ 17,499 – – – 16,777 95,653 – Results of hedge activities recorded in Net income and Other comprehensive income October 31, 2013 For the year ended October 31, 2012 October 31, 2011 Net gains (losses) included in Non-interest income Net gains (losses) included in Net interest income After-tax unrealized gains (losses) included in OCI Net gains (losses) included in Non-interest income Net gains (losses) included in Net interest income After-tax unrealized gains (losses) included in OCI Net gains (losses) included in Non-interest income Net gains (losses) included in Net interest income After-tax unrealized gains (losses) included in OCI (Millions of Canadian dollars) Fair value hedges (Losses) gains on hedging instruments $ (551) $ n.a. $ n.a. $ (66) $ n.a. $ n.a. $ 148 $ n.a. $ n.a. Gains (losses) on hedged items attributable to the hedged risk Ineffective portion Cash flow hedges Ineffective portion Effective portion Reclassified to income during the period (1) Net investment hedges Ineffective portion Foreign currency Gains (losses) (Losses) gains from hedges 459 (92) (13) n.a. n.a. 1 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 40 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (11) n.a. n.a. 1,402 (912) (15) (81) (4) n.a. n.a. 1 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (35) n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 32 n.a. n.a. 113 – (134) 14 14 n.a. n.a. 4 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. (161) n.a. n.a. n.a. $ (104) $ 40 $ 479 $ (84) $ (35) $ 145 $ 32 $ (161) $ n.a. n.a. n.a. 298 n.a. n.a. (625) 717 390 (1) n.a. After-tax gains of $30 million were reclassified from Other components of equity to income during the year ended October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – losses of $25 million; October 31, 2011 – losses of $132 million). not applicable Notional amount of derivatives by term to maturity (absolute amounts) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Over-the-counter contracts Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Exchange–traded contracts Interest rate contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Other contracts (3) As at October 31, 2013 Term to maturity Within 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years (1) Total Trading Other than Trading $ 364,918 1,218,382 59,272 59,921 $ 93,570 2,718,313 83,085 81,222 $ – 1,369,003 27,178 33,000 $ 458,488 5,305,698 169,535 174,143 $ 458,488 5,095,519 169,337 174,112 $ – 210,179 198 31 887,156 6,054 131,805 19,217 19,737 1,650 57,593 10,332 20,727 13,831 11,371 30,991 14,420 308,927 10,917 11,729 11,498 42,101 6,809 13,952 3,557 1,277 1,079 13,796 144,779 4,732 4,682 8,961 20,647 – – – – 919,226 34,270 585,511 34,866 36,148 22,109 120,341 17,141 34,679 17,388 12,648 858,547 34,270 555,841 34,866 36,148 20,704 120,336 17,103 34,604 17,388 12,648 60,679 – 29,670 – – 1,405 5 38 75 – – 6,092 11,381 140,471 $ 3,039,910 9,646 12,617 29,786 $ 3,484,417 102 – 387 1,628,346 15,840 23,998 170,644 $ 8,152,673 15,840 23,998 170,641 $ 7,850,390 – – 3 $ 302,283 $ Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 141 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Over-the-counter contracts Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Exchange-traded contracts Interest rate contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Futures – long positions Futures – short positions Other contracts (3) As at October 31, 2012 Term to maturity Within 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years (1) Total Trading Other than Trading $ 366,587 1,301,121 35,703 35,768 $ 133,964 2,052,851 46,715 72,150 $ – 1,042,643 23,264 31,162 $ 500,551 4,396,615 105,682 139,080 $ 500,551 4,228,985 105,682 139,080 $ – 167,630 – – 862,743 5,339 125,668 18,781 17,839 2,139 58,635 8,248 41,530 8,367 3,679 172 299 106,205 32,382 13,850 279,675 7,678 7,976 6,572 33,471 10,002 13,187 252 247 – – 37,883 656 10,236 129,317 3,643 3,411 8,360 26,883 47,269 66,388 15,678 1 – – 7,262 895,781 29,425 534,660 30,102 29,226 17,071 118,989 65,519 121,105 24,297 3,927 172 299 151,350 849,800 29,027 512,654 30,099 29,220 15,477 117,868 65,519 121,105 24,297 3,927 172 299 151,350 45,981 398 22,006 3 6 1,594 1,121 – – – – – – – $ 2,998,823 $ 2,748,855 $ 1,416,173 $ 7,163,851 $ 6,925,112 $ 238,739 (1) (2) (3) Includes contracts maturing in over 10 years with a notional value of $501 billion (October 31, 2012 – $402 billion). The related gross positive replacement cost is $25 billion (October 31, 2012 –$32.3 billion). Credit derivatives include credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit default baskets, including credit derivatives given guarantee treatment for OSFI regulatory reporting purposes. Credit derivatives with a notional value of $1.4 billion (October 31, 2012 – $1.6 billion) are economic hedges. Trading credit derivatives comprise protection purchased of $11.0 billion (October 31, 2012 – $8.7 billion) and protection sold of $9.7 billion (October 31, 2012 – $6.8 billion). Other contracts include precious metal, commodity, stable value and equity derivative contracts. The following tables indicate the periods when the cash flows are expected to occur and when they are expected to affect profit or loss for cash flow hedges: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash inflows from assets Cash outflows from liabilities Net cash flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash inflows from assets Cash outflows from liabilities Net cash flows As at October 31, 2013 Within 1 year 267 $ (533) 1 to 2 years 232 $ (531) 2 to 3 years 218 $ (495) 3 to 5 years 314 $ (602) Over 5 years 321 $ (122) Total $ 1,352 (2,283) $ (266) $ (299) $ (277) $ (288) $ 199 $ (931) As at October 31, 2012 Within 1 year 329 $ (370) 1 to 2 years 314 $ (250) 2 to 3 years 314 $ (211) 3 to 5 years 274 $ (261) Over 5 years 85 $ (272) Total $ 1,316 (1,364) $ (41) $ 64 $ 103 $ 13 $ (187) $ (48) 142 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Fair value of derivative instruments (Millions of Canadian dollars) Held or issued for trading purposes Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Held or issued for other than trading purposes Interest rate contracts Swaps Options purchased Options written Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Cross currency swaps Cross currency interest rate swaps Options purchased Options written Credit derivatives (2) Other contracts (3) Total gross fair values before netting (4) Valuation adjustments determined on a pooled basis Impact of netting agreements that qualify for balance sheet offset Impact of netting agreements that do not qualify for balance sheet offset (5) Total As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Average fair value for year ended (1) Year end fair value Average fair value for year ended (1) Year end fair value Positive Negative Positive Negative Positive Negative Positive Negative $ 505 $ 347 $ 348 $ 80,490 2,792 – 83,787 9,229 1,505 9,692 1,900 – 22,326 229 5,203 78,156 – 3,619 82,122 9,381 1,053 16,333 – 1,704 28,471 254 8,275 73,164 3,253 – 76,765 6,774 1,432 9,308 2,234 – 19,748 225 6,635 262 69,897 – 3,966 74,125 7,629 944 12,058 – 1,744 22,375 276 10,085 $ 729 $ 544 $ 690 $ 89,881 2,527 – 93,137 8,622 1,665 10,361 1,632 – 22,280 459 5,331 84,214 – 3,519 88,277 8,314 1,371 19,219 – 1,420 30,324 484 7,991 93,908 2,516 – 97,114 6,288 1,665 8,637 1,557 – 18,147 287 4,351 429 87,908 – 3,408 91,745 6,251 1,267 18,841 – 1,373 27,732 306 7,369 111,545 119,122 103,373 106,861 121,207 127,076 119,899 127,152 2,106 1 – 2,107 194 – 843 – – 1,037 – – 787 – 1 788 194 – 339 – – 533 56 – 3,144 1,377 106,517 108,238 (505) (31,190) (31,493) 74,822 76,745 (51,653) (51,653) $ 23,169 $ 25,092 2,795 – – 2,795 232 4 861 – – 1,097 5 92 766 – – 766 142 19 439 – – 600 29 2 3,989 1,397 123,888 128,549 (626) (31,969) (31,788) 91,293 96,761 (67,849) (67,849) $ 23,444 $ 28,912 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Average fair value amounts are calculated based on monthly balances. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit default baskets, including credit derivatives given guarantee treatment for OSFI regulatory reporting purposes. Other contracts include precious metal, commodity, stable value and equity derivative contracts. Total gross fair values before netting include market and credit valuation adjustments that are determined on an instrument-specific basis. Additional impact of offsetting credit exposures on contracts that do not qualify for balance sheet offset. Fair value of derivative instruments by term to maturity October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) Derivative assets Derivative liabilities Less than 1 year 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Total $ 13,695 $ 27,340 $ 33,787 $ 74,822 76,745 29,104 31,969 15,672 Less than 1 year 1 to 5 years Total $ 12,958 $ 29,957 $ 48,378 $ 91,293 96,761 46,970 35,362 14,429 Over 5 years Derivative-related credit risk Credit risk from derivative transactions is generated by the potential for the counterparty to default on its contractual obligations when one or more transactions have a positive market value to us. Therefore, derivative-related credit risk is represented by the positive fair value of the instrument and is normally a small fraction of the contract’s notional amount. We subject our derivative-related credit risk to the same credit approval, limit and monitoring standards that we use for managing other transactions that create credit exposure. This includes evaluating the creditworthiness of counterparties, and managing the size, diversification and maturity structure of the portfolio. Credit utilization for all products is compared with established limits on a continual basis and is subject to a standard exception reporting process. We utilize a single internal rating system for all credit risk exposure. In most cases, these internal ratings approximate the external risk ratings of public rating agencies. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 143 Note 8 Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities (continued) Netting is a technique that can reduce credit exposure from derivatives and is generally facilitated through the use of master netting agreements. A master netting agreement provides for a single net settlement of all financial instruments covered by the agreement in the event of default. However, credit risk is reduced only to the extent that our financial obligations to the same counterparty can be set off against obligations of the counterparty to us. We maximize the use of master netting agreements to reduce derivative-related credit exposure. Our overall exposure to credit risk that is reduced through master netting agreements may change substantially following the reporting date as the exposure is affected by each transaction subject to the agreement as well as by changes in underlying market rates. Measurement of our credit exposure arising out of derivative transactions is reduced to reflect the effects of netting in cases where the enforceability of that netting is supported by appropriate legal analysis as documented in our trading credit risk policies. The use of collateral is another significant credit mitigation technique for managing derivative-related counterparty credit risk. Mark-to- market provisions in our agreements with some counterparties, typically in the form of a Credit Support Annex, provide us with the right to request that the counterparty pay down or collateralize the current market value of its derivatives positions when the value passes a specified threshold amount. Replacement cost represents the total fair value of all outstanding contracts in a gain position after factoring in the master netting agreements. The credit equivalent amount is defined as the sum of the replacement cost plus an add-on amount for potential future credit exposure as defined by OSFI. The risk-weighted amount is determined by applying the standard OSFI-defined measures of counterparty risk to the credit equivalent amount. Derivative-related credit risk (Millions of Canadian dollars) Over-the-counter contracts Interest rate contracts Forward rate agreements Swaps Options purchased Foreign exchange contracts Forward contracts Swaps Options purchased Credit derivatives (4) Other contracts (5) Exchange traded contracts (6) Total As at October 31, 2013 (1) October 31, 2012 (1) Replacement cost Credit equivalent amount (2) Risk-weighted equivalent (3) Replacement cost Credit equivalent amount (2) Risk-weighted equivalent (3) $ 94 13,133 399 $ 278 20,914 634 $ 2,463 2,500 259 106 1,864 2,867 6,891 6,262 444 1,480 6,838 11,186 48 5,465 363 2,232 1,946 221 719 3,519 224 $ 81 15,722 211 $ 273 13,114 396 $ 2,859 1,748 224 121 981 — 7,778 6,664 634 588 3,958 — 116 5,798 153 2,143 1,529 283 244 1,642 — $ 23,685 $ 54,927 $ 14,737 $ 21,947 $ 33,405 $ 11,908 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) The amounts presented as at October 31, 2013 and 2012 are net of master netting agreements in accordance with Basel III and Basel II, respectively. The total credit equivalent amount includes collateral applied of $9.6 billion (October 31, 2012 – $10.7 billion). The risk-weighted balances as at October 31, 2013 and 2012 were calculated in accordance with Basel III and Basel II, respectively. Credit derivatives include credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit default baskets. The above excludes credit derivatives issued for other-than-trading purposes related to bought protection with a replacement cost of $nil (October 31, 2012 – $5 million). Other contracts include precious metal, commodity, stable value, and equity derivatives contracts. In accordance with Basel III, exchange-traded instruments were included in the calculation of credit risk as at October 31, 2013. Under Basel II, exchange-traded instruments were deemed to have no credit risk because of daily margin requirements; therefore, exchange-traded instruments with a replacement cost of $2.1 billion were excluded from the calculation of credit risk as at October 31, 2012. Replacement cost of derivative instruments by risk rating and by counterparty type Risk rating (1) Counterparty type (2) As at October 31, 2013 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross positive replacement cost $ 20,610 $ 68,471 $ 11,604 $ 5,844 $ 106,529 $ Impact of master netting AAA, AA Total BBB A BB or lower OECD governments Banks 48,730 $ Other Total 10,634 $ 47,165 $ 106,529 agreements 14,345 60,780 6,829 890 82,844 37,070 6,734 39,040 82,844 Replacement cost (after netting agreements) (3) $ 6,265 $ 7,691 $ 4,775 $ 4,954 $ 23,685 $ 11,660 $ 3,900 $ 8,125 $ 23,685 144 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross positive replacement Risk rating (1) Counterparty type (2) As at October 31, 2012 AAA, AA A BBB BB or lower Total Banks OECD governments Other Total cost $ 24,404 $ 77,490 $ 15,006 $ 4,873 $ 121,773 $ 59,859 $ 13,074 $ 48,840 $ 121,773 Impact of master netting agreements Replacement cost (after 19,332 70,193 9,113 1,183 99,821 49,353 10,485 39,983 99,821 netting agreements) (3) $ 5,072 $ 7,297 $ 5,893 $ 3,690 $ 21,952 $ 10,506 $ 2,589 $ 8,857 $ 21,952 (1) (2) (3) Our internal risk ratings for major counterparty types approximate those of public ratings agencies. Ratings of AAA, AA, A and BBB represent investment grade ratings and ratings of BB or lower represent non-investment grade ratings. Counterparty type is defined in accordance with the capital adequacy requirements of OSFI. Includes credit derivatives issued for other-than-trading purposes with a total replacement cost of $nil (October 31, 2012 – $5 million). Note 9 Premises and equipment (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cost Balance at October 31, 2012 Additions (1) Acquisitions through business combinations Transfers from work in process Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2013 Accumulated depreciation Balance at October 31, 2012 Depreciation Impairment loss (reversal) Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2013 Land Buildings Computer equipment Furniture, fixtures and other equipment Leasehold improvements Work in process $ 128 3 – 2 (1) 2 – $ 134 $ $ – – – – – – – $ $ $ $ $ 1,275 12 – 44 (3) 6 25 1,359 456 42 – (2) 2 2 500 859 $ $ $ $ $ 1,494 120 1 31 (78) 13 1 1,582 1,092 190 – (71) 9 (15) 1,205 377 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,392 43 21 52 (57) 7 – 1,458 968 92 – (49) 4 19 1,034 424 $ $ 1,871 40 – 155 (6) 16 (29) 2,047 1,152 140 – (5) 8 – 1,295 752 Net carrying amount at October 31, 2013 $ 134 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cost Balance at October 31, 2011 Additions (1) Acquisitions through business combinations Transfers from work in process Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2012 Accumulated depreciation Balance at October 31, 2011 Depreciation Impairment loss (reversal) Disposals Foreign exchange translation Other Balance at October 31, 2012 Net carrying amount at October 31, 2012 Land Buildings Computer equipment Furniture, fixtures and other equipment Leasehold improvements $ $ $ $ $ 116 13 – – (1) – – 128 – – – – – – – 128 $ $ $ $ $ 801 20 – 448 (17) (1) 24 1,275 427 21 – (5) (2) 15 456 819 $ $ $ $ $ 1,815 203 1 46 (423) (10) (138) 1,494 1,432 182 – (422) (8) (92) 1,092 402 $ $ $ $ $ 1,353 67 9 42 (36) – (43) 1,392 907 86 – (34) – 9 968 424 $ $ $ $ $ 1,684 50 1 98 (29) 1 66 1,871 1,045 139 – (25) 3 (10) 1,152 719 Total $ 6,359 452 22 – (148) 46 (38) 199 234 – (284) (3) 2 (35) 113 $ 6,693 – – – – – – – $ 3,668 464 – (127) 23 6 $ 4,034 113 $ 2,659 Work in process Total 532 $ 6,301 733 380 11 – (634) – (509) (3) (1) (11) (166) (75) 199 $ 6,359 – $ 3,811 428 – – – (486) – (7) – (78) – – $ 3,668 199 $ 2,691 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) At October 31, 2013, we had total contractual commitments of $41 million to acquire premises and equipment (October 31, 2012 – $96 million; October 31, 2011 – $154 million). Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 145 Note 10 Goodwill and other intangible assets Goodwill The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by CGU for the year ended October 31, 2013 and 2012. (Millions of Canadian dollars) At October 31, 2011 Acquisitions Transfers Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes At October 31, 2012 Acquisitions Transfers Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes At October 31, 2013 Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Canadian Wealth Management Global Asset Management U.S. Wealth Management International Wealth Management Insurance $ 1,953 $ 1,451 $ – – – – (2) – – – – – $ 1,951 $ 1,451 $ 598 – – 1 – – – – 59 – $ 2,550 $ 1,510 $ 542 $ – – – – 1 543 $ – – – 5 – 548 $ 1,881 $ – – – 8 – 1,889 $ – – – 48 – 1,937 $ 516 $ – – – 1 – 517 $ – – – 22 – 539 $ 118 $ 8 – – – 1 127 $ – – – 5 – 132 $ Investor Services 118 $ 144 – – (142) (2) – – – – – – – – – – – – – 118 $ – – – – – 118 $ Investor & Treasury Services (1) $ $ – – 52 – – – 52 96 – – 1 – $ 149 Capital Markets Total $ 887 – (52) – 2 – $ 837 11 – – 30 – $ 878 $ 7,610 8 – (142) 9 – $ 7,485 705 – – 171 – $ 8,361 (1) Effective October 31, 2012, Investor & Treasury Services is a newly created CGU that includes our former Investor Services CGU and certain related businesses that were part of our Capital Markets CGU. The transfer of goodwill was based on the relative fair value of the transferred businesses. See Note 29 for further details on our business segments. Key inputs and assumptions We perform our annual impairment test by comparing the carrying amount of each CGU to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of a CGU is represented by its value in use, except in circumstances where the carrying amount of a CGU exceeds its value in use. In such cases, we determine the CGU’s fair value less costs to sell and its recoverable amount is the greater of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. In our annual impairment tests performed as at August 1, 2013 and August 1, 2012, the recoverable amounts of our CGUs were based on value in use, except for our Caribbean Banking CGU, whose recoverable amount was based on fair value less costs to sell. We calculate value in use using a five-year discounted cash flow (DCF) method. Future cash flows are based on financial plans agreed by management for a five-year period, estimated based on forecast results, business initiatives, planned capital investments and returns to shareholders. Key drivers of future cash flows include net interest margins and average interest-earning assets. The values assigned to these drivers over the forecast period are based on past experience, external and internal economic forecasts, and management’s expectations of the impact of economic conditions on our financial results. Beyond the initial five-year period, cash flows are assumed to increase at a constant rate using a nominal long-term growth rate (terminal growth rate). Terminal growth rates are based on the current market assessment of gross domestic product and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. The discount rates used to determine the present value of each CGU’s projected future cash flows are based on the bank-wide cost of capital, adjusted for the risks to which each CGU is exposed. CGU-specific risks include: country risk, business/operational risk, geographic risk (including political risk, devaluation risk, and government regulation), currency risk, and price risk (including product pricing risk and inflation). The estimation of value in use involves significant judgment in the determination of inputs to the DCF model and is the most sensitive to changes in future cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates applied to cash flows beyond the forecast period. These key inputs and assumptions used to determine the recoverable amount of each CGU using value in use were tested for sensitivity by applying a reasonably possible change to those assumptions. The post-tax discount rates were increased by 1%, terminal growth rates were decreased by 0.5%, and future cash flows were reduced by 10%. As at August 1, 2013, no change in an individual key input or assumption, as described, would result in a CGU’s carrying amount exceeding its recoverable amount based on value in use. For our Caribbean Banking CGU, we calculated fair value less costs to sell using a DCF method that projects future cash flows over a 10-year period, which represents the duration of the economic cycle to which the CGU is sensitive. The 10-year DCF method aims to approximate the considerations of a prospective third-party buyer in assessing the profitability of the CGU and its ability to create value over time, independent from current macroeconomic conditions. Cash flows beyond the initial 10-year period are assumed to increase at a constant rate using a nominal long-term growth rate. Future cash flows, terminal growth rates, and discount rates are based on the same factors noted above. The estimation of fair value less costs to sell also involves significant judgment and due to the longer time period used for our cash flow projections, the ultimate outcome of the cash flow projections has greater uncertainty than those used in our value in use model. Variability in timing and amount of future cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates applied to cash flows beyond the forecast period are therefore more likely. For our Caribbean Banking CGU, the recoverable amount, based on fair value less costs to sell, was 110% of its carrying amount. If projected cash flows decreased by 9.1% or the pre-tax discount rate increased to 13.7%, holding other individual factors constant, the recoverable amount based on fair value less costs to sell would be equal to the carrying amount. 146 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements The terminal growth rates and pre-tax discount rates used in our annual impairment tests are summarized below. Group of Cash Generating Units Canadian Banking Caribbean Banking Canadian Wealth Management Global Asset Management U.S. Wealth Management International Wealth Management Insurance Investor & Treasury Services Capital Markets (1) n.a. Pre-tax discount rates are determined implicitly based on post-tax discount rates. The Investor & Treasury Services CGU was created after August 1, 2012 Other intangible assets The following table presents the carrying amount of our other intangible assets: As at August 1, 2013 August 1, 2012 Discount rate (1) Terminal growth rate Discount rate (1) Terminal growth rate 10.6% 12.9 11.9 11.8 15.9 11.8 10.2 12.5 15.6 3.0% 4.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 9.9% 12.4 11.2 10.5 14.9 10.5 9.5 n.a. 14.4 3.0% 4.1 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 n.a. 3.0 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross carrying amount Balance at October 31, 2012 Additions Transfers Dispositions Impairment Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2013 Accumulated amortization Balance at October 31, 2012 Amortization charge for the year Dispositions Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2013 Net balance, at October 31, 2013 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross carrying amount Balance at October 31, 2011 Additions Transfers Dispositions Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2012 Accumulated amortization Balance at October 31, 2011 Amortization charge for the year Dispositions Impairment losses Currency translations Other changes Balance at October 31, 2012 Net balance, at October 31, 2012 As at October 31, 2013 Internally generated software Other software Core deposit intangibles Customer list and relationships In process software $ $ $ 2,258 34 400 (2) (7) 15 (92) 986 67 122 (2) (4) 9 (36) $ 2,606 $ 1,142 $ $ (1,485) $ (740) $ (361) 1 3 (9) (10) (66) 1 – (7) (10) 150 – – – – 7 – 157 $ $ (90) $ (22) – – (5) – $ (1,861) $ (822) $ (117) $ Total $ 5,414 808 – (4) (13) 58 (114) $ 650 581 (522) – (2) 2 2 1,370 126 – – – 25 12 1,533 $ 711 $ 6,149 (413) $ (117) – – (11) (12) (553) $ – – – – – – – $(2,728) (566) 2 3 (32) (32) $(3,353) $ 745 $ 320 $ 40 $ 980 $ 711 $ 2,796 As at October 31, 2012 Internally generated software Other software Core deposit intangibles Customer list and relationships (1) In process software Total $ $ 1,926 15 233 (21) 1 104 $ 855 41 42 (27) 1 74 $ 2,258 $ 986 $ $ (1,182) $ (306) 18 – – (15) (690) $ (86) 25 – (6) 17 $ (1,485) $ (740) $ $ 773 $ 246 $ 150 – – – – – 150 $ $ 1,356 337 – (175) 10 (158) 306 587 (275) (1) 2 31 $ 4,593 980 – (224) 14 51 $ 1,370 $ 650 $ 5,414 (68) $ (22) – – – – (90) $ 60 $ (538) $ (114) 155 (26) (6) 116 (413) $ – – – – – – – $(2,478) (528) 198 (26) (12) 118 $(2,728) 957 $ 650 $ 2,686 (1) The impairment loss in our customer list and relationships intangibles in 2012 related to our acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in RBC Dexia. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 147 Note 11 Significant acquisitions and dispositions Acquisitions Personal & Commercial Banking On February 1, 2013, we completed the acquisition of the Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial Inc. (Ally Canada) for cash consideration of $3.7 billion. Ally Canada’s operations represent a developed and scalable auto finance business. Our purchase price allocation assigns $12.2 billion to assets, including $115 million of customer relationship intangible assets, and $9.1 billion to liabilities on the acquisition date. Goodwill of $598 million reflects the expected synergies from the combined operations which will allow us to grow our existing automotive financing business and effectively service the banking needs of automotive dealerships. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The following table presents the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as at the date of the acquisition. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage) Percentage of shares acquired Purchase consideration Fair value of identifiable assets acquired Cash and deposits with banks Securities Loans (1) (2) Other assets (3) Fair value of liabilities assumed Deposits (4) Other liabilities Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired Goodwill Total purchase consideration 100% $ 3,717 $ 1,136 417 10,293 345 (9,033) (39) $ 3,119 598 $ 3,717 (1) (2) (3) (4) The fair value for loans reflects the expected credit losses at the acquisition date. Gross contractual receivables amount to $10.5 billion. Subsequent to the acquisition, we sold loans with a carrying amount of $197 million resulting in a loss of $0.7 million. Other assets include $115 million of customer lists and relationships which are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 10 years. Deposits include $5.1 billion related to consolidated securitization vehicles, of which $3.5 billion have been redeemed following the acquisition. Since the acquisition date, Ally Canada increased our consolidated revenue and net income by $222 million and $65 million, respectively. Had the business combination been effective on November 1, 2012, the additional three months of ownership of Ally Canada would have added consolidated revenue and net income of approximately $70 million and $18 million, respectively, to our results for the year ended October 31, 2013. All results of operations are included in our Personal & Commercial Banking segment and goodwill is allocated to our Canadian Banking CGU. Investor & Treasury Services On July 27, 2012, we completed the acquisition of the 50% interest that we did not already own in RBC Dexia Investor Services Limited (RBC Dexia). During the second quarter of 2013, we revised our preliminary purchase price allocation. Consequently, we decreased the fair value of the software intangibles by $118 million, partially offset by an increase to deferred tax and other assets of $22 million. The changes result in the recognition of goodwill of $96 million which reflects the strategic value in owning 100% of RBC Dexia and its complementary businesses. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. All results of operations are included in our Investor & Treasury Services segment and goodwill is allocated to our Investor & Treasury Services CGU. Adjustments have been applied on a prospective basis. Dispositions Personal & Commercial Banking On March 2, 2012, we completed the sale of our U.S. regional retail banking operations to the PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) announced on June 20, 2011. An estimated loss on sale of $304 million after-tax was recorded in Net loss from discontinued operations in our 2011 Consolidated Statement of Income. A reduction to loss on sale of $7 million after-tax was recorded in the first quarter of 2012. Upon closing of the sale, we revised our loss on sale to $294 million after tax. The difference of $3 million was recorded as a reduction to Net loss from discontinued operations in the second quarter of 2012. We also had previously classified certain of our U.S. regional banking assets as discontinued operations when announced on June 20, 2011, because we committed to selling them within a year. Certain of these assets which were not sold within the year were reclassified in the third quarter of 2012 to continuing operations in our Corporate Support segment. The assets were not material to our Personal & Commercial Banking or Corporate Support segments. The results of the operations sold to PNC and certain of our U.S. regional banking assets have been presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Select financial information is set out in the tables below. Insurance On April 29, 2011, we completed the sale of Liberty Life, our U.S. life insurance business, to Athene Holding Ltd, as announced on October 22, 2010. The loss on sale after-tax was $104 million. The results of operations of Liberty Life sold to Athene Holding Ltd. have been presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Select financial information is set out in the tables below. 148 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Total discontinued operations – Statements of Income (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income Non-interest income Total Revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and actuarial expenses Non-interest expense Net (loss) income before income taxes Net (loss) income Gain (loss) on sale Net (loss) gain from discontinued operations U.S. regional retail banking operations sold to PNC Other U.S. regional banking assets Liberty Life sold to Athene Holding Ltd. Total Total discontinued operations – Statements of Cash Flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net cash (used in) from operating activities Net cash from investing activities Net cash (used in) from financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks Net change in cash and due from banks (1) Cash and due from banks at beginning of year Cash and due from banks at end of year For the year ended October 31 2013 – – $ October 31 2012 200 68 $ – – – – – – – – – – – $ 268 117 – 258 (107) (61) 10 (36) (15) – (51) $ October 31 2011 683 328 $ 1,011 326 240 834 (389) (234) (292) (479) (77) 30 (526) $ For the year ended $ October 31 2013 – – – – – – – $ $ October 31 2012 (6,727) 4,054 (24) (19) (2,716) 2,716 $ – $ $ October 31 2011 1,179 586 64 (3) 1,826 890 2,716 (1) Net change in cash and due from banks of Liberty Life for the year ended October 31, 2013 were $nil (October 31, 2012 – $nil, October 31, 2011 – $(2) million). Note 12 Joint ventures and associated companies Joint ventures As at October 31, 2013, our principal joint venture is a 50% interest in Moneris Solutions, which provides payment processing services to merchants across North America. Previously, our principal joint ventures included a 50% interest in RBC Dexia. In the third quarter of 2012, we completed the acquisition of RBC Dexia and as a result, RBC Dexia is no longer a joint venture. The following table summarizes the assets, liabilities, income and expense recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Income Statements related to our interests in joint ventures. RBC Dexia (1) Other Total As at or for the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ n.a. $ n.a. – $ 11,949 $ – 11,998 764 $ 765 1,044 $ 1,050 770 788 $ 764 765 $ 1,044 1,050 $ 12,719 12,786 n.a. n.a. 428 7 680 96 337 133 336 131 333 125 337 133 764 138 1,013 221 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Consolidated Balance Sheets Assets Liabilities Consolidated Income Statements Total revenue Net income (1) Revenues and income for the year ended October 31, 2012 reflect our share of the revenues and income of RBC Dexia up to July 27, 2012, the date we completed our acquisition of the remaining 50% interest that we did not already own. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 149 Note 12 Joint ventures and associated companies (continued) Associated companies The following tables summarize the carrying value of our investments in associated companies and present selected aggregate financial information about our associated companies. As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) Carrying amount at the beginning of the year Additions (disposals) Our share of investees’ net income (loss) (1) Dividends/distributions Foreign currency translation Other Carrying amount at the end of the year $ October 31 2013 125 15 6 (15) 2 (21) 112 $ $ October 31 2012 142 4 24 (36) – (9) 125 $ (1) The aggregate financial information of our significant investees reflects balances that are based on accounts made up to October 31. While the year end dates of our significant investees are different from ours, financial information is obtained as at October 31 in order to report on a consistent basis with our year-end date. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Total assets Total liabilities Total revenue Total profit for the year (1) Certain amounts have been revised from results previously reported. Note 13 Other assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash collateral and margin deposits Accounts receivable and prepaids Receivable from brokers, dealers and clients Insurance-related assets Deferred income tax asset Accrued interest receivable Taxes receivable Precious metals Other Note 14 Deposits The following table details our deposit liabilities: As at or for the year ended $ October 31 2013 700 338 746 61 $ October 31 2012 (1) 681 314 705 59 $ October 31 2011 (1) 755 373 679 (21) As at October 31 2013 $ 11,689 3,862 1,474 2,182 1,852 1,789 1,252 173 2,414 $ 26,687 October 31 2012 $ 18,323 4,289 1,939 2,003 1,707 1,467 1,450 996 2,845 $ 35,019 (Millions of Canadian dollars) Personal Business and government Bank Non-interest-bearing (4) Canada United States Europe (5) Other International Interest-bearing (4) Canada United States Europe (5) Other International October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 As at Demand (1) $ 110,920 147,631 5,734 $ 264,285 $ 60,201 1,444 3,810 4,684 158,743 3,488 28,985 2,930 $ 264,285 Notice (2) $ 15,732 1,209 11 $ 16,952 $ 3,282 7 1 315 9,604 202 45 3,496 $ 16,952 Term (3) $ 67,645 201,800 7,798 $ 277,243 $ – – – – 222,506 39,134 7,992 7,611 $ 277,243 Total $ 194,297 350,640 13,543 $ 558,480 $ 63,483 1,451 3,811 4,999 390,853 42,824 37,022 14,037 $ 558,480 Demand (1) $ 104,079 128,943 4,621 $ 237,643 $ 55,133 1,188 3,935 3,332 138,276 3,410 29,143 3,226 $ 237,643 Notice (2) $ 13,893 1,393 18 $ 15,304 $ 2,836 6 1 439 8,270 584 50 3,118 $ 15,304 Term (3) $ 61,530 182,546 11,196 $ 255,272 $ – – – – 204,507 33,303 10,072 7,390 $ 255,272 Total $ 179,502 312,882 15,835 $ 508,219 $ 57,969 1,194 3,936 3,771 351,053 37,297 39,265 13,734 $ 508,219 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Deposits payable on demand include all deposits for which we do not have the right to notice of withdrawal. These deposits include both savings and chequing accounts. Deposits payable after notice include all deposits for which we can legally require notice of withdrawal. These deposits are primarily savings accounts. Term deposits include deposits payable on a fixed date. These deposits include term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates and similar instruments. As at October 31, 2013, the balance of term deposits also include senior deposit notes we have issued to provide long-term funding of $134 billion (October 31, 2012 – $114 billion). The geographical splits of the deposits are based on the point of origin of the deposits and where the revenue is recognized. Europe includes the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Channel Islands. 150 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements The following table presents the contractual maturities of our term deposit liabilities. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Within 1 year: less than 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months 1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 4 years 4 to 5 years Over 5 years Aggregate amount of term deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more The following table presents the average deposit balances and average rates of interest during 2013, 2012 and 2011. As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 42,556 36,314 33,149 54,665 34,784 21,763 25,596 28,416 $ 55,274 22,493 43,286 49,920 24,011 21,134 18,568 20,586 $ 277,243 $ 255,272 $ 244,000 $ 223,000 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Canada United States Europe (1) Other International October 31, 2013 Average balances $ 434,938 41,442 38,746 18,598 Average rates 1.19% 0.41 0.27 0.96 For the year ended October 31, 2012 Average balances $ 404,656 38,792 33,394 19,338 Average rates 1.31% 0.54 0.63 1.44 October 31, 2011 Average balances $ 358,094 42,766 45,740 18,717 Average rates 1.49% 0.54 1.00 1.75 $ 533,724 1.06% $ 496,180 1.21% $ 465,317 1.36% (1) Europe includes the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Channel Islands. Note 15 Insurance Insurance assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Collateral loans Policy loans Reinsurance assets Other Total As at $ October 31 2013 1,273 132 422 355 $ October 31 2012 1,176 120 336 371 $ 2,182 $ 2,003 Reinsurance In the ordinary course of business, our insurance operations reinsure risks to other insurance and reinsurance companies in order to lower our risk profile, limit loss exposure to large risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. These ceding reinsurance arrangements do not relieve our insurance subsidiaries from their direct obligations to the insureds. We evaluate the financial condition of the reinsurers and monitor our concentrations of credit risks to minimize our exposure to losses from reinsurer insolvency. Reinsurance amounts (ceded premiums) included in Non-interest income are shown in the table below. Net premiums and claims (Millions of Canadian dollars) Gross premiums Premiums ceded to reinsurers Net premiums Gross claims and benefits Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits Net claims For the year ended October 31 2013 4,785 (1,111) $ $ $ $ 3,674 2,768 (442) 2,326 October 31 2012 4,739 (1,034) $ October 31 2011 4,552 (1,019) $ $ $ $ 3,705 3,472 (417) 3,055 $ $ $ 3,533 3,155 (398) 2,757 Risk Management Insurance risk is the risk of fluctuations in the timing, frequency or severity of insured events, relative to our expectations at the time of under- writing. Due to our geographic diversity and business mix, we have a well diversified portfolio of insurance risks resulting in reduced concentration risk. We manage underwriting and pricing risk through the use of underwriting guidelines which detail the class, nature and type of business that may be accepted, pricing policies by product line and centralized control of policy wordings. The risk that claims are handled or paid inappropriately is mitigated using a range of IT system controls and manual processes conducted by experienced staff. These, together with a range of detailed policies and procedures, ensure that all claims are handled in a timely, appropriate and accurate manner. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 151 Note 15 Insurance (continued) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities All actuarial assumptions are set in conjunction with Canadian Institute of Actuaries Standards of Practice and OSFI requirements. The assump- tions that have the greatest effect on the measurement of insurance liabilities, the processes used to determine them and the assumptions used as at October 31, 2013 are as follows: Life insurance Mortality and morbidity – Mortality estimates are based on standard industry and national mortality tables, adjusted where appropriate to reflect our own experience. Morbidity assumptions are made with respect to the rates of claim incidence and claim termination for health insurance policies and are based on a combination of industry and our own experience. Future investment yield – Assumptions are based on the current yield rate, a reinvestment assumption and an allowance for future credit losses for each line of business, and are developed using interest rate scenario testing, including prescribed scenarios for determination of minimum liabilities as set out in the actuarial standards. Policyholder behaviour – Under certain policies, the policyholder has a contractual right to change benefits and premiums, as well as convert policies to permanent forms of insurance. All policyholders have the right to terminate their policies through lapse. Lapses represent the termination of policies due to non-payment of premiums. Lapse assumptions are primarily based on our recent experience adjusted for emerging industry experience where applicable. Non-life insurance Assumptions related to unpaid claims concern the patterns of development of claims from inception to ultimate settlement. The reserving assumptions, based on historical paid/incurred development patterns adjusted for changes in products, claims processes and legislative trends, result in a collective loss ratio when compared with earned premium. The portfolio assumptions that have the greatest effect on the net liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets are listed below: Life Insurance Canadian Insurance Mortality rates (1) Morbidity rates (2) Reinvestment yield (3) Lapse rates (4) International Insurance Mortality rates (1) Reinvestment yield (3) Non-life Insurance Expected loss ratio (5) As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 0.12% 1.99 3.15 0.50 0.46 2.29 79.5 0.12% 1.90 3.15 0.50 0.43 2.49 74.0 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Average annual death rate for the largest portfolio of insured policies Average net settlement rate for the individual and group disability insurance portfolio Ultimate reinvestment rate of the insurance operations Ultimate policy termination rate (lapse rate) for the largest permanent life insurance portfolio that relies on higher termination rate to maintain its profitability (lapse-supported policies) Ratio of incurred claim losses and claim expenses to Net premiums of the property and casualty business, measuring the profitability or loss experience on our total book of business The following table summarizes our gross and reinsurers’ share of insurance liabilities at the end of the year. Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Life insurance policyholder liabilities Life, health and annuity Investment contracts (1) Non-life insurance policyholder liabilities Unearned premium provision (1) Unpaid claims provision Total As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Gross Ceded Net Gross Ceded Net $ 7,029 $ 1 300 $ 6,729 1 – $ 6,988 $ 1 206 $ 6,782 1 – $ 7,030 $ 300 $ 6,730 $ 6,989 $ 206 $ 6,783 $ 410 $ 1,005 – $ 21 410 984 $ 421 $ 933 – $ 27 421 906 $ 1,415 $ 21 $ 1,394 $ 1,354 $ 27 $ 1,327 $ 8,445 $ 321 $ 8,124 $ 8,343 $ 233 $ 8,110 (1) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities include Investment contracts and Unearned premium provision, both of which are reported in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 152 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Reconciliation of life insurance policyholder liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Balances, beginning of the year New and in-force policies Changes in assumption and methodology Net change in investment contracts Balances, end of the year October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 $ Gross 6,989 (67) 108 – $ Ceded 206 94 – – Net $ 6,783 (161) 108 – Gross $ 6,291 697 3 (2) $ Ceded 252 (46) – – Net $ 6,039 743 3 (2) $ 7,030 $ 300 $ 6,730 $ 6,989 $ 206 $ 6,783 Reconciliation of non-life insurance policyholder liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Balances, beginning of the year Changes in unearned premiums provision Written Premiums Less: Net premiums earned Changes in unpaid claims provision and adjustment expenses Incurred claims Less: Claims paid Balances, end of the year October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Gross 1,354 Ceded 27 $ Net $ 1,327 $ Gross $ 1,248 Ceded 10 $ Net $ 1,238 980 (990) 652 (581) $ 1,415 $ 32 (32) 33 (39) 21 948 (958) 619 (542) 1,006 (1,001) 619 (518) $ 1,394 $ 1,354 $ 13 (13) 14 3 27 993 (988) 605 (521) $ 1,327 The net increase in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities over the prior year consists of the net increase in life and health, reinsurance and property and casualty liabilities attributable to business growth, partially offset by the decrease due to market movements on assets backing life and health insurance liabilities. During the year, we reviewed all key actuarial methods and assumptions which are used in determining the policy benefit liabilities. This review resulted in a net increase in life and health insurance liabilities of $108 million which includes: (i) an increase of $160 million as a result of proposed legislation in Canada impacting policyholders’ tax treatment of certain individual life insurance policies; (ii) a reduction of $29 million for assumption updates due to interest rate and market conditions; and (iii) a decrease of $23 million largely relating to mortality, morbidity, maintenance and expense assumption changes. The increase in our liability due to the change in legislation discussed above is largely dependent upon transition decisions of our policyholders. The change to the liability due to this transition may differ from actual results. A 10% reduction in the transition assumption used to determine the charge is estimated to result in a further increase to policy benefit liabilities of $34 million. Sensitivity analysis The following table presents the sensitivity of the level of insurance policyholder liabilities disclosed in this note to reasonably possible changes in the actuarial assumptions used to calculate them. The percentage change in variable is applied to a range of existing actuarial modelling assumptions to derive the possible impact on net profit after tax. The disclosure is not intended to explain the impact of a percentage change in the insurance assets and liabilities disclosed above. The analyses are performed where a single assumption is changed while holding other assumptions constant, which is unlikely to occur in practice. Sensitivity (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Increase in market interest rates (1) Decrease in market interest rates (1) Increase in equity market values Decrease in equity market values Increase in maintenance expenses Life Insurance Adverse change in annuitant mortality rates Adverse change in assurance mortality rates Adverse change in morbidity rates Adverse change in lapse Non-life Insurance Increase in expected loss ratio Net income after-tax impact for year ended $ Change in variable 1% 1 10 10 5 $ October 31 2013 27 (35) 8 (2) (30) October 31 2012 8 (17) 17 (17) (31) 2 2 5 10 5 (53) (46) (191) (170) (11) (49) (45) (198) (180) (12) (1) Sensitivities for market interest rates have been calculated by increasing or decreasing 100 basis points at all points on the yield curve, with changes persisting for one year, along with a corresponding impact of 15 basis points on the ultimate reinvestment rate. Note 16 Segregated funds We offer certain individual variable insurance contracts that allow policyholders to invest in segregated funds. The investment returns on these funds are passed directly to the policyholders. Amounts invested are at the policyholders’ risk, except where the policyholders have selected options providing maturity and death benefit guarantees. A liability for the guarantees is recorded in Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities. Segregated funds net assets are recorded at fair value. All of our segregated funds net assets are categorized as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the segregated funds liabilities is equal to the fair value of the segregated funds net assets. Segregated funds net assets and segregated funds liabilities are presented on separate lines on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following tables present the composition of net assets and the change in net assets for the year. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 153 Note 16 Segregated Funds (continued) Segregated funds net assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash Investment in mutual funds Other liabilities, net Change in net assets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net assets, beginning of year Additions (deductions): Deposits from policyholders Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) Interest and dividend Payment to policyholders Management administrative fees Net assets, end of year As at October 31 2013 6 509 (2) $ October 31 2012 5 379 (1) $ $ 513 $ 383 For the year ended October 31 2013 383 $ October 31 2012 320 $ 188 45 13 (105) (11) $ 513 $ 128 16 9 (81) (9) 383 Note 17 Pension and other post-employment benefits We sponsor a number of programs, which provide pension and post-employment benefits to eligible employees. Our defined benefit pension plans provide benefits based on years of service, contributions and average earnings at retirement. The majority of the plans’ beneficiaries are located in Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom. We measure our benefit obligations and pension assets as at October 31 each year. All plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method. The actual return on plan assets for the year ended October 31, 2013 was $996 million (October 31, 2012 – $665 million). We fund our registered defined benefit pension plans in accordance with actuarially determined amounts required to satisfy employee benefit obligations under current pension regulations. For our principal pension plan, the most recent funding actuarial valuation was completed on January 1, 2013, and the next valuation will be completed on January 1, 2014. Our primary other post-employment benefit plans provide health, dental, disability and life insurance coverage and cover a number of current and retired employees who are mainly located in Canada and the United States. The majority of these plans are unfunded. For 2013, total company contributions to our pension plans (defined benefit and defined contribution plans) and other post-employment plans were $389 million and $55 million (2012 – $952 million and $55 million), respectively. For 2014, total contributions to pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans are expected to be approximately $449 million and $68 million, respectively. 154 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements The following table presents financial information related to all of our material pension and other post-employment plans worldwide, including executive retirement arrangements. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Change in fair value of plan assets Opening fair value of plan assets Expected return on plan assets Actuarial gain (loss) Company contributions Plan participant contributions Benefits paid Acquisition (2) Change in foreign currency exchange rate Other Closing fair value of plan assets Change in benefit obligation Opening benefit obligation Current service cost Interest cost Plan participant contributions Actuarial (gain) loss Benefits paid Acquisition (2) Disposal (3) Prior service cost Curtailment Change in foreign currency exchange rate Other Closing benefit obligation Unfunded obligation Wholly or partly funded obligation Total benefit obligation Reconciliation of funded status Net (deficit) surplus Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain) Net amount recognized Amounts recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets Prepaid pension benefit cost Accrued pension and other post-employment benefit expense Net amount recognized As at or for the year ended October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Defined benefit pension plans (1) Other post- employment plans Defined benefit pension plans (1) Other post- employment plans $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,348 569 427 272 52 (430) – 33 (5) 10,266 9,857 300 437 52 166 (430) – – (1) (1) 38 (5) 10,413 27 10,386 10,413 (147) 1,033 886 1,084 (198) 886 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 – – 55 12 (65) – – – 3 1,651 28 73 12 (9) (65) – – – (3) 4 – 1,691 1,553 138 1,691 (1,688) 127 (1,561) – (1,561) (1,561) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 8,092 517 148 861 46 (406) 88 2 – 9,348 8,337 222 444 46 1,165 (406) 99 (52) – – 2 – 9,857 29 9,828 9,857 (509) 1,345 836 1,049 (213) 836 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 – – 55 10 (65) – – – 1 1,461 25 78 10 126 (65) 23 – (1) (4) – (2) 1,651 1,503 148 1,651 (1,650) 134 (1,516) – (1,516) (1,516) (1) (2) (3) For pension plans with funding deficits, the benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets as at October 31, 2013 were $8,996 million and $8,688 million, respectively (October 31, 2012 – $8,573 million and $7,935 million, respectively). Acquisition for 2012 reflects the additional amounts relating to the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in our previous joint venture RBC Dexia. Disposal for 2012 is related to the transfer of our U.S. non-qualified pension and other post-employment plans obligations to PNC on the sale of our U.S. regional retail banking operations. See Note 11. The following table presents the history of the funded status of our material pension and post-employment benefits plans and the history of experience gains (losses) on our benefit obligation and plan assets: Defined benefit pension plans Other post-employment plans As at or for the year ended (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Defined benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets (Deficit) Surplus Experience (gain) loss adjustments on defined benefit obligation Experience gain (loss) adjustment on assets (1) Historical data will be built up over time to give a five year history. October 31 2013 $ 10,413 10,266 October 31 2012 9,857 9,348 $ October 31 2011 8,337 $ 8,092 October 31 2013 1,691 3 $ $ $ $ $ (147) 48 427 $ $ (509) 7 148 (245) $ (1,688) 43 $ (258) 4 – October 31 2012 1,651 1 $ October 31 2011 1,461 1 $ $ $ (1,650) – – $ $ (1,460) 50 40 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 155 Note 17 Pension and other post-employment benefits (continued) Pension and other post-employment benefit expense The following table presents the composition of our pension and other post-employment benefit expense. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Recognition of past service cost Amortization of net (gain) loss Curtailment (gain) loss Defined benefit pension expense Defined contribution pension expense Total benefit expense recognized Pension plans Other post-employment plans For the year ended October 31 2013 300 437 (569) – 51 (1) $ October 31 2012 222 444 (517) 1 10 – 218 117 335 $ $ 160 91 251 $ $ $ October 31 2011 $ $ $ 203 $ 425 (498) (1) – – 129 $ 87 216 $ October 31 2013 28 73 – – (3) (3) $ October 31 2012 25 78 – – 2 (5) $ October 31 2011 23 75 (1) – (1) (1) 95 – 95 $ $ 100 – 100 $ $ 95 – 95 Investment policy and strategies Defined benefit pension plan assets are invested prudently in order to meet our longer term pension obligations at a reasonable cost. The asset mix policy was developed within an asset/liability framework. Factors taken into consideration in developing our asset allocation include but are not limited to the following: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) the nature of the underlying benefit obligations, including the duration and term profile of the liabilities; the member demographics, including normal retirements, terminations, and deaths; the financial position of the pension plans; the diversification benefits obtained by the inclusion of multiple asset classes; and expected asset returns, including assets and liability volatility and correlations. To implement our asset allocation policy, we may invest in equities, fixed income securities, alternative investments and derivative instruments. Our holdings in certain investments, including common shares, emerging market equities, fixed income securities rated lower than BBB and residential and commercial mortgages, cannot exceed a defined percentage of the market value of our defined benefit pension plans assets. We may use derivative instruments as either a synthetic investment to more efficiently replicate the performance of an underlying security, or as a hedge against financial risks associated with the underlying portfolio. To manage our credit risk exposure, counterparties of our derivative instruments are required to meet minimum credit ratings and enter into collateral agreements, and counterparty exposures are monitored and reported to management on an ongoing basis. Composition of defined benefit pension plan assets The defined benefit pension plan assets are primarily composed of equity and fixed income securities. As at October 31, 2013, the assets include 1 million (October 31, 2012 – 1 million) of our common shares having a fair value of $84 million (October 31, 2012 – $57 million) and $13 million (October 31, 2012 – $6 million) of our debt securities. For the year ended October 31, 2013, dividends received on our common shares held in the plan assets were $3 million (October 31, 2012 – $2 million). The following table presents the allocation of the plan assets by securities category, and the allocation is determined based on the fair value of the total plan assets: Asset allocation of defined benefit pension plans Equity securities Debt securities Other As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 42% 41 17 100% 39% 46 15 100% Significant assumptions Our methodologies to determine significant assumptions used in calculating the defined benefit pension and other post-employment expense are as follows: Overall expected long-term rate of return on assets The assumed expected rate of return on assets is determined by considering long-term returns on fixed income securities combined with an estimated equity risk premium. The expected long-term return for each asset class is then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption for the portfolio. Discount rate For the Canadian pension and other post-employment plans, all future expected benefit payments at each measurement date are discounted at spot rates from a derived Aa corporate bond yield curve. The derived curve is based on observed rates for Aa corporate bonds with maturities less than six years and a projected Aa corporate curve based on spreads between observed Aa corporate bonds and Aa provincial bonds for periods greater than six years. For the U.S. pension and other post-employment plans, all future expected benefit payments at each measurement date are discounted at spot rates from an Aa corporate bond yield curve. Spot rates beyond 30 years are set to equal the 30-year spot rate. The discount rate is the equivalent single rate that produces the same discounted value as that determined using the entire discount curve. This methodology does not rely on assumptions regarding reinvestment returns. 156 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Summary of significant assumptions As at Defined benefit pension plans October 31 2012 October 31 2011 October 31 2013 Other post-employment plans October 31 2012 October 31 2011 October 31 2013 Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligation Discount rate Rate of increase in future compensation Healthcare cost trend rates – Medical (1) – Dental Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit expense Discount rate Assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets Rate of increase in future compensation Healthcare cost trend rates – Medical – Dental 4.60% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 4.40% 6.25% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 4.40% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 5.30% 6.25% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 5.30% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 5.40% 6.50% 3.30% n.a. n.a. 4.70% n.a. 3.80% 4.00% 4.50% 0.00% n.a. 3.90% 4.00% 4.50% n.a. 3.90% 4.00% 5.50% 0.00% n.a. 4.50% 4.00% 5.50% n.a. 4.50% 4.00% 5.50% 6.50% n.a. 4.50% 4.00% (1) n.a. For our other post-employment plans, the assumed medical healthcare cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of benefits were 3.8% for the next year decreasing to an ultimate rate of 2.6% in 2029. not applicable Mortality assumptions Mortality assumptions are significant in measuring our obligations under the defined benefit plans. These assumptions have been set based on country specific statistics. Future longevity improvements have been considered and included where appropriate. The following table summarizes the mortality assumptions used for major plans. (In years) Country Canada United States United Kingdom October 31, 2013 Life expectancy at 65 for a member currently at October 31, 2012 Life expectancy at 65 for a member currently at Age 65 Age 45 Age 65 Age 45 Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female 22.4 20.5 23.8 23.2 22.8 25.1 23.5 21.0 26.0 24.1 23.3 27.5 20.3 20.3 23.6 22.1 22.1 25.0 21.8 21.8 25.9 22.9 22.9 27.3 Sensitivity analysis Assumptions adopted can have a significant effect on the obligations and expense for defined benefit pension and post-employment benefit plans. The following table presents the sensitivity analysis of key assumptions for 2013: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Defined benefit pension plans Impact of .25% decrease in discount rate Impact of .25% increase in rate of increase in future compensation Impact of .25% decrease in the long-term rate of return on plan assets Other post-employment plans Impact of .25% decrease in discount rate Impact of .25% increase in rate of increase in future compensation Impact of 1% increase in health care cost trend rate Impact of 1% decrease in health care cost trend rate Increase (decrease) in obligation Increase (decrease) in expense $ $ $ $ 354 28 – 60 4 123 (102) 46 6 24 – – 7 (6) Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 157 Note 18 Other liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash collateral Accounts payable and accrued expenses Payroll and related compensation Negotiable instruments Payable to brokers, dealers and clients Accrued interest payable Deferred income Taxes payable Dividends payable Precious metals certificates Insurance related liabilities Provisions Deferred income taxes Other Note 19 Subordinated debentures As at October 31 2013 $ 8,855 6,996 5,911 2,172 1,821 1,795 1,783 1,482 1,027 677 566 271 195 5,562 October 31 2012 $ 10,843 6,214 5,002 2,282 1,750 1,878 1,580 1,312 932 967 559 235 176 7,641 $ 39,113 $ 41,371 The debentures are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to the claims of depositors and certain other creditors. All redemptions, cancellations and exchanges of subordinated debentures are subject to the consent and approval of OSFI. All subordinated debentures are redeemable at our option. The amounts presented below include the impact of fair value hedging for interest rate risk and are net of our holdings in these securities which have not been cancelled and are still outstanding. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and foreign currency) Maturity November 14, 2014 March 11, 2018 June 6, 2018 November 4, 2018 June 15, 2020 November 2, 2020 June 8, 2023 December 6, 2024 November 1, 2027 June 26, 2037 October 1, 2083 June 29, 2085 June 18, 2103 Deferred financing costs Earliest par value redemption date March 11, 2013 (1) June 6, 2013 (3) November 4, 2013 (5) June 15, 2015 November 2, 2015 December 6, 2019 November 1, 2022 June 26, 2017 Any interest payment date Any interest payment date June 18, 2009 (12) Interest rate 10.00% 4.84% (2) 5.00% (4) 5.45% (6) 4.35% (7) 3.18% (8) 9.30% 2.99% (9) 4.75% 2.86% (10) (11) 5.95% (13) Denominated in foreign currency (millions) TT$300 JPY 10,000 US$174 As at $ October 31 2013 217 – – 1,000 1,508 1,488 110 1,947 49 109 224 181 615 $ October 31 2012 233 1,005 1,004 1,033 1,556 1,524 110 – – 122 224 173 636 $ $ 7,448 (5) 7,443 $ $ 7,620 (5) 7,615 The terms and conditions of the debentures are as follows: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) All $1 billion outstanding subordinated debentures were redeemed on March 13, 2013 for 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 2.00% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. All $1 billion outstanding subordinated debentures were redeemed on June 6, 2013 for 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate 2.15% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. All $1 billion outstanding subordinated debentures were redeemed on November 4, 2013 for 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.00% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.41% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.21% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at stated interest rate until earliest par value redemption date, and thereafter at a rate of 1.10% above the 90-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at a rate of 40 basis points above the 30-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest at a rate of 25 basis points above the U.S. dollar 3-month LIMEAN. In the event of a reduction of the annual dividend we declare on our common shares, the interest payable on the debentures is reduced pro rata to the dividend reduction and the interest reduction is payable with the proceeds from the sale of newly issued common shares. Redeemable on June 18, 2009, or every fifth anniversary of such date at par value. Redeemable on any other date at the greater of par and the yield on a non-callable Government of Canada bond plus 21 basis points if redeemed prior to June 18, 2014, or 43 basis points if redeemed at any time after June 18, 2014. Interest at a rate of 5.95% until earliest par value redemption date and every 5 years thereafter at a rate of 1.72% above the 5-year Government of Canada yield. (12) (13) 158 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Maturity schedule The aggregate maturities of subordinated debentures, based on the maturity dates under the terms of issue, are as follows: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Within 1 year 1 to 5 years 5 to 10 years Thereafter Note 20 Trust capital securities $ October 31 2013 – 217 4,105 3,126 $ 7,448 We issued innovative capital instruments, RBC Trust Capital Securities (RBC TruCS) and RBC Trust Subordinated Notes (RBC TSNs), through three SPEs: RBC Capital Trust (Trust), RBC Capital Trust II (Trust II) and RBC Subordinated Notes Trust (Trust III). Trust III was wound up in 2013 after the redemption of the RBC TSNs. Trust has issued non-voting RBC Trust Capital Securities Series 2010, 2011, 2015 and 2008-1 (RBC TruCS 2010, 2011, 2015 and 2008-1). RBC TruCS 2010 and 2011 were redeemed in 2010 and 2011, respectively. The holders of RBC TruCS 2015 and 2008-1 do not have any conversion rights or any other redemption rights. As a result, upon consolidation of the Trust, RBC TruCS 2015 and 2008-1 are classified as Non-controlling interests. Holders of RBC TruCS 2015 and 2008-1 are eligible to receive semi-annual non-cumulative fixed cash distributions until December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2018, respectively, and a floating- rate cash distribution thereafter. Trust II, an open-end trust, has issued non-voting RBC TruCS 2013, the proceeds of which were used to purchase a senior deposit note from us. Upon consolidation of Trust II, the senior deposit note and all of our financial interests in the SPE are eliminated, and RBC TruCS 2013 is classified as Trust capital securities. Holders of RBC TruCS 2013 are eligible to receive semi-annual non-cumulative fixed cash distributions. On October 25, 2013, we announced that Trust II will redeem all of its issued and outstanding $900 million principal amount RBC TruCS 2013 for cash at a redemption price of $1,000 per unit on December 31, 2013. No cash distributions will be payable by the trusts on RBC TruCS if we fail to declare regular dividends (i) on our preferred shares, or (ii) on our common shares if no preferred shares are then outstanding. In this case, the net distributable funds of the trusts will be distributed to us as holders of residual interest in the trusts. Should the trusts fail to pay the semi-annual distributions in full, we will not declare dividends of any kind on any of our preferred or common shares for a specified period of time. The table below presents the significant terms and conditions of RBC TruCS. Significant terms and conditions of RBC Trust Capital Securities (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) RBC Capital Trust (1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6),(7) Included in Non-controlling interests 1,200,000 Trust Capital Securities - Series 2015 500,000 Trust Capital Securities - Series 2008-1 RBC Capital Trust II (2),(3),(4),(6),(7),(9) Included in Trust capital securities 900,000 Trust Capital Securities - Series 2013 Issuance date Distribution dates Annual yield At the option of the issuer At the option of the holder Earliest redemption date Conversion date As at October 31 2013 Principal amount October 31 2012 Principal amount October 28, 2005 June 30, December 31 4.87%(8) December 31, 2010 April 28, 2008 June 30, December 31 6.82%(8) June 30, 2013 n.a. n.a. $ 1,200 $ 1,200 500 500 July 23, 2003 June 30, December 31 5.812% December 31, 2008 Any time $ 900 $ 900 The significant terms and conditions of the RBC TruCS are as follows: (1) Subject to the approval of OSFI, Trust may, on the Earliest redemption date specified above, and on any Distribution date thereafter, redeem in whole (but not in part) the RBC TruCS 2008-1 and 2015, without the consent of the holders. Subject to the approval of OSFI, upon occurrence of a special event as defined, prior to the Earliest redemption date specified above, the trusts may redeem in whole (but not in part) the RBC TruCS 2008-1, 2013 or 2015 without the consent of the holders. Issuer Redemption Price: The RBC TruCS 2008-1 may be redeemed for cash equivalent to (i) the Early Redemption Price if the redemption occurs prior to June 30, 2018 or (ii) the Redemption Price if the redemption occurs on or after June 30, 2018. The RBC TruCS 2013 and 2015 may be redeemed for cash equivalent to (i) the Early Redemption Price if the redemption occurs prior to December 31, 2013 and 2015, respectively, or (ii) the Redemption Price if the redemption occurs on or after December 31, 2013 and 2015, respectively. Redemption Price refers to an amount equal to $1,000 plus the unpaid distributions to the Redemption date. Early Redemption Price refers to an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Redemption Price and (ii) the price calculated to provide an annual yield, equal to the yield on a Government of Canada bond issued on the Redemption date with a maturity date of June 30, 2018, plus 77 basis points, for RBC TruCS 2008-1, and a maturity date of December 31, 2013 and 2015, plus 23 basis points and 19.5 basis points, for RBC TruCS 2013 and 2015, respectively. Automatic Exchange Event: Without the consent of the holders, each RBC TruCS 2008-1, 2013 and 2015 will be exchanged automatically for 40 of our non-cumulative redeemable First Preferred Shares Series Al, T and Z, respectively, upon occurrence of any one of the following events: (i) proceedings are commenced for our winding-up; (ii) OSFI takes control of us; (iii) we have Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 5% or Total capital ratio of less than 8%; or (iv) OSFI has directed us to increase our capital or provide additional liquidity and we elect such automatic exchange or we fail to comply with such direction. The First Preferred Shares Series AI, T and Z pay semi-annual non-cumulative cash dividends and Series T is convertible at the option of the holder into a variable number of common shares. From time to time, we purchase some of the innovative capital instruments and hold them temporarily. As at October 31, 2012, we held $20 million of RBC TruCS 2015 as treasury holdings which were deducted from regulatory capital. Regulatory capital: In accordance with OSFI Capital Adequacy Requirements, effective January 2013, RBC TruCS no longer qualify as additional tier 1 capital due to their lack of non-viability contingent capital terms and conditions. As such, outstanding RBC TruCS are being phased out of regulatory capital in accordance with OSFI guidelines. As at October 31, 2012, $2,580 million represents Tier 1 Capital, none for Tier 2B capital, and $20 million of our treasury holdings of innovative capital was deducted for regulatory capital purposes. Holder Exchange Right: Holders of RBC TruCS 2013 may, at any time, exchange all or part of their holdings for 40 non-cumulative redeemable First Preferred Shares Series U, for each RBC TruCS 2013 held. The First Preferred Shares Series U pay semi-annual non-cumulative cash dividends as and when declared by our Board of Directors and are convertible at the option of the holder into a variable number of common shares. Holders of RBC TruCS 2008-1 and RBC TruCS 2015 do not have similar exchange rights. The non-cumulative cash distribution on the RBC TruCS 2015 will be 4.87% paid semi-annually until December 31, 2015, and at one half of the sum of 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 1.5%, thereafter. The non-cumulative cash distribution on the RBC TruCS 2008-1 will be 6.821% paid semi-annually until June 30, 2018, and at one half of the sum of 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 3.5% thereafter. Subject to the approval of OSFI, Trust II may, in whole or in part, on the Earliest redemption date specified above, and on any distribution date thereafter, redeem any outstanding RBC TruCS 2013 without the consent of the holders. not applicable (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) n.a. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 159 Note 21 Equity Share capital Authorized share capital Preferred – An unlimited number of First Preferred Shares and Second Preferred Shares without nominal or par value, issuable in series; the aggregate consideration for which all the First Preferred Shares and all the Second Preferred Shares that may be issued may not exceed $20 billion and $5 billion, respectively. Common – An unlimited number of shares without nominal or par value may be issued. Outstanding share capital The following table details our common and preferred shares outstanding. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except the number of shares and dividends per share) Preferred shares First preferred (1) Non-cumulative Series W Non-cumulative Series AA Non-cumulative Series AB Non-cumulative Series AC Non-cumulative Series AD Non-cumulative Series AE Non-cumulative Series AF Non-cumulative Series AG Non-cumulative Series AH (2) Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AJ Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AL Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AN Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AP Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AR Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AT Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AV Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AX Common shares Balance at beginning of year Issued under dividend reinvestment plan (3) Issued under the stock option plan (4) Purchased for cancellation (5) Balance at end of year Treasury shares – Preferred shares Balance at beginning of year Sales Purchases Balance at end of year Treasury shares – Common shares Balance at beginning of year Sales Purchases Balance at end of year As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Number of shares (thousands) Dividends declared per share Number of shares (thousands) Dividends declared per share Amount Amount $ 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 – 16,000 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 – 400 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 $ 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 0.86 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 $ 12,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 10,000 8,500 16,000 12,000 9,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 16,000 13,000 300 300 300 200 250 250 200 250 213 400 300 225 275 350 275 400 325 $ 1.23 1.11 1.18 1.15 1.13 1.13 1.11 1.13 1.41 1.25 1.40 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.53 $ 4,600 $ 4,813 1,445,303 – 2,528 (6,775) $ 14,323 – 121 (67) 1,438,376 3,752 3,175 – $ 14,010 187 126 – 1,441,056 $ 14,377 $ 2.53 1,445,303 $ 14,323 $ 2.28 42 4,892 (4,887) 47 543 71,361 (71,238) $ $ $ 1 127 (127) 1 30 4,453 (4,442) (6) 3,706 (3,658) 42 146 99,008 (98,611) $ $ $ – 98 (97) 1 8 5,186 (5,164) 666 $ 41 543 $ 30 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) First Preferred Shares Series were issued at $25 per share. On July 2, 2013, we redeemed all 8.5 million of issued and outstanding Non-Cumulative First Preferred Shares Series AH for cash at a redemption price of $26 per share plus declared dividends. This amount is comprised of the $25 per share original issue price plus a $1 per share redemption premium. During 2013, the requirements of our dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP) were satisfied through open market share purchases. During 2012, the requirements of our DRIP were satisfied through open market share purchases and treasury share issuances. Includes fair value adjustments to stock options of $14 million (2012 – $17 million). During the year end October 31, 2013, we purchased for cancellation 7 million common shares at an average cost of $60.34 per share and a book value of $9.94 per share. 160 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Dividend per share (1) Initial Period Annual Yield Dividend Reset Premium (2) Earliest redemption date (3) Conversion date (6) Issue Date Redemption price (3), (4) At the option of the bank (3), (5) At the option of the holder Preferred shares First preferred Non-cumulative Series W $ .306250 .278125 Non-cumulative Series AA .293750 Non-cumulative Series AB .287500 Non-cumulative Series AC .281250 Non-cumulative Series AD .281250 Non-cumulative Series AE .278125 Non-cumulative Series AF Non-cumulative Series AG .281250 Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AJ Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AL Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AN Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AP Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AR Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AT Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AV Non-cumulative, 5-Year Rate Reset Series AX .390625 .390625 .312500 .350000 .390625 .381250 .390625 .390625 4.90% 4.45% 4.70% 4.60% 4.50% 4.50% 4.45% 4.50% February 24, 2010 May 24, 2011 August 24, 2011 November 24, 2011 January 31, 2005 $ April 4, 2006 July 20, 2006 November 1, 2006 February 24, 2012 December 13, 2006 January 19, 2007 February 24, 2012 March 14, 2007 May 24, 2012 April 26, 2007 May 24, 2012 25.25 February 24, 2010 Not convertible Not convertible Not convertible 25.50 Not convertible Not convertible 25.50 Not convertible Not convertible 25.50 Not convertible Not convertible 25.75 Not convertible Not convertible 25.75 Not convertible Not convertible 25.75 Not convertible Not convertible 25.75 5.00% 1.93% February 24, 2014 September 16, 2008 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 5.60% 2.67% February 24, 2014 November 3, 2008 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 6.25% 3.50% February 24, 2014 December 8, 2008 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 6.25% 4.19% February 24, 2014 January 14, 2009 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 6.25% 4.50% February 24, 2014 January 29, 2009 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 6.25% 4.06% August 24, 2014 March 9, 2009 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 6.25% 4.42% August 24, 2014 April 1, 2009 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible 6.10% 4.13% November 24, 2014 April 29, 2009 25.00 Not convertible Not convertible (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Non-cumulative preferential dividends of each Series are payable quarterly, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, on or about the 24th day of February, May, August and November. The dividend rate will reset on the earliest redemption date and every fifth year thereafter at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus the premium indicated. The holders have the option to convert their shares into non-cumulative floating rate First Preferred Shares subject to certain conditions on the earliest redemption date and every fifth year thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill rate plus the premium indicated. The redemption price represents the price as at October 31, 2013 or the contractual redemption price, whichever is applicable. Subject to the consent of OSFI and the requirements of the Bank Act (Canada), we may, on or after the dates specified above, redeem First Preferred Shares. In the case of Series W, AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF and AG, these may be redeemed for cash at a price per share of $26 if redeemed during the 12 months commencing on the earliest redemption date and decreasing by $0.25 each 12-month period thereafter to a price per share of $25 if redeemed four years from the earliest redemption date or thereafter. In the case of Series AJ, AL, AN, AP, AR, AT, AV and AX, these may be redeemed for cash at a price per share of $25 if redeemed on the earliest redemption date and on the same date every fifth year thereafter. Subject to the consent of OSFI and the requirements of the Bank Act (Canada), we may purchase the First Preferred Shares of each Series for cancellation at the lowest price or prices at which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, such shares are obtainable. Subject to the approval of the Toronto Stock Exchange, we may, on or after the dates specified above, convert First Preferred Shares Series W into our common shares. First Preferred Shares may be converted into that number of common shares determined by dividing the then-applicable redemption price by the greater of $2.50 and 95% of the weighted average trading price of common shares at such time. The conversion date refers to the date of conversion to common shares. Restrictions on the payment of dividends We are prohibited by the Bank Act (Canada) from declaring any dividends on our preferred or common shares when we are, or would be placed as a result of the declaration, in contravention of the capital adequacy and liquidity regulations or any regulatory directives issued under the Act. We may not pay dividends on our common shares at any time unless all dividends to which preferred shareholders are then entitled have been declared and paid or set apart for payment. We have agreed that if Trust or Trust II fail to pay any required distribution on the trust capital securities in full, we will not declare dividends of any kind on any of our preferred or common shares. Refer to Note 20. Currently, these limitations do not restrict the payment of dividends on our preferred or common shares. We have also agreed that if, on any day we report financial results for a quarter, (i) we report a cumulative consolidated net loss for the immediately preceding four quarters; and (ii) during the immediately preceding quarter we fail to declare any cash dividends on all of our outstanding preferred and common shares, we may defer payments of interest on the Series 2014-1 Reset Subordinated Notes (matures on June 18, 2103). During any period while interest is being deferred, (i) interest will accrue on these notes but will not compound; (ii) we may not declare or pay dividends (except by way of stock dividend) on, or redeem or repurchase, any of our preferred or common shares; and (iii) we may not make any payment of interest, principal or premium on any debt securities or indebtedness for borrowed money issued or incurred by us that rank subordinate to these notes. Dividend reinvestment plan Our DRIP provides registered common shareholders with a means to receive additional common shares rather than cash dividends. The plan is only open to registered shareholders residing in Canada or the United States. The requirements of our DRIP are satisfied through either open market share purchases or shares issued from treasury. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 161 Note 21 Equity (continued) Shares available for future issuances As at October 31, 2013, 46 million common shares are available for future issue relating to our DRIP and potential exercise of stock options outstanding. In addition, we may issue up to 39 million common shares from treasury under the RBC Umbrella Savings and Securities Purchase Plan that was approved by shareholders on February 26, 2009. Non-controlling interests (Millions of Canadian dollars) RBC Trust Capital Securities (1) Series 2015 Series 2008-1 Others As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ $ 1,220 511 64 1,795 $ $ 1,200 511 50 1,761 (1) As at October 31, 2013, RBC TruCS Series 2015 includes $20 million of accrued interest (October 31, 2012 – $20 million), net of $nil of treasury holdings (October 31, 2012 – $20 million). Series 2008-1 includes $11 million of accrued interest (October 31, 2012 – $11 million), net of $nil of treasury holdings (October 31, 2012 – $nil). Note 22 Share-based compensation We offer share-based compensation to certain key employees and to our non-employee directors. We use derivatives and compensation trusts to manage our exposure to volatility in the price of our common shares under many of these plans. The share-based compensation amounts recorded in Non-interest expense – Human resources in our Consolidated Statements of Income are net of the impact of these derivatives. Stock option plans We have stock option plans for certain key employees. Under the plans, options are periodically granted to purchase common shares. The exercise price for each grant is determined as the higher of the volume-weighted average of the trading prices per board lot (100 shares) of our common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (i) on the day preceding the day of grant; and (ii) the five consecutive trading days immediately preceding the day of grant. The options vest over a four-year period for employees and are exercisable for a period not exceeding 10 years from the grant date. The compensation expense recorded for the year ended October 31, 2013, in respect of the stock option plans was $7 million (October 31, 2012 – $7 million; October 31, 2011 – $13 million). The compensation expense related to non-vested awards was $5 million at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – $7 million; October 31, 2011 – $9 million), to be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.1 years (October 31, 2012 – 1.5 years; October 31, 2011 – 1.8 years). Analysis of the movement in the number and weighted average exercise price of options is set out below: A summary of our stock option activity and related information (Canadian dollars per share except share amounts) Outstanding at beginning of year Granted Exercised (1), (2) Forfeited in the year Expired in the year Outstanding at end of year Exercisable at end of year Available for grant October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 October 31, 2011 Number of options (thousands) 12,304 906 (2,528) (78) – Weighted average exercise price 48.12 $ 58.65 42.22 53.27 – 10,604 5,711 12,140 $ $ 50.39 47.80 Number of options (thousands) 14,413 1,161 (3,174) (96) – Weighted average exercise price 45.06 $ 48.93 34.36 52.37 – 12,304 6,544 12,968 $ $ 48.12 45.43 Number of options (thousands) 15,659 1,815 (2,954) (100) (7) Weighted average exercise price 40.90 $ 52.60 27.76 44.04 24.64 14,413 8,688 14,033 $ $ 45.06 41.64 (1) (2) Cash received for options exercised during the year was $107 million (October 31, 2012 – $109 million; October 31, 2011 – $82 million) and the weighted average share price at the date of exercise was $63.17 (October 31, 2012 – $54.48; October 31, 2011 – $55.61). New shares were issued for all stock options exercised in 2013, 2012 and 2011. See Note 21. Options outstanding as at October 31, 2013 by range of exercise price (Canadian dollars per share except share amounts) $29.68 – $35.37 $44.13 – $48.93 $50.55 – $52.94 $54.99 – $58.65 Options outstanding Options exercisable Number outstanding (thousands) 1,607 1,701 2,895 4,401 Weighted average exercise price (1) 34.75 $ 47.32 52.69 55.78 Weighted average remaining contractual life 4.59 6.07 5.88 5.81 Number exercisable (thousands) 1,607 571 1,153 2,380 Weighted average exercise price (1) 34.75 $ 44.13 52.82 55.06 10,604 $ 50.39 5.68 5,711 $ 47.80 (1) The weighted average exercise prices have been revised to reflect the conversion of foreign currency-denominated options at the exchange rate as at our Consolidated Balance Sheet date. 162 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2013 was estimated at $5.33 (2012 – $4.42; 2011 – $7.30). This was determined by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant, taking into account the specific terms and conditions under which the options are granted, such as the vesting period and expected share price volatility estimated by considering both historic average share price volatility and implied volatility derived from traded options over our common shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options. The following assumptions were used to determine the fair value of options granted: Weighted average assumptions (Canadian dollars per share except percentages) Weighted average assumptions Share price at grant date Risk-free interest rate Expected dividend yield Expected share price volatility Expected life of option For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ 58.65 1.38% 4.19% 18% 6 years $ 48.19 1.38% 3.93% 18% 6 years $ 52.60 2.72% 3.62% 20% 6 years Employee savings and share ownership plans We offer many employees an opportunity to own our common shares through savings and share ownership plans. Under these plans, the employees can generally contribute between 1% and 10% of their annual salary or benefit base for commissioned based employees. For each contribution between 1% and 6%, we will match 50% of the employee contributions in our common shares. For the RBC Dominion Securities Savings Plan, our maximum annual contribution is $4,500 per employee. For the RBC U.K. Share Incentive Plan, our maximum annual contribution is £1,500 per employee. In 2013, we contributed $77 million (2012 – $75 million; 2011 – $72 million), under the terms of these plans, towards the purchase of our common shares. As at October 31, 2013, an aggregate of 38 million common shares were held under these plans (October 31, 2012 – 37 million common shares; October 31, 2011 – 36 million common shares). Deferred share and other plans We offer deferred share unit plans to executives, non-employee directors and to certain key employees. Under these plans, the executives or directors may choose to receive all or a percentage of their annual variable short-term incentive bonus or directors’ fee in the form of deferred share units (DSUs). The executives or directors must elect to participate in the plan prior to the beginning of the year. DSUs earn dividend equivalents in the form of additional DSUs at the same rate as dividends on common shares. The participant is not allowed to convert the DSUs until retirement, permanent disability or termination of employment/directorship. The cash value of the DSUs is equivalent to the market value of common shares when conversion takes place. We have a deferred bonus plan for certain key employees within Capital Markets. Under this plan, a percentage of each employee’s annual incentive bonus is deferred and accumulates dividend equivalents at the same rate as dividends on common shares. The employee will receive the deferred bonus amounts within 90 days of the three following year end dates. The value of the deferred bonus paid will be equivalent to the original deferred bonus adjusted for dividends and changes in the market value of common shares at the time the bonus is paid. We offer performance deferred share award plans to certain key employees, all of which vest at the end of three years. Upon vesting, the award is paid in cash and is based on the original number of RBC share units granted plus accumulated dividends valued using the average closing price of RBC common shares during the five days immediately preceding the vesting date. A portion of the award under certain plans can be increased or decreased up to 25%, depending on our total shareholder return compared to a defined peer group of global financial institutions. We previously offered deferred compensation to certain employees in the form of common shares that were held in trust and accumulated dividends during the three year vesting period. We held a nominal number of common shares in trust as at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – 0.3 million; October 31, 2011 – 0.7 million). We maintain a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for key employees in the United States under an arrangement called the RBC U.S. Wealth Accumulation Plan. This plan allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their annual income and allocate the deferrals among various fund choices, which include a share unit fund that tracks the value of our common shares. Certain deferrals may also be eligible for matching contributions, all of which are allocated to the RBC share unit fund. For other stock-based plans, the number of our common shares held under these plans was nil as at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – 0.1 million; October 31, 2011 – 0.1 million). Our liabilities for the awards granted under the deferred share and other plans are measured at fair value, determined based on the quoted market price of our common shares. The following tables present our obligations under the deferred share and other plans, and the related compensation expenses (recoveries) recognized for the year. Obligation under deferred share and other plans October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 October 31, 2011 Units granted during the year Units outstanding at the end of the year Units granted during the year Units Outstanding at the end of the year Units granted during the year (Millions of Canadian dollars except units and per unit amounts) Deferred share unit plans Deferred bonus plan Performance deferred share award plans RBC U.S. Wealth Accumulation Plan Other share-based plans Number granted (thousands) Weighted average fair value 265 $ 60.83 69.45 5,215 2,337 58.62 374 809 62.84 60.47 9,000 $ 65.30 $ $ Carrying amount 307 1,517 Number granted (thousands) Weighted average fair value 302 $ 59.60 56.72 8,917 393 2,570 49.03 355 76 2,648 458 437 51.61 51.34 12,684 $ 54.86 $ $ Carrying amount 229 1,494 Number granted (thousands) Weighted average fair value 228 $ 64.74 49.50 7,314 307 2,360 52.60 305 45 2,380 390 401 59.45 53.70 10,693 $ 51.03 Units outstanding at the end of the year Carrying amount 187 1,116 299 263 26 1,891 $ $ Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 163 Note 22 Share-based compensation (continued) Compensation expenses (recoveries) recognized under deferred share and other plans (Millions of Canadian dollars) Deferred share unit plans Deferred bonus plan Performance deferred share award plans RBC U.S. Wealth Accumulation Plan Other share-based plans For the year ended $ October 31 2013 53 284 249 211 46 $ October 31 2012 29 185 151 136 29 $ October 31 2011 (8) (60) 147 33 11 $ 843 $ 530 $ 123 Note 23 Income and expenses from selected financial instruments Gains and losses arising from financial instruments held at FVTPL, except for those supporting our insurance operations, are reported in Non- interest income. Related interest and dividend income are reported in Net interest income. Net gains(losses) from financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net gains (losses) Classified as at fair value through profit or loss (2) Designated as at fair value through profit or loss By product line Interest rate and credit Equities Foreign exchange and commodities For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 (3) October 31 2011 (3) $ $ $ $ 875 (30) 845 593 (55) 307 845 $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,210 (54) 1,156 796 (8) 368 $ 1,156 $ 10 599 609 321 (38) 326 609 (1) (2) (3) The following related to our insurance operations are excluded from Non-interest income and included in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income on the Consolidated Statements of Income: Net gains(losses) from financial instruments designated as at FVTPL were $(496) million (2012 – $439 million; 2011 – $213 million). Excludes derivatives designated in a hedging relationship. See Note 8 for net gains (losses) on these derivatives. Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. Net interest income from financial instruments (1) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest income Financial instruments held as at fair value through profit or loss Other categories of financial instruments (2) Interest expense Financial instruments held as at fair value through profit or loss Other categories of financial instruments Net interest income For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ $ 3,959 17,191 21,150 2,260 5,639 7,899 $ $ 4,957 15,895 20,852 3,029 5,325 8,354 $ $ 5,250 15,563 20,813 3,827 5,629 9,456 $ 13,251 $ 12,498 $ 11,357 (1) (2) The following related to our insurance operations are excluded from Net-interest income and included in Insurance premiums, investment and fee income on the Consolidated Statements of Income: Interest income of $470 million (2012 – $466 million; 2011 – $456 million). See Note 5 for interest income accrued on impaired financial assets. Income from other categories of financial instruments (1), (2) (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net gains (losses) arising from financial instruments measured at amortized cost (3) Net fee income which does not form an integral part of the effective interest rate of financial assets and liabilities Net fee income arising from trust and other fiduciary activities For the year ended October 31 2013 – $ October 31 2012 (4) $ October 31 2011 (1) $ 4,204 7,990 3,784 6,855 3,528 6,812 (1) (2) (3) See Note 4 for net gains (losses) on AFS securities. See Note 4 for impairment losses on AFS and held-to-maturity securities, and Note 5 for impairment losses on loans. Financial instruments measured at amortized cost include held-to-maturity securities, loans and financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. 164 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 24 Income taxes The components of tax expense are as follows: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Income taxes (recoveries) in Consolidated Statements of Income Current tax For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 Tax expense (recoveries) for current year Adjustments for prior years (Recoveries) arising from previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary difference of a $ 2,566 (289) $ 2,217 (184) $ 2,074 (8) prior period Deferred tax Origination and reversal of temporary difference Effects of changes in tax rates Adjustments for prior years (Recoveries) arising from previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary difference of a prior period Write-down, or (reversal of a previous write-down) Income taxes in Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and Changes in Equity Other comprehensive income Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities Reclassification of (gains) losses on available-for-sale securities to income Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses) Foreign currency translation (losses) gains from hedging activities Reclassification of gains on net investment hedging activities Net unrealized (losses) gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Reclassification of (gains) losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges to income (2) 2,275 – 2,033 (67) (1) (5) (46) 32 (87) (86) 2 167 (16) – 67 2,188 2,100 3 (20) 2 (322) – (4) (11) (352) 72 (2) 1 39 (59) 11 10 72 – 2,066 (66) 36 (26) – – (56) 2,010 (56) 45 – 279 – 137 29 434 Total income taxes $ 1,836 $ 2,172 $ 2,444 Our effective tax rate changed from 21.7% for 2012 to 20.6% for 2013, principally due to a decrease of 0.2% in our Canadian statutory rate and the differences itemized in the table below. The following is an analysis of the differences between the income tax expense reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income and the amounts calculated at the Canadian statutory rate: Reconciliation to statutory tax rate (Millions of Canadian dollars, except for percentage amounts) Income taxes at Canadian statutory tax rate (Decrease) increase in income taxes resulting from Lower average tax rate applicable to subsidiaries Goodwill Impairment Tax-exempt income from securities Tax rate change Effect of previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary differences Other Income taxes reported in Consolidated Statements of Income / effective tax rate $ 2,188 October 31, 2013 $ 2,782 For the year ended October 31, 2012 October 31, 2011 26.2% $ 2,558 26.4% $ 2,523 28.1% (186) – (294) (1) (48) (65) (1.8) – (2.8) – (0.4) (0.6) 20.6% $ 2,100 (289) 37 (330) 2 (16) 138 (3.0) 0.4 (3.4) – (0.1) 1.4 (271) – (355) 36 – 77 (3.0) – (4.0) 0.4 – 0.9 21.7% $ 2,010 22.4% Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from tax loss carry-forwards and temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 165 Note 24 Income taxes (continued) Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net deferred tax asset/(liability) Allowance for credit losses Deferred compensation Business realignment charges Tax loss carryforwards Deferred income Available-for-sale securities Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Premises and equipment Deferred expense Pension and post-employement related Intangibles Other Comprising Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net deferred tax asset/(liability) Allowance for credit losses Deferred compensation Business realignment charges Tax loss carryforwards Deferred income Available-for-sale securities Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Premises and equipment Deferred expense Pension and post-employement related Intangibles Other Comprising Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities Net Asset November 1, 2012 Change through equity Change through profit or loss Exchange rate differences Acquisitions/ disposals As at October 31, 2013 $ $ (1) 33 – – – 2 – 1 – – (7) 1 58 – – – (57) – – – – – (31) 31 $ 29 $ 1 $ Other $ (7) (1) – 2 – – – 5 – – 4 5 8 (55) 270 (33) (13) 2 (39) – (82) 1 21 (17) 32 87 – – – 1 – (1) – – – – – 1 1 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 418 989 39 72 97 140 – (151) (81) 155 (227) 80 1,531 $ 1,707 (176) 1,531 As at October 31, 2012 Net Asset November 1, 2011 Change through equity Change through profit or loss Exchange rate differences Acquisitions/ disposals $ $ $ $ $ $ 374 878 26 34 251 173 (3) (193) (65) 316 (180) 17 – – – – (11) (21) – – – – – – $ 5 106 13 30 (143) (3) 3 42 (16) (172) 8 60 1,628 $ (32) $ (67) $ – 5 – (2) – 2 – – – – (1) 1 5 $ $ – – – 10 – – – – – 11 (54) 3 (30) 1,894 (266) 1,628 Other $ 39 – – – – (11) – – – – – (1) $ 27 Net Asset October 31, 2013 $ $ $ $ 413 1,291 6 62 42 102 – (227) (80) 176 (278) 150 1,657 1,852 (195) 1,657 Net Asset October 31, 2012 $ $ $ $ 418 989 39 72 97 140 – (151) (81) 155 (227) 80 1,531 1,707 (176) 1,531 The tax loss carry-forwards amount of deferred tax assets was related to losses in our Trinidad and Tobago, Luxembourg, U.S., U.K. and Japanese operations. Deferred tax assets of $62 million (October 31, 2012 – $72 million) were recognized at October 31, 2013 in respect of tax losses incurred in current or preceding years which recognition is dependent on the projection of future taxable profits. Management’s forecasts support the assumption that it is probable that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the deferred tax assets. The forecasts rely on continued liquidity and capital support to our business operations, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. As at October 31, 2013, unused tax losses and tax credits of $514 million and $183 million (October 31, 2012 – $359 million and $393 million) available to be offset against potential tax adjustments or future taxable income were not recognized as deferred tax assets. This amount includes unused tax losses of $168 million (October 31, 2012 – $11 million) which expire in two to four years, and $346 million (October 31, 2012 – $348 million) which expire after four years. There are $183 million of tax credits (October 31, 2012 – $393 million) that will expire after four years. The amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized in parent bank is $7.7 billion as at October 31, 2013 (October 31, 2012 – $7 billion). 166 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 25 Earnings per share (Millions of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts) Basic earnings per share Net Income Net loss from discontinued operations Net income from continuing operations Preferred share dividends Net income attributable to non-controlling interest Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations Weighted average number of common shares (in thousands) Basic earnings (loss) per share Continuing operations (in dollars) Discontinued operations (in dollars) Total Diluted earnings per share Net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations Dilutive impact of exchangeable shares Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders including dilutive impact of exchangeable shares Net loss from discontinued operations available to common shareholders Weighted average number of common shares (in thousands) Stock options (1) Issuable under other share-based compensation plans Exchangeable shares (2) Average number of diluted common shares (in thousands) Diluted earnings (loss) per share Continuing operations (in dollars) Discontinued operations (in dollars) Total For the year ended October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ $ 8,429 – 8,429 (253) (98) 8,078 $ 7,539 (51) 7,590 (258) (97) 7,235 6,444 (526) 6,970 (258) (101) 6,611 1,443,735 1,442,167 1,430,722 $ $ $ $ $ $ 5.60 – 5.60 8,078 53 8,131 – $ $ $ 5.01 (0.03) 4.98 7,235 53 7,288 (51) 4.62 (0.37) 4.25 6,611 78 6,689 (526) 1,443,735 2,320 74 20,400 1,442,167 1,626 433 24,061 1,430,722 2,941 1,043 36,787 1,466,529 1,468,287 1,471,493 $ $ 5.54 – 5.54 $ $ 4.96 (0.03) 4.93 $ $ 4.55 (0.36) 4.19 (1) (2) The dilutive effect of stock options was calculated using the treasury stock method. When the exercise price of options outstanding is greater than the average market price of our common shares, the options are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. The following amounts were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share: for 2013 – no outstanding options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share; for 2012 – an average of 3,992,229 outstanding options with an exercise price of $55.05; for 2011 – an average of 4,052,267 outstanding options with an average exercise price of $55.05. Includes exchangeable preferred shares and trust capital securities. Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies Guarantees and commitments We utilize guarantees and other off-balance sheet credit instruments to meet the financing needs of our clients. The table below summarizes our maximum exposure to credit losses related to our guarantees and commitments provided to third parties. The maximum exposure to credit risk relating to a guarantee is the maximum risk of loss if there was a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions, insurance policies or from collateral held or pledged. The maximum exposure to credit risk relating to a loan commitment is the full amount of the commitment. In both cases, the maximum risk exposure is significantly greater than the amount recognized as a liability in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Financial guarantees Financial standby letters of credit Commitments to extend credit Backstop liquidity facilities Credit enhancements Documentary and commercial letters of credit Other commitments to extend credit Other commitments Securities lending indemnifications Performance guarantees Maximum exposure to credit losses As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 15,592 $ 14,683 32,142 3,181 139 117,704 57,749 5,221 30,317 3,708 186 94,198 56,141 5,396 Our credit review process, our policy for requiring collateral security, and the types of collateral security held are generally the same for guarantees and commitments as for loans. Our clients generally have the right to request settlement of, or draw on, our guarantees and commitments within one year. However, certain guarantees can only be drawn if specified conditions are met. These conditions, along with collateral requirements, are described below. We believe that it is highly unlikely that all or substantially all of the guarantees and commitments will be drawn or settled within one year, and contracts may expire without being drawn or settled. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 167 Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies (continued) Financial guarantees Financial standby letters of credit Financial standby letters of credit represent irrevocable assurances that we will make payments in the event that a client cannot meet its obligations to the third party. For certain guarantees, the guaranteed party can request payment from us even though the client has not defaulted on its obligations. The term of these guarantees can range up to eight years. Our policy for requiring collateral security with respect to these instruments and the types of collateral security held is generally the same as for loans. When collateral security is taken, it is determined on an account-by-account basis according to the risk of the borrower and the specifics of the transaction. Collateral security may include cash, securities and other assets pledged. Commitments to extend credit Backstop liquidity facilities Backstop liquidity facilities are provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduit programs administered by us and third parties, as an alternative source of financing in the event that such programs are unable to access commercial paper markets, or in limited circumstances, when predetermined performance measures of the financial assets owned by these programs are not met. The average term of these liquidity facilities is approximately three years. Backstop liquidity facilities are also provided to non-asset backed programs such as variable rate demand notes issued by third parties. These standby facilities provide liquidity support to the issuer to buy the notes if the issuer is unable to remarket the notes, as long as the instrument and/or the issuer maintain the investment grade rating. The terms of the backstop liquidity facilities do not require us to advance money to these programs in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency events and generally do not require us to purchase non-performing or defaulted assets. Credit enhancements We provide partial credit enhancement to multi-seller programs administered by us to protect commercial paper investors in the event that the collection on the underlying assets, the transaction-specific credit enhancement or the liquidity proves to be insufficient to pay for maturing commercial paper. Each of the asset pools is structured to achieve a high investment-grade credit profile through credit enhancements from us and other third parties related to each transaction. The average term of these credit facilities is approximately three years. Documentary and commercial letters of credit Documentary and commercial letters of credit, which are written undertakings by us on behalf of a client authorizing a third party to draw drafts on us up to a stipulated amount under specific terms and conditions, are collateralized by the underlying shipment of goods to which they relate. Other commitments to extend credit Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorizations to extend credit in the form of loans, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit. Other commitments Securities lending indemnifications In securities lending transactions, we act as an agent for the owner of a security, who agrees to lend the security to a borrower for a fee, under the terms of a pre-arranged contract. The borrower must fully collateralize the security loaned at all times. As part of this custodial business, an indemnification may be provided to securities lending customers to ensure that the fair value of securities loaned will be returned in the event that the borrower fails to return the borrowed securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the fair value of those securities. These indemnifications normally terminate without being drawn upon. The term of these indemnifications varies, as the securities loaned are recallable on demand. Collateral held for our securities lending transactions typically includes cash or securities that are issued or guaranteed by the Canadian government, U.S. government or other OECD countries. Prior to the third quarter of 2012, securities lending transactions were generally transacted through our former joint venture, RBC Dexia. RBC Dexia, renamed RBC Investor Services, is now a wholly-owned subsidiary. Performance guarantees Performance guarantees represent irrevocable assurances that we will make payments to third-party beneficiaries in the event that a client fails to perform under a specified non-financial contractual obligation. Such obligations typically include works and service contracts, performance bonds, and warranties related to international trade. The term of these guarantees can range up to eight years. Our policy for requiring collateral security with respect to these instruments and the types of collateral security held is generally the same as for loans. When collateral security is taken, it is determined on an account-by-account basis according to the risk of the borrower and the specifics of the transaction. Collateral security may include cash, securities and other assets pledged. Indemnifications In the normal course of our operations, we provide indemnifications which are often standard contractual terms to counterparties in transactions such as purchase and sale contracts, fiduciary, agency, licensing and service agreements, director/officer contracts and leasing transactions. These indemnification agreements may require us to compensate the counterparties for costs incurred as a result of changes in laws and regulations (including tax legislation) or as a result of litigation claims or statutory sanctions that may be suffered by the counterparty as a consequence of the transaction. The terms of these indemnification agreements will vary based on the contract. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents us from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount we could be required to pay to counterparties. Historically, we have not made any significant payments under such indemnifications. Uncommitted amounts Uncommitted amounts represent undrawn credit facilities for which we have the ability to unilaterally withdraw the credit extended to the borrower. These include both retail and commercial commitments. As at October 31, 2013, the total balance of uncommitted amounts was $183 billion (October 31, 2012 – $172 billion). 168 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Pledged assets and collateral In the ordinary course of business, we pledge assets and enter in collateral agreements with terms and conditions that are usual and customary to our regular lending, borrowing and trading activities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following are examples of our general terms and conditions on pledged assets and collateral: • • • • The risks and rewards of the pledged assets reside with the pledgor. The pledged asset is returned to the pledgor when the necessary conditions have been satisfied. The right of the pledgee to sell or re-pledge the asset is dependent on the specific agreement under which the collateral is pledged. If there is no default, the pledgee must return the comparable asset to the pledgor upon satisfaction of the obligation. We are also required to provide intraday pledges to the Bank of Canada when we use the Large Value Transfer System (LVTS), which is a real-time electronic wire transfer system that continuously processes all Canadian dollar large-value or time-critical payments throughout the day. The pledged assets earmarked for LVTS activities are normally released back to us at the end of the settlement cycle each day. Therefore, the pledged assets amount is not included in the table below. For the year ended October 31, 2013, we had on average $3.0 billion of assets pledged intraday to the Bank of Canada on a daily basis (October 31, 2012 – $3.2 billion). There are infrequent occasions where we are required to take an overnight advance from the Bank of Canada to cover a settlement requirement, in which case an equivalent value of the pledged assets would be used to secure the advance. There were no overnight advances taken on October 31, 2013 and October 31, 2012. Details of assets pledged against liabilities and collateral assets held or re-pledged are shown in the following tables: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Sources of pledged assets and collateral Bank assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Cash collateral for securities borrowed Loans Securities Other assets Client assets Collateral received and available for sale or re-pledging Less: not sold or re-pledged Uses of pledged assets and collateral Securities lent Securities borrowed Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements Securitization Covered bonds Derivative transactions Foreign governments and central banks Clearing systems, payment systems and depositories (1) Certain amounts have been revised from results previously reported. As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 (1) $ 204 83 4,701 74,138 42,918 11,678 $ 94 424 4,818 65,077 38,438 19,411 $ 133,722 $ 128,262 175,050 (64,121) 110,929 244,651 166,642 (53,217) 113,425 241,687 $ 19,535 28,796 47,128 56,580 49,899 22,750 14,363 1,928 3,672 $ 17,775 30,011 40,756 58,943 51,959 13,276 22,124 2,608 4,235 $ 244,651 $ 241,687 Lease commitments Finance lease commitments We lease computer equipment from third parties under finance lease arrangements. The leases have various terms, escalation and renewal rights. The future minimum lease payments under the finance leases are as follows: (Millions of Canadian dollars) Future minimum lease payments No later than one year Later than one year and no later than five years Later than five years As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 Total future minimum lease payments Future interest charges Present value of finance lease commitments Total future minimum lease payments Future interest charges Present value of finance lease commitments $ $ $ 69 86 – 155 $ (8) (10) – (18) $ $ 61 76 – 137 $ $ 62 108 – 170 $ $ (6) (12) – (18) $ $ 56 96 – 152 Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 169 Note 26 Guarantees, commitments, pledged assets and contingencies (continued) The net carrying amount of computer equipment held under finance lease as at October 31, 2013 was $153 million (October 31, 2012 – $156 million). Operating lease commitments We are obligated under a number of non-cancellable operating leases for premises and equipment. These leases have various terms, escalation and renewal rights. The minimum future lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows. October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 As at (Millions of Canadian dollars) Future minimum lease payments No later than one year Later than one year and no later than five years Later than five years Less: Future minimum sublease payments to be received Land and buildings $ 586 1,752 1,349 3,687 (25) Equipment Equipment $ $ Land and buildings $ 566 1,663 1,256 3,485 (20) 138 314 – 452 – 452 131 449 4 584 (1) 583 Net future minimum lease payments $ 3,662 $ $ 3,465 $ Litigation We are a large global institution that is subject to many different complex legal and regulatory requirements. As a result, Royal Bank of Canada and its subsidiaries are and have been subject to a variety of claims and investigations in various jurisdictions. Management reviews the status of all proceedings on an ongoing basis and will exercise its judgment in resolving them in such manner as management believes to be in the Bank’s best interest. The following is a description of our significant legal proceedings. We are vigorously defending ourselves in each of these matters. LIBOR inquiries and litigation Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world, including in Canada, the UK, and the U.S., are conducting investigations related to certain past submissions made by panel banks in connection with the setting of the U.S. dollar London interbank offered rate (LIBOR). As Royal Bank of Canada is a member of certain LIBOR panels, including the U.S. dollar LIBOR panel, we have been the subject of regulatory demands for information and are cooperating with those investigations. In addition, Royal Bank of Canada and other U.S. dollar panel banks have been named as defendants in private lawsuits filed in the U.S. with respect to the setting of LIBOR, including a number of class action lawsuits which have been consolidated before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the Court). The complaints in those actions assert claims against us and other panel banks under various U.S. laws including U.S. antitrust laws, the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), and state law. In March 2013, the Court dismissed the federal antitrust and racketeering claims of certain U.S. dollar LIBOR plaintiffs and a portion of their claims brought under the CEA. The Court declined to dismiss certain other CEA claims and declined to exercise jurisdiction over certain state and common law claims. Plaintiffs will have the opportunity to replead certain claims that have been dismissed. Based on the facts currently known, it is not possible at this time for us to predict the resolution of these regulatory investigations or private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on Royal Bank of Canada. CFTC litigation Royal Bank of Canada is a defendant in a civil lawsuit brought by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) in the U.S. The lawsuit alleges that certain inter-affiliate transactions were improper wash trades and effected in a non competitive manner. Further, the complaint alleges that we wilfully made false, fictitious or fraudulent statements to the Chicago Mercantile Exchange about the manner in which we intended to, and did, structure these transactions. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these proceedings, nor the timing of their resolution; however, we strongly deny these allegations. At this time, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of this matter will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Wisconsin school districts litigation Royal Bank of Canada is a defendant in a lawsuit relating to our role in transactions involving investments made by a number of Wisconsin school districts in certain collateralized debt obligations. These transactions were also the subject of a regulatory investigation. Despite reaching a settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in September 2011, which was paid to the school districts through a Fair Fund, the lawsuit is continuing. It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of these proceedings or the timing of their resolution; however, management believes the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Other matters We are a defendant in a number of other actions alleging that certain of our practices and actions were improper. The lawsuits involve a variety of complex issues and the timing of their resolution is varied and uncertain. Management believes that we will ultimately be successful in resolving these lawsuits, to the extent that we are able to assess them, without material financial impact to the Bank. This is, however, an area of significant judgment and the potential liability resulting from these lawsuits could be material to our results of operations in any particular period. Various other legal proceedings are pending that challenge certain of our other practices or actions. We consider that the aggregate liability, to the extent that we are able to assess it, resulting from these other proceedings will not be material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 170 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 27 Contractual repricing and maturity schedule The following table details our exposure to interest rate risk. The carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities are reported below based on the earlier of their contractual repricing date or maturity date. The following table does not incorporate management’s expectation of future events where expected repricing or maturity dates differ significantly from the contractual dates. We incorporate these assumptions in the management of interest rate risk exposure. These assumptions include expected repricing of trading instruments and certain loans and deposits. Taking into account these assumptions on the consolidated contractual repricing and maturity schedule at October 31, 2013, would result in a change in the under-one-year gap from $15.5 billion to $72 billion. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and deposits with banks Securities Trading Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans (net of allowance for loan losses) Derivatives Investments for account of segregated fund holders Other assets Liabilities Deposits Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Obligations related to securities sold short Derivatives Insurance and investment contracts for account of segregated fund holders Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Non-controlling interests Shareholders’ equity Total gap Canadian dollar Foreign currency Total gap Immediately interest rate-sensitive Under 3 months 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months 1 to 5 years Over 5 years Non-rate- sensitive Total As at October 31, 2013 $ 14,048 $ 4,239 $ – $ – $ – $ – $ 6,644 $ 24,931 6,122 – 20,729 23,514 8,745 1,234 10,697 1,298 26,190 6,338 26,328 4,470 45,212 1,841 144,023 38,695 1,178 96,639 13,476 2,929 369 – 2,926 117,517 172,898 74,822 42,149 – 11,131 – 22,423 – 145,449 – – 7,051 – 1,585 – – – – – – 9,902 – – 132 4,714 – 408,666 74,822 513 42,884 513 51,652 276,119 $ 188,855 $ 34,586 $ 37,347 $ 178,346 $ 40,832 $ 104,734 $ 860,819 223,411 $ 94,253 $ 20,729 $ 33,169 $ 93,931 $ 19,243 $ 73,744 $ 558,480 700 56,878 1,308 1,167 – – 363 60,416 – 76,745 759 – 1,117 – 1,219 – 10,403 – 12,671 – 20,959 – 47,128 76,745 – 2,652 – – – – – 465 1,410 900 – 200 – 100 – – – 2,350 – 145 603 – – 1,125 – 1,229 3,156 – 1,731 926 – 6,470 2,274 – – – 513 47,798 – – 64 43,939 513 58,859 7,443 900 1,795 48,540 303,508 $ 154,865 $ 25,604 $ 37,428 $ 111,376 $ 40,658 $ 187,380 $ 860,819 (27,389) $ 33,990 $ 8,982 $ (81) $ 66,970 $ 174 $ (82,646) $ (11,033) $ (16,356) (8,390) $ 42,380 (2,235) $ (1,054) $ 11,217 973 85,687 $ (18,717) (1,552) $ 1,726 (61,375) $ (21,271) (27,389) $ 33,990 $ 8,982 $ (81) $ 66,970 $ 174 $ (82,646) $ – 48 (48) – $ $ $ $ $ $ Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 171 Note 28 Related party transactions Related parties Related parties include associated companies, post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of our employees, key management personnel, the Board of Directors (Directors), close family members of key management personnel and Directors, and entities which are, directly or indirectly, controlled by, jointly controlled by or significantly influenced by key management personnel, Directors or their close family members. Key management personnel and Directors Key management personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling our activities, directly or indirectly. They include the senior members of our organization called the Group Executive. The Group Executive is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer and individuals that report directly to him, including the Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Human Resource Officer, Chief Risk Officer, and heads of our business units. The Directors do not plan, direct, or control the activities of the entity; they oversee the management of the business and provide stewardship. Compensation of key management personnel and Directors The following tables present the compensation paid, shareholdings and options held by key management personnel and Directors. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Salaries and other short-term employee benefits (1) Post-employment benefits Share-based payments For the year ended October 31 2013 23 3 30 $ October 31 2012 21 2 25 $ October 31 2011 23 2 24 $ $ 56 $ 48 $ 49 (1) Includes the portion of the annual variable short-term incentive bonus that certain executives elected to receive in the form of DSUs. Refer to Note 22 for further details. Shareholdings and options held by key management personnel, Directors and their close family members (Millions of Canadian dollars, except number of shares) Stock options Other non-option stock based awards (1) RBC common shares (1) 2012 number of units held has been revised from those previously presented. As at October 31, 2013 October 31, 2012 No. of units held 4,566,316 2,467,532 1,485,843 8,519,691 Value $ 84 173 104 $ 361 No. of units held 5,402,931 2,516,276 1,593,328 9,512,535 Value $ 40 143 91 $ 274 Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving key management personnel, Directors and their close family members In the normal course of business, we provide certain banking services to key management personnel, Directors, and their close family members. These transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features. As at October 31, 2013, total loans to key management personnel, Directors and their close family members are $6 million (October 31, 2012 – $6 million). No guarantees, pledges or commitments have been given to key management personnel, Directors or their close family members. Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures In the normal course of business, we provide certain banking and financial services to subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, including loans, interest and non-interest bearing deposits. These transactions meet the definition of related party transactions and were made on substantially the same terms as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties. As at October 31, 2013, loans and deposits from joint ventures and associates were $48 million and $12 million, respectively (October 31, 2012 – $48 million and $12 million, respectively). Other transactions, arrangements or agreements involving joint ventures or associates (Millions of Canadian dollars) Guarantees provided Commitments and other contingencies Other fees received for services rendered Other fees paid for services received (1) Amounts have been revised from those previously presented. As at or for the year ended $ October 31 2013 – 240 47 191 $ October 31 2012 (1) – 349 84 245 $ October 31 2011 (1) 483 294 93 266 Restricted net assets Certain of our subsidiaries and joint ventures are subject to regulatory requirements of the jurisdictions in which they operate. When these subsidiaries and joint ventures are subject to such requirements, they may be restricted from transferring to us, our share of their assets in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. At October 31, 2013, restricted net assets of these subsidiaries and joint ventures were $16.2 billion (October 31, 2012 – $13.6 billion). 172 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 29 Results by business segment Composition of business segments For management purposes, based on the products and services offered, we are organized into five business segments: Personal & Commercial Banking, Wealth Management, Insurance, Investor & Treasury Services and Capital Markets. Personal & Commercial Banking comprises our personal and business banking operations as well as certain retail investment businesses and is operated through four business lines: Personal Financial Services, Business Financial Services and Cards and Payment Solutions (Canadian Banking), and Caribbean & U.S. Banking. In Canada we provide a broad suite of financial products and services to our individual and business clients through our extensive branch, automated teller machines, online and telephone banking networks, as well as through a large number of proprietary sales professionals. In the Caribbean we offer a broad range of financial products and services to individuals, business clients and public institutions in their respective markets. In the United States, we serve the cross-border banking needs of Canadian clients within the United States, as well as the banking needs of our U.S. wealth management clients. Wealth Management comprises Canadian Wealth Management, U.S. & International Wealth Management and Global Asset Management. We serve affluent, high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, Europe, Asia, and emerging markets with a comprehensive suite of investment, trust, banking, credit and other wealth management solutions. We also provide asset management products and services directly to institutional and individual clients as well as through RBC distribution channels and third-party distributors. Insurance comprises our insurance operations in Canada and globally and operates under two business lines: Canadian Insurance and International Insurance. In Canada, we offer our products and services through our proprietary distribution channels, comprised of the field sales force which includes retail insurance branches, our field sales representatives, call centers and online network, as well as through independent insurance advisors and affinity relationships. Outside North America, we operate in reinsurance markets globally. Investor & Treasury Services offers global custody, fund and pension administration, as well as an integrated suite of products to institutional investors worldwide. We also provide cash management, correspondent banking and trade finance services to financial institutions globally and funding and liquidity management for RBC as well as other select institutions. Capital Markets comprises a majority of our global wholesale banking businesses providing public and private companies, institutional investors, governments and central banks with a wide range of products and services across our two main business lines, Global Markets and Corporate and Investment Banking. In North America, we offer a full suite of products and services which include corporate and investment banking, equity and debt origination and distribution, and structuring and trading. Outside North America, we have a select presence in the U.K., Europe, and Asia Pacific, where we offer a diversified set of capabilities in our key sectors of expertise such as energy, mining and infrastructure. All other enterprise level activities that are not allocated to these five business segments, such as enterprise funding, securitizations, net charges associated with unattributed capital, and consolidation adjustments, including the elimination of the Taxable equivalent basis (Teb) gross-up amounts, are included in Corporate Support. Teb adjustments gross up Net interest income from certain tax-advantaged sources (Canadian taxable corporate dividends) to their effective tax equivalent value with the corresponding offset recorded in the provision for income taxes. Management believes that these adjustments are necessary for Capital Markets to reflect how it is managed. The use of the Teb adjust- ments enhances the comparability of revenue across our taxable and tax-advantaged sources. Our use of Teb adjustments may not be comparable to similarly adjusted amounts at other financial institutions. The Teb adjustment for the year ended October 31, 2013 was $380 million (October 31, 2012 – $431 million, October 31, 2011 – $459 million). Geographic segments For geographic reporting, our segments are grouped into Canada, United States and Other International. Transactions are primarily recorded in the location that best reflects the risk due to negative changes in economic conditions and prospects for growth due to positive economic changes. This location frequently corresponds with the location of the legal entity through which the business is conducted and the location of our clients. Transactions are recorded in the local currency and are subject to foreign exchange rate fluctuations with respect to the movement in the Canadian dollar. Management reporting framework Our management reporting framework is intended to measure the performance of each business segment as if it were a stand–alone business and reflects the way our business segments are managed. This approach is intended to ensure that our business segments’ results reflect all relevant revenue and expenses associated with the conduct of their businesses. Management regularly monitors these segments’ results for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. These items do not impact our consolidated results. The expenses in each business segment may include costs or services directly incurred or provided on their behalf at the enterprise level. For other costs not directly attributable to one of our business segments, we use a management reporting framework that uses assumptions, estimates and methodologies for allocating overhead costs and indirect expenses to our business segments and that assists in the attribution of capital and the transfer pricing of funds to our business segments in a manner that fairly and consistently measures and aligns the economic costs with the underlying benefits and risks of that specific business segment. Activities and business conducted between our business segments are generally at market rates. All other enterprise level activities that are not allocated to our five business segments are reported under Corporate Support. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 173 Note 29 Results by business segment (continued) Our assumptions and methodologies used in our management reporting framework are periodically reviewed by management to ensure that they remain valid. The capital attribution methodologies involve a number of assumptions and estimates that are revised periodically. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income (1), (2) Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes Income taxes (recoveries) Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Non-interest expense includes: Depreciation and amortization $ Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles Restructuring provisions Total assets from continuing operations Total assets from operations that are now discontinued Total assets Total assets include: Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangibles Total liabilities from continuing operations Total liabilities from operations that are now discontinued Total liabilities $ Personal & Commercial Banking 9,435 $ 3,788 13,223 997 – 6,240 5,986 1,548 4,438 For the year ended October 31, 2013 Investor & Treasury Services (4) Insurance Capital Markets (3) Corporate Support (3) Total Canada Wealth Management 396 $ – $ 671 $ 5,091 5,487 51 – 4,201 1,235 336 3,928 3,928 – 2,784 549 595 (2) 899 597 1,133 1,804 – – 1,343 461 118 343 2,872 $ 3,708 6,580 188 – 3,844 2,548 838 (123) $ 13,251 $ 10,960 $ (32) (155) 3 – 50 17,616 30,867 1,239 2,784 16,227 (208) (650) 10,617 2,188 8,855 19,815 898 1,425 9,345 8,147 1,754 10 3,677 1,672 402 1,710 442 8,429 6,393 1,270 United States 1,602 $ 3,834 5,436 77 Other International 689 4,927 5,616 264 – 4,438 $ $ – 899 $ – 597 $ – 343 $ – 1,710 $ – 442 $ – 8,429 $ – 6,393 $ – 1,270 $ 1,349 3,205 798 32 766 – 766 300 $ 135 $ 13 $ 56 $ 24 $ 502 $ 1,030 $ 857 $ 36 $ 137 1 21 – – – – 5 44 – – 4 – 10 65 10 9 – – – 56 $ 364,300 $ 23,400 $ 12,300 $ 90,600 $ 358,100 $ 12,100 $ 860,800 $ 495,200 $ 181,800 $ 183,800 – – – $ 860,800 $ 495,200 $ 181,800 $ 183,800 – – $ 498 $ 90 $ 13 $ 35 $ 107 $ 517 $ 1,260 $ 996 $ 132 $ 132 $ 363,300 $ 23,300 $ 12,300 $ 90,800 $ 357,900 $(37,100) $ 810,500 $ 444,800 $ 181,900 $ 183,800 – – $ 810,500 $ 444,800 $ 181,900 $ 183,800 – – 174 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income (1), (2) Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes Income taxes (recoveries) Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Non-interest expense includes: Depreciation and amortization $ Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles Restructuring provisions Total assets from continuing operations Total assets from operations that are now discontinued Total assets Total assets include: Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangibles Total liabilities from continuing operations Total liabilities from operations that are now discontinued Total liabilities $ Personal & Commercial Banking 9,061 $ 3,582 12,643 1,167 – 5,932 5,544 1,456 4,088 For the year ended October 31, 2012 Investor & Treasury Services Insurance Capital Markets (3) Corporate Support (3) Total Canada Wealth Management 393 $ – $ 4,442 4,835 (1) – 3,796 1,040 277 763 4,897 4,897 – 3,621 515 761 47 714 668 $ 657 1,325 – 2,559 $ 3,629 6,188 135 – 1,134 191 106 – 3,746 2,307 726 (183) $ 12,498 $ 10,413 $ 67 (116) – – 37 17,274 29,772 1,301 3,621 15,160 (153) (512) 9,690 2,100 9,378 19,791 1,021 2,320 8,809 7,641 1,600 16 3,404 1,362 519 85 1,581 359 7,590 6,041 843 United States 1,308 $ 3,564 4,872 90 Other International 777 4,332 5,109 190 – 4,088 $ $ – 763 $ – 714 $ – 85 $ – 1,581 $ – 359 $ (51) 7,539 $ – 6,041 $ (51) 792 $ 1,285 2,947 687 (19) 706 – 706 273 $ 136 $ 14 $ 54 $ 27 $ 452 $ 956 $ 782 $ 38 $ 136 – – – – – – 168 – – – – – 168 – 100 – – – 68 – $ 343,100 $ 22,000 $ 12,300 $ 77,300 $ 355,200 $ 15,200 $ 825,100 $ 459,700 $ 173,200 $ 192,200 – – – $ 825,100 $ 459,700 $ 173,200 $ 192,200 – – $ 256 $ 133 $ 11 $ 308 $ 128 $ 877 $ 1,713 $ 1,089 $ 145 $ 479 $ 342,000 $ 22,000 $ 12,400 $ 77,300 $ 355,000 $ (29,600) $ 779,100 $ 413,700 $ 173,300 $ 192,100 – – $ 779,100 $ 413,700 $ 173,300 $ 192,100 – – (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income (1), (2) Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Net income (loss) before income taxes Income taxes (recoveries) Net income from continuing operations Net income from discontinued operations Net income Non-interest expense includes: Depreciation and amortization Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles Restructuring provisions Total assets from continuing operations Total assets from operations that are now discontinued Total assets Total assets include: Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangibles Total liabilities from continuing operations Total liabilities from operations that are now discontinued Total liabilities Personal & Commercial Banking $ 8,515 $ 3,510 12,025 1,142 – 5,682 5,201 1,461 3,740 – $ 3,740 $ For the year ended October 31, 2011 Investor & Treasury Services Insurance Capital Markets (3) Corporate Support (3) Total Canada United States Wealth Management 365 $ – $ 4,343 4,708 – – 3,586 1,122 311 811 4,475 4,475 – 3,358 498 619 19 600 573 $ 2,197 $ 569 1,142 – 3,127 5,324 (14) (293) $ 11,357 $ 9,641 $ 1,091 $ 257 (36) 5 9,270 18,911 1,016 16,281 27,638 1,133 2,815 3,906 (12) – 821 321 91 – 3,487 1,851 559 – 93 3,358 14,167 (134) (431) 8,980 2,010 2,124 8,376 7,395 1,728 230 1,292 297 6,970 5,667 738 259 479 – 811 $ – 600 $ – – – (526) – (526) 230 $ 1,292 $ 297 $ 6,444 $ 5,667 $ (47) $ Other International 625 4,196 4,821 129 21 3,159 1,213 2,632 847 23 824 – 824 $ 260 $ 138 $ 20 $ 48 $ 24 $ 378 $ 868 $ 705 $ 37 $ 126 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – $321,100 $ 23,700 $11,100 $75,200 $320,900 $ 14,600 $766,600 $452,200 $134,400 $ 180,000 – 27,200 – $793,800 $452,200 $161,600 $ 180,000 27,200 – $ 325 $ 347 $ 9 $ 26 $ 133 $ 963 $ 1,803 $ 1,152 $ 164 $ 487 $319,800 $ 23,800 $11,100 $75,200 $321,300 $(18,900) $732,300 $409,200 $142,900 $ 180,200 20,100 – $752,400 $409,200 $163,000 $ 180,200 20,100 – (1) (2) (3) (4) Inter-segment revenue and share of profits in associates are not material. Interest revenue is reported net of interest expense as management relies primarily on net interest income as a performance measure. Taxable equivalent basis (Teb). During the second quarter of 2013, Investor Services incurred a restructuring provision of $44 million. The majority of the provision was incurred for severance related to our European operations. Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 175 Note 29 Results by business segment (continued) Revenue by business line (Millions of Canadian dollars) Personal Financial Services Business Financial Services Cards and Payment Solutions Caribbean & U.S. Banking Canadian Wealth Management U.S. & International Wealth Management Global Asset Management Insurance Investor & Treasury services Global Markets Corporate and Investment Banking Other Capital Markets Corporate Support For the year ended $ October 31 2013 6,948 2,990 2,484 801 1,889 2,225 1,373 3,928 1,804 3,492 3,014 74 (155) $ October 31 2012 6,591 2,894 2,330 828 1,741 1,977 1,117 4,897 1,325 3,635 2,533 20 (116) $ October 31 2011 6,192 2,750 2,257 826 1,724 1,948 1,036 4,475 1,142 3,143 2,371 (190) (36) $ 30,867 $ 29,772 $ 27,638 Note 30 Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments We are exposed to credit, market and liquidity and funding risks as a result of holding financial instruments. Our risk measurement and objectives, policies and methodologies for managing these risks are disclosed in the shaded text along with those tables specifically marked with an asterisk (*) on pages 49 to 74 of the Management Discussion and Analysis. These shaded text and tables are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of our clients are engaged in similar activities, are located in the same geographic region or have comparable economic characteristics such that their ability to meet contractual obligations would be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. Concentrations of credit risk indicate the relative sensitivity of our performance to developments affecting a particular industry or geographic location. The amounts of credit exposure associated with our on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments are summarized in the following table. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) On-balance sheet assets other than derivatives (1) Derivatives before master netting agreement (2), (3) Off-balance sheet credit instruments (4) Committed and uncommitted (5) Other Canada % United States % Europe % Other International % Total As at October 31, 2013 $ 401,022 74% $ 62,739 12% $ 42,935 8% 10,842 10 18,249 17 71,085 67 $ 411,864 64% $ 80,988 12% $114,020 18% $ 213,602 64% 43,173 55 $ 86,834 26% 20,840 27 $ 24,020 7% 11,361 14 $ 256,775 62% $ 107,674 26% $ 35,381 9% $ $ $ $ 31,399 6% $ 538,095 6,353 6 106,529 37,752 6% $ 644,624 8,242 3% 3,188 4 11,430 3% $ 332,698 78,562 $ 411,260 (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage amounts) On-balance sheet assets other than derivatives (1) Derivatives before master netting agreement (2), (3) Off-balance sheet credit instruments (4) Committed and uncommitted (5) Other Canada % United States % Europe % Other International % Total As at October 31, 2012 (6) $ 372,021 74% $ 63,474 13% $ 36,845 7% 14,549 12 20,617 17 79,810 66 $ 386,570 62% $ 84,091 13% $116,655 19% $ 192,841 65% 43,038 57 $ 76,269 26% 15,315 20 $ 18,260 6% 13,943 18 $ 235,879 63% $ 91,584 24% $ 32,203 9% $ $ $ $ 29,543 6% $ 501,883 6,761 5 121,737 36,304 6% $ 623,620 9,379 3,924 13,303 3% 5 4% $ 296,749 76,220 $ 372,969 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 176 Includes assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed, loans and customers’ liability under acceptances. The largest concentrations in Canada are Ontario at 45% (October 31, 2012 – 45%), the Prairies at 21% (October 31, 2012 – 21%), British Columbia and the territories at 17% (October 31, 2012 – 17%) and Quebec at 12% (October 31, 2012 – 12%). No industry accounts for more than 31% (October 31, 2012 – 29%) of total on-balance sheet credit instruments. The largest concentration of credit exposure by counterparty type is banks at 46% (October 31, 2012 – 49%). Excludes credit derivatives classified as other than trading with a replacement cost of $nil (October 31, 2012 – $5 million). Represents financial instruments with contractual amounts representing credit risk. Retail and wholesale commitments comprise 39% (October 31, 2012 – 40%) and 61% (October 31, 2012 – 60%), respectively, of our total commitments. The largest sector concentrations in the wholesale portfolio relate to Energy at 18% (October 31, 2012 – 17%), Financing products at 16% (October 31, 2012 – 17%), Non-bank financial services at 10% (October 31, 2012 – 9%), Sovereign at 7% (October 31, 2012 – 9%), and Real estate and related at 9% (October 31, 2012 – 8%). Certain amounts have been revised from results previously reported. Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 31 Capital management Regulatory capital and capital ratios Effective the first quarter of 2013, we are required to calculate our capital ratios and Assets-to-capital multiple using the Basel III framework. Under Basel III, regulatory capital includes Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. CET1 capital mainly consists of common shares, retained earnings and other components of equity. Regulatory adjustments under Basel III include full deductions of intangibles (excluding mortgage servicing rights), certain deferred tax assets, defined benefit pension fund assets and liabilities, and non-significant investments in banking, financial and insurance entities. Tier 1 capital comprises predominantly CET1, with additional items that consist of capital instruments such as certain preferred shares, and certain non-controlling interests in subsidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes subordinated debentures that meet certain criteria and certain loan loss allowances. Total Capital is the sum of CET1, additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital by risk-weighted assets. OSFI formally establishes risk-based capital targets for deposit-taking institutions in Canada. These targets are currently a CET1 ratio of greater than or equal to 7%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of greater than or equal to 6% and a Total capital ratio of greater than or equal to 8%. In addition, Canadian banks are required to ensure that their Assets-to-capital multiple, which is calculated by dividing gross adjusted assets by Total capital, does not exceed a maximum level prescribed by OSFI. During 2013 and 2012, we have complied with all capital requirements imposed by OSFI. (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentage and multiple amounts) Capital Common equity Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital Total capital Risk-weighted assets Credit risk Market risk Operational risk Total risk-weighted assets Capital ratios and multiples Common Equity Tier 1 ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Assets-to-capital multiple (1) Basel III Basel II As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 30,541 37,196 44,716 $ n.a. 36,807 42,347 $ 232,641 42,184 44,156 $ 209,559 30,109 40,941 $ 318,981 $ 280,609 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X n.a. 13.1% 15.1% 16.7X (1) n.a. Effective the first quarter of 2013, Assets-to-capital multiple is calculated on a transitional basis as per OSFI guidelines. The transitional methodology is defined as capital calculated according to the current year’s phase-in of regulatory adjustments and phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments. not applicable Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 177 Note 32 Recovery and settlement of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities The table below presents an analysis of assets and liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets by amounts to be recovered or settled within one year and after one year, as at the balance sheet date, based on contractual maturities and certain other assumptions outlined in the footnotes below. As warranted, we manage the liquidity risk of various products based on historical behavioural patterns that are often not aligned with contractual maturities. Amounts to be recovered or settled within one year, as presented below, may not be reflective of management’s long-term view of the liquidity profile of certain balance sheet categories. (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks (1) Interest-bearing deposits with banks (1) Securities Trading (2) Available-for-sale Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans Retail Wholesale Allowance for loan losses Investments for account of segregated fund holders Other Customers’ liability under acceptances Derivatives (2) Premises and equipment, net Goodwill Other intangibles Assets of discontinued operations Investments in associates Prepaid pension benefit cost Other assets Liabilities Deposits (3) Insurance and investment contracts for account of segregated fund holders Other Acceptances Obligations related to securities sold short Obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Derivatives (2) Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities Liabilities of discontinued operations Accrued pension and other post-employment benefit expense Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities As at October 31, 2013 After one year Within one year Within one year October 31, 2012 After one year Total Total $ 13,930 $ 9,061 1,940 $ – 15,870 9,061 $ 11,020 10,255 $ 1,597 – $ 12,617 10,255 135,484 11,388 8,539 27,307 144,023 38,695 112,406 15,305 8,377 25,523 120,783 40,828 116,366 1,151 117,517 110,052 2,205 112,257 43,932 39,202 277,746 49,745 – 513 321,678 88,947 (1,959) 513 47,193 30,555 253,992 48,501 – 383 5,626 13,695 3 – – – – – 23,266 4,327 61,127 2,656 8,361 2,796 – 112 1,084 3,421 9,953 74,822 2,659 8,361 2,796 – 112 1,084 26,687 5,198 12,958 – – – – – – 32,010 4,187 78,335 2,691 7,485 2,686 – 125 1,049 3,009 301,185 79,056 (1,997) 383 9,385 91,293 2,691 7,485 2,686 – 125 1,049 35,019 $ 411,953 $ 450,825 $ 860,819 $ 386,952 $ 440,145 $ 825,100 $ 393,256 $ 165,224 $ 558,480 $ 374,000 $ 134,219 $ 508,219 – 513 513 – 383 383 5,626 44,231 58,916 15,671 338 – – 32,594 – 900 4,327 2,897 1,500 61,074 7,696 – 1,759 6,519 7,443 – 9,953 47,128 60,416 76,745 8,034 – 1,759 39,113 7,443 900 5,198 38,751 64,032 14,429 232 – – 33,994 2,007 – 4,187 2,005 – 82,332 7,689 – 1,729 7,377 5,608 900 9,385 40,756 64,032 96,761 7,921 – 1,729 41,371 7,615 900 $ 551,532 $ 258,952 $ 810,484 $ 532,643 $ 246,429 $ 779,072 (1) (2) (3) Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks are assumed to be recovered within one year, except for cash balances not available for use by the bank. Trading securities classified as at FVTPL and trading derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are presented as within one year as this best represents in most instances the short- term nature of our trading activities. Non-trading derivatives designated in hedging relationships are presented according to the recovery or settlement of the related hedged item. Demand deposits of $264 billion (October 31, 2012 – $237 billion) are presented as within one year due to their being repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis. In practice, these deposits relate to a broad range of individuals and customer-types which form a stable base for our operations and liquidity needs. 178 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Note 33 Parent company information The following table presents information regarding the legal entity of Royal Bank of Canada with its subsidiaries presented on an equity accounted basis. Condensed Balance Sheets (Millions of Canadian dollars) Assets Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing deposits with banks Securities Investments in bank subsidiaries and associated corporations Investments in other subsidiaries and associated corporations Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements Loans, net of allowances for loan losses Other assets Liabilities and shareholders’ equity Deposits Net balances due to bank subsidiaries Net balances due from other subsidiaries Other liabilities Subordinated debentures Shareholders’ equity Condensed Statements of Income . (Millions of Canadian dollars) Interest income (1) Interest expense Net interest income Non-interest income (2) Total revenue Provision for credit losses Insurance policyholder benefits and acquisition expense Non-interest expense Income before income taxes Income taxes Net income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries Net income As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 $ 3,561 2,707 100,574 24,327 42,383 14,578 384,906 105,750 $ 3,126 1,160 83,704 24,668 37,973 10,909 356,079 129,879 $ 678,786 $ 647,498 $ 455,621 4,892 35,921 126,418 $ 422,893 2,719 18,062 151,942 622,852 595,616 7,394 48,540 7,615 44,267 $ 678,786 $ 647,498 For the year ended October 31 2013 18,520 5,742 $ October 31 2012 $ 18,788 6,860 October 31 2011 $ 17,681 7,357 12,778 4,625 17,403 1,147 – 7,205 9,051 1,563 7,488 941 8,429 11,928 1,733 13,661 1,139 – 6,904 5,618 1,440 4,178 3,361 7,539 $ 10,324 3,685 14,009 1,009 2 6,760 6,238 1,394 4,844 1,600 6,444 $ $ (1) (2) Includes dividend income from investments in subsidiaries and associated corporations of $1,313 million (2012 – $1,292 million; 2011 – $1,314 million). Includes loss from associated corporations of $9 million (2012 – gain of $2 million; 2011 – loss of $6 million). Consolidated Financial Statements Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 179 Note 33 Parent company information (continued) Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Millions of Canadian dollars) Cash flows from operating activities Net income Adjustments to determine net cash from operating activities: Change in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries Change in deposits Change in loans, net of loan securitizations Proceeds from loan securitizations Change in trading securities Change in obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned Change in assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Change in obligations related to securities sold short Other operating activities, net Net cash used in operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Change in interest-bearing deposits with banks Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from maturity of available-for-sale securities Purchases of available-for-sale securities Net acquisitions of premises and equipment and other intangibles Change in cash invested in subsidiaries Change in net funding provided to subsidiaries Net cash from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Issue of subordinated debentures Repayment of subordinated debentures Redemption of preferred shares for cancellation Issue of common shares Redemption of common shares for cancellation Dividends paid Net cash used in financing activities Net change in cash and due from banks Cash and due from banks at beginning of year Cash and due from banks at end of year Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information Amount of interest paid in year Amount of interest received in year Amount of dividends received in year Amount of income taxes (recovered) paid in year Note 34 Subsequent events As at October 31 2013 October 31 2012 October 31 2011 $ 8,429 $ 7,539 $ 6,444 (941) 31,183 (18,927) – (19,048) 1,730 (3,668) 388 (8,282) (9,136) (1,548) 1,641 28,056 (26,392) (754) (7,323) 20,164 13,844 2,046 (2,000) (222) 121 (408) (3,810) (4,273) 435 3,126 3,561 5,943 17,281 1,313 265 (3,361) 9,772 (29,324) 20 9,440 (229) (2,164) (2,713) (2,640) (13,660) 400 3,991 28,994 (29,307) (867) 163 10,158 13,532 – (1,006) – 126 – (3,272) (4,152) (4,280) 7,406 3,126 7,372 17,502 1,302 1,951 $ $ (1,600) 28,762 (26,884) 207 (7,611) (1,690) (2,378) 3,864 (9,046) (9,932) (287) 8,401 22,898 (18,054) (691) (8,393) 11,458 15,332 1,500 (404) – 152 – (3,032) (1,784) 3,616 3,790 7,406 6,752 16,758 1,277 1,012 $ $ $ $ On November 4, 2013, we redeemed all $1 billion outstanding 5.45% subordinated debentures due on November 4, 2018 for 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date. On October 25, 2013, we announced our intention to redeem all issued and outstanding $900 million principal amount of RBC TruCS 2013 for cash at a redemption price of $1,000 per unit. The redemption is expected to be completed on December 31, 2013. 180 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements Ten-year statistical review Condensed Balance Sheets (Millions of Canadian dollars) 2013 2012 2011 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 IFRS Canadian GAAP Assets Cash and due from banks $ 15,870 $ 12,617 $ 12,428 Interest-bearing deposits $ 13,247 $ 8,440 $ 7,584 $ 11,086 $ 4,226 $ 4,401 $ 5,001 $ 3,711 with banks Securities Assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed Loans net of allowance Other Total assets Liabilities Deposits Other Subordinated debentures Trust capital securities Preferred shares liabilities Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries Total liabilities Equity attributable to shareholders 9,061 182,718 10,255 161,611 6,460 167,022 12,181 179,558 13,254 183,519 8,919 177,298 20,041 171,134 11,881 178,255 10,502 184,869 5,237 160,495 6,267 128,946 117,517 408,666 126,987 84,947 112,257 347,530 378,244 175,446 150,116 $ 860,819 $ 825,100 $ 793,833 $ 558,480 $ 508,219 $ 479,102 263,625 262,338 8,749 7,615 894 900 – – 243,661 7,443 900 – 84,947 296,284 165,485 46,949 170,916 69,433 $ 751,702 $ 726,206 $ 654,989 $ 723,859 $ 600,346 $ 536,780 $ 469,521 $ 426,222 64,313 237,936 103,735 44,818 289,540 187,240 41,580 258,395 161,213 72,698 273,006 175,289 42,973 190,416 65,399 59,378 208,530 69,100 $ 444,181 $ 414,561 $ 378,457 $ 438,575 $ 365,205 $ 343,523 $ 306,860 $ 270,959 126,585 8,116 2,300 300 131,003 8,167 1,400 300 160,575 7,103 1,383 298 201,404 6,235 1,400 300 229,699 6,461 1,395 – 263,030 6,681 727 – 256,124 7,749 – – 242,744 8,131 1,400 – n.a. n.a. n.a. 1,941 2,256 2,071 2,371 1,483 1,775 1,944 58 810,484 779,072 752,370 709,995 687,255 618,083 693,221 576,027 514,657 449,674 408,318 48,540 44,267 39,702 41,707 38,951 36,906 30,638 24,319 22,123 19,847 17,904 Non-controlling interest 1,795 1,761 1,761 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. Total equity 50,335 46,028 41,463 41,707 38,951 36,906 30,638 24,319 22,123 19,847 17,904 Total liabilities and equity $ 860,819 $ 825,100 $ 793,833 $ 751,702 $ 726,206 $ 654,989 $ 723,859 $ 600,346 $ 536,780 $ 469,521 $ 426,222 Condensed Statements of Income IFRS Canadian GAAP (Millions of Canadian dollars) Net interest income Non-interest income Total revenue Provision for credit losses 2012 2013 2011 $ 13,251 $ 12,498 $ 11,357 16,281 27,638 17,274 29,772 17,616 30,867 2011 2010 $ 10,600 $ 10,338 $ 10,705 $ 15,744 26,082 15,736 26,441 16,830 27,430 2009 2008 9,054 $ 2007 7,700 $ 2006 6,796 $ 2005 6,793 $ 12,528 21,582 14,762 22,462 13,481 20,637 12,391 19,184 2004 6,419 11,383 17,802 (PCL) 1,239 1,301 1,133 975 1,240 2,167 1,595 791 429 455 346 Insurance policyholder benefits, claims and acquisition expense Non-interest expense (NIE) Non-controlling interest Net income from continuing operations Net loss from discontinued operations Net income 2,784 16,227 n.a. 3,621 15,160 n.a. 3,358 14,167 n.a. 3,360 14,453 104 3,546 13,469 99 3,042 13,436 100 1,631 12,351 81 2,173 12,473 141 2,509 11,495 44 2,625 11,402 (13) 2,124 11,010 12 8,429 7,590 6,970 6,650 5,732 5,681 4,555 5,492 4,757 3,437 3,023 – 8,429 (51) 7,539 (526) 6,444 (1,798) 4,852 (509) 5,223 (1,823) 3,858 – 4,555 – 5,492 (29) 4,728 (50) 3,387 (220) 2,803 Ten-year statistical review Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 181 Ten-year statistical review (continued) Other statistics – reported (Millions of Canadian dollars, except percentages and per share amounts) Profitability measures (1) Earnings per shares (EPS) IFRS Canadian GAAP 2013 2012 2011 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 – basic – diluted $ $ 5.60 $ 5.54 $ 4.98 $ 4.93 $ 4.25 $ 4.19 $ 3.21 $ 3.19 $ 3.49 $ 3.46 $ 2.59 $ 2.57 $ 3.41 $ 3.38 $ 4.24 $ 4.19 $ 3.65 $ 3.59 $ 2.61 $ 2.57 $ 2.14 2.11 Return on common equity (ROE) Return on risk-weighted assets (RWA) Efficiency ratio (2) Key ratios PCL on impaired loans as a % of Average net loans and acceptances Net interest margin (total 19.4% 19.3% 18.7% 12.9% 14.9% 11.9% 18.1% 24.7% 23.5% 18.0% 15.6% 2.70% 52.6% 2.71% 50.9% 2.44% 51.3% 1.87% 52.7% 2.03% 51.6% 1.50% 50.8% 1.78% 57.2% 2.23% 55.5% 2.21% 55.7% 1.77% 59.2% 1.56% 60.9% 0.31% 0.35% 0.33% 0.34% 0.45% 0.72% 0.53% 0.33% 0.23% 0.21% 0.30% average assets) 1.55% 1.56% 1.52% 1.49% 1.59% 1.64% 1.39% 1.33% 1.35% 1.53% 1.53% 57.1% 58.0% 58.9% 61.4% 60.4% 59.5% 58.0% 65.7% 67.1% 64.6% 63.9% 1,441,056 1,445,303 1,438,376 1,438,376 1,424,922 1,417,610 1,341,260 1,276,260 1,280,890 1,293,502 1,289,496 2.53 $ 4.0% 45% 30.48 $ 2.28 $ 4.5% 45% 27.31 $ 2.08 $ 3.9% 45% 24.25 $ 2.08 $ 3.9% 47% 25.65 $ 2.00 $ 3.6% 52% 23.99 $ 2.00 $ 4.8% 52% 22.67 $ 2.00 $ 4.2% 59% 20.90 $ 1.82 $ 3.3% 43% 17.49 $ 1.44 $ 3.1% 40% 16.52 $ 1.18 $ 3.2% 45% 14.89 $ 1.01 3.3% 47% 13.57 Non-interest income as a % of total revenue Share information (1) Common shares outstanding (000s) – end of period Dividends declared per common share Dividend yield Dividend payout ratio (2) Book value per share Common share price (RY on TSX) – close, end of period $ $ $ Market capitalization (TSX) Market price to book value 100,903 2.30 82,296 2.09 69,934 2.00 69,934 1.90 77,502 2.27 77,685 2.42 62,825 2.24 71,522 3.20 63,788 3.01 53,894 2.80 70.02 $ 56.94 $ 48.62 $ 48.62 $ 54.39 $ 54.80 $ 46.84 $ 56.04 $ 49.80 $ 41.67 $ 31.70 40,877 2.34 Capital measures – consolidated (3) Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio Tier 1 capital ratio Total capital ratio Assets-to-capital mulitple 9.6% 11.7% 14.0% 16.6X n.a. 13.1% 15.1% 16.7X n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. 13.3% 15.3% 16.1X n.a. 13.0% 14.4% 16.5X n.a. 13.0% 14.2% 16.3X n.a. 9.0% 11.0% 20.1X n.a. 9.4% 11.5% 20.0X n.a. 9.6% 11.9% 19.7X n.a. 9.6% 13.1% 17.6X n.a. 8.9% 12.4% n.a. (1) (2) (3) On April 6, 2006, we paid a stock dividend of one common share on each of our issued and outstanding common shares. The effect was the same as two-for-one split of our common shares. All common share and per share information have been adjusted retroactively for the stock dividend. Ratios for 2009-2012 represent continuing operations. Effective 2013 we calculate the capital ratios and multiples using the Basel III (All-in basis) framework unless otherwise stated. 2008-2012 capital ratios and multiples were calculated using the Basel II framework. 2004-2007 capital ratios and 2005-2007 assets-to-capital multiples were calculated using the Basel I framework. Capital ratios and multiples for 2011 were determined under Canadian GAAP. 182 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Ten-year statistical review Glossary Acceptances A bill of exchange or negotiable instrument drawn by the borrower for payment at maturity and accepted by a bank. The acceptance constitutes a guarantee of payment by the bank and can be traded in the money market. The bank earns a “stamping fee” for providing this guarantee. Allowance for credit losses The amount deemed adequate by management to absorb identified credit losses as well as losses that have been incurred but are not yet identifiable as at the balance sheet date. This allowance is established to cover the lending portfolio including loans, acceptances, guarantees, letters of credit, and unfunded commitments. The allowance is increased by the provision for credit losses, which is charged to income and decreased by the amount of write-offs, net of recoveries in the period. Alt-A assets A term used in the U.S. to describe assets (mainly mortgages) with a borrower risk profile between the prime and subprime catego- rizations. Categorization of assets as Alt-A (as opposed to prime) varies, such as limited verification or documentation of borrowers’ income or a limited credit history. Asset-backed securities (ABS) Securities created through the securitization of a pool of assets, for example auto loans or credit card loans. Assets-to-capital multiple Total assets plus specified off-balance sheet items, as defined by OSFI, divided by total regulatory capital. Assets under administration (AUA) Assets administered by us, which are benefi- cially owned by clients, as at October 31, unless otherwise noted. Services provided in respect of assets under administration are of an administrative nature, including safekeeping, collecting investment income, settling purchase and sale transactions, and record keeping. Assets under management (AUM) Assets managed by us, which are beneficially owned by clients, as at October 31, unless otherwise noted. Services provided in respect of assets under management include the selection of investments and the provision of investment advice. We have assets under management that are also administered by us and included in assets under administration. Auction rate securities (ARS) Securities issued through special purpose entities that hold long-term assets funded with long-term debt. In the U.S., these securities are issued by sponsors such as municipalities, student loan authorities or other sponsors through bank-managed auctions. Bank-owned life insurance contracts (BOLI) Our legacy portfolio includes BOLI where we provided banks with BOLI stable value agreements (“wraps”), which insure the life insurance policy’s cash surrender value from market fluctuations on the underlying investments, thereby allowing us to guarantee a minimum tax-exempt return to the counter- party. These wraps allow us to account for the underlying assets on an accrual basis instead of a mark-to-market basis. Basis point (bp) One one-hundredth of a percentage point (.01%). Capital adequacy The level of capital that is sufficient to underpin risk and accommodate potential unexpected increases in risk within specified regulatory targets while maintaining our business plans. This includes risks for which minimum regulatory capital requirements may not be specified. Collateral Assets pledged as security for a loan or other obligation. Collateral can take many forms, such as cash, highly rated securities, property, inventory, equipment and receivables. Collateralized debt obligation (CDO) Securities with multiple tranches that are issued by special purpose entities and collateralized by debt obligations including bonds and loans. Each tranche offers a varying degree of risk and return so as to meet investor demand. Collateralized loan obligation (CLO) Securities that are backed by a pool of commercial or personal loans, structured so that there are several classes of bonds with varying maturities, called tranches. Commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) Securities created through the securitization of commercial mortgages. Commitments to extend credit Unutilized amount of credit facilities available to clients either in the form of loans, bankers’ acceptances and other on-balance sheet financing, or through off-balance sheet products such as guarantees and letters of credit. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital The sum of common shares issued that meet regulatory criteria, share premium from the issuances and other contributed surplus, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and other disclosed reserves, and common shares issued by consolidated subsidiaries held by third parties; less dividends removed from CET1 in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio CET1 capital less regulatory adjustments or deductions divided by risk-weighted assets. Covered bonds Full recourse on-balance sheet obligations issued by banks and credit institutions that are also fully collateralized by assets over which investors enjoy a priority claim in the event of an issuer’s insolvency. Credit default swaps (CDS) A derivative contract that provides the purchaser with a one-time payment should the referenced entity/entities default (or a similar triggering event occur). Derivative A contract between two parties, which requires little or no initial investment and where payments between the parties are dependent upon the movements in price of an underlying instrument, index or financial rate. Examples of derivatives include swaps, options, forward rate agreements and futures. The notional amount of the derivative is the contract amount used as a reference point to calculate the payments to be exchanged between the two parties, and the notional amount itself is generally not exchanged by the parties. Dividend payout ratio Common dividends as a percentage of net income after preferred share dividends. Earnings per share (EPS), basic Calculated as net income less preferred share dividends divided by the average number of shares outstanding. Earnings per share (EPS), diluted Calculated as net income less preferred share dividends divided by the average number of shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effects of stock options and other convertible securities. Economic capital An estimate of the amount of equity capital required to underpin risks. It is calculated by estimating the level of capital that is necessary to support our various businesses, given their risks, consistent with our desired solvency standard and credit ratings. The identified risks for which we calculate Economic Capital are credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational, business, fixed asset, and insurance. Additionally, Economic Capital includes goodwill and intangibles, and allows for diversification benefits across risks and business segments. Fair value The amount of consideration that would be agreed upon in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties who are under no compulsion to act. Glossary Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 183 Gross-adjusted assets (GAA) GAA are used in the calculation of the Assets- to-capital multiple. They represent our total assets including specified off-balance sheet items and net of prescribed deductions. Off balance sheet items for this calculation are direct credit substitutes, including letters of credit and guarantees, transaction-related contingencies, trade-related contingencies and sale and repurchase agreements. Guarantees and standby letters of credit These primarily represent irrevocable assurances that a bank will make payments in the event that its client cannot meet its financial obligations to third parties. Certain other guarantees, such as bid and performance bonds, represent non-financial undertakings. Hedge A risk management technique used to mitigate exposure from market, interest rate or foreign currency exchange risk arising from normal banking operations. The elimination or reduction of such exposure is accomplished by establishing offsetting positions. For example, assets denominated in foreign currencies can be offset with liabilities in the same currencies or through the use of foreign exchange hedging instruments such as futures, options or foreign exchange contracts. Hedge funds A type of investment fund, marketed to accredited high net worth investors, that is subject to limited regulation and restrictions on its investments compared to retail mutual funds, and that often utilize aggressive strategies such as selling short, leverage, program trading, swaps, arbitrage and derivatives. Home equity products This is comprised of residential mortgages and secured personal loans whereby the borrower pledges real estate as collateral. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) IFRS are principles-based standards, inter- pretations and the framework adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board. Impaired loans Loans are classified as impaired when there has been a deterioration of credit quality to the extent that management no longer has reasonable assurance of timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Credit card balances are not classified as impaired as they are directly written off after payments are 180 days past due. Innovative capital instruments Innovative capital instruments are capital instruments issued by Special Purpose Entities (SPEs), whose primary purpose is to raise capital. We previously issued innovative capital instruments, RBC Trust Capital Securities (RBC TruCS) and RBC Trust Subordinated Notes (RBC TSNs), through three SPEs: RBC Capital Trust, RBC Capital Trust II and RBC Subordinated Notes Trust. As per OSFI Basel III guidelines, non-qualifying innovative capital instruments treated as additional Tier 1 capital are subject to phase out over a ten year period beginning on January 1, 2013. Loan-to-value (LTV) ratio Calculated based on the total facility amount for the residential mortgage and homeline product divided by the value of the related residential property. Provision for credit losses (PCL) The amount charged to income necessary to bring the allowance for credit losses to a level determined appropriate by management. This includes both specific and general provisions. Master netting agreement An agreement between us and a counterparty designed to reduce the credit risk of multiple derivative transactions through the creation of a legal right of offset of exposure in the event of a default. Net interest income The difference between what is earned on assets such as loans and securities and what is paid on liabilities such as deposits and subordinated debentures. Net interest margin (average assets) Net interest income as a percentage of total average assets. Normal course issuer bid (NCIB) A program for the repurchase of our own shares for cancellation through a stock exchange that is subject to the various rules of the relevant stock exchange and securities commission. Notional amount The contract amount used as a reference point to calculate payments for derivatives. Off-balance sheet financial instruments A variety of arrangements offered to clients, which include credit derivatives, written put options, backstop liquidity facilities, stable value products, financial standby letters of credit, performance guarantees, credit enhancements, mortgage loans sold with recourse, commitments to extend credit, securities lending, documentary and commercial letters of credit, note issuances and revolving underwriting facilities, securities lending indemnifications and indemnifications. Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) The primary regulator of federally chartered financial institutions and federally administered pension plans in Canada. OSFI’s mission is to safeguard policyholders, depositors and pension plan members from undue loss. Operating leverage The difference between our revenue growth rate and non-interest expense growth rate. Options A contract or a provision of a contract that gives one party (the option holder) the right, but not the obligation, to perform a specified trans- action with another party (the option issuer or option writer) according to specified terms. Primary dealer A formal designation provided to a bank or securities broker-dealer permitted to trade directly with a country’s central bank. Primary dealers participate in open market operations, act as market-makers of government debt and provide market information and analysis to assist with monetary policy. Repurchase agreements These involve the sale of securities for cash and the simultaneous repurchase of the securities for value at a later date. These transactions normally do not constitute economic sales and therefore are treated as collateralized financing transactions. Residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) Securities created through the securitization of residential mortgage loans. Return on common equity (ROE) Net income less preferred share dividends, expressed as a percentage of average common equity. Reverse repurchase agreements These involve the purchase of securities for cash and the simultaneous sale of the securities for value at a later date. These transactions normally do not constitute economic sales and therefore are treated as collateralized financing transactions. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) Assets adjusted by a regulatory risk-weight factor to reflect the riskiness of on and off- balance sheet exposures. Certain assets are not risk-weighted, but deducted from capital. The calculation is defined by guidelines issued by OSFI based on Basel III, effective the first quarter of 2013. For more details, refer to the Capital management section. Securities lending Transactions in which the owner of a security agrees to lend it under the terms of a prearranged contract to a borrower for a fee. The borrower must collateralize the security loan at all times. An intermediary such as a bank often acts as agent for the owner of the security. There are two types of securities lending arrangements: lending with and without credit or market risk indemnification. In securities lending without indemnification, the bank bears no risk of loss. For transactions in which the bank provides an indemnification, it bears the risk of loss if the borrower defaults and the value of the collateral declines concurrently. Securities sold short A transaction in which the seller sells securities and then borrows the securities in order to deliver them to the purchaser upon settlement. At a later date, the seller buys identical securities in the market to replace the borrowed securities. Securitization The process by which various financial assets are packaged into newly issued securities backed by these assets. 184 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Glossary Trust Capital Securities (RBC TruCS) Transferable trust units issued by special purpose entities RBC Capital Trust or RBC Capital Trust II for the purpose of raising innovative Tier 1 capital. Trust Subordinated Notes (RBC TSNs) Transferable trust units issued by RBC Subordinated Notes Trust for the purpose of raising innovative Tier 2 capital. Value-at-Risk (VaR) A generally accepted risk-measurement concept that uses statistical models based on historical information to estimate within a given level of confidence the maximum loss in market value we would experience in our trading portfolio from an adverse one-day movement in market rates and prices. Special purpose entities (SPEs) Special purpose entities, which may take the form of a corporation, trust, partnership or unincorporated entity, typically are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective with legal arrangements that impose strict limits on the decision-making powers of their governing board, trustee or management over its operations. Frequently these provisions specify that the policy guiding the ongoing activities of the SPEs cannot be modified, other than perhaps by its creator or sponsor. Standardized Approach Risk weights prescribed by OSFI are used to calculate risk-weighted assets for the credit risk exposures. Credit assessments by OSFI- recognized external credit rating agencies of S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS are used to risk- weight our Sovereign and Bank exposures based on the standards and guidelines issued by OSFI. For our Business and Retail exposures, we use the standard risk weights prescribed by OSFI. Structured investment vehicles Managed investment vehicle that holds mainly highly rated asset-backed securities and funds itself using the short-term commercial paper market as well as the medium-term note (MTN) market. Subprime loans Subprime lending is the practice of making loans to borrowers who do not qualify for the best market interest rates because of their deficient credit history. Subprime lending carries more risk for lenders due to the combination of higher interest rates for the borrowers, poorer credit histories, and adverse financial situations usually associated with subprime applicants. Taxable equivalent basis (teb) Income from certain specified tax advantaged sources is increased to a level that would make it comparable to income from taxable sources. There is an offsetting adjustment in the tax provision, thereby generating the same after- tax net income. Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital comprises predominantly CET1, with additional Tier 1 items such as preferred shares and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries Tier 1 instruments. Tier 2 capital Tier 2 capital consists mainly of subordinated debentures that meet certain criteria, certain loan loss allowances and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries’ Tier 2 instruments. Total capital and total capital ratio Total capital is defined as the total of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. The total capital ratio is calculated by dividing total capital by risk- weighted assets. Tranche A security class created whereby the risks and returns associated with a pool of assets are packaged into several classes of securities offering different risk and return profiles from those of the underlying asset pool. Tranches are typically rated by ratings agencies, and reflect both the credit quality of underlying collateral as well as the level of protection based on the tranches’ relative subordination. Glossary Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 185 Directors and executive officers Directors W. Geoffrey Beattie (2001) Toronto, Ontario Chief Executive Officer, Generation Capital David F. Denison, FCPA, FCA (2012) Toronto, Ontario Corporate Director The Hon. Paule Gauthier, P.C., O.C., O.Q., Q.C. (1991) Quebec City, Quebec Senior Partner Stein Monast L.L.P. Richard L. George, O.C. (2012) Calgary, Alberta Partner, Novo Investment Group Timothy J. Hearn (2006) Calgary, Alberta Chairman Hearn & Associates Alice D. Laberge (2005) Vancouver, British Columbia Corporate Director Jacques Lamarre, O.C. (2003) Montreal, Quebec Strategic Advisor, Heenan Blaikie LLP Brandt C. Louie, O.B.C., CPA, FCA (2001) West Vancouver, British Columbia Chairman and Chief Executive Officer H.Y. Louie Co. Limited Chairman London Drugs Limited Michael H. McCain (2005) Toronto, Ontario President and Chief Executive Officer Maple Leaf Foods Inc. Heather Munroe-Blum, O.C., O.Q., Ph.D., FRSC (2011) Montreal, Quebec Professor of Medicine and Principal Emerita McGill University Gordon M. Nixon, C.M., O.Ont. (2001) Toronto, Ontario President and Chief Executive Officer Royal Bank of Canada David P. O’Brien, O.C. (1996) Calgary, Alberta Chairman of the Board Royal Bank of Canada J. Pedro Reinhard (2000) Key Biscayne, Florida President Reinhard & Associates Thomas A. Renyi (2013) New Harbor, Maine Corporate Director Edward Sonshine, O.Ont., Q.C. (2008) Toronto, Ontario Chief Executive Officer RioCan Real Estate Investment Trust Kathleen P. Taylor (2001) Toronto, Ontario Chair of the Board (Designate) Royal Bank of Canada Bridget A. van Kralingen (2011) New York, New York Senior Vice President IBM Global Business Services IBM Corporation Victor L. Young, O.C. (1991) St. John’s, Newfoundland and Labrador Corporate Director The date appearing after the name of each director indicates the year in which the individual became a director. Group Executive (1), (2) Morten N. Friis Chief Risk Officer (1) Zabeen Hirji Chief Human Resources Officer A. Douglas McGregor Group Head, Capital Markets and Investor & Treasury Services Gordon M. Nixon, C.M., O.Ont. President and Chief Executive Officer Janice R. Fukakusa, FCPA, FCA Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer M. George Lewis Group Head, Wealth Management and Insurance David I. McKay Group Head, Personal & Commercial Banking (1) Morten N. Friis will retire as Chief Risk Officer on January 10, 2014. Mark Hughes will take over as Chief Risk Officer and join the Group Executive on that date. (2) Bruce Ross will join RBC in January 2014 as Group Head, Technology & Operations, and will join the Group Executive 186 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Directors and executive officers Principal subsidiaries Principal subsidiaries (1) Royal Bank Holding Inc. Royal Mutual Funds Inc. RBC Insurance Holdings Inc. RBC General Insurance Company RBC Insurance Company of Canada RBC Life Insurance Company RBC Direct Investing Inc. RBC Phillips, Hager & North Investment Counsel Inc. R.B.C. Holdings (Bahamas) Limited RBC Caribbean Investments Limited Royal Bank of Canada Insurance Company Ltd. Investment Holdings (Cayman) Limited RBC (Barbados) Funding Ltd. RBC Capital Markets Arbitrage S.A. Capital Funding Alberta Limited RBC Global Asset Management Inc. RBC Investor Services Trust RBC Investor Services Bank S.A. RBC (Barbados) Trading Bank Corporation RBC USA Holdco Corporation (2) RBC Capital Markets, LLC (2) RBC Global Asset Management (U.S.) Inc. RBC Dominion Securities Limited RBC Dominion Securities Inc. RBC Holdings (Barbados) Ltd. RBC Financial (Caribbean) Limited RBC Finance S.à r.l./B.V. (2) RBC Holdings (Luxembourg) S.A R.L. RBC Holdings (Channel Islands) Limited Royal Bank of Canada (Channel Islands) Limited Bluebay Asset Management (Services) Ltd. RBC Europe Limited RBC Capital Trust Royal Bank Mortgage Corporation RBC Covered Bond Guarantor Limited Partnership The Royal Trust Company RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association (2) RBC Luxembourg (Suisse) Holdings S.A R.L. Royal Bank of Canada (Suisse) SA Royal Trust Corporation of Canada Principal office address (2) Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands St. Michael, Barbados George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands St. Michael, Barbados Luxembourg, Luxembourg Calgary, Alberta, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Esch-sur-Alzette, Luxembourg St. James, Barbados New York, New York, U.S. New York, New York, U.S. Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S. Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada St. Michael, Barbados Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago Amsterdam, Netherlands Luxembourg, Luxembourg Jersey, Channel Islands Guernsey, Channel Islands London, England London, England Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Toronto, Ontario, Canada Montreal, Quebec, Canada Atlanta, Georgia, U.S. Luxembourg, Luxembourg Geneva, Switzerland Toronto, Ontario, Canada Carrying value of voting shares owned by the bank (3) $ 36,853 10,101 5,632 2,787 2,551 1,719 1,510 1,282 1,075 587 525 243 151 142 (1) (2) (3) The Bank directly or indirectly owns 100% of the voting shares of each subsidiary. Each subsidiary is incorporated or organized under the law of the state or country in which the principal office is situated, except for RBC USA Holdco Corporation which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, which is organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, U.S. RBC Finance S.à r.l. / B.V. is a company incorporated in the Netherlands with its official seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and place of effective management, central administration, and principal establishment in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. It is registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce under no. B169.988 and with the Dutch trade register of the Chamber of Commerce under no. 3315188. RBC Bank (Georgia), National Association is a nationally chartered U.S. bank having a head office in Atlanta, Georgia with operations in Raleigh, North Carolina and has adopted the corporate governance procedures of the law of the State of Delaware. The carrying value (in millions of dollars) of voting shares is stated as the Bank’s equity in such investments. Principal subsidiaries Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 187 Shareholder information Corporate headquarters Street address: Royal Bank of Canada 200 Bay Street Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J5 Canada Tel: 1-888-212-5533 Fax: 416-955-7800 Mailing address: P.O. Box 1 Royal Bank Plaza Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J5 Canada website: rbc.com Transfer Agent and Registrar Main Agent: Computershare Trust Company of Canada 1500 University Street Suite 700 Montreal, Quebec H3A 3S8 Canada Tel: 1-866-586-7635 (Canada and the U.S.) or 514-982-7555 (International) Fax: 514-982-7580 website: computershare.com\rbc Co-Transfer Agent (U.S.): Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 250 Royall Street Canton, Massachusetts 02021 U.S.A. Co-Transfer Agent (U.K.): Computershare Investor Services PLC Securities Services – Registrars P.O. Box 82, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 7NH U.K. Stock exchange listings (Symbol: RY) Common shares are listed on: Canada – Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) U.S. – New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Switzerland – Swiss Exchange (SIX) All preferred shares are listed on the TSX. Valuation day price For capital gains purposes, the Valuation Day (December 22, 1971) cost base for our common shares is $7.38 per share. This amount has been adjusted to reflect the two-for-one share split of March 1981 and the two-for- one share split of February 1990. The one-for-one share dividends paid in October 2000 and April 2006 did not affect the Valuation Day value for our common shares. Shareholder contacts For dividend information, change in share registration or address, lost stock certificates, tax forms, estate transfers or dividend reinvestment, please contact: Computershare Trust Company of Canada 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1 Canada Tel: 1-866-586-7635 (Canada and the U.S.) or 514-982-7555 (International) Fax: 1-888-453-0330 (Canada and the U.S.) or 416-263-9394 (International) email: service@computershare.com For other shareholder inquiries, please contact: Shareholder Relations Royal Bank of Canada 200 Bay Street 9th Floor, South Tower Toronto, Ontario M5J 2J5 Canada Tel: 416-955-7806 Fax: 416-974-3535 Financial analysts, portfolio managers, institutional investors For financial information inquiries, please contact: Investor Relations Royal Bank of Canada 200 Bay Street 4th Floor, North Tower Toronto, Ontario M5J 2W7 Canada Tel: 416-955-7802 Fax: 416-955-7800 or visit our website at rbc.com/investorrelations Common share repurchases We are engaged in a Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB). During the one-year period commencing November 1, 2013, we may repurchase for cancellation, up to 30 million common shares in the open market at market prices. We determine the amount and timing of the purchases under the NCIB, subject to prior consultation with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). A copy of our Notice of Intention to file a NCIB may be obtained, without charge, by contacting our Corporate Secretary at our Toronto mailing address. 2014 Quarterly earnings release dates First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter February 26 May 22 August 22 December 3 2014 Annual Meeting The Annual Meeting of Common Shareholders will be held on Wednesday, February 26, 2014, at 9:00 a.m. (Eastern Standard Time) at the Metro Toronto Convention Centre, North Building, 255 Front Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada Direct deposit service Shareholders in Canada and the U.S. may have their RBC common share dividends deposited directly to their bank account by electronic funds transfer. To arrange for this service, please contact our Transfer Agent and Registrar, Computershare Trust Company of Canada. Eligible dividend designation For purposes of the enhanced dividend tax credit rules contained in the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any corresponding provincial and territorial tax legislation, all dividends (and deemed dividends) paid by us to Canadian residents on our common and preferred shares after December 31, 2005, are designated as “eligible dividends.” Unless stated otherwise, all dividends (and deemed dividends) paid by us hereafter are designated as “eligible dividends” for the purposes of such rules. Dividend dates for 2014 Subject to approval by the Board of Directors Common and preferred shares series W, AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, AJ, AL, AN, AP, AR, AT, AV and AX Ex-dividend dates January 23 April 22 July 22 October 23 Record dates January 27 April 24 July 24 October 27 Payment dates February 24 May 23 August 22 November 24 Governance A summary of the significant ways in which corporate governance practices followed by RBC differ from corporate governance practices required to be followed by U.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards is available on our website at rbc.com/governance. Information contained in or otherwise accessible through the websites mentioned in this report to shareholders does not form a part of this report. All references to websites are inactive textual references and for your information only. Trademarks used in this report include the LION & GLOBE Symbol, ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, RBC, RBC BLUE WATER PROJECT, RBC CAPITAL TRUST, RBC CAREER LAUNCH, RBC GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT, RBC INSURANCE, RBC SECURE CLOUD, RBC TSNs, RBC TruCS, RBC WEALTH MANAGEMENT and THOR which are trademarks of Royal Bank of Canada used by Royal Bank of Canada and/or by its subsidiaries under licence. All other trademarks mentioned in this report, including those that are identified with the ‡ symbol, which are not the property of Royal Bank of Canada, are owned by their respective holders. 188 Royal Bank of Canada: Annual Report 2013 Shareholder information SERVICE TEAMWORK RESPONSIBILITY DIVERSITY INTEGRITY rbc.com/ar2013 81104 (12/2013) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above